wm 






m 

SH 

raSi 

1 
■ 
■ 

■ 

■I 







x> 










Class L 

Book_ 



Cop>Tight}l _ 






COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 




Quand Meme! — Paris. 

This statue by Mercie represents an Alsatian woman seizing the gun of a 
dying soldier, and symbolizes the defense of Belfort in the Franco- 
German war of 1870. The statue has additional interest in the light of 
the events of the Great War. 



"COMPLETE 

FRENCH COURSE 



BY 

C. A. CHARDENAL 

BACHELIER ES LETTRES DE L'UNIVERSITE DE FRANCE 

REVISED AND REWRITTEN 
BY 

MARO S. BROOKS 



1920 EDITION v 

WITH ADDITIONAL SELECTIONS FOR 
READING AND ILLUSTRATIONS 



ALLYN and BACON 

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO 

ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO 



TC.fciu 



COPYRIGHT, 1907, 1916, AND 1920 ; 
BY ALLYN AND BACON. y/ 



NorinooO ^prrss 
J. S. Cushing Co. — Berwick & Smith Co. 
Norwood, Mass., U.S.A. ^^ 

\ 

JUN I?I9^C!.A570390 

A/ 



PREFACE 

For many years ChardenaPs Complete French Course has been 
the most popular and the most successful of the many text- 
books for elementary instruction in French. Its success is 
owing largely to its simplicity and its thoroughness. In revis- 
ing the book for a new edition the editor has endeavored to 
retain both of these excellent qualities, and to make the book 
still more acceptable by the following changes. 

The order of presentation has been altered so as to secure 
from the outset greater variety in the exercises. Among 
many other changes may be mentioned the early introduction 
of verbs and their presentation by tenses instead of by conju- 
gations ; the treatment of verbs in -oir as regular verbs of the 
third conjugation and those in -re as regular verbs of the 
fourth ; the early introduction of personal pronouns, together 
with the rule for the agreement of the past participle used 
with the verb avoir. 

The practical value of the vocabulary has been increased by. 
the insertion of many words and phrases of frequent occur- 
rence in ordinary conversation. 

The sentences for translation have been made lively and 
colloquial. To many of the lessons there have been added 
whole exercises consisting of questions only. These questions 
are intended as a basis for conversational work in the class- 
room, and may all be answered from the material furnished 
by the preceding lessons. To stimulate conversation still fur- 
ther, a list of expressions for classroom use has been prepared. 

While as a rule one topic at a time has been presented, 
every subject will be found completely summarized in a single 
lesson. * 

iii 



iv Preface 

The editor's thanks are due to Professor Charles H. G-rand- 
gent, of Harvard University, and to many others, for valuable 
criticisms and suggestions. 

December, 1907. 



PREFACE TO THE 1920 EDITION 

Since the admirable revision by Mr. Brooks, ChardenaFs 
Complete French Course has won many new friends and has 
attained an ever increasing popularity and success. It has 
now passed through two revisions. 

In the first, called the New CJiardenal, the method and scope 
of the book remained unchanged. The exercises for transla- 
tion were somewhat altered to furnish additional material for 
conversational work. A number of amusing stories and sev- 
eral full-page illustrations were added. 

This 1920 Edition is the latest revision. The body of the 
book is identical with the previous revision and the two books 
can be used side by side in the same class. 

The 1920 Edition differs from previous versions by the 
addition of new material. There is more connected reading 
and there are new illustrations. Both have to do with sub- 
jects connected with the Great War, and with changes which 
have taken place in France since the appearance of the previ- 
ous edition. The new reading exercises contain a lively and 
spirited description of points of interest in Alsace and Lor- 
raine and of other scenes which have derived fresh interest 
from their association with well-known events of recent history. 

March, 1920. 



CONTENTS 



INTRODUCTION 

The Alphabet 
Orthographic Sighs 
Pronunciation 
Division of Syllables 
Words for Practice 



xn 
xxi 
xxi 



The Linking of Words (Liaison) xxiii 

Capital Letters xxiv 

Marks of Punctuation . . ... . . . xxiv 

Expressions for Classroom Use xxv 



LESSONS 



1. The Article 

2. Avoir: Present Indicative, Affirmative . 

3. Avoir : Present Indicative, Interrogative 

4. Etre : Present Indicative, Affirmative 

5. Etre : Present Indicative, Interrogative . 

6. Plural of Nouns 

Avoir : Present Indicative, Negative 

7. Possessive Adjectives . . ... 

Avoir : Present Indicative, Negative Interrogative 

8. Agreement of Adjectives .... 
Plural of Adjectives . . . . • 
Etre : Present Indicative, Negative 

9. Agreement of Adjectives (continued) 

Etre : Present Indicative, Negative Interrogative 

10. The Past Indefinite Tense .... 

11. Numeral Adjectives 

12. Ordinal Numbers . . . . . . 

13. Contraction of Preposition a and Definite Article 

14. Contraction of Preposition de and Definite Article 

v 



10 
11 
11 
12 
14 
15 
16 
18 



VI 



Contents 



15. Possessive Pronouns 

16. Comparison of Adjectives 

17. Relative Pronouns .... 

18. Demonstrative Adjectives 

19. Demonstrative Pronouns 

20. Demonstrative Pronouns (continued) 

21. Cardinal Numbers .... 

22. Cardinal Numbers (continued) 

23. Ordinal Numbers and Fractions 

24. Names of Days and Months . 

25. Past Participle with etre . 

26. Personal Pronouns with Prepositions 

27. The Adjective tout .... 

28. The First Conjugation . 

29. Personal Pronouns as Direct Objects 

30. Past Participle with avoir 

31. Plural of Nouns and Adjectives 

32. The Second Conjugation 

33. Nouns Used in a General Sense 

34. Nouns of Quantity .... 

35. The Third Conjugation . 

36. Adverbs of Quantity 

37. The Pronoun en ... . 

38. Partitive Article and Pronoun 

39. The Fourth Conjugation 

40. The Partitive Article after a Negative 

41. The Partitive with Adjectives 

42. The Imperfect Indicative 

43. Position of Adjectives 

44. Comparison of Adjectives 

45. C'est and ce sont .... 

46. Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 

47. The Future Tense .... 

48. The Future Tense (continued) 

49. Interrogative Adjectives . 

50. Time of Day. Dates 
Conjugation of aller 

51. The Seasons. Weather . 
Conjugation of faire 



Contents 



vii 



52. Ages. Dimensions , , . 
Conjugation of savoir . 

53. The Interrogative Pronoun lequel . 
Conjugation of dire 

54. The Relative Pronouns lequel and dont . 
Conjugation of voir 

55. Ce qui, ce qu^, and Other Relative Pronouns 

56. Feminine of Adjectives .... 

57. Feminine of Adjectives (continued) 

58. Position of Adverbs . . . . 

59. Idioms with avoir 

60. The Conditional Mode .... 

61. Interrogative Adverbs .... 

62. Personal Pronouns . . . 

63. Order of the Pronouns 

64. Personal Pronouns (continued) 

65. Pronominal Verbs : Reflexive Use 

66. Pronominal Verbs : Reciprocal Use 

67. Compound Tenses 

68. The Pronouns y and en . 

69. Personal Pronouns before the Verb 

70. The Definite Article : Summary of its Use 

71. The Definite Article (continued) 
The Indefinite Article .... 

72. Duration of Time 

73. The Past Definite Tense .... 

74. Peculiarities of the First Conjugation . 

75. Peculiarities of the First Conjugation (continued) 

76. The Subjunctive Mode .... 
With Impersonal Verbs .... 

77. Formation of the Present Subjunctive . 

78. The Subjunctive of Doubt 
Conjugation of croire . . . . 

79. The Subjunctive of Emotion . 
Conjugation of vouloir .... 

80. The Subjunctive with ne after Certain Verbs 
Conjugation of craindre .... 

81. The Subjunctive in Adjective Clauses , 
Conjugation of connaitre 



viii CoM> 

PAGB 

82. The Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses .... 176 

83. Summary of the Uses of the Subjunctive . . . 178 

84. Sequence of Tenses of the Subjunctive . . .180 
The Imperfect Subjunctive 181 

85. Further Drill on the Subjunctive 183 

Conjugation of falloir and pleuvoir .... 183 

86. The Subjunctive in Independent Clauses . . . 185 

87. The Subjunctive with que 187 

Conjugation of venir 188 

88. The Infinitive 189 

Conjugation of pouvoir 190 

89. The Infinitive with the Preposition de . . .192 
Conjugation of mettre . . . . • . . .193 

90. The Infinitive with the Preposition a . . . 195 
Conjugation of ecrire . . . . ' . . .196 

91. The Subjunctive and the Infinitive Compared . . 197 
Conjugation of courir and mourir . . . . . 198 

92. The Present Participle 200 

Conjugation of lire and rire 201 

93. The Past Participle 202 

Collective Nouns 203 

94. Aller, devoir, and faire 206 

95. Formation of Tenses . . . . . . . 210 

96. Summary of Relative and Interrogative Pronouns . 215 

97. The Position of Adjectives and Adverbs . . . 219 

98. Negation 223 

99. The Use of de . . . ... . . .227 

100. The Use of a .230 

101. The Prepositions en and dans 234 

Review Exercises 237 

Sentences Selected from College Entrance Examinations . 243 

Selections for Reading 249 

Additional Selections for Reading ..... 263 

APPENDIX OF FORMS AND RULES 

The Definite Article 281 

The Noun : 

Rule for Gender . 281 



Contents ix 

PAGE 

Formation of the Feminine 282 

Formation of the Plnral ...... 285 

The Adjective : 

Formation of the Feminine . . . . . . 287 

Possessive Adjectives ........ 288 

Demonstrative Adjectives 288 

The Pronoun 289 

Possessive Pronouns . . . . . . . 289 

Demonstrative Pronouns . . . . . . 289 

The Verb : 

Avoir 290 

Etre 296 

Terminations of Regular Yerbs . . . . 302 

The Four Conjugations . 304 

The Passive Form 312 

Conjugation of a Reflexive Verb 313 

Conjugation of a Reciprocal Verb 314 

Irregular Verbs ........ 316 

Verbs Followed by the Infinitive without a Preposition 328 

Verbs Requiring de before an Infinitive . . . 328 

Verbs Requiring a before an Infinitive .... 329 

Adjectives which Change their Meaning with their Position 331 

The Adverb 332 

Official Modifications in Syntax ...... 334 

VOCABULARY 339 

INDEX ..'.......-...''. 393 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



Quand Meme ! — Paris 

Le Pont Alexandre Trois. — Paris 

Hotel de Ville. — Louvain 

Le Chateau. — Chantilly 

La Cathedrale. — Reims 

L'Arc de Triomphe de l'Etoile. — Paris 

La Tour Saint- Jacques. — Paris 

Le Louvre. — Paris 

La Cathedrale. — Metz 

Strasbourg . 

Le Palais de Versailles 

Une Vielle Tour a Metz 

La Cathedrale. — Strasbourg 

La Galerie des Glaces. — Versailles 

La Place de la Concorde (Statue de Strasbo 

Carcassonne .... 

Le Chateau. — Chenonceaux 

L'Eglise de la Madeleine. — Paris 

Le Marechal Ney. Statue a Metz 

L'Horloge Astronomique a Strasbourg 



urg) 



Frontispiece 

7ACING PAGE 

4 

20 

36 

52 

69 

84 

100 

116 

133 

148 

165 

180 

197 

212 

229 

237 

244 

268 

278 



INTRODUCTION 

The Alphabet 

abed e fghi 

a be ce de e" x effe ge < ache i 

jklm n opQ r 

ji ka elle emme enne o pe ku erre 

stuv w x y z 

esse te u ve doable ve iks i grec zed 

Orthographic Signs 
Accents. — Apostrophe. — Hyphen. — Cedilla. — Diaeresis 

Three orthographic marks are called accents, — the acute ('), 
the grave ( v ), and the circumflex ( A ). 

The acute accent, accent aigu, is used only over the vowel 
e (e), which then has the sound of a in late. As et6, verite\ 

The grave accent, accent grave, is used chiefly over the 
vowel e (&), which then has nearly the sound of e in met. As 
pres, pere. It is used over a and u merely to distinguish cer- 
tain words which are otherwise spelied alike, and does not 
alter the pronunciation. As a (to) from a (has) ; la (there) 
from la (the or her) ; ou (where) from ou (or). 

The circumflex accent, accent circonflexe, is used on any 
vowel, which is then long. As age, tete, ile, dome, biiche. It 
frequently indicates that a letter has been dropped, as in ile, 
isle; ame (Latin, anima), soul. 

It distinguishes du {owed) from du (of the), sur (sure) from sur (upon), 
mflr (ripe) from mur (wall). 

These accents do not imply any stress of voice on the syllable where 
they occur. 

1 In repeating the alphabet, e is usually pronounced like e; in spelling a 
word, an unaccented e is given the sound of e in le. See page xiii. 

xi 



xii Introduction 

The apostrophe, l'apostrophe, ('), indicates that one of the 
vowels, a, e, or i, has been dropped before a word beginning 
with a vowel or h mute. 

a is elided only in the article or pronoun la ; as Tame for la ame. 

e is elided in le, je, me, te, se, de, ce, ne, que (but when je, ce, le, and la 
come directly after the verb, either as subjects or objects, no elision takes 
place) ; in jusque and lorsque ; in puisque and quoique before il, ils, elle, 
elles, on, un, une; in quelque before un, une ; and in entre in compound 
words. 

i is elided only in si before il or ils. 

No elision occurs before onze, onzieme, our, huit, huitieme. 

The hyphen, le trait d'union, (-), marks the connection be- 
tween two or more words or parts of a word. 

The hyphen is nsed between the verb and the pronouns je, 
moi, nous, tu, toi, vous, il, ils, elle, elles, le, la, les, lui, leur, y, en, 
ce, on, when they are placed after a verb of which they are 
subjects or objects. The other cases of its use will be noticed 
as they occur. 

The cedilla, la cedille, (e), is put under c when it has the 
sound of s before a, 0, or u. As francais, garcon, recu. 

The diaeresis, le trema, ( " ), is placed over the second of 
two vowels to show that it begins a new syllable. As naif 
(na-if), noel (no-el). 

Pronunciation 

Most French sounds have no English equivalents. In the 
following pages on pronunciation, intended only to supple- 
ment the work of the teacher by furnishing examples for the 
use of both teacher and pupil, the word like means somewhat 
like, when Erench and English sounds are compared. 

Simple Vowels 

a (short) has a sound between the a of bar and the a in mat. 
As la, the; quatr e, four ; table, table; a, has; a, to; Canada. 
a (long) or a has the sound of a in father. The mouth 



Pronunciation xiii 

should be opened wide. As, ame soul ; batir, to build ; sale, 
dirty ; fable, fable ; pas, step ; classe, class; espace, space; 
nation, nation; tentation, temptation. 

a is silent in aout, Curagao, toast, Saone. 

* e* has the sound of a in late. 1 As ete, summer; verite, truth; 
cede, yielded; repete, repeated; degenere, degenerate, 

e and e vary in sound between the e of met and the ei of 
their. As pres, near; pere, father ; mere, mother; tete, head; 
meme, same. 

e without an accent has a sound similar to that of e in the 
before a consonant : the door, the boy, etc. As de, of; je, I; 
venir, to come. At the end of words of more than one syllable 
it is silent; as dame, lady; f arine, flour. After two conso- 
nants, or at the end of a syllable and preceding a consonant, 
its sound is very indistinct, merely sufficient to pronounce the 
consonant before it; as arbre, tree; samedi, Saturday. It has 
the sound of e (a in late) before final d, f, r, z, when these con- 
sonants are mute; as pied, foot; clef, key; parler, to sjoeak; 
nez, nose. It has the sound of e before c, f, 1, r, s, t, x, not 
mute, before final t mute or pronounced, and before a double 
consonant; as bee, beak; chef, chief; sel, salt; fer, iron; 
ferme, farm; belle, beautiful; net, clean; obje(t), object; secre(t), 
secret; regre(t), regret; tu es, thou art; il est, he is. 

In et, les, des, ces, mes, tes, ses, the e is longer than e in est, is, but 
not quite so long as e in nez, nose. 

In femme, woman; solennel, solemn; hennir, to neigh; nenni, no, 
not by any means, and in all adverbs ending in -emment, the first e has 
the sound of French short a. 2 



1 When we pronounce an English vowel slowly, we really produce two 
sounds, a slight, finish or vanishing sound being heard. A French vowel 
has only one sound. Practise the various vowel and nasal sounds, first plac- 
ing the mouth in position, and then uttering the sound without moving lips, 
tongue, or jaws. Practise prolonging the sound, always stopping abruptly. 

2 Really a medium a. 



xiv Introduction 

i and i usually have the sound of i in machine. As nid. 
nest; gris, gray; ile, island; iini, finished; midi, noon; ici, 
here. In the last three of these examples the first i is shorter 
than the second. 

o (open) has a sound between the o of not and the u of nut. 
As robe, dress; mode, fashion; mol, soft; votre, 2/cwr; 6cole, 
school ; bonne, good (fern.) ; parole, word. 

o (closed) has the sound of o in note. As mot, ivord; cote, 
side; le votre, yours; role, ro#, rdZe; rose, rose; chose, things- 
fosse, grave. 

o is silent in faon, Laon, paon, taon. 

u is pronounced like 11 in German, but has no equivalent in 
English. To form it, round the lips as if about to whistle, 
then without moving the lips, say ee. Tu, thou; rue, street; 
plus, more; lune, moon; murmure, murmur. It is usually 
silent after q and also when standing between g and e or g 
and i. As qui, who ; quatre,/o?(?-; guerre, tear; guide, guide. 

y following a consonant, or standing alone, has the sound of 
French i. As type, type; y, there. 

y standing between two vowels performs the office of iy, 
the i uniting with the preceding vowel. As rayon, ray, = 
rai-yon ; appuyer, to support, = appui-yer. (See below, Com- 
pound Vowels.) Pays, paysan, paysage = pai-is, etc. 

Compound Vowels and Diphthongs 

ai at the end of verbs, in gai, quai, and in je sais, tu sais, il 
sait, has the sound of e: j'ai, I have; je donnerai, I shall give; 
otherwise it has the sound of h: mais, but; vrai, true; je don- 
nerais, I should give. 

In faisant, doing, and its derivatives, it has the sound of e. 

au, eau have the sound of o in note. As autre, other ; cha- 
peau, hat; beau, handsome. In Paul, mauvais, bad, and before 
r, au has the sound of open o. 

ei has the sound of e. As reine, queen. 



Pronunciation xv 

eu, oeu have no equivalent in English. The sound is some- 
what like that of i in sir, pronounced with the lips rounded, 
and' is longer in some words than in others. As feu, fire; 
fieu.r,fio2ver; ceuf, egg. 

In all parts of the verb avoir, to have, eu has the sound of u. 

ou has the sound of oo in moon. As jour, day. 

oi has nearly the sound of ivah; more correctly, it is a 
combination of French ou and medium a. As moi, me; roi, 
king. Be careful not to get a sound resembling a in the 
English word ball. 

oe has the sound of oi in moelle and poele. 

In all other diphthongs the first vowel is pronounced quickly 
and the voice dwells on the second. As ciel, heaven; Dieu, 
God; bruit, noise; oui, yes; juin, June. Distinguish carefully 
between ou-i and u-i, the latter being a combination of French 
u and i. As puis (pii-i), then; huile, oil. C'est lui, it is he; but 
c'est Louis, it is Louis. 

Nasal Vowels 

m and n, when final or before a consonant, lose their value 
as consonants and form with the preceding vowel a nasal 
sound which is a true vowel. These sounds have no exact 
equivalents in English ; and in pronouncing them, care must 
be taken that no consonant m, n, or ng be heard. 

They are divided into four groups : 



an 
am 

en 
em 



an m want. 



As dans, in; lampe, lamp; enfant, child; empire, empire; 
grand, large. 

En is silent in the ending of the third person plural of all 
verbs. As ils donnent, they give. 



pi 




Introduction 




in" 






im 






ain 




II. 


aim 
ein 

y n 

ym 


► = an in bank, not too flat. 



As vin, ivine; important, important.; pain, bread; faim, Aim 
<7er; sein, breast; syntaxe, syntax; symbole, symbol. 

En = in in examen, examination, europSen, European. Some pro- 
nounce en in hymen like in, but the best authorities favor -ene (hymene). 

-ien final or in the verbs tenir, to hold, and venir, to come, = i-in 
(French i followed by nasal in). As bien, (bi-in), well; rien, nothing; 
tiens, hold; viens, come. 



oing j 



:Ou followed by nasal in. As coin (cou-in), comer; loin, far; 
moins, less ; poing, fist. 



III. \ = on in don't. 

om 



As bon, good; ponton, pontoon; nom, name; non, 



IV. 



un 

urn 
eun 



a slightly rounded unaccented French e (see 
page xiii), nasalized. 



As un, one; brun, brown; parfum, perfume ; a jeun, fasting. 

Final -um in album, rhum, geranium, medium, maximum, etc., is pro- 
nounced like om in homme, comme. 

Vowels are not nasalized before double n or double m, nor 
before n or m followed by a vowel or h mute. As bonne (fern.), 
good; ame, soul; une (fern.), one; pomme, apple; ennemi, 
enemy ; inhumain, inhuman; europeenne (fern.), European. 

But the nasal sound is heard in ennui and its derivatives, and in all 
words beginning with emm-, as emmener, to lead away ; also in enivrer, 
to intoxicate. 



Pronunciation xvii 



Consonants 

Final consonants are generally silent, except c, f, 1, r. Other- 
wise they usually have the same sound as in English. As sec, 
dry ; chef, chief; sel, salt; mer, sea. 

c before e, i, y, or with the cedilla (9) has the sound of s. 
As ceci, this; citer, to quote; gar$on, boy; lecon, lesson; recu, 
received. Otherwise it has the sound of k. As car, for; cou, 
neck; avec, with; lac, lake; echec, check (in chess). 

Verbs ending in -cer and -cevoir preserve the s sound of c by the use of 
the cedilla (5). recevoir, to receive : il recut, he received ; commencer, to 
begin: commencant, beginning; commencons, let us begin. 

c final is silent after n (as blanc, white ; franc, frank), and in accroc, 
broc, clerc, eric, echecs (chess), escroc, estomac, lacs, raccroc, tabac. c of 
done is heard in the announcement of a conclusion or before a vowel. It 
has the sound of hard g in second and its derivatives. 

ch has the sound of ch in machine. As chat, cat ; chercher, 
to seek; chirurgien, surgeon; architecte, architect; chimere, 
chimera. 

ch before a consonant, and usually in words derived from the Greek, 
has the sound of k. As yacht (iak), orchestre, orchestra ; choeur, choir ; 
Christ, Christ; Chretien, Christian; echo, echo ; chaos (ka-o), chaos. It 
is silent in almanach. 

d final is sounded in proper names (as David) and in sud, south. It is 
silent in poids, weight. 

f final is silent in clef, key, cerf , stag, chef-d'oeuvre, masterpiece ; and 
also in the plurals boeufs, oxen, ceufs, eggs,'nerfs, nerves, though heard 
in the singulars boeuf, ceuf, nerf. In neuf , nine, f is silent before a con- 
sonant, and has the sound of v before a vowel or h mute. 

g before e, i, and s, has the sound of s in pleasure; before 
a, 0, and u, the sound of g in gag. As gingembre, ginger, gage, 
pledge, g is silent in doigt, finger ; sang, blood; vingt, twenty; 
legs, legacy. 

Verbs ending in -ger insert e after g before a or 0, to keep the zh 
quality throughout the verb. The e has no value except to modify the 
sound of g. As manger, to eat : mangeant, eating ; protSger, to protect • 
protSgeons, let usprotect. 



xviii Introduction 

gn sounds like gn in mignonette. As agneau, lamb, montagne, moun- 
tain; magnifique, magnificent. 

h is not heard in pronunciation. It is called mute (h muette) 
when the final vowel of the preceding word may be elided before 
it, or when the final consonant of the preceding word may be 
carried over to it in pronunciation; otherwise, it is called 
aspirate (h aspiree). As l'homme, the man, and les hommes, the 
men; but le heros, the hero, and les heros, the heroes. 

If the -s of les in les heros were carried over it would sound like les 
zeros, the zeros. 

■ _ Whether the h is mute or aspirate can be learned only by observation 
and practice. The following are among the most usual words in which 
the h is aspirate : la hache, the axe; la haie, the hedge; la haine, hate ; 
une halle, a market-place ; les hardes, the clothes ; les haricots, the beans ; 
le hasard, the chance; la hate, haste; ie haut, the summit; le heros, the 
hero (but l'heroine, l'heroisme) ; la honte, the shame ; le Havre, Havre; 
la Haye, the Hague ; la Hollande, Holland; le huit, the eight (but mute 
in dix-huit and vingt-huit). 

j has the sound of s in pleasure. As jour, day ; joli, pretty ; 
jambe, leg ; joindre, to join. 

ill, not initial, and sometimes il when final, form the so- 
called liquid 1 (1 mouillee), with nearly the sound of y in yes. 
As soleil, sun; fille, daughter. 

A vowel standing before the liquid 1 does not form a diph- 
thong with the i, but retains its own sound ; ue and oe have 
then the sound of eu. As paiUe, straw; feuille, leaf; orgueil, 
pride; ceil, eye. 

There is no liquid sound in il, avril, exil, vil, fil, mil, civil, profil, peril, 
nil, Achille, Lille, pupille, distiller, vaciller, osciller, mille, ville, village, 
tranquille. Of the exceptions containing ill, the last four are of most 
frequent occurrence. 

1 is silent in baril, chenil, coutil, fils (s is sounded), fusil, gentil, gril, 
outil, persil, pouls, soul, sourcil. 

1 is heard hi calme, calm. 

m and n, if the preceding vowel is not nasal, have the same 
sound as in English, m is silent in damner and its compounds 
and in automne. 



Pronunciation xix 

p is silent in bapteme, compte, corps, dompter, exempt, temps, 
sculpter, sept, and their compounds. It is sounded in septembre, Sep- 
tember, and in psaume, psalm, ph has the sound of f . 

qu has the sound of k. As qui, ivho; qualite, quality. 

Final q of cinq, Jive, is sounded, except before a consonant or aspirate 
h.v q is heard in coq, cock, but silent in coq d'Inde, turkey-gobbler. 

In aquarelle, equateur, equation, loquace, quadrupede, quartz, and a 
few other words qu has the same sound as in English. 

r is articulated much more distinctly than in English. As 
rue, street; riviere, river. 

r final is sounded when preceded by a, i, o, u (as car, for ; 
finir, to finish; dur, hard), in monosyllables ending in -er (as 
fer, iron), and in amer , bitter ; cuiller, 1 spoon; enfer, hell; fier, 
proud; hier, yesterday ; l'hiver, winter. 

In other words final -er is sounded like e. As parler, to 
speak; dernier, last; premier, 2 first; leger, light. 

Both r's are distinctly sounded in the future and conditional tenses of 
acquerir, courir, and mourir, to distinguish them from the other forms 
with a single r. As nous courons, we run ; nous courrons, we shall run. 
It is always silent in monsieur, pronounced m'sieu. 

s between two vowels has the sound of s in please. As 
voisin, neighbor ; base, base; ecraser, to crush. 

Except in parasol, desuetude, and in compound words, where s retains 
the hissing sound of its simple form. As preseance, precedence, vraisem- 
blable, likely. 

Otherwise it has the sound of s in sister. As sensation, 
sensation; prisme, prism ; heroisme, heroism. 

Except in transaction, transalpin, transiger, transit, transitif, transi- 
tion, balsamine, and Alsace, in which it has the sound of z. 

s final is silent except in albinos, aloes, angelus, as, atlas, bis, blocus, 
cens, chorus, dervis, en sus, Ills, flores, Gil Bias, gratis, helas, iris, jadis, 
laps, lis (though generally silent in fleur-de-lis), mais, mars, mceurs, 

1 Look out for French u in this word. 

2 Notice that the first e in this word is like e in English th(e) man. 



XX 



Introduction 



obus, ours, r£bus, Rheims, rhinoceros, Saint-Gaudens (Fr. nasal in -s), 
sinus, sens (but sen(s) commun), tous (when used without a noun), us, 
vis, and in Greek and Latin names, as Venus. In the singular os, bone, 
the s is generally heard, but not in the plural : un os (short o); des os, 
pronounced like des eaux. 

In J§sus, the final s is sometimes heard, and in le Christ both s and t 
are pronounced ; but in Jesus-Christ the s of Jesus and st of Christ are 
silent. 

t usually sounds as in tutor. It lias the hissing sound of s 
in the combinations -tion, -tial, -tiel, -tieux, and in a few words 
ending in -tie, which in English end in -cy. As situation, situa- 
tion ; partialite, partiality ; essentiel, essential; factieux, factious ; 
democratie, democracy. 

Also in balbutier, initier, patience, ineptie, minutie, satiate (first t), 
and in proper names ending in -tien ; as un Venitien, a Venetian. 

In the imperfect indicative and present subjunctive of verbs, or when 
preceded by s, t retains its hard sound. As nous partions, question. 
Also in moitie, half, bonnetier, Poitiers, galimatias, Chretien, Claretie. 

th always has the sound of t. As theatre, theatre ; the, tea. 

t final is silent, except in brut, but, chut, dot, deficit, est, east, fat, 
granit, lest, mat, net, ouest, soit, agreed, and most words ending in -ct. 
In sept and huit, the t is mute only before a noun or adjective beginning 
with a consonant; as dans huit jours. In vingt, t is always mute except 
in the numbers 21 to 29 inclusive. 

w occurs only in a few words of foreign origin, such as tramway 
(pronounced as in English), whist (pronounced ouist), wagon (pro- 
nounced vagori). 

x usually has the sound of ks. As luxe, luxury; auxiliaire, 
auxiliary ; ex- initial and followed by a vowel or h mute has 
the sound of gz. As exil, exile; examen (en = nasal in) c ex- 
amination; exemple, example. In exception, x = Jcs. 

It has the sound of ss in Bruxelles, soixante, six, and dix ; bnt the x 
of six or dix is silent before a consonant, and sounds like z before a vowel 
or h mute. It has the sound of z in deuxidme, sixieme, dixieme, dix- 
huit, dix-neuf. 



Words for Practice 



xxi 



Division of Syllables 

In the body of a word each syllable must if possible begin 
with a consonant ; as mo-ra-li-te, a-ma-bi-li-te. 

If there are two consonants the division usually takes place 
between the two ; as hom-me, vil-le, par-tir, en-ten-du. But if 
the second is 1 or r (and the first is neither 1 nor r), or if the 
two are ch, ph, th, or gn, the division takes place before the 
two ; as e-gli-se, ta-bleau, e-cri-re, a-che-ter, am-phi-the-a-tre, no-tre, 
vi-gne. 

As h is never heard in pronunciation, the consonant which 
precedes it is always carried, in speaking, to the following 
vowel ; as i-nhu-main, i-nha-bi-te. 



The compound consonant x ( 
ing vowel ; as ex-il. 



ks or gz) always goes with the preced- 



Words for Practice 



quatre 


dame 


pays 


soif 


papa 


arbre 


puis 


grand 


Canada 


samedi 


appuyei 


r enfant 


table 


nez 


cou 


jambe 


blamer 


pied 


bout 


vin 


ananas 


objet 


eau 


pain 


pas 


secret 


fleau 


main 


classe 


ici 


hair 


bien 


passer 


midi 


je hais 


rien 


ete 


robe 


haissant le sien 


verite 


mode 


paille 


moyen 


repete 


ecole 


tailleur 


juin 


pere 


or 


oeil 


on 


pres 


fort 


leur 


bonbon 


tres 


hote 


demeure grognon 


t§te 


oter 


eu ] 


Parts brun 


je 


rue 


j'eus 


of landi 


de 


plus 


j'eusse J 


avoir humble 


venir 


gai 


roi 


avec 



xxii 


Introduction 




blanc 


general 


patience 


soleil 


gage 


rnangea 


le tien 


rneilleur 


second 


rossignol 


question 




garcon 


science 


nation 





Exceptions, Similarities, etc. 



a 


femrne 


celle 


tache 


a 


exarnen 


on 


tache 


as 


sais 


an 


ennerni 


la 


ses 


ane 


ennui 


la 


ces 


mil 


lac 


ou 


mes 


mille 


tabac 


aout 


mais 


tils 


estomac 


soi 


mais 


fil 


net 


soie 


au 


fille 


nette 


sois 


eau 


ville 


clef 


et 


bout 


village 


cle 


est (is) 


but 


villageois 


chef 


est (east) 


butte 


gentil 


chef-d'oeuvre 


mer 


des 


gentille 


oeuf 


mere 


des 


le baut 


ceufs 


votre 


pre 


l'eau 


bceuf 


le votre 


pres 


la hauteur 


bceufs 


non 


pres 


1'auteur 


coeur 


nom 


lui 


les hauteurs 


chceur 


vrn 


Louis 


les auteurs 


sceur 


une 


con 


la haine 


je donnai 


bon 


coup 


laine 


je donnais 


bonne 


moi 


' le heros 


tous (adj.) 


rien 


rnois 


Fherome 


tous (pron.) 


reine 


moins 


les heros 


Jesus 


plein 


nioine 


les zeros 


Christ 


pleine 


sel 


le huit 


Jesus-Christ 


faim 


selle 


lui 





Linking of Words xxiii 

The Linking of Words (La Liaison) 

The last consonant of a word, standing before a word begin- 
ning with a vowel or h mute and closely connected with it in 
sense, is often carried over to it in pronunciation. 

In such cases s and x have the sound of z, d that of t, c and 
g that of k, and f that of v. As mes_amis, ils_ont, aux w armes, 
grand^homme, avec_elle, rang_eleve, neuf w ans. In carrying 
over the n of a nasal, the sound of the nasal must be retained, 
and the n sounds as if it were the first letter of the following 
word : mon enfant = mon nenfant ; un homme = un nhomme. 

This linking of words, called liaison, is necessary in public speaking 
or reading ; in conversation it generally takes place only when the words 
thus joined cannot do without each other. It cannot occur before oui, 
onze, or onziSme. The t of et is never linked to the following word. 

Final m, n, p, or r of a noun is not usually carried over. Beyond cer- 
tain general principles, it is impossible to lay down rules. In reading, 
the number of liaisons will vary, according to the style of the composi- 
tion, the shades of thought, pauses, euphony, and the taste of the reader. 

Examples of Liaison 

Ce petit^enfant est tres^aimable, This little child is very 
lovable. 

Leurs_amis ne sont pas^encore arrives, TJieir friends have 
not arrived yet. 

Quels jours_heureux ! What happy days! 

Que dit-on? Wliat do they say ? 

Quand w avez-vous_ete chez w eux? When ivere you at their 
house ? 

Je les_ai vus de temps_en temps, I saw them from time to time. 

Ca m'est^egal, Tliat makes no difference to me. 

Elle repond_a ses questions^amusantes, She ansivers his 
amusing questions. . 

Ils_aiment_a lire et a ecrire, TJiey like to read and write. 

II a beaucoup_etudie, He has studied a great deal. 

Elle est bien^heureuse, tout w heureuse, She is very happy, 
quite happy. 



xxiv Introduction 

Capital Letters 

Except at the beginning of a sentence, capital letters, lettres 
majuscules, are not used for the names of the months and of 
the days of the week: as avril, lundi; for any word used as 
an adjective: as un officier francais ; for any word used to 
signify rank or position : as empereur, roi, due, general, cardinal^ 
docteur, abbe, maire, etc. 

Punctuation Marks 

The following are the marks of punctuation most frequently 
used: 



le point 


le point d'exclamation 


f 


la virgule 


, le tiret 


— 


le point (et) virgule 


; la parenth£se 


() 


les deux points 


: les guillemets 


U V) 


le point d'interrogation 


? les points suspensifs 





Expressions for Classroom Use xxv 



Expressions for Classroom Use 

1 Monsieur (M.) Sir, Mr. 

2 Madame (Mme.), Madam, Mrs. 

3 Mademoiselle (Mile.), Miss. 

4 Bonjonr, Good morning, good day. 

5 Bon soir, Good evening, good night. 

6 An revoir, 1 Good-bye (until I have the 

7 An plaisir, J pleasure of seeing you again). 

8 A 1 demain, Good-bye until to-morrow. 

9 A ce soir, Good-bye until this evening. 

10 Qne signifie ? 1 TTr7 ^ ■ a 

. . ^ p ; ,j >■ Tr Aa£ aoes mean ? 

11 Qne vent aire c J 

12 Comment dit-on ? jETow; does one (do you) say — 

13 Comment ecrit-on ? How does one (do you) write - 

14 Ecrivez, Write. 2 

15 En anglais, In English. 

16 En franqais, In French. 

17 Comment epelle-t-on ? How does one (do you) spell ? 

18 Epelez, Spell. 

19 Comment prononce-t-on ? How does one (do you) pro- 

nounce ? 



? 



20 Prononcez apres moi, Pronounce after me. 

21 Lisez, Read. 

22 Lisez le franqais, Read the French. 

23 S'il vons plait, Please; if you please. 

24 Plait-il? What (did you say)? 

25 Comment? 'How? What?' 

26 Pardon, I beg (your) pardon. 

27 Merci, Thank you. 



1 With capital letters, accents are regularly omitted. 

2 Forms ending in -ez without the subject vous, you, are all imperatives 
To make any of them negative, put ne before and pas directly after. 



xxvi Introduction 

28 II n'y a pas de quoi, 1 You are welcome; don't mention it 

29 Ce n'est pas la peine, J (In response to thanks.) 

30 Eepetez, Repeat. 

31 Eepetez ensemble, Repeat together, 

32 Traduisez, Translate 

33 Conjuguez, Conjugate 

34 Eepondez, Answer. 

35 Fermez les livres, Close the {your) books. 

36 Onvrez les livres, Of en the books. 

37 Commencez, Begin. 

38 Continuez, Continue. 

39 Ecoutez, Listen. 

40 Attendez, Wait. 

41 Faites attention ! Pay (literally, make) attention ! 

42 Comprenez-vons ? Do you tmderstand f 

43 Oui, monsieur, je comprends, Yes, sir, I understand. 

44 Non, madame, je ne comprends pas, No, madam, I do not 

understand. 

45 Je ne sais pas, I do not know. 

46 N'est-ce pas ? Is it not ? x 

47 Vous comprenez, n'est-ce pas ? You understand, do you not ? 

48 Levez la main, Raise your hand. 

49 Ceci, this (thing) ; cela, that (thing). 

50 Qu'est-ce? ] 

51 Qu'est-ce que e'est ? 1 What is that ? 

52 Qu'est-ce que e'est que cela ? j 

53 C'est un (une) , It is a (or an) . 

54 Le mot, The word. 

55 La phrase, TJie sentence. 

56 Quelle leqon? What lesson? 

57 Quelle page ? What page ? 



1 The explanation of the u.se of n'est-ce pas? instead of the repetition of a 
statement in the form of a negative question, is left to the teacher: You do, 
do you not? He has, has he not? They will, ivill they not? etc., in English, 
but always n'est-ce pas in French. 



Expressions for Classroom Use xxvii 

58 Au haut | f At the top 

59 Au milieu de la page, \ In the middle of the page. 
•60 Au bas J [ At the foot 

61 Ajoutez, Add. 

62 Quelle faute ? What mistake ? 

63 Corrigez, Correct. 

64 Avez-vous quel que chose a aj outer ? Have you anything to 

add? 

65 Y a-t-il encore quelque chose a corriger ? Is there anything 

else to correct ? 

66 Est-il permis de dire ■ ? May one say ? 

67 II faut , We need . r 

68 Faut-il ? Do you need ? 



69 II faut a j outer , We must add . 

70 II doit etre, It should be. 

71 II doit y avoir, There should be. 

72 Au lieu de, Instead of 

73 Voulez-vous ? Do you wish ? (followed by an infinitive, 

Will you ?) 

74 Allez au tableau (noir), Go to the blackboard. 

75 Ecrivez sur le tableau, Write on the board. 

76 Levez-vous, Rise, stand up. 
11 Asseyez-vous, Be seated. 

78 Ivamassez, Pick up, gather up, collect. 

79 C'est assez, That is enough 

80 Cela suffit, That will do. 



Lesson 1 : The Article. 



Tel pdre, tel fils. — Like father, like son. 



The Article. — There are only two genders in French, the 
masculine and the feminine. 2 

Before a masculine noun use un for a or an, use le for the. 
Before a feminine noun use une for a or an, use la for the. 
Before a vowel or h mute use 1' instead of le or la. 



le pere, the father. 
la mere, the mother. 
un frere, a brother. 
une soeur, a sister. 



Vocabulary. 

le fils, the son. 
la fille, the daughter. 
un homme, a man. 
une femme, a woman , 
a wife. 



a friend. 



un ami (m.) 
une amie (f.) 
l'enfant (m. or f.), the 

child. 
et, and. 



Exercise. 

1. Un pere, une mere. 2. Une mere et un fils. 3. Un 
fils et une fille. 4. Le frere, la sceur. 5. L'homme et la 
femme. 6. Un frere et un ami. 7. La sceur et l'amie. 
8. Une femme et un enfant. 9. Le pere, la mere et l'enfant. 
10. L'homme, le fils et la fille. 

1. A mother, a daughter. 2. A father and a son. 3. A 
son and a mother. 4. The father and the mother. 5. The 
brother, the friend (m.), the child, the sister. 6. The man, 
the woman, the friend (1), the son. 7. A brother and a 
friend. 8. The daughter and a friend (f.). 9. A man and 
a child. 10. The woman and the child. 



1 Literally, Such a father, such a son. 

2 When learning a French uoun, always acquire with it an article denoting 



the gender. 



Conjugation of Avoir 
Lesson 2 : Present Affirmative of Avoir. 



C'est le premier pas qui coiite. — It is the first step that costs. 



The e of je (I) is omitted when the following verb begins 
with a vowel, and an apostrophe takes its place. 

je, /. ai, have. j'ai, I have. 

Avoir, to have. — Present Indicative, Affirmative. 

j'ai, I have. nous avons, we have. 

tu as, thou hast. vous avez, you have. 1 

il a, he has. ils ont, they (m.) have. 

elle a, she has. elles ont, they (f .) have. 

Exercise. 

1. J'ai nn frere. 2. L'homme a Tine femme. 3. Tn as 
un ami. 4. L'enfant a une soeur. 5. Nous avons un pere 
et une mere. 6. Elle a une amie. 7. Ils ont nn enfant. 
8. Vous avez une mere, une soeur et un frere. 9. J'ai un 
ami. 10. II a un fils et une fille. 



1. I have a sister. 2. We have a friend. 3. They have 
a mother. 4. The child has a brother and a sister. 5. The 
woman has a friend (f.). 6. You have a father and a brother. 
7. The man has a son and a daughter. 8. They (f.) have a 
father and a mother. 9. She has a sister. 10. He has a 
friend, and the friend has a brother. 



1 Vous, like the English you, may he either singular or plural. Tu is the 
familiar form, and is used among members of the same family, intimate 
friends, among and to children, to animals, etc. Use vous for you in these 
exercises, unless otherwise indicated. 



Conjugation of Avoir 
Lesson 3 : Present Interrogative of Avoir. 



Peu a peu l'oiseau fait son nid. — Little by little the bird builds its nest. 



Questions. — (1) In a question, if the subject is a personal 
pronoun, it stands after the verb and is connected with it by a 
hyphen : ai-je, have I ? ont-ils, have they ? 

(2) When the third person singular of the verb ends in a 
vowel, it is followed for the sake of euphony by -t- before il or 
elle : a-t-il, has he 9 

Avoir. — Present Indicative, Interrogative. 
ai-je, have I ? avons-nous, have we ? 

as-tu, hast thou f avez-vous, have you ? 

a-t-il, has he ? ont-ils, have they (m.) ? 

a-t-elle, has she ? ont-elles, have they (f.) ? 

Vocabulary. 

le livre, the book. le papier, the paper. 

vu, seen. l'encre (f.), the ink. 

perdu, lost. l'eau (i), the water. 

qui, who? oui, yes. 

que, ivhat? ou, or. 

une plume, a pen. la, there. 1 

une grammaire, a grammar. un crayon, a pencil, aussi, also, too. 

Qu' avez-vous la, what have you there? 

Qu'a-t-il perdu, what has he lost? 

Exercise. 

1. Avez-vous un f rere ou une soeur ? 2. J'ai un frere et 
une soeur. 3. A-t-il perdu le crayon? 4. II a perdu le 
crayon et le papier. 5. Ai-je une grammaire? 6. Oui, 
monsieur, vous avez une grammaire. 7. A-t-elle vu le fils ? 

8. Oui, mademoiselle, elle a vu le tils et elle a aussi vu la fille. 

9. Ont-ils un enfant? 10. lis ont un fils. 11. Qui a un 
crayon ? 

1 Pronounced like la, the. See Introduction, page xi. 



4 Agreement of Adjectives 

1. She has a sister and a brother. 2. We have seen the 
paper and the pen. 3. They have the water and the ink. 
4. She has a book. 5. She has also a pen. 6. Have you a 
grammar ? 7. Have yon lost a pencil ? 8. What have you 
there ? 9. Who has lost a pen ? 10. Who has the paper ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Qu'avez-vous la? 2. Qui a le papier? 3. Qu'a-t-il 
vu ? 4. Qu'ont-ils perdu ? 

1. What have you lost ? 2. What has she seen ? 3. Have 
I a pen or a pencil ? 4. Who has seen the ink ? 

Lesson 4 : Present Affirmative of Etre. 



Petite pluie abat grand vent. — A soft answer turneth away wrath. 1 

Agreement of Adjectives. — A n,adJ ec tive ahvay s_ a grees in gen- 
der with the norm which it qualifies . To form the feminine 
of most adjectives, add e mute to the masculine. 

Adjectives ending in e mute in the masculine do not change 
in the feminine. 

Etre, to be. — Present Indicative, Affirmative. 
je suis, I am. nous sommes, we are. 

tu es, thou art. vous etes, you are. 

il est, he is. ils sont, they (in.) are. 

elle est, she is. elles sont, they (f.) are. 

Vocabulary. 

petit (m.), petite (1), little, small, short. 

grand (m.), grande (f.), large, tall, great 

bon (m.), bonne (f. ), good, kind. 

mauvais (m.), mauvaise (1), bad. 
rithe, rich. facile, easy. jeune, young. 

pauvre, poor. difficile, difficult. tres, very. 

la lettre, the letter. ecrit, written. 

1 Literally, Little rain stills great wind. 



Use of Pronouns 5 

Exercise. 

1. Le crayon est bon, la plume est mauvaise. 2. Le pere 
est grand, la fille est petite. 3. La grammaire est tres 
difficile. 4. II a une plume, la plume est bonne. 5. Le 
fils a perdu un petit livre. 6. Je suis grand, tu es petit. 
7. Le iils est jeune, et la fille est jeune aussi. 8. II est bon, 
elle est bonne. 9. Le frere est riche, la soeur est tres pauvre. 
10. Qui a ecrit une tres bonne lettre ? 

1. The good pencil, the bad pen. 2. The ink is very bad, 
the water is good. 3. The man has a good son. 4. Has 
he also a good daughter ? 5. Has she lost a small pencil ? 
6. "Who has lost a large book ? 7. The father is very kind, 
the mother is very kind also. 8. I have lost a small gram- 
mar. 9. You are very kind. 10. She has written a letter, 
the letter is very good. 11. The brother is young, and the 
sister is young too. 12. The mother is tall, the daughter is 
short. 13. The grammar is difficult. 14. They have a 
friend, she is very rich. 15. The pen is good, the paper is poor 
(bad). 

Lesson 5 : Present Interrogative of Etre. 



A bon jour bonne ceuvre. — The better the day, the better the deed. 1 



Use of Pronouns. — (1) When the nominative it stands for a 
maao.nl iii p. norm (such as crayon), it is expressed by il ; when 
it stands for a feminine noun (such as plume), by elle . 

J'ai un crayon, il est bon, I have a pencil, it is a good one. 

II a une grammaire, elle est difficile, he has a grammar, it is difficult. 

(2) In__a__ojiestion, if the subject of the verb is a noun, the 
noun usually stands before the verb and is repeated after the 
verb in the form of a pronoun. 

I/homme est-il riche ? Is the man rich f 

La grammaire est-elle facile ou difficile ? Is the grammar easy or 
difficult ? 

1 Literally, For a good day a good work. 



6 Plural of Nouns 

Etre. — Present Indicative, Interrogative. 
suis-je, am I ? sommes-nous ? 

es-tu ? etes-vous ? 

est-il? sont-ils? 

est-elle ? sont-elles ? 

Exercise. 

1. J'ai vu le livre, il est petit. 2. L'enfant a-t-il l'encre? 
3. L'homme a-t-il une f enime ? 4. La femme est-elle riche ? 
5. Nous avons vu l'encre, elle est mauvaise. 6. Vous avez 
an crayon ; est-il bon ou mauvais ? 7. L'enfant est-il 

jeune ? 8. L'ami est-il riche ? 9. L'amie est-elle grande ? 

10. L'homme est-il grand ou petit ? 

1. The woman has a son. 2. The son has a grammar. 
3. The little child has a good father. 4. He has also a good 
mother. 5. The child has a sister. 6." Is the man young ? 
7. Is he poor or rich ? 8. Is the pencil [a] x good [one] ? 
9. Is the ink good or bad? 10. Is the grammar small? 

11. Is it easy or difficult? 12. Has the man a friend? 
13. What have you written ? 14. Is the letter [a] good 
[one] ? 15. Are you tall or short ? 2 

Lesson 6 : Present Negative of Avoir. 



N§cessit6 n'a pas de loi.— Necessity knows no law. 



Plural of Nouns. — (1) Most nouns form their plural, as in 

English, by adding s to the singular. 

(2) The plural of all the forms of the definite article (le, la, P) 

is les 

le frere, the brother. les freres, the brothers. 

la soeur, the sister. les sceurs, the sisters. 

l'ami, the friend. les amis, the friends. 



1 Words in brackets [ J are not to be expressed in French. 

2 Vous always takes a plural verb, but the adjective qualifying it is plural 
only when more than one person is addressed . 



Plural of Nouns 



Vocabulary. 

la maison, the house. une table, a table. ferm6, closed. 

la chambre, the room. une chaise, a chair. trouve, found. 

la porte, the door. le tiroir, the drawer. achete, bought. 

une fengtre, a window. ouvert, opened. pris, taken. 

mais, but. non, no. 

Avoir. — Present Indicative, Negative. 

je n'ai pas, I have not. nous n'avons pas. 

tu n'as pas. vous n'avez pas. 

il n'a pas. ils n'ont pas. 

elle n'a pas. elles n'ont pas. 

The negation not is ordinarily expressed by ne before the 
conjugated part of the verb and pas after it. 

Je n'ai pas vu, / have not seen. 

Exercise. 

1. Avez-vous les granimaires ? 2. Je n'ai pas les gram- 
maires, mais j'ai les crayons et le papier. 3. Nous n'avons pas 
vu les maisons. 4. II n'a pas ferme les fenetres, mais il a 
ferme les portes. 5. Ai-je pris la plume ? 6. Vous n'avez 
pas pris la plume, , mais vous avez pris le crayon. 7. Avez- 
vous trouve les enf ants ? 8. Qui a achete les maisons ? 
9. Qu'avez-vous achete ? 10. Elle a ferme le tiroir. 

1. They have bought the houses. 2. He has closed the 
doors. 3. He has also closed the windows. 4. We have 
not seen the pencils. 5. The children have taken the ink ; 
they have not taken the water. 6. She has found the chil- 
dren. 7. Has the man closed or opened the windows ? 
8. Have you taken the pens or the pencils ? 9. Have they 
bought the tables and the chairs ? 10. Have you bought 
the small or the large pens ? 11. Have I the grammar ? 
12. Have they closed the books ? 13. Has the woman seen 
the rooms ? 14. Has she taken the paper or the pen ? 



8 Possessive Adjectives 

Oral Drill. 

1. Qui a ouvert la fenetre? 2. Qui a ecrit une lettre? 
3. Qu'avez-vous pris ? 4. Avez-vous ferine la fenetre ? 

1. What have you closed? 2. Who has opened the 
drawer ? 3. Have you bought the tables or the chairs ? 
-±. Has she lost the pen or the pencil ? 

Lesson 7 : Negative Interrogative of Avoir. 



Oui m'aime, aime mon chien, Love me, love my dog. 



, Possessive Ad jectives . 
Singular Plural 

mon (in.), ma (f.), mes, my. 

ton (m.), ta (f.), tes, thy, your. 

son (ni.), sa (f.), ses, his, her, Us. 

notre (m.), notre (f.), nos, our. 

votre (m.), votre (f.), vos, your. 0^ 

leur (m.), leur (f.), leurs, their. 

In French, the possessive adjective agrees with the, thing, 
pnssifissfinV and not, as in English, with the possessor. 

son pere, his father, or her father. leur maison, their house. 
sa mere, his mother, or her mother, leurs maisons, their houses. 

Before a feminine word beginning with a vowel or h mute, 
for the sake of euphony use mon, ton, son, instead of ma, ta, sa. 

mon amie, my friend (f.). 

son amie, his or her friend ;f.). 

son histoire, his or her story (f.). 

Avoir. — Present Indicative, Negative Interrogative. 
n'ai-je pas. have I not 9 n'avons-nous pas ? 
n'as-tu pas ? n ! avez-vous pas ? 

n'a-t-il pas ? n'ont-ils pas ? 

n'a-t-elle pas ? n'ont-elles pas ? 



Plural of Adjectives 9 

Exercise. 

1. N'ai-je r>as vu sa plume ? 2. Vous avez vu sa plume 
et son crayon 3. A-t-il pris mes crayons? 4. Qu'avez- 
vous trouve ? 5. J'ai trouve son encre, mais je n'ai pas 
trouve sa plume. 6. N'a-t-il pas vu son amie ? 7. II a vu 
son amie et ses amis. 8. Qui a pris ma petite grammaire ? 

9. Ses filles sont grand es, mais ses tils sont tres petits. 

10. N'ont-ils pas mon livie? 11. Qui a vu leursfils et leurs 
filles ? 12. lis ont trouve nos crayons. 

1. The men have not seen their sons. 2. Your friends 
have seen my sister. 3. Her friend (f.) has bought the little 
tables. 4. The woman hasn't found her children. 5. Their 
mother has found their little sister 6. Has he not lost his 
books ? 7. Have you not opened my drawer ? 8. Has she 
seen her father or her sister ? 9. Hasn't the man closed our 
doors and our windows ? 10. Have I not seen your friend ? 

11. My child, have you (2d sing.) lost my pencil ? 12. Have 
they lost their pens or their pencils ? 13. Have we our 
grammars ? 14. Haven't you seen their house ? 15. Who 
has opened his windows ? 

* Lesson 8 : Present Negative of Etre 



Les bons comptes font les bons amis. — Short accounts make long friends. 



Plural of Adjectives. — (1) An adjective always agrees in num- 
ber, as well as in gender, with the noun which it qualifies. 
(2) Most adjectives form their plural like nouns, by adding 

s to the singular. 

Sikgular. Plural. 

bon (m.). bons (m.). 

bonne (f.). bonnes (f.). 

Use of the Possessive. — The sign 's of the English possessive 
is not used in French. Turn such expressions as my brother's 



10 Plural of Adjectives 

book, their father's house, etc., into the book of my orother, the 
house of their father , etc. 

le livre de mon frere, my brother's book. 
la maison de leur pere, their father' s house. 

Vocabulary. 

utile, useful. ^ , , f amiable, lovable, kind, 

aimable, < 
joli, pretty. [ pleasant, agreeable. 

ici, here. [ wicked : (in speaking 

. mSchant, , ', ; ., ■ 

pour, for. { of a child) naughty. 

un, une, one. deux, two. trois, three. 

quatre, four. de, of, from. 

Etre. — Present Indicative, Negative. 
je ne suis pas, I am not. nous ne sommes pas. 
tu n'es pas. vous n'etes pas. 

il n'est pas. ils ne sont pas. 

elle n'est pas. elles ne sont pas. 

Exercise. 

1. Les trois enfants de mon frere sont tres aimables. 
2, Les amis de votre fils .sont-ils riches ? 3. Ses amis ne 
sont pas riches, ils sont pauvres. 4. Les deux maisons de 
sa soeur ne sont pas tres grandes, mais elles sont tres jolies. 
5. Les enfants ont-ils trouve les livres de leur pere?* 6. Les 
plumes de ma sceur ne sont pas bonnes ; elles sont mauvaises. 
7. Sa fille n'est pas jolie, mais elle est bonne. 8. Ses deux 
livres ne sont-ils pas tres utiles ? 

1. You have taken my brother's two pencils. 2. Your 
father has bought the houses for your three brothers. 3. The- 
houses are small, but they are very pretty. 4. His friend's 
sisters are young. 5, They are very kind. 6. Is your 
friend here ? 7. Who is here ? 8. Who is not here ? 
9. Are your pens good [ones] ? 10. Are the children tall 
or short ? 11. Are they naughty ? 12. Has he taken the 
books ? 13. Haven't the children closed their grammars ? 
14. Has your brother, lost his books too ? 



Agreement of Adjectives 11 

Oral Drill. 

1. N'a-t-elle pas vu mes amis ? 2. Qui a trouve mon 
livre? 3. ISPavez-vous pas vu les quatre enfants de votre 
ami ? 4. Sont-ils aimables ou mechants ? 

1. Has your brother lost his pen or his pencil ? 2. What 
has he lost? 3. Have you written three or four letters? 
4. Who has seen my friend (f.)? 



Lesson 9 : Negative Interrogative of Etre. 



Pauvrete n'est pas vice. — Poverty is no crime. 

Agreement of Adjective. — (1) An adjective qualifying two or 
more nouns masculine must be masculine plural. 

(2) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns feminine 
must be feminine plural. 

(3) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns of different 
genders must be masculine plural. 

Etre. — Present Indicative, Negative Interrogative. 

ne suis-je pas, am I not ? ne sommes-nous pas ? 

n'es-tu pas ? n'Stes-vous pas ? 

n'est-il pas ? ne sont-ils pas ? 

n'est-elle pas ? ne sont-elles pas ? 

Vocabulary. 

malade, sick, ill. triste, sad. souvent, often. 

gai, cheerful, merry. haut, high. toujours, always. 

aujourd'hui, to-day. sur, on, upon. 

Exercise. 

1. Le pere et le fils sont grands. 2. La maison est haute. 
3. La mere et la fllle sont petites. 4. Elles sont toujours 
bonnes et aimables. 5. Le pere et la mere sont-ils bons ? 
6. Les livres sont-ils sur la table aujourd'hui? 7. Ne sont- 



12 The Past Indefinite 

ils pas souvent sur la chaise ? 8. Vos amis ne sont-ils pas 
tou jours gais? 9. Ils sont tristes aujourd'hui; ils sont 
malades. 10. Les quatre petites tllles sont-elles souvent 
rnechantes ? 

1. His father and his brother are very tall, and he is tall 
too. 2. His wife and his sister are always very agreeable. 
3. His friends are not sad ; they are very cheerful. ' 4. Their 
trees and their houses are high. 5. Your brother's friend is 
ill to-day. 6. Aren't you here often (often here) ? 7. Are 
you always here ? 8. Is she sad to-day ? 9. Am I not 
always cheerful? 10. Who took (lias taken) my books? 
11. Aren't they on your table ? 12. Are my pens and my 
pencils good or bad? 13. Isn't your grammar easy? 

14. Isn't the book [a] useful [one] ? 15. Is he your friend ? 
16. Am I not his friend ? 

Lesson 10 : The Past Indefinite. 



II n'a pas invente la poudre. — He will never set the river on fire. 1 



(1) The conversational past tense in French is the perfect 
(past indefinite) ; it is formed by using the prese nt tense of 
avoir (sometimes etre) and a pas t parti ciple. 

J'ai vu votre pere hier, I saw your father yesterday. 
II a perdu sa montre, he lost his watch. 

(2) The auxiliary verb to do d oes not exist in French. In 
translation, change the expressions did I see, did he buy, did 
you find, etc., into have I seen, has he bought, have you found, etc. 

A-t-il perdu sa montre, did he lose his watch ? 

(3) The prepositions de and a, the definite article (le, la, 1', 
les), the indefinite article (un, une), and the possessive adjec- 
tives are repeated before each noun to which they refer. 

1 Literally, He didn't invent gunpowder. 



The Past Indefinite 



13 



la poche, the pocket. 
le mouchoir, the hand- 
kerchief. 
le canif, the penknife. 
la montre, the watch. 



Vocabulary. 

ou, 1 where. 

quand, when. 

a, 1 to, at. 

dans, in, into. 

a la maison, at home. 

Exercise. 



mis, put. ""^Ji 
donne, given. 
parle, spoken. 
hier, yesterday. 



1. Les montres de notre pere et de notre mere sont jolies. 

2. Ou etes-vous ? 3. £tes-vous sur la chaise ? 4. 3^tes- 
vous Gaston Foulquier? 5. Je ne suis pas Gaston Foul- 
quier, je suis . 6. Votre frere a-t-il perdu son canif 

hier ou aujourd'hui? 7. II a perdu son canif hier. 8. J'ai 
ecrit une lettre a mon frere et a ma soeur. 9. Ou avez-vous 
mis mes livres ? 10. J'ai mis vos livres sur votre table ou 
sur une de vos chaises. 11. Mes crayons sont dans le tiroir. 

1. My brother has lost his pencil and penknife. 2. They 
are not on his table. 3. They are in his pocket. 4. She 
has lost her pretty little watch. 5. They have often spoken 
to my friend and his brother. 6. She has lost her brother's 
pencils and pens. 7. When did she find 'her handkerchief ? 
8. Who took (has taken) my ink ? 9. Who put my books 
on the table ? 10. Did they speak of my brother and sis- 
ter ? 11. Are your father and mother here ? 12. Where 
are they ? 13. Have you one, two, three, or four pencils ? 
14. Are they in your drawer ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous vu les tables ou les chaises ? 2. N'est-il 
pas ton frere? 3. Ou sont mes crayons? 4. Ou est 
votre mouchoir ? 5. Est-il dans votre poche ? 

1. Did she lose her penknife to-day? 2. Where is it? 

3. Isn't it in his pocket ? 4. Did you write a letter to-day 
or yesterday ? 5. When did you find your book ? 

1 Notice the accent which distinguishes ou, where, from ou, or, and also a, 
to, at, from a, has. The accent does not affect the pronunciation. 



14 Numeral Adjectives 

Lesson 11 : Numeral Adjectives. 



II n'y a pas de rose sans epines. — There is no rose without a thorn. 



cinq, five. sept, seven. neuf, nine. 

six, six. huit, eight. dix, ten. 

The final consonant of each of the above numerals is silent before a 
consonant or h aspirate of a word which they multiply ; in all ofcher cases 
the final consonant is sounded. The p of sept is always silent. 

onze, eleven. douze, twelve. 

Vocabulary. 

l'6cole (f.), the school. 1'eleve (m. or 1), the pupil. 

a 1'ecole, at school. une salle, a room (a large room), 

l'eglise (f.), the church. une salle de classe, a class room. 

a l'eglise, at church. assis (m.), assise (f.), seated. 

la classe, the class. debout (adv.), standing. 

H y a, there is, there are. Y a-t-il ? is there f are there? 

Exercise. 

1. Son ami a trois crayons et huit plumes sur sa table. 
2. II j a dix eleves dans la classe de mon frere. 3. Je ne 
suis pas debout, je suis assis. 4. Louise est aussi assise. 

5. II y a neuf salles de classe dans cette ecole. 6. !N"ous 
sommes a 1'ecole ; notre pere et notre mere sont a la maison. 
7. II y a sur ma table un eanif, une plume, deux crayons, six 
cahiers, et neuf grammaires. 8. Mes eleves ne sont pas 
debout, ils sont assis. 9. Y a-t-il onze ou douze eleves dans 
cette classe ? 10. Avez-vous ecrit sept ou huit lettres ? 
11. ^tes-vous a l'eglise ou a 1'ecole ? 

1. The pupils are in the class room. 2. The pupils of 
my class are very tall. 3. His pupils are short. 4. There 
are ten books on my table. 5. The pupils are not seated. 

6. They are standing. 7. She is seated. 8. They (f.) are 
seated. 9. Where is the class ? 10. Where are you ? 
11. Are you at home or at school ? 12. Who is standing ? 



Ordinal Numbers 15 

13. Are you my pupils ? 14. Am I a pupil ? 15. Who 
am I ? 16. Are there six, eight, or ten books on the table ? 
17. Is his father at school ? 18. Where is he ? 19. And 
where is his mother to-day ? 20. Is she at church ? 

Lesson 12 : Ordinal Numbers. 



Les petits ruisseaux font les grandes rivieres. — Great oaks from UtU 

acorns grow. 1 



The Ordinals. 

premier (m.), 1 - troisieme, third. septieme, seventh. 

premiere (f.), j quatrieme, fourth. huitieme, eighth. 

deuxieme, 1 7 cinquieme, fifth. neuvieme, ninth. 

second, sixieme, sixth. dixieme, tenth. 

onzieme, eleventh. douzieme, twelfth. 

With the exception of premier (first) and second (second), an ordinal 
number is formed by adding -idme to the cardinal number. In adding 
-idme to form the ordinal, drop final -e of the cardinal, insert u after 
q, and change f to v : quatre, quatrieme ; cinq, cinquidme ; neuf , 
neuvieme. 

Before huit or huitieme, onze or onzieme, 1' is never used for le or 
la, and final consonants are never linked : le huitieme mot ; la onzieme 
lecon ; les onze livres. 

Vocabulary. 

la lecon, the lesson. un theme, 

la phrase, the sentence. un exercice, 

un mot, a word. prepare, prepared. un cahier, a notebook. 

Exercise. 

1. Avez-vous ecrit le onzieme theme hier ? 2. ISTous avons 
ecrit le onzieme theme hier et le douzieme aujourd'hui. 3. La 
onzieme lecon est tres facile. 4. Y a-t-il dix salles de classe 
dans son ecole ? 5. Mes eleves out ecrit leurs phrases dans 
leurs cahiers. 6. II y a neuf mots dans la cinquieme phrase. 

1 Literally, Little brooks make great rivers. 



an exercise. 



16 Contraction of the Definite Article 

7. Y a-t-il onze on denize eleves dans votre classe? 8. Huit 
eleves sont assis, efc trois sont debout. 9. II a ecrit dix 
lettres a sa mere et six a son pere. 10. II a vendn sept 
montres a ses amis. 

1. The eleventh lesson is an easy one. 2. The lessons 
are not often difficult. 3. No, they are always very easy. 
4. There are five letters in the word el&ve. 5. There are 
twelve pupils in his class. 6. Have you written the eleventh 
exercise? 7. Have you written the twelfth to-day? 

8. Who has written the sentences in his notebook ? 9. Who 
wrote your exercises ? 10. Who has written the first sen- 
tence ? 11. Who is standing ? 12. Have the pupils 
closed their grammars ? 13. Have they prepared their 
lesson ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. fites-vous a Pecole ou a la maison ? 2. Avez-vous ecrit 
cinq ou six lettres? 3. Qu'avez-vous ecrit aujourd'hui? 

4. Son pere est-il a Pecole ? 5. Ou est-il ? 6. Avez- 
vous prepare votre exercice ? 7. Ou avez-vous mis mes 
huit livres ? 8. Qui a ecrit la onzieme phrase ? 9. Avez- 
vous ecrit les phrases dans votre cahier? 10. Pourquoi 
n'avez-vous pas prepare la legon? 

Lesson 13 : Contraction of a and Definite Article. 



Au royaume des aveugles les borgnes sont rois. — In the realm of the 
blind the one-eyed are kings. 



The preposition a and the definite article contract as fol- 
lows : 1 

au before a masculine noun beginning with a consonant or 

aspirate h. 
a la before a feminine noun beginning with a consonant or 
1 To the = \ aspirate h. 

a 1' before a masculine or feminine noun beginning with a 

vowel or mute h. 
aux before a plural noun. 



Contraction of the Definite Article 17 

a and le contract into au. 
a and la do not contract, a la. 
a and 1' do not contract, a 1'. 
a and les contract into aux. 

au gargon, to the boy. a l'oncle, to the uncle. 

- a la tante, to the aunt. a l'amie (f.), to the friend. 

aux medecins, to the doctors. 

Vocabulary. 

le voisin, the neighbor (m.). l'oncle, the uncle. lu, read. 

la voisine, the neighbor (f.). la tante, the aunt. vendu, sold. 

le gargon, the boy. le cousin, the cousin (m.). Jean, John. 

le medecin, the doctor. la cousine, the cousin (f.). Jeanne, Jane. 

la famille, the family. le neveu, the nephew. Louis, Louis. 

pretd, lent. la niece, the niece. Louise, Louise. 
treize, thirteen. treizieme, thirteenth. 

Exercise. 

1. II a prete ses livres au frere de mon voisin. 2. Mori 
ami a vendu une jolie maison a l'oncle de sa fenime. 3. Avez- 
vous parle au neveu et a la niece de votre amie ? 4. J'ai parle 
a son tils et a sa fille. 5. Elle a donne un livre au medecin. 
6. Qu'avez-vous prete a l'ami de mon cousin? 7. Nous 
avons donne nos livres et nos plumes aux enfants. 8. Le 
fils de mon oncle est mon cousin, et sa fille est ma cousine, 

1. John and Louis are my neighbor's children. 2. tie has 
written a letter to his son's friend. 3. She has written to 
her friend's son. 4. They have spoken to the doctor. 
5. She gave the boy her pens and pencils (lier pens and pencils 
to the boy). 6. He has often spoken to his pupil's uncle and 
aunt. 7. Have we the twelfth or thirteenth lesson to-day? 
8. Did your cousin sell his house to his wife's father or 
brother ? 9. Did you give or lend your books to my neigh- 
bor's children? 10. Have I seen your father and mother? 
11. Is Jane Louise's sister or her cousin? 12. Is your 
neighbor's family a large one? 13. Have we written twelve 
or thirteen sentences ? 



18 Contraction of Definite Article 

Oral Drill. 

1. Le neveu, au neveu. 2. La niece, a la niece. 3. Leg 
gargons, aux gargons. 4. L'oncle, les oncles, a l'oncle, aux 
oncles. 5. Aux medecins, aux amis, aux amies. 

1. The boy, the friend (m.), the friend (f.), the family, the 
neighbors. 2. To the boy, to the friend (m.), to che friend 
(f.), to the family, to the neighbors. 3. The man, to the 
man, the men, to the men. 4. The woman, to the woman, 
the women, to the women. 5. The brother, to the brother, 
the brothers, to the brothers. 6. The father, the child, to the 
father, to the child. 

Lesson 14: Contraction of De and Definite Article. 



Loin des yeux, loin du coeur. — • Out of sight, out of mind. 1 



The preposition de and the definite article contract as 
follows : 2 

de and le contract into du. 
de and la do not contract, de la. 
de and V do not contract, de 1'. 
de and les contract into des. 

du frere, of or from the brother. de l'ami, 1 „,. , , ,. ,. . -, 

' J J } of or from the friend. 

de la sceu-r, of or from the sister, de l'amie, J 

des eleves, of or from the pupils. 



1 Literally, Far from the eyes, far from the heart. 

fdu before a masculine noun beginning witb a consonant or 
aspirate h. 
de la before a feminine noun beginning with a consonant or 
Of the = aspirate h. 

de 1' before a masculine or feminine noun beginning with a vowel 

or mute h. 
.des before a plural noun. 



Contraction of Definite Article 19 

Vocabulary. 

le chapeau, the hat. quatorze, fourteen. porte, carried, worn. 

l'habit (m.), the coat. avec, with. apporte, brought. 

la robe, the dress. joue, played. ote, taken off. 

une bague, a ring. re§u, received. montrS, shown. 

un cadeau, a gift, a present. 

Exercise. 

1. A-t-il parle au frere ou au fils du medecin ? 2. Jean a 
requ un cadeau de son oncle. 3. Louis a re<m un chapeau, 
et Louise a regu une bague. 4. Un de mes eleves a ecrit 
quatorze phrases ; il n'a pas joue avec ses amis. 5. J'ai 
donne un habit au fils de la pauvre fernrne. 6. Mon voisin a 
apporte treize ou quatorze livres aux enfants. 7. Qui a pris 
les livres des enfants ? 8. As-tu vu le chapeau du gargon ? 
9. Avez-vous la montre de la jeune fille ? 10. Les cahiers 
des eleves sont sur la table. 

1. We have received a letter from the doctor's son. 2. He 
has shown his exercises to his brother's friend. 3. My friend 
has given his daughter a ring. 4. The man's children have 
received a g^ft from the neighbors. 5. Our neighbor is a 
good woman. 6. Did your father sell his house to the doctor 
or to the doctor's neighbor? 7. Isn't the boy's grammar 
easy ? 8. Have you written the first sentence of the eleventh 
lesson? 9. Has he brought a letter from his friend's father 
or from his father's friend ? 10. Are the child's father and 
mother rich or poor ? 11. Has John spoken to the woman's 
nephew or son ? 12. Did the boy wear his hat in the house ? 
13. Did Louis take his hat off ? 14. Have my pupils pre- 
pared their lesson or have they played with their friends ? 
I 

Oral Drill. 

1. The nephew, the man, the aunt, the boys. 2. Of the 
nephew, of the man, of the aunt, of the boys. 3. The friend 
(m.), the friend (f.), of the friend (in.), of the friend (f.), the 



20 Possessive Pronouns 

friends (hi.), of the friends (f.). 4. The boy, of the boy, to 
the boy, of the boys, to the boys. 5. The father, from the 
father, to the father. 6. The child, from the child, to the 
child. 7, The children, from the children, to the children. 

Lesson 15 : Possessive Pronouns. 



'I/habit ne fait pas le moine. — Clothes do not make the man. 



Possessive Pronouns. 



Singular. 


Plural. 


lsculine. 


FEMININE. 


MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


le mien, 


la mienne, 


les miens, 


les miennes, mine. 


le tien, ..- 


la tienne, 


les tiens, 


les tiennes, thine, yours. 


le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes, his, hers, its. 


le notre, 


la notre, 


les notres, ours. 


le. votre, 


la votre, 


les votres, yours. 


le leur, 


la leur, 


les leurs, theirs. 



(1) Possessive pronouns, in French, agree in gender and 
number with the object possessed, and not, as in English, with 
the possessor. 

Note carefully the. circumflex accent that distinguishes the 
possessive pronouns notre and votre from the possessive 
adjectives notre and votre. 

In the sentence Your pencil is a good one, but hers is a poor one, 
Votre crayon est bon, mais le sien est mauvais, the pronoun le sien is 
masculine singular, because crayon, the noun which it represents, is 
masculine singular. In the sentence Here is my watch ; where is yours 9 
Voici ma montre; ou est la votre? the pronoun la votre is feminine 
singular, because the noun montre is feminine singular. 

(2) Expressions like a friend of mine, a book of hers, etc., are 
in French, one of my friends, one of her books, etc. : 

a friend of mine, un de mes amis, une de mes amies. 

a book of hers, un de ses livres. 

' Literally, The garment doesn't make the monk. 




Hotel de Ville. — Louvain. 

This Town Hall, still standing amid the ruins of Louvain, is one of the 
most graceful and elegant of the characteristic Flemish buildings. 



Possessive Pronouns 21 

Vocabulary. 

la, boite, the tiox. la craie, the chalk. un encrier, an inkwell. 

quinze, fifteen. voici, here is, here are. voila, there is, there are. 

un porte-plume, a penholder. la regie, the mile, the ruler, 

II y a, there is, or there are, simply makes a statement : II y a un 
livre sur ma table, there is a book on my table ; II y a dix eldves dans 
cette salle, there are ten pupils in this room. Voila points out an object 
and answers the questions, where is ? where are ? There is my book, 
voila mon livre. ' , 

Exercise. 

1. Voici mon livre ; oil est le votre ? 2. Voici le rnien, 
voila le votre. 3. Oil est la "boite? 4. Voila la boite. 
5. Voila la craie dans la boite. 6. II y a une bague sur la 
table. 7. Voici mon porte-plume ; je n'ai pas trouve le votre. 

8. II y a quatorze eleves dans ma classe. 9. Y a-t-il aussi 
quatorze eleves dans la votre ? 10. Ou est votre exercice ? 
11. Voici le mien, voila le sien. 12. Voila un de vos themes. 

1. There are my books, pens, paper, and ink. 2. Here is 
a book of yours. 3. Here is the box ; where is the chalk ? 
4. There is my penholder. 5. John has sold his watch, and 
Jane has lost hers. 6. There are doors and win- 
dows in this (cette) room. 7. Here are the doors. 8. There 
are the windows. • 9. Here is my pen ; where is yours ? 
10. Where is his? 11. Here are my pencils; where are 
hers ? 12. Where are theirs ? 13. Has he mine or his 
[■own] ? 14. Is the ink-well on the chair ? 15. Have you 
seen a ruler of mine ? 16. Are your pens good ? 17. Are 
mine good, too ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Oil est la craie ? - 2. La bague est-elle sur la table ? 

3. Y a-t-il onze ou douze mots dans la huitieme phrase ? 

4. Ou avez-vous ecrit les phrases de Pexercice ? 5. Ou est 
le cahier de Jeanne? 6. Ou est le votre? 7. Avez-vous 
perdu une de vos plumes ? 8. Jean, a-t-il perdu sa montre ? 

9. Qui a perdu la sienne? 10, Voici le porte-plume et 
Fencrier ; ou est la plume ? 



22 Comparison of Adjectives 

Lesson 16 : Comparison of Adjectives. 



L'arbre se connait au fruit. — A tree is known by its fruit. 



Larger, smaller, higher, etc., are translated by more large, 
more small, more high, etc. : plus grand, plus petit, plus haut. 

Ma soeur est plus grande que mon frere. 
My sister is taller than my brother. 

By exception, better is expressed by meilleur. 

Vocabulary. 

plus, more. dix-sept, seventeen. un avocat, a lawyer. 

moins, less. dix-huit, eighteen. un arbre, a tree. 

que, than. dix-neuf, nineteen. une fleur, a flower. 

seize, sixteen. vingt, twenty. une feuille, a leaf (of a tree or of a 

book) . 

Note the elision of e in que (than) before a v^owel : qu'un. 

Exercise. 

1. Mon frere est plus petit que votre soeur. 2. Est-il plus 
ou moins jeune qu'elle ? 3. Leurs arbres sont plus hauts que 
ma maison. 4. La fille de l'avocat est plus jolie que la votre. 

5. Les fleurs de Jeanne sont pins jolies que les votres. 

6. Votre plume est meilleure que la mienne, mais mon crayon 
est meilleur que le votre. 7. La cliambre de mon frere est 
plus grande que la mienne, mais la mienne est plus jolie que la 
sienne. 8. Y a-t-il dix-neuf ou vingt mots dans la neuvieme 
phrase ? 9. Les phrases de la quinzieme lecon sont-elles 
faciles ou difficiles ? 10. Nos eglises sont plus hautes que 
les votres. 11. Un avocat est moins utile qu'un medecin. 

1. The doctor's house is taller than his trees. 2. Your 
neighbor's trees are higher than his house. 3. Your friend's 
nieces are prettier than his daughters. 4. Your pens are 
smaller than mine. 5. They are better, too. 6. She has 
lost a leaf of her notebook. 7. Is your brother taller than I 
(moi) ? 8. Is he not taller than you ? 9. Is he younger ? 



Relative Pronouns 23 

10. Have you your watch or his ? 11, Is yours larger oi 
smaller than mine ? 12. Is the sixteenth lesson more or less 
difficult than the fifteenth? 13. Is a doctor more or less 
useful than a lawyer ? 14. Are the leaves of your trees very 
large ? 15. Are his pencils better than yours ? 16. Are 
the flowers more or less useful than the trees ? 

Lesson 17 : Relative Pronouns. 



Qui ne risque rien n'a rien. —Nothing venture, nothing have. 1 



The Relative. — (1) The nominative case of the relative pro- 
noun (who, which, that) is qui, the objective case is que. 2 

L'homme qui est ici, the man who is here. 
L'homme que vous avez vu, the man whom you saw. 

(2) The relative is never omitted in French. 

Le parapluie qu'il a perdu, the umbrella he lost. 
Note elisiou of e in que before a vowel. The i of qui is never dropped. 

Vocabulary. 

le jardin, the garden. le parapluie, the umbrella. 

un banc, a'bench. laisse, left. 

le pupitre, the desk. emprunte, borrowed. 

la canne, the cane. rendu, given back, returned. 

si, so (before an adjective or adverb). 

Exercise. 

1. Nous avons vu une maison qui est tres haute ; elle est 
plus haute que la notre. 2. Le livre que vous avez achete 
est plus utile que le mien. 3. J'ai trouve une plume qui est 
tres mauvaise. 4. Mon pere a achete le jardin que vous avez 
vu. 5. Le livre qu'il a perdu est le mien. 6. Ou a-t-elle 
laisse le livre qu'elle a rendu ? 7. II a emprunte ma canne. 



1 Literally, Who risks nothing has nothing. 

2 Which or that next the verb is qui; separated from it, que. 



24 Demonstrative Adjectives 

8. II y a six bancs dans le jardin de Pavocat. 9. J'ai deux 
bons amis ; ils sont si aimables ! 10. Les gargons qui sont 
ici aujourd'hui sont mes cousins. 11. Sa femme a laisse son 
parapluie a l'eglise. 

1. We have seen the benches which the man has put into 
our garden. 2. We have found one sentence that is difficult. 
3. They are often very easy. 4. There is the young man 
who gave a cane to my brother. 5. The books he has put on 
the desk are mine. 6. I have lost my umbrella ; have you 
lost yours ? 7. Have you brought yours to school to-day ? 
8. Is it a better one than mine ? 9. Did you leave yours at 
home ? 10. Isn't an umbrella more useful than a cane ? 

11. Is the boy I saw yesterday with you younger than you ? 

12. His sister is not so tall ; is she younger ? 13. Is a pen 
more useful than a pencil ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Ou est le joli petit parapluie que j'ai achete pour vous ? 

2. L'exercice que vous avez ecrit est-il facile ou difficile? 

3. Ou est le crayon que vous avez emprunte ? 4. Qui a pris 
le cahier qu'elle a laisse sur ma table? 5. Les arbres qui 
sont dans son jardin sont-ils plus hauts que ceux (those) qui 
sont dans le mien ? 

Lesson 18 : Demonstrative Adjectives. 



A bon entendeur salut. — A word to the wise is sufficient. 1 



The Demonstrative Adjectives are : 

ce, cet (m.), cette (1), this or that. 
ces (m. and f. pi.), these, those. 

The form cet is used instead of ce before a masculine noun 
or adjective beginning with a vowel or h mute : cet ami, this 

1 Literally, To the man of good understanding, hail ! 



Demonstrative Adjectives 25, 

friend ; cet homme, £fta£ man ; ce jeune homme, this or that 
young man. 

Demonstrative adjectives, in French, must be repeated be- 
fore each noun which they modify. 

Ou avez-vous vu cet homme et cette f emme ? 
Where did you see that man and woman f 

Exercise. 

1. Ce livre est petit ; il est plus petit que les livres qu'elle 
a mis sur mon pupitre. 2. Cette eau est bonne, cette encre 
est mauvaise. 3. Avez-vous ouvert ces fenetres ? 4. J'ai 
donne un cadeau a ce joli petit enfant. 5. Cet enfant est le 
leur. 6. Jean a achete ces chaises. 7. Qui a trouve ce 
livre ? 8. La fille de cet homme est notre amie. 9. Voici 
ton cahier, mon enfant. 10. Ces hommes sont nos amis. 
11. Cet exercice est tres facile. 12. Cet arbre est plus haut 
que le notre. 

1. These books are yours. 2. We have seen this child's 
father and mother. 3. Her father has bought that large 
house. 4. Those flowers are prettier than yours. 5. The 
children found that watch and penknife yesterday. 6. Isn't 
this tree a tall one ? 7. This pen is mine ; where is his ? 
8. These pencils are yours ; where are mine ? 9. Who 

opened these doors and windows ? 10. Is that man rich or 
poor? 11. Is that chalk good? 12. Is it better than 
mine? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quand avez-vous achete cette table ? 2. Qui a apporte 
ce cadeau? 3. Cet habit n'est-il pas joli? 4. Qui a 
vendu cette maison ? 

1. Is this water good ? 2. Did he receive this letter from 
the doctor or the lawyer ? 3. Aren't the leaves of those 
trees pretty ? 4. Is this exercise easy or difficult ? 



26 



Demonstrative Pronouns 



Lesson 19 : Demonstrative Pronouns. 



lis s'accordent comme chien et chat. — They agree like cats and dogs. 



The Demonstrative Pronouns are: 

Singular. 

celui (m.),l this {one), that {one), 
celle (f.), J the one. 



Plural. 

ceux (m.),l these, 
celles (f.), J those. 



Notice that celui, celle, ceux, celles, instead of being placed 
before nouns, are pronouns and take the place of nouns. 

Mon livre et celui de mon frere, my book and my brother's. 
Ces plumes sont meilleures que celles de mon ami. 
These pens are better than my friend's. 



le chien, the dog. 
une pomme, an apple. 
une poire, a pear. 
une orange, an orange. 



Vocabulary. 

donnez-moi, give me. 
donnez-nous, give us. 
le chat, the cat. 
apportez-moi, bring mi 



apportez-nous, bring us. 
montrez-moi, show me. 
montrez-nous, show us. 
encore, still, yet, again. 



Exercise. 

1. Mes pommes sont plus petites que celles de ce gargon. 

2. Vos arbres sont moins hauts que ceux de notre jardin. 

3. Ce crayon est meilleur que cehii que vons avez achete. 

4. La montre de Louis est pins petite qne la rnienne, mais celle 
de sa soeur est encore pins petite. 5. Montrez-moi votre 
cahier et celui de votre frere. 6. Voici nne orange et voila 
une poire. 7. Vos fenetres sont pins hantes qne celles de 
mon frere, mais celles de notre voisin sont encore plus hautes. 
8. Ce porte-plume est-il celni qne j'ai trouve? 9. Les sceurs 
de Lonis sont plus jolies que les miennes ; elles sont anssi plus 
jolies et plus aimables qne celles de Jean. 10. Le cadeau 
qu'il a recu est plus joli que le tien. 



Demonstrative Pronouns 27 

1. Give me my cane or my brother's. 2. Bring us four 
good apples and two good pears. 3. Show me your inkwell 
and the one you found. 4. Bring me those books and the 
ones he put on your desk. 5. Give me your rings and your 
sister's. 6. Here are my books ; show me yours. 7. There 
are mine. 8. Where is your apple ? 9. There is yours ; 
where is mine? 10. Where is John's? 11. Have you 
seen my umbrella? 12. Did you leave yours at home? 
13. Have you borrowed your father's? 14. Who took 
mine? 15. Have you given back the one you took? 
16. Are these oranges good ones ? 17. Are they better than 
your sister's ? 18. Are yours still better ? 



Lesson 20: Demonstratives {Continued), 



C'est bonnet blanc et blanc bonnet. — It is six of one and half a dozen of 

the other. 1 



Demonstratives with -ci and -la. — (1) To distinguish between 
this (pi. these) and that (pi. those), add to the noun or pronoun 
-ci for this (these) and -la for that (those). 2 

Cette plume-ci est meilleure que celle-la. This pen is better than that. 

(2) The demonstrative pronouns (celui, celle, ceux, celles) 
cannot be used alone. They may be followed by -ci or -la, by 
de, or by any case of a relative pronoun. 

Voici deux parapluies ; celui-ci est plus grand que celui-la. 
Here are two umbrellas ; this one is larger than that. 
Mon Iivre, celui de mon frere, et celui qui est sur la table. 
My book, my brother's, and the one which is on the table. 



1 Literally, It is white cap and cap of white. 

2 Observe that -ci (ici), here, points to the nearer object and -la, there, to 
one more distant; hence, celui-ci frequently means the latter, and celui-la, 
the former. 



28 Demonstrative Pronouns 

(3) Ceci, this, and cela, that (qa colloquially) are invariable 
and refer to objects or ideas indicated but not named. 

Voulez-vous ceci ou cela, will you have this or that ? 

Cela n'est pas vrai, mais ceci est vrai, that is not true, but this is true. 

Vocabulary. 

la couleur, the color. noir, black. jaune, yellow. 

blanc (m.), | wMte rouge, red. vert, green. 

blanche (f . ) , J bleu, blue. brun, brown. 

De quelle couleur est ? What is the color of ? 

Adjectives of color follow their nouns. 

unS^t blanc, a white cat. un chapeau brun, a brown hat. 

Exercise. 

1. Cette eau-ci est meilleure que celle-la. 2. Ces hommes- 
la sont plus grands que ceux-ci. 3. Ceux-la sont aussi 
plus riches. 4. Ce garqon-ci est plus jeune que celui-la. 
5. De quelle couleur est cette fleur ? 6. Elle est blanche. 
7. Ces plumes-la sont meilleures que celles-ci. 8. Cette 
maison-la est jaune, celle-ci est rouge. 9. Elle a apporte 
une fleur et une f euille ; celle-ci est >verte, celle-la est bleue. 
10. Ce parapluie est celui de ma soeur. 11. Celui-ci est le 
mien, celui-la est le votre. 12. Donnez-moi celle que vous 
avez. 

1. This window is higher than that. 2. This one is still 
higher. 3. Here is the red pen-holder you brought to school. 
4. I have lost the one I borrowed. 5. Those books are 
smaller than these. 6. This box is smaller than tnat one. 
7. It is smaller than the one you have. 8. Is this a good 
one ? 9. Are these apples better than those ? 10. What 
color are these ? 11. Are mine green ? M. Is this desk 
high? 13. Is it higher than that? 14. Is that pupil 
seated? 15. Is this one standing? 16. Here is a 

white handkerchief ; have you lost yours ? 



Cardinal Numbers 



29 



Oral Drill 

1. A-t-il trouve votre canne on 



la 



sierme 



2. Qui a 



perdu celle de votre oncle ? 3. De quelle couleur sont ces 
pommes ? 4. Celles de votre soeur sont-elles vertes ou jaunes ? 

1. Here are my apples; where are yours? 2. Are his 
red or yellow ? 3. What is the color of that coat ? 4. Is 
his black or blue ? 



Lesson 21 ': Cardinal Numbers. 



Paris n'a pas ete fait en un jour. — Borne was not built in a day. 



Cardinal Numbers. 



0, zero. 15, quinze. 

1, un, une. 16, seize. 

2, deux. 17, dix-sept. 

3, trois. 18, dix-huit. 

4, quatre. 19, dix-neuf. 

5, cinq. 20, vingt. 

6, six. 21, vingt etun. 

7, sept. * 22, vingt-deux. 

8, huit. 30, trente. 

9, neuf. 31, trente et un. 

10, dix. 40, quarante. 

11, onze. 41, quarante et un. 

12, douze. 50, cinquante. 

13, treize. 51, cinquante et un. 

14, quatorze. 60, soixante. 

5796, cinq mille sept 
1,000,000, un million. 
1,000,000,000, un milliard. 



61, soixante et un. 

70, soixante-dix. 

71, soixante et onze. 

72, soixante-douze. 

80, quatre-vingts. 

81, quatre- vingt-un. 

90, quatre- vingt-dix. 

91, quatre-vingt-onze. 

92, quatre-vingt-douze. 

100, cent. 

101, cent un. 
200, deux cents. 
230, deux cent trente. 

1000, mille. 
4000, quatre mille. 
cent quatre- vingt-seize. 



(1) Un always becomes une before a feminine noun: vingt et une 
maisons. 

(2) Et must be used in 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, and may be used in 71, but 
never in 81 or 91. 

(3) Except where et is used, hyphens connect the different parts of 
any French number under 100, either when that number is alone (trente- 
sept) or when it is part of a large number (deux cent trente-sept) . 

(4) Neither a nor one is expressed before cent or mille. 



30 Cardinal Numbers 

(5) The t of vingt is pronounced only in the numbers 21 to 29 inciu* 
sive. The t of cent is silent in 101, 102, etc. 

(6) Quatre-vingt and the multiples of cent add s, except when followed 
by another numeral or used in a date or as an ordinal : trois cent quatre- 
vingts ; quatre cents ; sept cent quatre-vingt-dix-sept ; page quatre-vingt. 

(7) Mille does not add s : quatre mille, four thousand. It becomes mil 
in dates ; Tan mil huit cent douze (or dix-huit cent douze), the year 1812. 

(8) Un million and un milliard are followed by de before a noun. 

Vocabulary. 

un an, a year. une heure, an hour. 

un mois, a month. une minute, a minute. 

une semaine, a week. une seconde, a second. 

un jour, a day. font, make (3d pi. pres. indie), 

moins, minus, less. 



Exercise. 

1. II y a 35 mille liommes dans cette ville. 2. J'ai recu 
21 lettres cette semaine. 3. Ilya 15 arbres dans le jardin 
du pere de ce garcon. 4. Cet homme a sept enfants : deux 
fils et cinq filles. 5. Voila les quatre livres que vous avez 
mis sur ma table. 6. Sept jours font une semaine. 

7. Douze mois font un an. 8. Soixante secondes font une 
minute. 9. L'an dix-sept cent quatre-vingt-neuf . 10. II 
y a 200 oranges dans cette boite. 11. Ilya cent pommes 
dans celle-ci. 12. II y a 540 eleves dans son ecole. 
13. L'heure a soixante minutes ou trois mille six cents 
secondes. 

1. 21, 34, 47. 2. 31, 45, 58. 3. 41, 56, 62. 4. 51, 66, 
71. 5. 61, 75, 81. 6. 89, 93, 103. 7. 101, 173, 196. 

8. 555, 777, 999. 9. 800, 801, 9000. 10. 20 and 20 make 
40. 11. 91 and 11 make 102. 12. 94 minus (less) 18 make 
76. 13. 60-35-25. 14. The year 1892. 15. 60 seconds 
make a minute. 16. 60 minutes make an hour. 17. 24 
hours make a day. 18. 7 days make a week. 19. 52 weeks 
or 365 days make a year. 20. The year has twelve months. 



Cardinal Numbers 31 

Lesson 22 : Cardinal Numbers (Continued). 



Une fois n'est pas coutume. — Once does not make a habit. 1 

Vocabulary. 

une fois, once. six fois, six times. comptez, count. 

deux fois, twice. une piece, apiece. jusqu'a, as far as. 

Comptez jusqu'a dix, count to 10. 
Comptez de dix a vingt , count from 10 to 20. 
un centime, a centime (\ of a cent). une piece de cinquante centimes, 

un sou, a sou, 5 centimes (about 1 cent). fifty centimes (a 10-cent 
un franc, a franc, 20 sous, 100 centimes. piece). 

combien, how many ? how much f une piece de cinq francs, a five- 

Combien font 3 fois 10? how many are franc piece. 

3 x 10? 3 fois 10 font 30, 3 x 10 = 30. 

Combien takes de before a noun. 

combien de livres, how many books? combien de fois, how many times ? 

Exercise. 

1. Comptez jusqu'a douze. 2. Combien de fois a-t-il parle 
a Pami de son frere? 3. Combien font treize et neuf? 
4. Combien font treize moins neuf ? 5. Combien font treize 
fois neuf ? 6. II y a cent sous dans ma piece de cinq francs. 

7. Voici une piece de vingt francs. 8. 10 et 15 font 25. 
9. Six fois hurt font quarante-huit. 10. 12 x 12 = 144. 
11. Combien de crayons avez-vous ? 12. 4 ; 44 ; 414 ; 3,333 ; 
66,616; 9,999,999. 

1. How many are six and five ? 2. How many are eight 
times twelve ? 3. Two times one are two, two times two are 
four, etc., to two times twelve. 4. 6 x 1 = 6, 6 x 2 = 12, etc., 
to 6 x 12. 5. How many times have you read this book ? 
6. Count from 15 to 25. 7. Give us those 5-franc pieces. 

8. One hundred centimes make a franc. 9. Twenty sous 
make a franc. 10. How many centimes make a sou? 

1 Literally, One time is not custom. 



32 



Ordinal Numbers 



11. There are five hundred centimes in a five-franc piece. 

12. How many trees are there in the garden you have seen 
to-day ? 13. Show me a twenty-franc piece. 14. Here is a 
ten-franc piece ; I have left my twenty-franc piece at home. 



Lesson 23 : Ordinal Numbers. 



A qui veut, rien n'est impossible. — Where there's a will there's away. 



Ordinals agree in gender and number with the nouns which 
they modify : les premieres phrases. 

For the formation of ordinal numbers, review Lesson 12. 



Ordinal Numbers and Fractions. 



1st, 



2nd, 



f premier (m.). 

y premiere, (f.). 

j deuxieme. 

[ second. 2 
3rd, troisieme. 
4th, quatrieme. 
5th, cinquieme. 

Abbreviations : 
sieme, 3 e ; etc. 



6th, sixieme. 

7th, septieme. 

8th, huitieme. 

9th, neuvieme. 
10th, dixieme. 
11th, onzieme. 
12th, douzieme. 



20th, vingtieme. 
21st, vingt et unieme. 
22nd, vingt-deuxieme. 
99th, quatre-vingt-dix- 

neuvieme. 

100th, centieme. 

1000th, millieme. 



premier, l er ; premiere, l 6re ; deuxidme, 2 e ; troi- 



Vocabulary 



last. 



dernier (m.) 
derniere (f.) 
lamoitie (noun) 
un demi (adj.), 
la partie, the part. 
deux demis, tico halves. 
un quart, one-fourth. 
un tiers, one-third. 



one-half. 



^6o ^yV^dU^U 

un huitieme, One-eighth. 

trois quarts, three-fourths. / V- t d#is &\~/£i* 

cinq centiemes, five-hundredtAs . 

un quart d'heure, a quarter of an 

hour. 
mange, eaten. 
offert, offered. 



1 Literally, To him xoho will, nothing is impossible. 

2 Strictly speaking, second is the second of only two. 



Ordinal Numbers 33 

(1) With the exception of half, third, and quarter, fractions are ex- 
pressed as in English, the numerator by a cardinal and the denominator 
by an ordinal : neuf dixiemes, T V 

(2) Demi before a noun is invariable and is connected with the noun 
by a hyphen: une demi-heure, a half-hour; after a feminine noun to 
which it relates; it has the form demie : une heure et demie, an hour and 
a^half. 

Exercise. 

1. II y a 95 eleves dans la premiere classe, 180 dans la 
deuxieme, 271 dans la troisieme, et 300 dans la quatrienie. 

2. Le mechant petit garqon a mange la moitie de ma pomme. 

3. Les eleves ont ecrit les premieres phrases de leurs exercices, 
mais pas les dernieres. 4. Je suis le premier de ma classe, 
Louise est la troisieme de la sienne, mais Jean est le dernier 
de la sienne. 5. Jeanne est la onzieme. 6. Elle a ecrit 
vingt et une lettres. 7. Donnez-nous la moitie de votre poire. 
8. Vous avez pris la moitie de la mienne. 9. Elle a offert 
une partie de la sienne a son amie. 

1. 5,5th. 2. 9,' the 9th. 3. 11, the 11th. 4. 31,31st. 
5. 80, 80th. 6. 81, 81st. 7. 200, 200th. 8. f, f, f 

9- h To? tHp 10- ^ re J ou tne fi rst i n (^ e ) tne c ^ ass ? 
11. Are you the second ? 12. Is your sister the first in her 

class ? 13. Is she often the last ? 14. Who has eaten half 

of my orange ? 15. Did he eat one apple or an apple and a 

half? 16. Is the first part of this exercise easy or difficult? 

17. We talked a quarter of an hour. 18. To whom (d, qui) did 

you offer your book ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Louise est-elle la premiere ou la derniere de sa classe ? 
2. Qui est le premier de cette classe ? 3. Jean, est-il souvent 
le dernier? 4. Avez-vouz mange la moitie de son orange? 
5. Combien de minutes avez-vous travaille (worked)? 6. Avez- 
vous travaille une demi-heure ? 7. Qui a travaille une heure 
et demie? 8. Qu'avez-vous achete la derniere fois que je 
vous (to you) ai pr§te cinq francs ? 



34 Names of Days and Months 

Lesson 24: Names of Days and Months. 



Tel qui rit vendredi, dimanche pleurera. — Who laughs Friday, will cry 

Sunday. 



In dates and titles of sovereigns, cardinal numbers are used, 
except for the first. 

le premier avril, April 1st. le onze juin, June 11th. 

Francois premier, Francis the First. 

(1) The English words on and of used before days and dates, 
and the in titles are not translated into French. 

(2) The names of days and months do not begin with capital 
letters. 

Vocabulary. 

dimanche, Sunday. Janvier, January. septembre, September. 

lundi, Monday. fevrier, February. octobre, October. 

mardi, Tuesday. mars, March. novembre, November. 

mercredi, Wednesday. avril, April. decembre, December. 

jeudi, Thursday . mai, May. Napoleon, Napoleon. 

vendredi, Friday. juin, June. Henri, Henry. 

samedi, Saturday. juillet, July. visite, visited. 

le matin, the morning. aout, August. nommez, name. 

The names of the days and months are all masculine. 

In expressions like last week, last month, last Tuesday, dernier follows 
the noun : la semaine dernidre, le mois dernier, mardi dernier. 

Exercise. 
1. Charles I er , Henri deux. 2. Le trois octobre, 1781. 
3. Lundi, le 5 x mars, 1821. 4. Dimanche, le 8 aout, 1911. 
5. Nommez les mois. 6. Le samedi est le septieme jour de 
la semaine. 7. Le dimanche est le premier. 8. Un jour 
est la septieme partie d'une semaine. 9. Avez-vous visite 
votre tante mardi ou mercredi ? 10. Elle a off ert ce livre a 
sa soeur vendredi. 11. Six est la cinquieme partie de trente. 
12. II a visite sa mere jeudi dernier. 13. Elle a trouve cette 
montre et cette bague samedi. 



1 The final consonants of cinq, six, etc., are pronounced in dates. (See 
Lesson 11.) 



Agreement of Participle 35 

1. Napoleon I; Henry IV; Louis XI Y. 2., The 14 [of] 
July, 1789. 3. September 22, 1792. 4. February 24th, 
1848. 5. Friday, Aug. 11, 1900. 6. My father bought this 
house on the 31st of December, 1896. 7. I sold mine on the 
12th. 8. ISTanie the days. 9. Name the months also. 
10. How many days are there in a week ? 11. How many 
days make a month ? 12. I saw your brother last Thursday. 
13. Where did you see the pretty little red handkerchief I lost 
on Wednesday last ? 14. My sister saw her friends, Jane 
and Louise, at church, on Sunday, the 16th. 15. We saw 
your friends last week. 



Lesson 25: Past Participle with Etre. 



La parole a ete" donnee a l'homme pour deguiser sa pensee. — Speech was 
given to man to conceal his thoughts. 



Agreement of Participle. — The past participle coming after 
any form of the verb etre (to 6e) agrees in gender and number 
with_the subject. (For exception, see Lesson 67.) 

The following are the most common past participles that are 
conjugated with etre instead of avoir. 

all§, gone. retourne, returned, gone back. 

parti, gone away, set out, left. arrive, arrived. 

sorti, gone out, come out. entr6 (dans), entered, gone into. 

venu, come. reste, remained, stayed. 

devenu, become. tombe, fallen. 

revenu, returned, come back. ne, born. 

mort, died (adj. dead). 

Vocabulary. 

il y a (before a period of time) , ago. 
il y a huit jours (une semaine), a week ago. 
pas encore, not yet. le soir, the evening. hier soir, last evening. 

ensemble, together. ce soir, this evening. Londres, London. 



36 Agreement of Participle 



Exercise. 



1. Mes f reres sont sortis. 2. Leurs soeurs sont parties hiei 



soir. 3. Son pere et sa mere sont niorts. 4. La petite fille 
est tonibee. 5. Elle est nee en 1899. 6. Yos amis sont-ils 
restes a la maison?^ 7. lis ne sont pas encore arrives. 1 ; 

8. Mes eleves sont devenus tres grands. 9. Elles sont reve- 
nues ensemble. 10. Elles sont allees a Paris. 11. Nous 
sommes entres dans la maison. 12. Nous avons achete ces 
deux maisons blanches. 13. Je suis ne en 1869, et mon amie 
en 1868. «. 

1. The letters arrived di hour ago. 2. . Here is the pencil 
that I bought. 3. Your friends went away Friday morning, 
and ours Saturday evening. 4. His father and mother went 
to London June 1st and returned on the 21st. 5. This family 
has become rich. 6. John's pen is lost. 7. He has lost 
his pen-holder too. 8. This man's daughters have grown 
(become) very tall and have also grown to be (become) very 
pretty and agreeable. 9. I received a pretty little pres- 
ent last evening. 10. Two men fell dead that morning. 
11. The leaves of these trees have become yellow. 12. Our 
neighbors left a week ago. 13. Two of our large trees have 
fallen. 14. His letters are not written .yet. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Qui est arrive il y a un quart d'heure? 2. Yos deux 
amis sont-ils alles a Londres ? 3. Ou sont-ils alles ? 
4. Quand sont-ils partis ? 5. Sont-ils revenus ensemble ? 
6. Quand votre petite cousine est-elle nee ? 7. Ou etes- 
vous ne ? 8. Qui est tombe malade (sick) mercredi dernier ? 

9. Avez-vous visite votre tante et vos cousins la semaine der- 
niere ? 10. Quand Napoleon est-il mort ? [May 5, 1821.] 

1. Did your sister go to school to-day ? 2. Did you see 
the boys who came in? 3. Haven't the pupils come into the 

1 Note the position of pas encore. 



0*A/^ 



- 






q>w 






^ 



WV\\ ._g1j^- r c 



D 




2 T3 

< C 

X O 

O O 

i w 



mm 



Personal Pronouns 37 

class room yet ? 4. Did you come to school yesterday or did 
you stay at home ? 5. Did she come last Friday, the 11th ? 
6. Did they set out together ? 7. Have you seen the house 
and gardens ? Not yet. 8. Is his uncle dead ? 9. Is his 
aunt dead also ? 10. Where and when did she die ? 11. Did 
they (/.) go into the house ? 12. Is he out (gone out) ? 

Lesson 26 : Personal Pronouns. 



Apres la pluie, le beau temps. — After a storm comes a calm. 1 



The personal pronouns used with prepositions have the fol- _ t 
lowing forms : ^- 

moi, me. , nous, us. ' K - 

toi, thee, ijou. vous, you. JlA 

lui, him. eux, them (m.). 

elle, her. elles, them (f.). 

Vocabulary. 

apres, after \ , . entre, between. sans, without. 

avant, before j sous, under. chez, at the house of. 

derriere, behind] ^ n „„ pres de, near. chez moi, at my house. 

\ piaCc. 

devant, before J malgre, in spite of chez mononcle, at my uncle's. 

Chez means also to the house of in the house of at the office or place 
of business of. 

De is not used after chez or malgi'e, but is used with pres. 
chez le meaecin, at the doctor's. 
malgr§ son pere, in spite of his father. 
pres de nous, near us. 

Exercise. 

1. Les enfants sont' alles chez leur oncle. 2. lis ne sont 
pas restes chez eux. 3. Ne sont-ils pas encore revenus ? 

4. Les eleves sont assis sur les bancs derriere les pupitres. 

5. Cette femme est , tres pauvre ; toutes (all) ses amies sont 

1 Literally, After the rain, fair weather. 



38 Personal Pronouns 

raortes avant elle. 6. Elles sont sorties malgre moi. 7. lis 
sont venus a nous. 8. lis sont arrives il y a une heure et 
demie. 9. Je suis devant la classe, et la classe est devant 
moi. 10. Qui est derriere elles ? 11. Notre ecole est pres 
de l'eglise. 

1. For them (m.), for them (/.). 2. Of me, of him. 3. Of 
you, of her. 4. At my house, at our house. 5. At his 
house, at her house. 6. At your house, at their house. 
7. At the lawyer's, at the doctor's. 8. She came to our 
house without them and in spite of them. 9. He fell sick 
on Thursday morning and died before the evening. 10. Our 
neighbors are not at home to-day ; they went away last even- 
ing and haven't returned yet. 11. My father is at home ; he 
is not out. 12. We went away after them and returned 
home before them. 13. After you, my friend. 14. He is 
standing by (near) the table, and she is sitting near the door. 
15. Have you seen the garden behind the church ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Etes-vous chez vous (a la maison) ou a l'ecole ? 2. Ou 
est la classe ? 3. Suis-je devant la classe ? 4. La classe est- 
elle devant ou derriere moi ? 5. Etes-vous entre dans la salle 
de classe avant ou apres moi ? 6. Suis-je debout ou assis ? 
7. Etes-vous pres de la table ? 8. Suis-je assis entre la porte 
et la fenetre ? 9. Votre mouchoir est-il dans le tiroir ou dans 
votre poche? 10. Votre amie Jeanne est-elle allee chez sa 
tante malgre le medecin ? 

1. Is the table between the class and me ? 2. Where am 
I standing? 3. Is my grammar on., the table ? 4. Are 
your cousins at the doctor's ? 5. Did they go to his house 
together? 6. Are they ill? 7. Did you come into this 
room before or after I did (after me) ? 8. Is she sitting hi 
front of you ? 9. Am I standing behind you ? 10. Did you 
go out without her ? 



The Adjective Tout 39 

Lesson 27 : The Adjective Tout. 



Tous les hommes sont mortels. — All men are mortal. 



The adjective tout, all, whole, every, always precedes the 
article when the latter is present. Of is not expressed after 
all in French. 

Singular. Plural. 

tout (m.), toute (f). tous (m), toutes (f). 

tout homme, every man. tous les mois, every month. 

toute femme, every ivoman. toutes les semaines, every week. 

toute la maison, the whole house. tous les jours, every day. 

tout le monde, everybody (lit., all tous les dimanches, every Sunday. 

the world). tous les jeudis, every Thursday. 

tous les hommes, all the men, all tous les ans, every year, 
men. 

Vocabulary, 
autre, other. eu, had. 

m§me, same. 6t6, been. 

J'ai eu, I have had. 
II a ete, he has been. 
After meme (same), as is expressed by que : 

J'ai lu les memes livres que vous, I have read the same books as you. 
Another is expressed in two ways in French : by encore un (or une) , an 
additional one; by un (une) autre, a different one. Encore une fois, once 
more ; une autre fois, some other time. 

Exercise. 
1. Tous mes crayons sont perdus, et toutes mes plumes sont 
mauvaises. 2. Qui a apporte toutes ces fleurs ? 3. Elle 
a lu les mernes livres que nous. 4. J'ai trouve mon encrier 
chez lui, mais je n'ai pas encore trouve mon porte-plume. 
5. Montrez-moi la f engtre. 6. Voila la f enetre ; elle est pres 
de la porte. 7. ®nt-ils requ les autres lettres ? 8. A-t-elle 
visite tout le jardin? 9. Elle a recu une lettre tous les 
lundis. 10. Tout le monde est ici aujourd'hui. 11. Tous 
les hommes qui sont ici sont mes amis, 12. Donnez-moi 
les memes crayons. 



40 The First Conjugation 

1. I have been in all the rooms of that white house. 
2. Her uncle and aunt have not been at church to-day. 3. She 
has visited the whole house. 4. All of their friends are 
dead. 5. Is the whole grammar useful? 6. We have 
not seen that man. 7. When did she write to her mother? 
8. Did she write a letter every day or every week ? 9. She 
wrote every Friday. 10. Everybody is here. 11. He 

has prepared all of his lessons at home. 12. John has left 
one of his books at home. 13. All of Mary's dresses are 
pretty ; they are prettier than her sister's. 14. Where has 
he been? 15. Give me the same books, but the other pens. 
16. Bring us another umbrella [tivo meanings']. 

Lesson 28 : The First Conjugation. 



La nuit porte conseil. — The night brings counsel. 



French verbs may be divided into four conjugations, dis- 
tinguished from each other by the termination of the infini- 
tive. The 1st ends in -er, the 2d in -ir, the 3d in -oir, the 4th 
in -re. 

In English, the present participle ends in -ing ; in French, 
it ends in -ant. It is frequently used in English with the 
verb to be, but it is never so used in French. Instead of say- 
ing lam speaking, we must in French say I speak; instead of 
I was speaking, I spoke; instead of I shall be speaking, I shall 

speak. 

parler, to speak, parlant, 



, Is P eak i [do you speak? 

jeparle, \ I do speak, parlez-vous, J ^ .^ f 

I am 



The First Conjugation. — In the first conjugation, which con- 
tains the great majority of French verbs, the infinitive ends in 
-er and the past participle in e. 

porter, to carry ; portant, carrying ; ports, carried. 



The First Conjugation 



41 



Present Indicative. 

terminations : -e, -es, -e, -ons, -ez, ent. 

Affirmative. Interrogative. 



je porte, 



/ carry, I am carrying, 

I do carry. 
tu portes. 
il (elle) porte. 
nous portons. 
vous portez. 
ils (elles) portent. 



fporti-je? 1 

{ est-ce que je porte ? 

portes-tu ? 

porte-t-il (elle) ? a 

portons-nous ? 

portez-vous ? 

portent-ils (elles) ? 



Negative. 

je ne porte pas. 
tu ne portes pas. 
il ne porte pas. 
nous ne portons pas. 
vous ne portez pas. 
ils ne portent pas. 



Negative interrogative. 

est-ce que je ne porte pas ? l 

ne portes-tu pas ? 

ne porte-t-il pas ? 

ne portons-nous pas ? 

ne portez-vous pas ? 

ne portent-ils pas ? 



Vocabulary. 

trouver, to find, to con- aimer, to love, to like. 



sider. 
donner, to give. 
prSter, to lend. 
visiter, to visit. 
fermer, to shut, to close 
montrer, to show, to 

point out. 

sage, wise ; 



penser, to think. 
parler, to speak, to talk. 
oter, to take off. 
cacher, to hide. 
demeurer, to live, to 
dwell. 



laisser, to leave, to let, t 
let alone, allow. 

pleurer, to weep, to cry. 

chercher, to seek, to 
look for. 

travailler, to work. 

bien, well. 



(of a child) good, well-behaved. 

Notice this meaning of trouver : Comment trouvez-vous mon chapeau ? 
How do you like my hat ? or What do you think of my hat ? Distinguish 
from aimer and penser. 



1 In questions, when the 1st person singular ends in e rnute, an acute accent 
is placed on it for the sake of the sound: donne-je, do I give ? Any statement 
preceded by est-ce que (is it that?) becomes a question : II a recu une lettre, 
he has received a letter. Est-ce qu'il a regu une lettre ? Has he received a 
letter f The latter construction should be used for the interrogative form of 
the 1st person singular, as forms like donne-je, parle-je, etc., are found only in 
exalted style and in poetry. 

2 See Lesson 3, (2) . 



^ 


LU_j 






42 




The First Conjugation 





The imperative of any regular verb is formed from the pres* 
ent indicative. In the 1st conjugation, -s of the second per- 
son singular is dropped. 

Imperative, 
singular. plural. 

porte, carry. portons, let us carry. portez, carry. 

Exercise. 

1. Je cherche mes crayons ; ils sont perdus. 2. Aimez- 
vous les fleurs blanches ?n i 3. Est-ce que tout le monde aime 
les jardins ? 4. Ne cachez pas les cahiers de mes eleves, 
mon ami. 5. Travaillez chez vous. 6. Ne parlez pas 

toujours. 7. Cette femme a ete riche, mais elle travaille une 
heure dans son jardin tous les jours. 8. Je trouve que votre 
frere est tres sage ; il travaille bien. 9. Fermons les autres 
fenetres. 10. Nous ne fermons pas les portes. 11. Vous 
cachez toujours mes plumes ; ou sont-elles ? 12. Demeurez- 
vous pres d'ici ? 13. Ne trouvez-vous pas ces enf ants sages ? 
14. Ne pleure pas, mon petit ami. 15. J'ai eu un autre 

livre. , 

,- - $ . . ^ 

1. Where do you live ? 2. Where do we live ? 3. Have 
you been near the school ? 4. Are you looking for your pen 
or pencil ? 5. Are you working ? 6. Are all the pupils of 
the same class working ? 7. Do you not consider these other 
sentences very easy? 8. Am I speaking of you or of her? 
9. Are you speaking of him or of me | 10. Who is talking ? 
11. Where did you leave your books ? 12. Who has hidden 
mine ? 13. Does she leave hers at home ? 14. , Have you 
brought all of yours ? 15. Does a boy wear or take off his 
hat in the house ? 16. Do not 1 cry, my child. 17. He is 
speaking of your friends and mine. 18. We close all the 
doors and windows every evening. 19. I do not close mine. 
20. Close that window near the door and this one too. 



1 Use second singular in addressing a child. See French sentence 14 of 
this lesson. 



OA 



\k,veuM^ -^<V^cJ4e 



™fc ./T^ 



*</W 




'ronouns as Objects 43 



Oral Drill. 

1. He is visiting ; lie is visited. 2. She is not visiting ; 
she is not visited. 3. He has visited ; he has not visited. 
4. She does visit ; she does not visit. 5. Does he visit ? 
does he not visit ? 6. We do visit ; we do not visit. 7. We 
are visited ; we are not visited. 8. They, have had the same 
book. 9. Bring me another book [two meanings]. 

Lesson 29 : Pronouns as Objects. 



Echanger n'est pas voler. — A fair exchange is no robbery. 



Personal pronouns used as objects always precede the verb, 
except in an affirmative command. 

Singular. Plural. 

me, me. nous, us. 

te, thee, you. vous, you. 

le, him, it. les (m. & f.), them. 

la, her, it. 
Me, te, le, la, standing before a verb, become m', t J , V before 
a vowel or h mute. 

M'a-t-il vu, has he seen me? Me void, here I am. 

Ou sont-ils? Les voila. Where are they? There they are. 

Donnez-le a votre pere, give it to your father. 
But Ne le donnez pas a votre pere, do not give it to your father. 
Notice that a pronoun, whether subject or object, placed after a verb, 
is connected with it by a hyphen. 

Vocabulary. 

accepter, to accept. jouer, to play. gronder, to scold. 

apporter, to bring. tomber, to fall. regarder, to look at. 

compter, to count. remarquer, to notice. 

entrer (dans), to enter, to go or come in. rester, to stay, to remain. 

louer, to praise. blamer, to blame. 

une excuse, an excuse. preparer, to prepare, to gei 

le plaisir, the pleasure. ready beforehand. 

avecplaisir, with pleasure . quelquefois, sometimes. 

s'il vous plait, if you please, please. maintenant, now. 



44 Pronouns as Obkdks 



Exercise. 

1. Acceptez-vous ce joli cadeau? 2. Je l'accepte maintev 
nant avec plaisir. 3. Je ne vous ai pas vu ce matin. 
4. Yotre cousin est arrive, mais je ne l'ai pas vu. 5. II a 
perdu sa grammaire ; il la cnercn6 maintenant. 6. Avez-vous 
p'ris mes livres ? 7. Oui, monsieur, je les ai pris et je les ai 
mis sur cette petite table qui est pres de la fenetre. 8. Les 
voici. 9. Cachez-les, o et ne les pretez pas a mon cousin. 
10. Yous^travaillez quelquefois, n'est-ce pas? 11. Yoila 
votre habit noir ; le cherchez-vous ? 12. Aimez-vous les 
livres? 13. Ne les aime-t-il pas? 14. Est-ce que votre 
mere vous blame ? 15. Elle ne me blame pas, mais elle vous 
blame. 

1. Here is a book ; I bought it for you. 2. When he is 
naughty, I scold him. 3. Where is my book ? I have lost 
it. 4. I haven't it now. 5. Have you seen it ? 6. Haven't 
you found it yet? 7. Here it is. 8. Where are the 
books that I put on this boy's desk? 9. You did not put 
them on his desk ; here they are on mine. 10. John has 
found a penknife ; he has put it into his pocket. 11. Now, 
show me the chalk, please. 12. With pleasure ; there it is 
in the box. 13. Don't look at me, look at her. 14. I do 
not like his excuse, and I do not accept it. 15. That door is 
open ; shut it. 16. Your parents love you, love them. 
17. Don't scold us always ; scold her sometimes. 

Oral Drill. 

1. J'ai perdu ma montre ; l'avez-vous ? 2. Henri l'a-t-il ? 
3. Ou est-elle, s'il vous plait ? 4. La cherchez-vous ? 5. Avez- 
vous ecrit cet exercice? 6. Tous les eleves l'ont-ils ecrit? 
7. Preparez-vous tou jours ^os lecons ? 8. Et les autres 
eleves de la classe preparent-ils les leurs ? 9. Est-ce que 
vous jouez quelquefois pendant (during) la leqon? 10. Qui 
vous loue quand vous avez bien travaille ? 



Past Participle with Avoir 45 

1. Here is an exercise ; did I write it ? 2. Where are you 
now? 3. Where am I? 4. Where is Mr. S. ? 5. Where 
is Miss M. ? 6. Are you looking at me ? 7. Am I looking 
at you? 8. Am I looking at you now? 9. Are you not 
looking for him ? 10. She has lost her pencil ; have you 
seen it ? 11. Haven't you noticed it ? 12. Are you look- 
ing for it ? 13. Do you bring your notebooks every day ? 
14. Who has taken them ? 

Lesson 30: Past Participle with Avoir. 



A quelque chose malheur est bon. — IV s an ill wind that blows nobody 

any good. 1 



A past participle used with the verb avoir agrees with the 
direct object when the object precedes the verb. 

Ma sceur est arrived ; Tavez-vous vue ? My sister has arrived; have you 
seen her f 

Nous a-t-il vus, has he seen us ? 

Voici une montre ; mon pere l'a achetSe hier. Here is a watch ; my father 
bought it yesterday. 

II a re$u les lettres que j'ai Scrites ; les avez-vous lues ? 

He has received the letters that I wrote ; did you read them ? 

If there is no direct object or if it follows the verb, the past 
participle with avoir remains unchanged. 

Nous avons joue, we have played. 
J'ai vu votre sceur, I saw your sister. 
II a achet6 une montre, he bought a watch. 
Elle a re?u mes lettres, she got my letters. 

Recall the rule for agreement with §tre (Lesson 25). 

Vocabulary. 

excuser, to excuse. chanter, to sing. pourquoi, why. 

raconte^, to relate, to tell. une chanson, a song. parce que, because. 

une histoire, a history, a story. interessant, interesting . 



Literally, For something misfortune is good. 



s 



46 Pas^ Participle with Avoir 

Exercise. 

1, Us ont chante les niemes chansons. 2. Elles sont venues. 

3. lis ont In tons les livres que j'ai pretes l'autre jour a lenr 
pern 4. Les avez-vons trouves interessants ? 5. Pourquoi 
les avez-vons Ins ? 6. On as-tn mis ses antres pinnies ? 

7. Je les ai mises dans cette petite boite verte. 8. Est-ce 
que vous ne les avez pas trouvees ? 9. Ernest a achete une 
montre et une canne. 10. Ou les a-t-il achetees ? 11. Yons 
avez ouvert mes fenetres. 12. Pardon, madame, je ne les ai 
pas ouvertes, je les ai fermees. 13. A-t-elle en ma plume? 
14. Elle ne Pa pas ene. 15. Elle est triste, parce que son 
pere et sa mere sont morts. 

1. We like all the stories you tell. 2. They like all the 
stories you told. 3. We have found them interesting. 

4. Tell x us a little story or sing 1 us a little song. 5. Our 
parents always love us. 6. Where did I leave my hat and 
coat? 7. Ycu left them in the garden. 8. The house that 
he has sold is a large one. 9. The book that I read is not 
very interesting. 10. The vroman that wrote the letter we 
received yesterday arrived this morning. 11. That boy who 
is sitting near yon is not looking at his book, he is looking at 
me. 12. There is your book, sir ; look at it. 13. Do not 
look at me. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Aimez-vous cette histoire ? ^ 2. Qui l'a racontee ? 
3. Voire cousine Fa-t-elle racontee a sa petite soenr ? 4. Avez-^ 
vous mange les poires que j'ai apportees? 5. Qui les a 
mangees ? 6. Comment trouvez-vous les oranges que nous 
avons achetees il y a trois jours? 7. Sont-elles meillenres 
que celles que votre neveu nous (to us) a donnees ? 

8. Comptez jusqna trente, s'il vous plait. 9. Combien 
de jours y a-t-il dans une semaine? 10. Nommez-les. 
11. Kommez aussi les mois. 



1 Same construction as montrez-nous in Lesson 19. 



Plural of Nouns and Adjectives 47 

1. Who wrote this letter ? 2. J3id your brother write it ? 

3. ' Where are the apples you brought to schopl, this morning ? 

4.{ I *put theni on' me .table or into a box, 1 mink ; wfio took 

them c 5. Did she sing this_ song T 6. Is she singing to- 

QaJbday the same song's 5 she sang yeste^day^" 7. Did I scold her_$r*° v 

v because she did not write the same sentences as the other 

pupils ? 8. She has written them now, hasn't she ? 9. Have * ^ jw-* 
the other pupils written theirs ? 10. Here is the history ; 
don't you find it interesting ? 11. Have you excused us ? ' 

Lesson 31 : Plural of Nouns and Adjectives 



Tout nouveau, tout beau. — A new broom sweeps clean. 



The plural of most nouns and adjectives is formed, as in Eng- 
lish, by adding s. 

l'eventail (m.), the fan. les eventails, the fans. 

Exceptions. — 1. Nouns and adjectives ending in -s^ -x^ or -z, 
remain unchanged in the plural : 

Singular. Plural. 

le fils, the son. les fils, the sons. 

l'omnibus (m.), the omnibus. les omnibus, the omnibuses. 

la voix, the voice. les voix, the voices. 

le nez, the nose. les nez, the noses. 

heureux, heureux, happy , fortunate . 

2. Nouns and adjectives ending in -an, -eu, and seven nouns 
in -ou, 1 add x to form the plural. 

Singular. Plural. 

le chapeau, the hat. les chapeaux, the hats. 

le feu, the fire. les f eux, the fires. 

un cheveu, a hair. les cheveux, the hair. 

beau (m.), beaux (m.),\beautiful, handsome. 

belle (f.), belles (f.), jfine. 

le bijou, the jewel. les bijoux, the jewels. 

le joujou, the toy, plaything. les joujoux, the toys, playthings. 

The plural of the adjective bleu is regular : bleus. 

1 A complete list is given on page 267. For the plural of foreign and com- 
pound nouns, see Appendix, page 268. 



1:8 Plural of Nouns and Adjectives 

3. Most nouns and adjectives ending in -al change -al to 
aux. 

Singular. Plural. 

le cheval, the horse. les chevaux, the horses. 

l'animal (in.), the animal. les animaux, the animals. 

egal, egaux, equal. 

The piiiral of bal (m.), ball (a dance), is regular : bals. 

4. Eight nouns in -ail change -ail to -aux : * 

le travail, the work, the labor. les travaux, the works, the labors. 

le corail, the coral. les coraux, the corals. 

5. A'ieul (m.), ciel (m.) ? and ceil (m.) are irregular. 

Singular. Plural. 

aieul, grandfather. aieuls, grandfathers. 

aieul, ancestor. aieux, ancestors. 

ciel, sky. ciels, skies (of painting), 

ciel, sky, heaven. cieux, skies, heavens. 

ceil, eye. yeux, eyes. 

Exercise. 
• 1. Les coraux qu'il a achetes n sont tres beaux. 2. Ces 
voix sont tres gaies. 3. Vos cheveux sont plus beaux que 
les 1 miens et que ceux de ma sceur. 4. Ou avez-vous trouve 
ces grands chapeiTux ? 5. Je les ai trouves chez vofcre voisin. 



6. Les enfants qui ont joue^avec moi aujpurd'hui sont heurer^iQ ^ 

7. Aimes-tu tes jolis joujoux '.' 
8. Le'sytiehs sont plus jolis que lesThiiens, 9. Vos travaux 



ils sont plus heufeux que moi. 7. Aimes-tu tes jolis joujoux ? ?- 



sont plus utiles que les leurs. ' ' 10. Je pense que vous aimgfcj 
les animaux. 11. N'acceptez-vous pas ces jolis cadeaux ? 
12. Avez-vous vu mes beaux chevaux ? 13. Les voila. 

1. Your hats are smaller than ours. 2. This animal is 
very little. 3. These little animals are beautiful and useful. 
4. When did you buy these gifts ? 5. Did you buy them for 
me ? 6. Her eyes and mine are blue. 7. The sky is blue. 

8. Have you seen the beautiful corals that she has received ? 

9. Do they sing because they are happy? 10. All of her 

1 A complete list is given on page 285. 



&lct^ 



Second Conjugation 49 

jewels are beautiful. 11. Have you seen his horses ? 

12. Your hair is prettier than hers or her brother's. 

13. Where do you find th^se beautiful red flowers ? 14. I 
am always looking for them. 15. The works of these men 
are not very useful. 16. Her toys are prettier than her 
brother's. 17. Their father and their mother have not come 
back from London. 

Lesson 32 : Second Conjugation. 




Reflechissez avant d'agir. — Look before you leap. 



In verbs of the second conjugation the infinitive ends in -ir, 
and the past participle in -i. 

Z, to finish. fini, finished. 

3f this conjugation, -iss- is inserted before 
the ending of the present participle : finissant, finishing. 

Present Indicative, 
terminations : -is, -is, -it, -issons, -issez, -issent. 
je finis, I finish, I am finishing, nous finissons. 

tu finis. I do finish. vous finissez. 

il or elle finit. ils or elles finissent. 

Imperative, 
singular. plural. 

finis, finish. finissons, let us finish. finissez, finish. 

Vocabulary. 

punir, to punish. mal, badly. le village, the village. 

batir, to build. ainsi, thus, so. le prix, the price, the prize. 

agir, to act. principal, principal. le jeu, the game, play. 

salir, to soil. le tableau, 2 the picture. le bateau, the boat. 

saisir, to seize. le portrait, the portrait. le couteau, the knife. 

choisir, to choose, la ville, the city, the town, le general, the general. 

le journal, the newspaper. le parent, the parent, the relative. 

1 Literally, Reflect before acting. 

2 le tableau noir (or le tableau, if there is no chance for ambiguity) , the 
blackboard. 









50 Second Conjugation 

"> Exercise. 

1. Le general finit son journal. 2. Les.generaux finissent 
leurs jonrnanx. 3. Voici deux grands couteaux ; Jean choisit »x*^ 
celui-la, et son f rere choisit celui-ci. 4. Punissez-vous souvent 
les enfants qui sont sages ? 5. Non, nion ami, mais je puniju^ 
quelquefois les mechants enfants. 6. N'agissez pas ainsi. 
7. Cette enfant salit sa robe tous les jours. 8. Pourquoi 
punit-elle ce petit garcon ? 9. Parce qu'il saisit^touj ours les 
joujoux des enfants. 10. Cet homme a bati deux maisons 
dans le village oil vous denieurez. 11. Les enfantsaiment 
bien les jeisx. 12. Elle est nioins souvent punie que son » 
frere. 13. A-t-il vu les livres que nous avonsjchoisis < c^ r 

1. Of all their animals, their white horses are the most 
beautiful. 2. Are your parents building that house ? 
3. Are you speaking of this house or that ? 4. He is choos- 
ing these knives for the boys. 5. Have you seen the boats 
that he has built ? 6. The pictures that he has brought from 
Paris are finer than ours. 7. Is this your aunt's portrait or 
your mother's ? 8. I am choosing the prizes that I give to ^i^ 
the pupils who work well. 9. This woman's children act W 
badly. 10. Why do^ they act so ? 11. Why does she 
punish us£ « 12. .Our newspapers are better than yours. 
13. All of the generals have left for Paris: they have left 
their horses here. 14. She is finishing her work; are you 
finishing yours ? 15. Do you like the games these children 
play? 16. She always punishes Eer daughters when they 
soil their dresses. 

1. They choose ; they are choosing. 2. They do not 
choose ; they are not choosing. 3. Are you choosing ; are 
you chosen ? 4. Are you not choosing ; are you not chosen ? 
5. She chooses ; she has chosen. 6. She is choosing ; she is 
chosen. 7. We choose ; we have not chosen. 8. She has 
been chosen ; she has not been chosen. 9. Does she choose ? 
Is she chosen ? 






Lesson 33 : Nouns in General Statement. 

La parole est d'argent, le silence est d'or. — Speech is silver, silence is 

gold. 

- A noun used in a general sense requires the definite article 
in French. 

J'aime les chiens, I am fond of dogs (in general). 
Le cafe est meilleur que le the, coffee is better than tea. 
Les chevaux sont utiles a l'homme (or aux hommes), horses are useful 
to men. 

Vocabulary. 

le soldat, the soldier. le cafe, coffee. cher (m.),l , 

un oiseau, a bird. le the, tea. chere (f.),j 

la vie, the life, living. peut-etre, perhaps. . rare, rare. 

l'argent (hi.), silver, money, obeir (a), to obey. 1 court, short. 

l'or (m.), gold. desobeir (a), to disobey, nombreux, numerous. 

malheureux, unhappy, unfortunate. 

Exercise. \) *- ,^u^ 

1. Tout le monde aime l'argent. ' 2. Les enfants sages 
ne desobeissent pas a leurs parents. 3. lis obeissent tou- 
jours. 4. La vie d'un oiseau est courte. 5. La vie est 
plus chere a Londres qu'a Paris. 6. Les omnibus sont plus 
nombreux a Paris qu'a Rome. 7. Yotre plume est peut-§tre 
meilleure que mon crayon. 8. Le chien est l'ami de l'homme. 
9. Aimez-vous les chevaux noirs ? 10. Les yeux bruns sont 
toujours bons. 11. Le vert est une jolie couleur. 12. Les 
pommes vertes ne sont pas bonnes. 13. Les enfants aiment 
les soldat s. 

1. A lawyer is less useful than' % doctor. 2. Doctors are -f 
morejLiseful than lawyers. 3/ Life is snort. 4. G-old and 
silver are usdm 5. Silver is perhaps more useful than 
gofST e.^ea'is^oo^'^urffthiiik that coffee is better. . 

. j* p^**~ tr^-4 - , -,- __ 

1 Obeir and desobeir take Llie dative case : either an indirect prononn object 
or a before a noun object. 



52 Nouns of Quantity 

&~* +jlc^ >*~'P~ jfr* 9* **+» —*- "^^^ r JJU 

. 7. This dog obeys the 'little -T)oy. 8^ My sister is fond ol 
olrcfs.— 9.. i lrlie theru too. 10."* Horses are more useful 
than all the other animals^- . .11~ Omnibuses are still nuiner- 
ous in Paris. 12. Always obey your father and mother. 
13. Does everybody care for" ndwers? 14., Those who ,do 
not work are often unhappy. 15. Our soldiers always obey 
their generals. • 

Oral Drill. 

1. Les chats aiment-ils les oiseaux? 2. Et les oiseaux 
aiment-ils les chats ? 3. Pourquoi les oiseaux n'aiment-ils 
pas les chats ? 4. Aimez-vous vos parents ? 5. Obeissez- 
vous toujours a vos parents? 6. Et a vos professeurs ? 
7. Les soldats obeissent-ils aux generaux? 8. Les omnibus 
sont-ils nombreux a Londres ? 9. La vie est-elle chere en 
Amerique? 10. Les histoires dans les journaux sont-elles 
interessantes ? 11. Les avez-vous lues ? 









Lesson 34: Nouns of Quantity. 



Ne mettez pas tous vos ceufs dans le meme panier. — Don't put all 
your eggs in one basket. 



Xouns of measure or quantity require the preposition de (d') 
without the article before the noun limited : une paire de 
chevaux, a pair of horses. 

Exception : La plupart, most, takes de and the article before the 
noun. La plupart des hommes, most men. 

Vocabulary. 

la douzaine, the dozen. un verre, a glass. 

la demi-douzaine, the half-dozen. une tasse, a cup. 

la livre, the pound,. une carafe, a carafe, a decanter. 

la demi-livre, the half-pound. la bouteille, the bottle. 

un panier, a basket. un morceau, 1 a piece. 

1 Notice that morceau is a fragment, a morsel, while pidce is usually a com- 
plete whole. Un morceau de beurre ; une piece d'or (ou de cinq francs). 




La Cathedrale. — Reims. 

The illustration shows the cathedral as it was previous to 1914 — one of 
the noblest and grandest productions of the Middle Ages. 



Nouns of Quantity 53 

la plupart, most, the greater part. le vin, the wine. 

un oeuf, an egg. la biere, the beer. 

le sucre, the sugar. remplir, to fill. 

la fraise, the strawberry. voulez-vous, 1 do you wish, will yoi 

le beurre, the butter. have? 

le lait, the milk. 

Exercise. 

1. Apportez-moi une tasse de ^afe et un verre d'eau. 
2. Donnez-moi encore une tasse de the. 3. Le pere de Jean 
a achete une douzaine de bouteilles de vin. 4. _I1 a apporte 
une carafe d'eau. 5. J'ai donne deux paniers "de poires a 

la f emme du pauvre homme. 6. Vouiez-vous une livre de 
beurre ou une douzaine d'ceufs ? 7. Donnez-moi une denii- 
douzaine lie mouchoirs. 8. II remplit nos verres. 9. Ma 
cousine a pris un verre de vin, et mon cousin un verre de biere. 

10. 11 a offert une piece de vingt franco a la. pauvre f emme. 

11. L'a-t-elle acceptee ? 12. Voici un pariier de pommes pour 
votre mere. 13. La plupart des fenimes aiment les fleurs. i 

1. She bought a dozen eggs "on Monday. 2. Who fills the 
bottle ? 3. I do (I, fill it). 4. WlVou^have a glass of 
water or a cup of. milk ? 5. They have brought a half-pound 
of tea and two pounds of butter. ^ 6. They have also bright 
three pounds of sugar and four , baskets of strawberries. 
.7. My sister, has bought a half-dozen white handkerchiefs 
for her friend Louise. 8. Bring me a carafe of water. 
9. There are two ^dozen "pupils in Jns class. 10. Here is 
a cup of coffee for you. 11. Do not fill my glass, fill hers. 

12. There it is. 13. You have lost your pen and ink, but I 
^haver^t seen them. "14. Look for them. ^15. Won't you 

have mine? 16 Mosi.men work (pi.) every dayV^ 

Oral Drill. 

1. Rempiissez-vous mon verre ? 2. Qui le remplit ? 

3 Ou est la carafe que vous avez remplie? 4. A-t-il pris 
un verre d'eau ou de vin ? 5. Qu'avez-vous pris ? 6. A 

1 Followed by an infinitive, will you? Voulez-vous rester ici, will you 
%tay here ? 



'~6ju 



54 



Third Conjugation 



qui avez-vous prete votre bouteille d'encre? 7. L'a-t-il 

rendue ? 8. J'ai perdu une piece de cinq francs ; l'avez-vous 

vue? 9. L'avez-vous cachee dans le tiroir? 10. Qui a 
apporte ces belles fraises ? 

Lesson 35 : Third Conjugation. 



II vaut son pesant d'or. — He is worth his weight in gold. 



In verbs of the third conjugation the infinitive ends in -oir, 
and the past participle in -u. 

recevoir, to receive ; recevant, receiving; recu, received. 

Present Indicative. 

terminations : -s, -s, -t, -ons, -ez, -ent. 

je regois, I receive, I do receive, nous recevons. 

tu regois. I am receiving . vous recevez. 



il regoit. 



SINGULAR. 

regois, receive. 



ils regoivent. 
Imperative. 

PLURAL. 

recevons, let us receive. recevez, receive. 



Nouns of Material. — A noun, used to denote the material of 
which an object is made, follows the name of the object and is 
preceded by de without the article : 

une montre d'or, a gold watch. 
une robe de soie, a silk dress. 
un chemin de fer, a railroad. 



recevoir, to receive. 
decevoir, to deceive. 
une paire, a pair. 
le fer, the iron. 
l'acier (m.), the steel. 
le fer-blanc, the tin. 
le cuivre, the copper. 



Vocabulary. 

le marbre, the marble. 
le bois, the wood. 
la soie, the silk. 
la paille, the strav). 
le cuir, the leather. 
une bottine, a boot. 
un Soulier, a shoe. 



un gant, a glove. 
un sac, a bag. 
une chaine, a chain. 
une fourchette, a fork. 
une cuiller, a spoon. 
une assiette, a plate. 
un chemin, a road. 



devoir, to owe (past participle, du (m.), due (f.)). 1 

1 The circumflex accent is placed over the past part. masc. du to distin« 
guish it from du, of the. 



Third Conjugation 55 

Exercise. 

1. Nous avons Tine douzaine de couteaux d'argent. 2. Elle 
a achete une belle robe de soie. 3. Nous n'avons pas nos 
gants. 4. Les avez-vous? 5. Voulez-vous cette demi- 
douzaine de cuillers d'argent? 6. Donnez-moi aussi deux 
douzaines et demie de couteaux d'acier. 7. Marie, apportez- 
nous trois tasses de the, trois verres d'eau, et le sucre. 

8. Voici un panier de fraises. 9. J'accepte ce cadeau avec 
plaisir. 10. Nos amis sont venus par (by) chemin de fer. 

11. Les avez-vous vus ? 12. Pas encore. 13. Apportez- 
nous une livre de cafe, s'il vous plait. 

1. He owes ten francs to bis brother. 2. You owe yours 
six francs, I think. 3. We have bought a dozen silver forks 
and a half-dozen plates. 4. They receive these beautiful 
gifts with pleasure. 5. She receives every week two or three 
interesting letters from her brother who is now in London. 
6. Here is your pair of silk gloves. 7. Yes, I left them 
here. 8. I have a silver penholder and a gold pen. 

9. Here is your leather bag. 10. Bring us a half-dozen 
silver spoons, please. 11. I do not wear my straw hat now. 

12. This man loves everybody, and everybody loves him too. 

13. Will you have a pair of boots or shoes ? 14. I have 
bought a dozen boxes of steel pens for the pupils of this 
school. 15. He is very rich ; he owes it to his father. 
16. Let us receive him well. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Votre pere re^oit-il ses journaux tous les jours ou toutes 
les semaines ? 2. Ou sont les poires que j'ai achetees ? 
3. Qui les a mises dans ce sac de papier ? 4. Qu'avez-vous 
dans cette boite de fer-blanc ? 5. Le fer est-il plus utile que 
l'acier? 6. Le cuivre est-il encore plus utile? 7. Avez- 
vous une montre d'or? 8. Montrez-nous votre chaine. 
9. Esf-elle en (of) or ou en argent? 10. Y a-t-il un chemic 
de fer dans cette ville ? 



56 Adverbs of Quantity 

1. I receive; I am not receiving. 2. We receive; let us 
not receive. 3. He receives ; he does not receive. 4. We 
are not receiving ; let us receive. 5. They receive ; do they 
receive ? 6. Does she receive ? 7. Is she not receiving ? 
8, Eeceive ; do not receive. 



Lesson 36 : Adverbs of Quantity. 



Nous avons tous assez de force pour supporter les maux d'autrui. — \V 
all have strength enough to bear the misfortunes of others. 



An adverb of quantity (like a noun of quantity) requires de 
without the article before the noun limited : 
beaucoup de pommes, many apples. 
Exception : bien, much, many, takes de and the article before the noun, 
bien du monde, many people ; bien des hommes, many men. 

Vocabulary. 

combien, how much? how many? le pain, the bread, 

much, a great deal, la viande, the meat. 



[ plenty, many. le sel, the salt. 

trop, too, too much, too many. le poivre, the pepper. 

tant, so much, so many. le fromage, the cheese. 

autant, as much, as many. la faute, the fault, the mistake. 

assez, enough, couper, to cut. 

plus, more. bu, drunk. 

moins, less, fewer. fait, made, done. 

peu, little, few. concevoir, to conceive. 

un peu, a little, a few. apercevoir, to perceive. 

prenez, take. 

que, conj. , than, as (at the beginning of a second term of a comparison), 
plusieurs, several (an invariable adjective, hence no de). 
plusieurs livres, several books. 
Beaucoup is never preceded by a modifier like tres or trop, but it is 
possible to say beaucoup plus {much more or far more), beaucoup moins 
{much less or far less), and beaucoup trop {far too, far too much, far too 
many). 



Adverbs of Quantity 57 

Assez always precedes the noun : assez de fleurs, flowers enough. 

Autant, and not tant, is used both affirmatively and negatively in a 
comparison : II n'a pas autant de plumes que de crayons, he has not so 
many pens as pencils. Vous avez tant de beaux tableaux! You have so 
many beautiful pictures ! 

Peu, little, denotes quantity, while petit denotes size ; as a noun, peu 
is always masculine : un peu d'eau, a little water. 

Exercise. 

1. Voulez-vous un peu de pain et de 1 fromage ? 2. Prenez 
plus de beurre. 3. Nos voisins ont moms d'enfants que les 
votres. 4. Avez-vous un peu moins de sel que moi ? 5. Nous 
avons assez de crayons, mais peu de plumes. 6. J'ai plus de 
pain que vous, mais vous n'avez pas autant de lait que moi. 
7. Prenez un peu plus de beurre. 8. Recevez-vous beaucoup 
d'argent? 9. Becpit-elle bien du monde? 10. Combien 
d'enfants a-t-elle ? 11. Avez-vous pris autant de paniers de 
fraises que lui? 12. Cet enfant a bu trop de lait, 
n'est-ce pas ? 13. Voulez-vous un peu plus de poivre ? 

1. There are several blackboards in this classroom. 
2. Have you not meat enough ? 3. I have too much cheese 
and too little bread. 4. I do not conceive why she has gone 
away. 5. Give us a little bread and butter, please. 6. Take 
a little more of this meat ; it is very good. 7. How many 
dozen baskets of strawberries has he ? 8. There are many 
railroads here, are there not ? 2 9. You have made too many 
mistakes in this exercise. 10. John has made far fewer mis- 
takes than you. 11. I perceive three mistakes in my own. 
12. He has drunk a cup of coffee and eaten a small piece of 
bread and a little meat. 13. There are not so many flowers 
in this garden as in that. 14. That man has plenty of friends, 
but too little money. 15. He is so rich and has so many 
friends, — why is he so sad ? 

1 Kecall rule for repetition of de, page 12. The noun or adverb of quantity 
need not be repeated. 

2 See page xxvi, footnote. 



58 The Pronoun En 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous assez mange? 2. Voulez-vous un pen de 
fromage ? 3. Aimez-vous les f raises ? 4. Mangez-vous 
les f raises avec du sucre ? 5. Ne voulez-vous pas une tasse 
de the? 6. Combien d'argent devez-vous a votre ami? 
7. Combien de fautes apercevez-vous dans les phrases qui sont 
sur le tableau ? 8. Combien de fautes avez-vous faites dans 
votre theme ? 9. Avez-vous autant de fautes que votre ami ? 
10. Y a-t-il trop de f en§tres dans cette salle de classe ? 

Lesson 37 : The Pronoun En. 



Quand on parle du loup, on en voit la queue. — Speak of angels and you 
will hear the flutter of their icings. 1 



Use of En. — When, after a number (un, deux, etc.), aftei- a 
noun of measure (douzaine, bouteille, etc.), or after an adverb 
of quantity (beaucoup, trop, peu, etc.), the noun limited is not 
expressed, this noun must be represented by the pronoun en 
(of it, of them). En always stands next before the verb, except 
in the imperative affirmative. 

Combien de soeurs avez-vous ? J 1 en ai une. How many sisters have you f 

I have one. 
Ont-ils achete assez de beurre ? Hs en ont trop achete. Did they buy 

butter enough? They bought too much. 
lis en ont achete huit livres. They bought eight pounds. 

Vocabulary. 

le maitre, the master, the teacher. plein, full. 

le magasin, the store. content, glad, contented. 

le porte-monnaie, the purse. sur, sure. 

le reste, the rest (remainder) . le besoin, the need. 

etudier, to study. avoir besoin (de), to need. 

expliquer, to explain. la honte, the shame. 

ecouter, to listen (takes a direct object). avoir honte (de), to be ashamed. 

rougir, to blush. la peur, the fear. 

deja, already. avoir peur de, to be afraid. 

1 Literally, When one speaks of a wolf, one sees his tail. 



The Pronoun En 59 

Exercise. 

1. Combien de plumes y a-t-il dans ces deux boites ? .2. II 
y en a 200 dans celle-ci, et 150 dans celle-la. 3. Ecoutez 
toujours vos maitres. 4. Pourquoi rougissez-vous ? 5. En 
avez-vous honte ? 6. Donnez un peu plus d'argent a votre 
soeur. 7. Je n'en ai pas assez. 8. En etes-vous stir ? 

9. II y a quatre fenetres dans cette salle. 10. II en a ferme 
deux et il a laisse les deux autres ouvertes. 11. Quand je 
raconte une histoire interessante, pourquoi n'ecoutez-vous pas ? 
12. J'ai perdu mon porte-monnaie dans un grand magasin 
pres de la Seine. 13. Avez-vous bien etudie aujourd'hui? 

14. II y a plusieurs fautes dans sa lettre, mais la votre en est 
pleine. 15. J'en ai compte quatorze ou quinze. 

1. That man has too much money, and I haven't enough. 
2. Are there sixty or seventy minutes in an hour ? 3. There 
are sixty. 4. Where is the rest of my orange? 5. You 
have eaten half of it. 6. Are you sure of it ? 7. I am sure 
of it. 8. Where are my gold pieces ? 9. Here are two. 

10. Why do you not explain these rules ? 11. I have already 
explained most of them. 12. You do not listen. 13. Who 
does not listen? 14. One of those boys isn't listening. 

15. There is the boy, — look at him. 16. Yes, there he is. 
17. Is he ashamed of it ? 18. No, he is glad of it. 19. How 
many books have you at home ? 20. I have two hundred. 
21. You have enough, I think. 22. Do you need these books ? 
23. I do. 24. Do you? 25. Has he money enough? 
26. His pockets are full. 27. He has too much perhaps. 
28. I am afraid so. 29. Always study well (study always 
well). 

Oral Drill. 

1. How many minutes are there in an hour? 2. Where 
did you lose your pocket-book ? 3. Why do you not listen ? 
4. How many faults are there in my letter? 5. Do you 
need any money ? 



60 Partitive Article and Pronoun 

Lesson 38 : Partitive Article and Pronoun. 

On prend plus de mouches avec du miel qu'avec du vinaigre. — There 
are more flies to be caught with honey than with vinegar. 



Use of Partitives. — (1) Some or any, whether expressed or 
understood before a noun in English, is regularly expressed in 
French by de and the definite article : du, de la, de 1', des. 1 
(For exceptions, see Lessons 39 and 40.) 

Elle a apporte du pain et de la viande, she has brought bread and meat. 
Les chevaux sont des animaux, horses are animals. 

(2) When some or any (expressed or understood) is not fol- 
lowed by its noun, it is expressed by en (of it, of them). 

Avez-vous des fleurs ? Have you any flowers? 

Oui, j'enai. Yes, I have (some). II n'en a pas. He hasn't any, he has none. 

Achetez-en. Buy some. Y en a-t-il, are there any? 

N'y en a-t-il pas, are there none? or are there not any? 

Vocabulary. 

la rose, the rose. le legume, the vegetable. le miel, the honey. 

la tulipe, the tulip. un insecte, an insect. le metal, the metal. 

la creme, the cream. une mouche, a fly. le mur, the wall. 

la farine, the flour. une abeille, a bee. mur, ripe. 

le muguet, the lily-of-the-valley. murir, to ripen, to get ripe. 

le fruit, the fruit. la framboise, the raspberry. 

un ananas, a pineapple. une pomme de terre, a potato. 

une banane, a banana. a present, now, at present. 

Exercise. 
1. Voulez-vous des tulipes ou des roses ? 2. Donnez-nous 
du pain, de la viande et de l'eau. 3. Apportez-nous aussi de 
la creme pour nos f raises. 4. A-t-elle achete des legumes ? 
5. Elle en a beaucoup achete 6. Y a-t-il des pommes de 
terre dans ce panier? 7. Non, madame, il n'y en a pas. 
8. Voici des muguets pres de ce mur. 9. A-t-il bu de l'eau ou 
du vin ce matin ? 10. Les mouches et les abeilles sont des 
insectes. 11. Tout le monde aime le miel. 

1 The plural of this construction is also the plural of a or an : un livre, a 
book: des livres, books. 



Partitive Article and Pronoun 61 

1. There are metals that are far more useful than gold. 
2. I am sure that there are a great many. 3. Cream is bet- 
ter than milk. 4. Eoses are more beautiful than tulips. 

5. We think that lilies of the valley are beautiful too. 

6. That is because (C'est que) you have some in your garden. 
7._ There are some in mine, but there are none in hers. 8. Bees 
love flowers. 9. Bees make honey. 10. Here are pine- 
apples ; will you have some ? 11. Flies and bees are insects. 
12. There are eggs, bananas, and a pound and a half of tea in 
her basket. 13. She has also bought potatoes and twenty or 
twenty-one pounds of flour. 14. Apples are getting ripe. 
15. There are some red apples that are ripe already (already 
ripe). 16. Here are a half-dozen. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Voulez-vous du lait ou de la creme daris votre cafe ? 
2. Voulez-vous aussi du sucre? 3. Aimez-vous le miel? 

4. En voulez-vous sur votre pain ? 5. Les f raises sont-elles 
deja mures ? 6. Aimez-vous mieux (better) les f raises ou les 
framboises ? 7. Combien de bananes avez-vous mangees ce 
matin ? 8. Votre f rere a-t-il apporte un panier de fruits ? 
9. De quelle couleur est le muguet ? 10. Aimez vous les 
muguets mieux que les roses ? 11. En avez-vous dans votre 
jardin? 12. Y en a-t-il dans le vase? 13. Nommez 
un legume. 14. Nommez des insectes. 15. ISTommez cinq 
fruits. 16. Nommez des metaux. 

1. Have you any books ? 2. Have you pencils ? 3. Are 
there roses on your table ? 4. Are there any in the garden ? 

5. Who likes raspberries ? 6. Is there any ink in this ink- 
well ? 7. Is there any in yours ? 8. Is there none in 
hers ? 9. Have you brought pears or bananas to school 
to-day ? 10. Have you some money for me ? 11. Has 
he some? 12. Haven't you any? 13. Has she none? 
14. How many gold watches have you ? 15. The flowers are 
white ; what color are the leaves ? 16. Is there flour in thai 
paper bag ? 17. Are the walls of this garden high ? 



62 Fourth Conjugation 

Lesson 39 : Fourth Conjugation. 



Ne vendez pas la peau de Tours avant de l'avoir tue. — Do not count your 
chickens before they are hatched. 1 

In verbs of the fourth conjugation the infinitive ends in 
-re, and the past particinle in -u. 

vendre, to sell ; vendant, selling ; vendu, sold. 

Present Indicative, 
terminations: -s, -s, (-t), -ons, -ez, -ent. 

The ending -t of the 3d person singular is dropped after c, d, t. 2 As 
the stems of all the regular verbs of this conjugation, except rompre, to 
break, end in d, the verb vendre is given as a model. 

je vends, I sell, I do sell, nous vendons. 

tu vends, 7 am selling. vous vendez. 

il vend, ils vendent. 

Imperative. 

vends, sell. vendons, let us sell. vendez, sell. 

The indefinite pronoun on, one, ive, you, they, people, even 
when plural in meaning, is used only as the subject of a verb 
in the third person singular. In many cases it is used where 
the passive form is used in English. 

On vend des pommes ici, they sell apples here. 

On chante, parce que l'on 3 est heureux, one sings (we sing) because one 

is (we are) happy. 
Ou trouve-t-on 4 des aiguilles, where do you find needles? 
Ou vend-on du lait et de la creme, where are milk and cream sold? 
On parle francais ici, 



. French spoken here. 
Ici on parle frangais, ' 



1 Literally, Don't sell the bear's skin before killing the bear. 

2 In the irregular verb mettre, to put : je mets, tu mets, il met; in 
vaincre, to conquer, also irregular: je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc. 

3 Notice that Ton may be used instead of on whenever it sounds better. It 
is often used after et, ou, ou, que, lorsque, pourquoi, si, etc., but not when the 
following word begins with 1. 

4 Like il and elle in a question (Lesson 3), on is joined by -t- to a verb eixl 
;ng in a vowel. 



Fourth Conjugation 63 

Vocabulary. 

la dentelle, the lace. le drap, the cloth, the sheet (of a bed). 

la mousseline, the muslin. la question, the question. 

le rubau, the ribbon. la r6ponse, the answer. 

lefil, the thread. repondre (a), to answer. 

une aiguille, a needle. rendre, to give back, to return. 

une epingle, a pin. entendre, to hear. 

un de, a thimble. attendre, to wait, to wait for. 

des ciseaux (m.), scissors. perdre, to lose, to waste. 

la laine, the wool. certainement, certainly. 

le lit, the bed. presque, almost, nearly. 

Exercise. 

1. Kepondez-vous aux lettres de votre cousine? 2. Re- 
pond-on toujours a vos questions ? 3. Oui, presque toujours. 
4. Quand je joue avec nion frere, je perds souvent. 5. Ou 
vend-on des rubans ? 6. On en vend ici. 7. On vend aussi 
des aiguilles, des epingles et du fil, n'est-ce pas ? 8. II at- 
tend des reponses aux lettres qu'il a deja ecrites. 9. On 
trouve que la vie est cliere dans les grandes villes. 10. Trouve- 
t-on des livres interessants dans ce grand magasin ? 11. On 
a apporte des pommes et des poires. 12. On les a apportees 
a ma mere. 13. On a perdu mes ciseaux bien des fois. 

1. Is he waiting for your brother? 2. He always waits 
for him. 3. I am waiting for mine. 4. I am waited for 
too sometimes (one waits for me, etc.). 5. Where do they 
sell gloves and hats ? 6. Do they sell them near here ? 
7. Where are scissors sold? 8. Where do you find beds, 
tables, and chairs ? 9. We find iron, copper, and several 
other metals at Mr. Jacob's. 10. Do your friends always 
return your books ? 11. Almost always. 12. When people 
have friends, they are fortunate. 13. Do you hear me ? 
I do. 14. Are you waiting for me? I am. 15. Give me 
back those needles you borrowed. 16. Here they are. 

17. There are pins, thread, and a thimble in that box. 

18. She has bought lace, muslin, ribbons, and wool. 19. Now 
I have answered all your questions. 



64 The Partitive after a Negative 

Oral Drill. 

1. You are losing ; are you not losing ? 2. She loses ; is 
she not losing ? 3. One loses ; one is lost. 4. She loses ; 
she is not lost. 5. I am waiting ; are you waiting ? 
6. Wait ; do not wait. 7. Is he waiting ? 8. Are people 
waiting ? 9. Let us wait ; let us not wait. 10. Do I hear ? 
11. Do I not hear? 12. Have they heard? 13. They hear; 
they wait. 

Lesson 40 : Negative Uses. 



Pierre qui roule n'amasse pas de mousse. — A rolling stone gather. 

no moss. 





Exception to Rule for Use of the Partitive Article. After a Negative. 
(1) When the noun is the direct object of a negative verb, 
some or any (expressed or understood in English) is expressed 
by de without the article. 

Je n'ai pas d' argent, I haven't any money, or I have no money. 
Elle n'a pas de souliers, she hasn't any shoes, or she has no shoes. 
Vous n'avez pas de livre, you haven't a book. 

(2) After ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor, and sans, without, both 
de and the article are omitted. 

H n'a ni amis ni argent, he has neither friends nor money. 
n est sans amis, he is without friends. 

(3) After ne . . . que, only, both de and the article are used. 
Nous n'avons que des pieces de cinq sous, we have only five-sou pieces. 

II n'a que des amis, he has nothing but friends. 

(4) Jamais without a verb means never ; with a verb pre- 
ceded by ne, it means never ; without ne it means ever. 

Avez-vous jamais vu des lions, have you ever seen lions? 
Jamais, never. 

N'en avez-vous jamais vu, have you never seen any? 
Notice the position of jamais : before the past participle in a compound 
tense. 



TJie Partitive after a Negative 65 

(5) Ni . . . ni, without a verb, have a negative meaning : 
ni Tun ni l'autre, neither one; used with a verb, the verb must 
be preceded by ne. 

Je ne pane ni anglais ni frangais. 

I speak neither English nor French. «\JL 

Notice the omission of pas as in the case of ne . . . que and jamais. 
Exercise. 



"V\sv-J-. N'attendez pas de reponse a vos lettres. 2. Je n'en - 
attends jamais. 3. M. Jacob ne vend ni dentelle ni mousse- 
line. 4. II ne vend que des rubans. 5. Ce garqon n'a 
jamais lu de livre franqais. 6. Je n'ai pas de soie, mais j'ai 
du fil blanc. 7. Vous en avez beaucoup. 8. En' avez- 1 *as> 

v vous jamais assez ?. 9. Jamais. 10. N'en avez-vous jamais 
assez ? 11. Presque jamais. 1?. M'apporte-t-on du pain 
et du beiirre ? 13. Apportez-noiis c(u lait.'^ Merci (thank 
you), madame. 14. En voulez-vous deux ou trois verres ? 
15. Mon pere n'a ni porte^monnaie m argent. 

1. These men are very poor ; they have neither friends 
nor money. 2. She hasn't any muslin ; she has only lace. 
3. Has she enough? 4. That is (there is) the question. 
5. We have no books. 6. Have you paper only ? 7. We 
have neither books nor paper. 8. I have not an umbrella. 
9. Take mine. 10. Thank you, I have already borrowed one. 
11. Do you ever return the umbrellas you borrow ? 12. Al- 
most never. 13. Not (pas) always, but sometimes. 14. Have 
you returned the one you borrowed on Thursday ? 15. Not 
yet. 16. Return it to-day, please. 17. My friends never 
return those that they borrow. 18. Now I have only one. 
19. He has money, but I haven't. ^20. Have you? 21. I 
have. 22. How much have you ? 23. I have a good 
deal. 24. One never has enough. 25. Answer this ques- 
tion : have I as much as you ? 26. Are you waiting for an 
answer ? 



66 Partitive with Adjectives 

Lesson 41 : Partitive with Adjectives. 



A bon chat, bon rat. — Tit for tat. 1 



Exception to Rule for Use of the Partitive Article. Adjective before 
the Noun. — When an adjective stands before the noun in 
French, some or any (expressed or understood in English) is 
expressed by de without the article* 



du pain, 
de bon pain, 
But 



de la viande, 
de bonne viande, 
du papier, 



de l'eau, 

de bonne eau, 

du papier blanc. 



des pommes. 

de bonnes pommes. 



The following adjectives usually precede their nouns : 2 

beau, beautiful. gros, big. mauvais, bad. vieux (m.), 

bon, good. jeune, young. mechant, wicked. vieille (f. ), 

grand, large. joli, pretty. petit, small. vilain, ugly. 



old 



le cirque, the circus. 

la cage, the cage. 

le lion, the lion. 

un elephant, an elephant. 

le tigre, the tiger. 

le leopard, the leopard. 

un ours, a bear. 



Vocabulary. 

le loup, the wolf. 

le singe, the monkey. 

le serpent, the snake. 

le rat, the rat. 

la souris, the mouse. 

la vache, the cow. 

le boeuf, the ox. 



le mouton, the sheep, mutton. 
la brebis, the sheep, the ewe. 
un agneau, a lamb. 
une bete, a beast, an animal. 
un troupeau, a flock, a herd. 
la grange, the bam. 
mordre, to bite. 
fournir, to furnish. 



Exercise. 

1. Yous n'avez pas encore vu de lion, je pense. 2. J'ai 

vu des tigres, des leopards, des loups et des serpents. 3. Les 

lions, les elephants et les loups sont des aniniaux. 4. Les 

elephants sont de gros aniniaux. 5. lis sont plus gros que 

tous les autres animaux. 6. Que regardez-vous ? 7. Je 



1 literally, For a good cat a good rat. 

2 The position of adjectives must be learned largely by observation, 
more complete treatment of this subject, see Lessons 43 and 97. 



For a 



Partitive tvith Adjectives 67 

regarde cette cage de singes. 8. Je les trouve tres interes- 
sants. 9. Les chats aiment les rats et les souris. 10. Notre 
vache fournit de bon lait. 11. Ce chien ne nous mord 

jamais. 12. On n'aime pas les mauvais fruits. 13. Les 
agneaux sont de petits moutons. 14. Ces hommes portent 
de grands chapeaux niais de petits gants. 

1. The man has cows and sheep in his barn. 2. He has 
no oxen, but he has fine horses. 3. Has he a pair of them ? 
4. That horse is biting one of your young trees. 5. Sheep 
furnish wool. 6. Mice and rats are small animals. 7. He 
always has good friends and beautiful books. 8. Good books 
are always good friends. 9. There are many old men and 
women who live in this town. 10. Here we are at the cir- 
cus. 11. There are a great many animals in those cages. 
12. There are two or three hundred. 13. I think that there 
are three hundred and fifty. 14. We have seen old lions, 
handsome tigers, and beautiful leopards. 15. We have seen 
young elephants and little bears. 16. There are the mon- 
keys in that cage. 17. Look at them ; aren't they pretty ? 
18. I think that those little beasts are very ugly. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous jamais ete au cirque? 2. Avez-vous regarde 
les animaux? 3. En avez-vous eu peur? 4. Pourquoi 
n' avez-vous pas eu peur des lions et des tigres? 5. Avez- 
vous remarque les singes? 6. Avez-vous donne du pain 
aux elephants ? 7. Avez-vous vu les souris blanches et les 
serpents? 8. Aimez-vous les serpents? 9. Le serpent 

est-il un animal ou un insecte? 10. Etes-vous reste long- 
temps devant la cage des singes ? 11. Etes-vous alle au 
cirque malgre la volonte (against the wishes) de votre pere et 
de votre mere ? 12. Alors (and so) vous avez desobei a vos 
parents, n'est-ce pas? 13. IST'en avez-vous pas honte? 

14. Trouve-t-on des vaches et des brebis au cirque ? 15. Ou 
en trouve-t-on ? 



68 Imperfect Indicative 

Lesson 42 : Imperfect Indicative. 



Un horame averti en vaut deux. — Forewarned, forearmed. 1 



Use of the Imperfect. — It has been stated (Lesson 10) that 
the perfect is the past tense of conversation. If, however, the 
past action is represented as going on at the same time with 
another action, or as a customary or continued action, it is 
expressed by the imperfect. 

Quand j'etais jeune, je demeurais a Rouen. 
When I was young, Hived at Bouen. 

The imperfect of a vei"S may be formed by changing the 
ending -ant of the present participle to -ais. 



(TFINITIVE. 


Present Participle. 


Imperfect Indic 


porter, 


portant, 


je portais. 


finir, 


finissant, 2 


je finis sais. 


recevoir, 


recevant, 


je recevais. 


vendre, 


vendant, 


je vendais. 


avoir, 


ay ant, 


j'avais. 3 


etre, 


etant, 


j'etais. 



The terminations of the imperfect are alike in all verbs : 
-ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 

je portais, / was carrying, I carried, nous portions, 

tu portais. / used to carry. vous portiez. 

il portait. ils portaient. 

Conjugate the imperfect indicative of each of the verbs 
given on this page, using that of porter as a model. 



1 Literally, A man warned is worth two. 

2 Note again the iss before the ending of the present participle of regular 
verbs of the second conjugation. 

8 Notice that the imperfect of avoir is regular, while the present participle 
is irregular. 



Imperfect Indicative 69 



Vocabulary. 

la campagne, the country (as distin- paresseux, idle, lazy. 

guished from the town). applique, diligent. 

a la campagne, in the country. abondant, abundant. 

le pays, the country (the region, the suivant, following. 

whole country) . autrefois, formerly. 

la chose, the thing. l'annee derniere, last year. 

le lapin, the rabbit. il y a, there is, there are. 

rencontrer, to meet. il y avait, there was,, there vert. 

Qu'est-ce qu'il y a, what is there? 
Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait, what was there? 



Exercise. 

1. Quand vous etiez jeune, mon ami, vous aviez de beaux 
joujoux. 2. Mes parents n'etaient pas si riches que les 
votres, mais j'avais aussi de jolies choses. 3. Nous ne 
demeurions pas en ville, mais nous avions une grande maison 
a la campagne. 4. II y avait pres de la maison un petit 
bois et de grands arbres. 5. J'avais pres de ma fenetre uu 
petit jardin plein de fleurs rouges et blanches. 6. Mon 
jardin etait tres petit, mais mes fleurs etaient si jolies ! 7. II 
y avait beaucoup d'oiseaux dans le jardin et dans le bois. 
8. Les oranges etaient rares, mais les fraises etaient abon- 
dantes. 9. Nous avions aussi beaucoup de poires et de 
pommes. 10. Nos chiens etaient heureux parce qu'il y 

avait beaucoup de lapins dans le bois, et les chats parce qu'il 
y avait beaucoup d'oiseaux dans le jardin. 11. II y avait 
aussi des souris et des rats dans notre vieille grange. 
12. Nous etions heureux, parce que nous avions beaucoup de 
bons amis. 13. Tout le monde etait heureux. 

1. His sisters were rich because they were always diligent, 
but his brothers were sometimes idle. 2. When I was in 
Paris last year, I often used to meet your father. 3. Where 
were you an hour ago? 4. We were at our uncle's 

5- I was answering my friend's letter, when you came in. 



70 Imperfect Indicative 

6. When she was young she used to sing well. 7. Our 
neighbors were formerly richer than you; they had large 
houses, beautiful gardens, and a large number of horses and 
dogs. 8. Did he have more money than you this morning ? 
9. There was formerly a large wood near the town in which 
(where) I used to live. 10. We were speaking of her when 
she entered the room. 11. Were you waiting for an omni- 
bus when I saw you this morning ? 12. Last year she used 
to receive more letters than I. 13. They never obeyed their 
parents, but we always obeyed ours. 14. They worked well 
because they were never punished. 



Oral Drill. 

1. Quand votre ami etait jeune, qu'avait-il? 2. Qu'est-ce 
que vous aviez? 3. Vos parents etaient-ils tres riches? 

4. Etaient-ils plus riches ou moins riches que les siens ? 

5. Ou demeuriez-vous ? 6. Aviez-vous une petite maison ? 
7. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pres de la maison ? 8. Qu'aviez-vous 
pres de votre f enetre ? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait dans votre 
jardin? 10. De quelles couleurs etaient-elles ? 11. Y 
avait-il des oiseaux ? 12. Combien y en avait-il ? 13. Vous 
aviez beaucoup d'oranges, n'est-ce pas ? 14. Y avait-il des 
fraises ? 15. Quels fruits aviez-vous ? 16. Et quels ani- 
maux? 17. Pourquoi les chiens etaient-ils heureux? 
18. Et les chats ? 19. Etiez-vous heureux ou malheureux ? 
20. Pourquoi? 

1. They had ; they have. 2. They were ; they are. 

3. They used to receive ; they do receive. 4. They sold ; 
they have sold ; they sell. 5. I sell ; I used to sell. 6. We 
always lend now ; we never used to lend. 7. Do you have ? 
Did you have ? 8. She is choosing ; she was choosing. 
9. She was not choosing; she was not chosen. 10. Do I 
lose ? Didn't I lose ? 



Position of Adjectives 71 

Lesson 43: Position of Adjectives. 



i 

Chat 6chaud6 craint l'eau froide. — A burnt child dreads the fire l 



Adjectives usually follow their nouns in French, especially 
those denoting color, shape, or nationality. 2 

Vocabulary. 

aveugle, blind. anglais, English. 

sourd, deaf. espagnol, Spanish. 

muet (m.), ] ., ± italien, Italian. 

K ' l mute, dumb, silent. 



muette (f ), j la main, the hand. 

droit, right , straight. le pied, the foot. 

gauche, left, awkward. la langue, the tongue, language. 

chaud, warm. un hotel, a hotel. 

froid, cold. l'hdtel de ville, the city hall. 

rond, round. monter, to go up, to ride. 

carre, square. desirer, to desire, to ivish. 

allemand, German. a pied, on foot. 

americain, American. a cheval, on horseback. 

descendre, to go down, come down, descend. 

descendre a un hdtel, to stop or to put up at a hotel. 

Exercise. 

1. Apportez-nous, s^l vous plait, de meilleur vin, de l'eau 
chaude, et du sucre. 2. Votre cousine pretait autrefois a 
ma sceur des livres allemands qui etaient tres interessants et 
aussi tres amusants. 3. Nous avons de bonne encre rouge. 
4. Desirez-vous une table ronde ou carree? 5. Voila un 
homme aveugle. 6. Est-il sourd aussi? 7. Ces deux 
petites filles sont muettes. 8. La langue italienne est beau- 
coup plus facile que la langue angiaise. 9. Ce pauvre homme 
a perdu la main droite. 10. Montez-vous quelquefois a 

cheval ? 11. Dans le mot gauche, il y a une lettre muette. 

1 Literally, A scalded cat fears cold water. 

2 For a fuller treatment of this subject, see Lesson 97 



72 Comparison of Adjectives 

1. I desire some hot water, if you please. 2. Show rne the 
right hand. 3. Xow the left hand. 1. Is Miss K. deaf? 
5. She is also dumb and blind. 6. I find the German lan- 
guage difficult, but very interesting. 7. I always stop at the 
Hotel Continental in Paris. 8. He went away on foot and 
came back on horseback. 9. This table is round, that one is 
square. 10. We always received three or four American 
newspapers when we were in London. 11. AVe wish (desire) 
two cups of cold milk, please. 12. If you have no tea or 
(neither . . . nor) coffee, bring us hot water, cream, and some 
sugar. 13. We were looking at the city hall when your 
friends found us. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Desirez-vous de l'eau chaude ou de 1'eau froide ? 2. Com- 
ment trouvez-vous cette petite table ronde ? 3. Aimez-vous 
mieux celle qui est carree? 4. A quel hotel etes-vous de- 
scendu a Paris ? 5. Votre oncle descend-il toujours au meme 
hotel a Londres ? 6. Avez-vous lu les journaux fran^ais que 
j'ai apportes ? 7. Qui a lu les livres allemands ? 8. Parlez- 
vous espagnol ou italien ? 9. Avez-vous ecrit cette lettre de 
(with) la main droite ou de la main gauche? 10. Aimez- 
vous monter a cheval ? 

Lesson 44: Comparison of Adjectives. 



II n'est pire sourd que celui qui ne veut pas entendre. — There is none 
so deaf as he who will not hear. 



The comparative is formed by placing plus, more, moins, less, 
or aussi, as, before the adjective. After a negative, si usually 
takes the place of aussi. 

Elle est moins gauche que son amie, she is less awkward than her friend. 
Elle est aussi jolie que son frere, mais elle n'est pas si polie, she is as pretty 
as her brother, but she is not so polite. 



Comparison of Adjectives ^3 

Than before a number is expressed by de. 

J'ai plus de cinq livres, / have more than five books. 
Vous en avez plus de dix, n'est-ce pas ? 
You have more than ten, have you not? 

The superlative of an adjective is formed by placing the 
definite article or the possessive adjective before plus or moins 
of the comparative. 

jeune, young ; plus jeune, younger ; le plus jeune, the youngest. 

interessant, interesting ; moins interessant, less interesting ; le moins in 
teressant, the least interesting. 

Charles et Jean sont leurs plus chers amis, Charles and John are their 
dearest friends. 

A superlative following the noun requires the definite 
article. 

La grammaire la plus facile, the easiest grammar. 

Mes livres les plus interessants, my most interesting books. 

In after a superlative is expressed by de. 

Sa mere est la femme la plus riche de la ville. 
His mother is the richest woman in the town. 

Three adjectives have irregular comparative and superlative 
forms : 



petit, small; 
mauvais, bad 



bon, good ; meilleur, better ; le meilleur, the best. 

plus petit, smaller ; le plus petit, the smallest. 
moindre, less ; le moindre, the least. 
plus mauvais, worse, poorer ; le plus mauvais, the ivorst, 

the poorest. 
pire, worse, more evil, more loicked ; le pire, the worst, 
the most evil, the most wicked. 



Vocabulary. 

poli, polite. magnifique, magnificent, habile, clever. 

fidele, faithful. excellent, excellent. la rue, the street. 

celebre, celebrated. fort, strong. le monde, the world. 

le souvenir, the remembrance. 



74 C'est and Ce Sont 



Exercise. 



1. Tout le monde aime les hommes forts et polis. 2. Le 
chien est l'ami le plus fidele de l'homme. 3. Ma mere est la 
meilleure femme du rnonde. 4. Yoila de tres bon beurre ; 
il est beaucoup meilleur que celui que vous avez achete ce' 
matin. 5. Ces aiguilles sont plus mauvaises que les miennes. 
6. Les votres sont excellentes. 7. Votre petit chat blanc 
est le plus joli de tous les chats. 8. Louise est la jeune 
fille la plus aimable de l'ecole. 9. Yos soeurs sont tres 
habiles ; elles sont plus habiles que les miennes. 10. Ou 
vend-on des souvenirs ? 11. On n'en vend pas ici. 12. Cette 
eglise est la plus celebre de Paris, et peut-etre du monde entier. 

1. His friend is the best man in the world. 2. The 
hotels at which (where) he used to put up were the finest and 
largest in the city, perhaps in the country. 3. Everybody 
likes faithful friends. 4. I have more than twenty. 5. She 
is not so clever as her brother. 6. My best friends live in 
Chicago. 7. Her father was one of the most celebrated 
men in the country. 8. Your cousin Mary is the merriest 
and most polite of all my pupils. 9. I am taller than John, 
but I am not so strong. 10. He is the strongest boy in the 
class. 11. These pens are good, mine are better, but my 
brother's are the best. 12. He lives in the highest house in 
the street. 13. I have not the slightest (least) remembrance 
of those men. 14. I have fewer souvenirs than you, but 
yours are less interesting than mine, I think. 15. I have 
accepted her gift, but without the least pleasure. 

Lesson 45 : C'est and ce sont. 



C'est chercher une aiguille dans une botte de foin. — It is like hunting fo? 
a needle in a haystack. 



(1) He is, she is, it is, and they are, are generally expressed 
by c'est and ce sont before a noun, a pronoun, or a superlative. 



C'est and Ce Sont 75 

C'est Henri, it is Henry. Ce sont mes freres, they (those) are 

my brothers. 
C'est la femme la plus riche du pays, Ce sont les plus hauts de nos arbres, 

she is the richest woman in the those are the highest of our trees. 

country. 
C'est le mien (la mienne), it is mine. Ce sont les miens (les miennes), they 

(those) are mine. 
C'est celui (celle) qu'il a, it is that Ce sont ceux (celles) qu'il vend, it is 

one (the one) he has. those that he sells. 

C'est votre amie qui est partie, n'est- Ce ne sont pas nos amies qui sont 

ce pas, it is your friend who has parties, it is not our frienas who 

gone away, is it not f have gone away. 

(2) The forms of the personal pronouns used with preposi- 
tions (Lesson 26) are also used alone or after c'est or ce sont. 

C'est moi, it is I. C'est nous, it is we. 

C'est toi, it is thou (you). C'est vous, it is you. 

C'est lui, it is he. Ce sont eux, it is they (m.). 

C'est elle, it is she. Ce sont elles, it is they (f.). 

Interrogative. 

Est-ce moi ? is it If Est-ce nous ? is it we ? 

Est-ce toi ? is it thou (you) ? Est-ce vous ? is it you? 

Est-ce lui ? is it he? Est-ce eux ? is it they (m.) ? 

Est-ce elle ? is it she ? Est-ce elles ? is it they (f . ) ? 

Observe that c'est is used before all of these forms, except 
the third person plural affirmative : ce sont eux (elles), but 
est-ce eux (elles) ? 

(3) C'est may be used before any masculine adjective refer- 
ring to something already mentioned. 

C'est bon 1 that is good ! All right ! C'est possible, ifs possible. 

C'est juste, it is right. C'est vrai, it is true. 

Que c'est beau ! how beautiful that is I 

Notice also the following expressions : 

C'est dommage, thafs a pity, a shame, too bad. 

C'est a vous, iVs your turn. 

C'est pour lui, it is for him. 

C'est pourquoi je l'admire, that is why 1 admire him. 



76 



C'est and Ce Sont 



le monsieur, the 

gentleman. 
les messieurs, the 

gentlemen. 
la dame, the lady. 
la demoiselle, the 

young lady. 
le courage, courage. 
frapper, to str 



Vocabulary. 

l'ambition (f.), ambition. 
le talent, the talent. 
la conduite, conduct. 
les manieres (f.), manners. 
r experience (i), experience. 
l'ouvrage (m.), the work. 
le roman, the novel. 
un ecrivain, a writer. 



un auteur, an author 
illustre, illustrious. 
possible, possible. 
impossible, impossible. 
inutile, useless. 
juste, jusi, rig lite 
vrai, true. 
admirer, to admire. 



ike, to knock. 



ordinaire, ordinary, common. 



Exercise. 

2. Oui, e'est moi. 



3. Qui frap- 
6. Ce sont 
8. Mon- 
la ville. 
Qui sont 
sont ces 
sa fille. 



1. Est-ce vous, Paul ? 
pait ? 4. Moi. 5. Qui sont ces messieurs ? 
nos amis. 7. C'est notre voisin et ses deux tils, 
sieur Gaillard est 1'avocat le plus celebre de 
9. C'est le plus illustre de tous nos avocats. 10. 
ces dames ? 11. Ce sont leurs scaurs. 12. Qui 
enfants ? 13. Ce sont les siens, son fils et 

14. New York est une grande ville; c'est la plus grande de 
ce pays. 15. C'est a toi que je parle, mon enfant. 16. II y 
a beaucoup de mots ordinaire s dans cette grammaire. 17. Cet 
homme a du courage et de l'ambition. 18. C'est sans le 
moindre plaisir que je reponds a leurs lettres. 

1. I am fond of horses. 2. That's good ! 3. They are 
more useful than dogs. 4. They are the most useful of 
animals. 5. Neither cats nor dogs are useless. 6. There 
is Mary ; she is the youngest of my friends. 7. Is it she who 
lives in that large square house near your uncle's ? 8. He 

had courage, talent, and experience, but he never had any 
manners. 9. He had too much ambition. 10. That is too 
bad. 11. It is pleasure that they seek. 12. That is why 
they are never at home. 13. Is it possible ? 14. It is a 
writer that I admire greatly (much). 15. Is it he ? 16. It 
is not he, it is she. 17. Is it they ? 18. Yes, it is they. 
19. I do not admire their conduct. 20. It is with pleasu; i 

that I accept this gift. 



Who, Whom, Whose 77 

Oral Drill. 

1. Qui est ce monsieur ? 2. Est-ce votre ami ? 3. Est- 
ce Henri? 4. N'est-ce pas lui? 5. Qui est cette demoi- 
selle ? 6. C'est Marie, n'est-ce pas ? 7. Qui sont ces 
messieurs ? 8. Est-ce a lui ou a moi que vous parlez ? 

9. Est-ce a elle ou a yous que je parle maintenant? 

10. Aimez-vous mieux les ouvrages de Walter Scott ou de 
Victor Hugo? 11. Avez-vous jamais lu "Les Miserables" 
de Hugo? 12. Est-ce un auteur celebre? 13. Est-il 
f ranqais ou italien ? 

1. Is it their turn ? 2. Is it John's ? 3. Have you ever 
read Walter Scott's works ? 4. How do you like (find) 
them ? 5. Haven't you read Ivanhoe ? 6. Is it possible ? 
7. Here is an interesting novel ; is it yours ? 8. Are you 
sure of it ? 9. Is it the one you bought at Brentano's ? 
10. It is a Erench novel, isn't it? 11. Who is knocking? 
12. Is it you ? 13. Do we (on) admire courage more or less 
than talent ? 

Lesson 46 : Who, whom, whose. 



Qui aime bien, chatie bien. — Spare the rod and spoil the child. 1 



The nominative ivho is qui for either the relative or the inter- 
rogative pronoun. 

La femme qui est entree, the woman who came in. 

Qui est la ? who is there? 

C'est vous qui avez fait cette boite, it is you ivho made that box. 

C'est nous qui demeurons ici, it is we who live here. 

Notice the agreement of the verb with the antecedent of qui. 
The objective case, whom, is que for the relative pronoun, and 
qui for the interrogative. 

Les dames que vous avez rencontrees, sont mes meilleures amies. 
The ladies whom you met are my best friends. 
Qui avez-vous vu ? whom did you see ? 

1 Literally, Who loves well, chastises well. 



78 Who, Whom, Whose 

The interrogative, whom, governed by a preposition, is ex* 
pressed by qui. 

A qui parlez-vous ? to whom are you speaking? 
Pour qui travaille-t-il ? for whom is he working? 

The interrogative whose 1 is expressed by a qui (to whom) and 
the verb etre. 

A qui est cette maison ? Whose house is this? To whom does this 
house belong? 

Elle est a mon voisin, 

C'est a mon voisin, it is my neighbor's, it belongs to my neighbor. 

C'est celle de mon voisin, . 

Elle est a moi, 



, it is mine, it belongs to me. 
C est la mienne, j 

Vocabulary. 

la bibliotheque, the library. la lampe, the lamp. 

le salon, the drawing-room, the par- le paquet, the package, the packet. 

lor. une allumette, a match. 

une ombrelle, a parasol. allumer, to light. 

un manchon, a muff. amuser, to amuse. 

la fourrure, the fur. arroser, to water. 

le bracelet, the bracelet. oublier, to forget. 

le bouton, the button. laborieux, industrious. 

un dollar, a dollar. occupe, busy, occupied. 



la clef, the key. J free, at liberty, unoccupied,^ 

le theatre, the theater. ' [ disengaged. 



;bre, | ' 
1' opera (m.), the opera. on dit, they say, it is said. 

Exercise. 

1. A qui est cette ombrelle? 2. Elle est a ma cousine. 
3. A qui sont ces manchons ? 4. Ce sont ceux de Marie et 
de Louise. 5. Qui est la dame que j'ai vue hier soir au 
theatre avec vous ? 6. Vous l'avez rencontree bien des fois. 
7. L ; avez-vous oubliee? 8. Voila des fourrures magnifiques. 
9. Ce sont celles de madame S. 10. Nos amis etaient tres 
laborieux. 11. Quand nous sommes alles chez eux, ils etaient 

1 For the relative whose, see Lesson 54- 



Who, Whom, Whose 7£ 

occupes. 12. lis n'etaient jamais libres. 13. C'est dom- 
mage, n'est-ce pas ? 14. Est-ce vous qui les amusez tant ? 
15. C'est nous qui les amusons toujours. 16. Ce sont eux 
que nous amusons. 

1. Here is a beautiful bracelet ; whose is it ? 2. From 
whom did you buy it? 3. She has an uncle whom she has 
never seen. 4. Is it he who bought it ? 5. Yes, he is the 
one. 6. Is it you who lost this key? 7. It is not I. 
8. Where did you find it? 9. I found two of them in the 
library this morning. 10. With whom did you go to the 
opera last evening? 11. Light the lamp in the parlor, 
please. 12. I have no matches. 13. Here is a package of 
them. 14. They (on) have already lighted the fire (made 
some fire). 15. Who is the richest man in town ? 16. They 
say that he is. 

Oral Drill. 

1. A qui est ce parapluie? 2. Cette ombrelle est-elle a 
Jeanne ou a Marie ? 3. Pour qui est celle-ci ? 4. Est-ce 
celle que j'ai achetee il y a plusieurs jours? 5. A qui est 
ce bracelet d'or ? 6. II est a vous, n'est-ce pas ? 7. Est-ce 
vous qui §tes alle au theatre hier soir? 8. Avec qui etes- 
vous alle? 9. Avez-vous pleure quand le heros (liero) 

est mort? 10. Etes-vous libre ou occupe ce matin? 

11. Voulez-vous aller au musee (museum) regarder les 
tableaux? 12. Aimez-vous mieux entrer dans le salon pour 
ecouter un pen de musique ? 

1. This house is very high ; is it the highest in the street ? 
2. Whose pencil is that? 3. To whom do those books 
belong ? 4. It is said that your neighbors have gone away ; 
is it true ? 5. Here is a little gold button ; who has lost one ? 

6. Here is a dollar for you; you accept it, do you not? 

7. Does that question amuse you? 8. Erom whom have 
you received a letter ? 9. Eor whom is the letter you wrote ? 
10. Is it you who wrote to my cousin ? 



80 The Future Tense 

Lesson 47 : The Future Tense. 



Je ferai d'une pierre deux coups. — I shall kill two birds with one stone} 



The future of a verb may be formed by adding -ai to the 

infinitive. 

Infinitive. Future. 

porter, to carry. je porterai, / shall carry. 

finir, to finish. je finirai, I shall finish. 

recevoir, to receive. je recevrai, / shall receive. 

vendre, to sell. je vendrai, I shall sell. 

Drop -oi- from the infinitive ending of the third conjugation 
and -e from that of the fourth, when adding the terminations 
of the future. Avoir and etre are irregular : 

avoir. j'aurai, / shall have. 

etre. je serai, I shall be. 

The terminations of the future are alike in all verbs : -ai, 
-as, -a, -ons, -ez, -ont. 

Future op porter, 
je porterai. nous porterons. 

tu porteras. vous porterez. 

il portera. ils porteront. 

Conjugate the future of each of the above verbs, using that 

of porter as a model. 

Vocabulary. 

un moment, a moment. demain, to-morrow. bientot, soon. 

le bord, the edge, shore, border. plus tfit, sooner. 

la mer, the sea. tout de suite, immediately, at once. 

au bord de la mer, at the seashore. pret, ready. 

prochain (adj.), next. fatiguS, tired. 

jeudi prochain, 2 next Thursday. • bien aise, glad. 

la semaine prochaine, nexi week. couter, to cost. 

le mois prochain, next month. reussir, to succeed. 

l'annee prochaine, next year. ne (. . .) plus, no more, no longer, 

l'apres-midi (m. or f.), afternoon. not again. 

y aura-t-il, will there be? il y aura, there will be. 

1 Literally, J shall make two blows with [of] one stone. 

2 Compare with dernier, Lesson 24 (4). 



The Future Tense 81 

Exercise. 

1. Votre pere arrivera demain, fen suis sur. 2. Aurons- 
nous aujourd'hui les lettres que nous attendons ? 3. Vous 
recevrez aussi beaucoup de jolies choses. 4. On vous donnera 
une petite montre, une jolie cnaine et un beau porte-monnaie 
avec des pieces d'or. 5. Aurai-je aussi un cheval blanc ? 

6. Vous n'aurez pas de cheval ; ces animaux-la cotitent tres 
cher. 1 7. Nous ne choisirons ni chevaux ni chiens. 8. Je 
pense que nous visiterons nos amis francais l'annee prochaine. 

9. Elle ne rendra a sa cousine ni sa bague ni ses gants. 

10. Ne m'ecouterez-vous plus? 11. Je vous ecouterai et je 
vous obeirai. 12. Etudierez-vous la langue franchise? 
13. Vous la trouverez la plus belle des langues. 14. Vous 
travaillez trop aujourd'hui, vous serez malade demain. 
15. N'etes-vous plus fatigue ? 

1. We shall be at liberty soon. 2. I shall be glad of it. 

3. She will answer her friend's letter to-morrow morning. 

4. I shall be at the seashore next month. 5. You will find 
some paper in this drawer. 6. No, there isn't any more. 

7. Your exercises will be much less difficult than mine. 

8. Mine will no longer be so easy as yours. 9. I shall be in 
London on the 1st and in Paris on the 11th of next month. 
10. Work well, and I am sure you will succeed. 11. We 
shall have an American newspaper next Saturday. 12. That 
will be a great pleasure for us. 13. We shall have one sooner 
than you. 14. Wait a moment, I shall be ready soon. 
15. Whom are you looking for in this street ? 16. How much 
do those scissors cost ? 17. They cost three francs a (Id) pair. 
18. They cost dear. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Serez-vous occupe cette apres-midi? 2. Voulez-vous 

aller au bord de la mer? 3 Serez-vous a la campagne le 
mois prochain? 4. Votre amie sera-t-elle a Paris l'annee 
prochaine ? 5. Quand arrivera-t-elle a Londres ? 6. Aurez- 

1 Notice the adverbial use of cher ; hence, no agreement. 



82 The Future Tense 

vous bientot fini votre lettre ? 7. Serez-vous pret dans un quart 
d'heure ? 8. Ne serez-vous plus occupe ? 9. Combien cette 
fourrure coute-t-elle ? 10. Elle coute tres cher, n'est-ce pas ? 

1. We shall have ; we shall be ; we shall find. 2. He will 
have ; he will be ; he will find. 3. You will have ; you will 
be ; you will receive. 4. Shall I have ? Shall I be ? 
Shall I sell ? 5. They will have ; they will be ; there will be. 
6. We shall have found ; we shall be found ; we shall have 
arrived. 7. She will give ; she will succeed ; she will sell. 
8. They will forget ; they will have forgotten ; they will be 
forgotten. 

Repeat the above sentences, making them negative. 

Lesson 48 : The Future (Continued). 
Contentement passe richesse. — Contentment is better than riches. 



The future tense must be used after quand, lorsque, ivhen, 
aussitot que, des que, as soon as, if futurity is implied. 

Vous aurez ce livre quand (lorsque) vous aurez ecrit votre lettre. 
You shall have this book when you have written your letter. 
Vous aurez cet argent aussitot que (des que) vous arriverez. 
You shall have that money as soon as you arrive. 
Quand must be used for when in direct and indirect questions ; other- 
wise, quand and lorsque are practically interchangeable. 

Vocabulary. 

le bout, the end, the extremity. par ici, this way. 

la fin, the end, the conclusion. par la, that way. 

la recompense, the reward. alors, then. 

quelque chose, something. passer, to pass, to go by, to fade. 

quelqu'un, some one, any one. passer le temps, to spend the time. 

le temps, the time, the weather. passer chez , to call on 

avoir le temps, to have time. passer devant (ou pres de), to pass, 
gagner, to earn, to win. to go past something. 

casser, to break. passer par, to go through. 

age, old. preferable, preferable. 
simple, simple. 



The Future Tense 83 

Exercise. 

1. Serez-vous bien aise quand vous aurez fini votre travail ? 
2. Louise travaille bien, elle gagnera tous les prix. 3. Com- 
ment passerons-nous le temps ? 4. Nous regarderons les 
animaux dans le Jardin des Plantes. 5. Des que leur mere 
seta ici, elle nous donnera du fil, de la soie et des aiguilles. 
6. Vous serez un peu plus aimable quand vous ne serez plus 
malade. 7. Aussitot qu'elle sera arrivee, elle aura une tasse 
de lait, du pain et des f raises. 8. Aussitot qu'elle arrive, 
elle dit toujours qu'elle ne restera pas. 9. Elle dit qu'elle 
n'a jamais le temps. 10. Quand nous aurons prepare notre 
leQon, nous serons libres. 11. Nous jouerons alors avec plus 
de plaisir. 12. Quand je serai a Londres, je passerai chez 
votre ami, M. Kainer. 13. Voici quelque chose que j'ai achete 
pour vous. 14. Quand on passe devant quelqu'un, on dit, 
"Pardon!" 

1. When she is here, we always work well. 2. When they 
are here, we shall not work any more. 3. I shall speak of it 
only once. 4. We shall find these books very interesting, I 
am sure (of it). 5. How many days shall --you stay in Boston? 
6. Shall you go through Baton Rouge ? 7. When will he 
have finished his letters ? 8. Will he not finish them at 
once? 9. When John is older, he will win more prizes. 
10. Prizes are the rewards of labor. 11. The weather is fine 
to-day, and it will be finer to-morrow. 12. When there are 
fewer words in these rules, they will be simpler. 13. At the 
end of this book one will find many useful words. 14. He 
has broken the end of his umbrella. 15. Do not look at me, 
look at your book ; I shall be here when you have finished 
your sentence. 16. Men fade [away] like (comme) flowers. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Serez-vous libre ce soir? 2. A huit heures (at eight 
o'clock) je passerai chez vous ; serez-vous a la maison? 3. Y 
aura-t-il quelqu'un avec vous ? 4. Qui sera avec vous ? 



84 Interrogative Adjectives 

5. Serez-vous dans le salon ou dans la bibliotheque V 

6. Aurez-vous le temps de 1 sortir (to go out)? 7. On dit 
qu'on joue bien a l'Opera. Serez-vous content d'y 1 (there) 
aller? 8. Aimez-vous mienx passer la soiree (evening) chez 
nos amis frangais ? 9. Parlerez-vous f rangais avec eux ? 
10. Aurez-vous peur de 1 repondre a leurs questions? 

1. Shall you be busy to-morrow evening? 2. Shall you 
play this afternoon ? 3. Shall you not have time ? 4. Shall 
you work all the afternoon ? 5. How do you find the weather 
to-day ? 6. Do you often call on your friends ? 7. Where 
will they be next Sunday? 8. Here are two roads ; shall we 
choose this one or that one ? 9. Shall you go this way or 
that way ? 10. Are you older or younger than I ? 11. Will 
my pupils stay at home to-morrow? 12. Will they be at 
church or at school ? 13. Who will be here to-morrow morn- 
ing ? 14. Will Henry be here on Monday next ? 15. Who 
was here last Tuesday? 16. Shall we have the forty-ninth 
or the fiftieth lesson to-morrow ? 17. Shall you have money 
enough ? 18. How do you spend your time ? 

Lesson 49 : Interrogative Adjectives. 



Beaucoup de bruit pour rien. — Much ado about nothing. 



The interrogative adjective quel, ivhich, what, ivhat a, has the 
following forms : 

fquel (m.), f quels (n_.), 

SINGULAR, i V /' PLURAL, -j ^ V /' 

(quelle (f.). (quelles (i). 

The noun which quel modifies is usually the next word in the sentence ; 
with the verb etre, the noun may stand after the verb. 

Quel livre avez-vous pris ? Which book have you taken f 

Quel est le nom du livre que vous avez pris ? 

What is the name of the book Uiat you have taken f 

Quelles fleurs avez-vous prises ? Which flowers did, you take} 

1 de introduces the infmitive. Do not translate it. 



Jy 

1 

Iff 


B tI 








E^^BPsf,^ 


J ; 



La Tour Saint- Jacques. — Paris. 

This is a handsome square Gothic tower 175 feet high, erected in 1508-22. 
It is now used as an observatory. A statue of Saint James the Great 
crowns the summit. 



Interrogative Adjectives 85 

Quels livres a-t-il lus ? What books has he read? 
Quelle femme ! What a woman ! 
Quel dommage ! What a pity ! 

Vocabulary. 

le nom, the name. l'affaire (1), the affair. 

l'exemple (m.), the example. les affaires, the affairs, business. 

le dictionnaire, the dictionary. ramasser, to collect, to pick up. 

le plancher, the floor. laisser tomber, to let fall, to drop. 1 

le bruit, the noise, the report. 

Exercise. 

1. Dans quelle partie de cette ville demeurez-vous ? 2. De 
quel pays §tes-vous ? 3. Sur quelle table a-t-il mis mes 
gants? 4. Quels gants ? 5. Ceux que j'ai achetes l'autre 
jour au Bon Marche. 6. Quel grand magasin! 7. Quels sou- 
liers avez-vous choisis ? 8. Quelles chansons choisirez-vous ? 
9. Je choisirai celles-ci ; ce sont les meilleures. 10. De quelle 
chambre a-t-on ouvert les fenetres? 11. Vous avez laisse 
tomber quelque chose, monsieur. 12. Merci, madame ; c'est 
ma montre que j'ai laissee tomber sur ce plancher de marbre. 
13. Vous l'avez cassee, n'est-ce pas ? 14. Quel dommage ! 

15. Eamassez vos livres, vos crayons, et votre papier. 16. !N'e 
les laissez pas tomber. 

1. Whose pens are these ? 2. What pens ? 3. Those 
that some one has dropped on the floor. 4. I dropped 
them a moment ago ; they are mine. 5. Pick them up, please. 
6. I will pick them up immediately. 7. What French books 
have you read? 8. Whose dictionary is this? 9. What 
dictionary? 10. This one. 11. It is not mine, it is your 
own (yours). 12. What a fine book ! 13. Which pen is 
the best, this one or that ? 14. This one is much better than 
the other. 15. Which pens are the best? 16. What a 
question! 17. What beautiful pictures ! 18. Who dropped 
something? 19. What a noise! 20. You do not work 
enough ; that is why you do not succeed in your business. 

1 In laisser tomber, tomber remains unchanged and laisser is conjugated 



86 Time of Day. Dates 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quel est le nom de ce livre ? 2. De quel livre parlez« 
vous ? 3. Qui Fa ecrit ? 4. Yictor Hugo en est-il l'auteur ? 
5. Quel livre ainiez-vous le niieux ? 6. Aimez-vous les 
romans de Walter Scott ? 7. Quels romans avez-vous deja 

lus ? 8. Quel ecrivain anglais est le plus celebre ? 

1. Which ring have you lost? 2. Have you looked for 
it all over {dans toute) the house ? 3. Haven't you found it 
yet? 4. What lesson have we for to-day? 5. Have 

you prepared it well ? 6. Have you written all the sen- 
tences in your copy-book? 7. Who made that noise? 
8. Have you let something fall on the floor? 

Lesson 50 : Time of Day. Dates. 



Mieux vaut tard que jamais. — Better late than never. 



Time of Day. — Examine the following models for telling the 
time of day : 

Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it? 

II est une heure, It is one o' clock. 

II est deux heures, It is two o 1 clock. 
II est cinq heures et demie, 



} Eight fifty, ten minutes to nine. 



, It is half past five. 
II est cinq heures trente, 

Quatre heures (et) (un) quart, } _ 

;; . / \ Quarter past four. 

Quatre heures qumze (minutes), j 

Six heures dix, vingt, etc., Six ten, twenty, etc. 

Huit heures cinquante, 

Neuf heures moins dix (minutes), 

II est midi, It is twelve o'clock, noon. 

II est midi et demi, It is half past twelve. 

II est minuit, It is twelve o'clock, midnight. 

II est minuit moins cinq, It is five minutes to twelve. 

A quelle heure ? At ichat time? 

A huit heures du soir, At eight in the evening. 

A dix heures precises, Promptly at ten o'clock. 

Vers sept heures, About seven o'clock. 



Time of Day. Dates 



87 



(a) As in English, any number of minutes may go with the preceding 
hour, although after half past, the next hour is usually named, less (moins) 
the number of minutes. 

(6) II est or est-il in these expressions is an impersonal verb and is 
therefore invariable. 

(c) O'clock is often omitted in English, but heure or heures is not 
omitted in French. Minutes may be omitted. 

(d) Midi and minuit are used for twelve o'clock. 

(e) Demi is masculine after midi and minuit ; Lesson 23 (3). 



Dates. — Eecall the rules for 
the following expressions : 

Quel jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui ? 

Quel jour du mois sommes-nous ? 

Quel quantieme (le combien) du mois 

est-ce aujourd'hui ? 
C'est aujourd'hui le premier fSvrier, 
Ce sera demain le deux, 
C'Stait hier le trente et un Janvier, 
Elle est revenue le 11 mars, 
II y a une semaine (ou huit jours), 1 
II y a une quinzaine (ou quinze jours), 1 
D'aujourd'hui en huit, 
D' aujourd'hui en quinze, 
Vendredi en huit, 
Samedi en quinze, 
En dix-neuf cent seize, 
En (dans) quel mois? 
Au mois de septembre, 
En septembre, 



dates, Lesson 24, and observe 



What day of the month is it to- 
day? 

It is February first. 

To-morrow will be the second. 

Yesterday was January 31st. 

She came back on March 11th. 

A week ago. 

A fortnight ago. 

A week from to-day. 

A fortnight from to-day. 

A week from Friday. 

A fortn ight from Saturday. 

In WIG. 

In what month? 

In the month of September. 

In September. 



Aller (irregnlar), to go. 



Present 


Indicative. 


Imperfect Indicative. 


Future. 


je vais, I go, lam going, 


j\allais, I went, I was going, 


j'irai, I shall go. 


tu vas. 


I'do go. 


tu allais. I used to go. 


tu iras. 


il va. 




il allait. 


il ira. 


nous allons. 




nous allions. 


nous irons. 


vous allez. 




vous alliez. 


vous irez. 


ils vont. 




ils allaient. 


ils iront. 



1 In the expressions huit jours and quinze jours, the French count as one 
the day from which the time is reckoned. 



88 Conjugation of Alter 

Imperative, 
singular. plural. 

va, go. allons, let us go. allez, go. 

Vocabulary. 

la nuit, the night. la voiture, the carriage, tard, late. 
la gare, the station, en voiture, in a carriage, il est tard, it is late. 
le train, the train, par, &?/, through. par quel train, &?/ icAotf (rain ? 

par le train de deux heures, by the 2 o 1 clock train. 

Exercise. 

1. Quelle heure est-il ? 2. II est rnidi cinq on midi dix. 

3. II n'est pas encore midi et quart. 4. Elle n'est pas partie 
avec enx ; elle est partie plus tard, a 3 heures et demie. 
5. 1ST ous avons rencontre nos amis ce matin a 9 heures moins 
un quart lorsque nous allions a la gare. 6. Avec qui alliez- 
vous a la gare ? 7. Avec mon pere et ma mere ; ils sont alles 
a la campagne pour deux ou trois mois. 8. De quelle gare 
sont-ils partis? 9. Ils sont partis de la gare du Xord. 
10. Irez-vous a Feglise dimanche prochain? 11. J'ai vu 
votre pere il y a une quinzaine. 12. II arrivera a cinq heures 
precises. 13. II est maintenant pres de neuf heures. 
14. Est-elle nee en 1897 ? 15. Elle est nee le 7 juillet, 1899. 

1. We shall be at home before noon. 2. In what month 
do you go to the country? 3. In the month of July. 

4. What time is it ? 5. It is a quarter to two. 6. It is 
five minutes to three. 7. It is 4.20. 8. To-day we shall go 
home at half-past one. 9. He started for London last eve- 
ning by the 8.10 train. 10. He will go home a week from 
to-day. 11. It is already late. 12. What a beautiful night ! 

13. Where were you going last evening when we met you? 

14. We were going to the theatre. 15. It is the of , 

191 — . 16. Yesterday was the , and to-morrow will be 

the . 17. At what time did they go away ? 18. They 

went away from the house at a quarter to eleven and from the 
station a half-hour later. 19. They came back by the mid- 
night train. 20. Let us go to church next Sunday. 



Seasons. Weather 89 

Oral Drill. 

1. Etes-vous alle a la campagne l'ete (summer) dernier? 
2. Avec qui y etes-vous alle ? 3. A quelle heure etes-vous 
arrives a la gare? 4. Par quel train etes-vous partis? 
5. Vos cousins sont-ils venus vous chercher en voiture a la 
petite gare du village ? 6. Cornbien de temps votre ami 
est-il reste avec vous a la campagne ? 7. Etes-vous revenu 
un mois apres lui? 8. Quelle heure est-il maintenant? 
9. Quel jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui? 10. Est-ce au- 
jourd'hui mercredi? 11. Cornbien de jours y a-t-il dans une 
annee ? 12. Y a-t-il 30 ou 31 jours dans le mois de fevrier ? 

1. At what time did you come to school this morning? 
2. At what hour do you go home ? 3. Where shall you go a 
week from Sunday? 4. Do you go to school every day? 
5. Did you come back by the train, on foot, on horseback, or 
in a carriage ? 6. It is already ten o'clock, is it not ? 7. Is 
it noon ? 8. Shall you stay here till three ? 9. You go 
home about two o'clock, do you not ? 10. Did you get here 
this morning at exactly eight o'clock ? 11. Where were you 
a fortnight ago ? 

Lesson 51 : Seasons. Weather. 



Une hirondelle ne fait pas le printemps. — One swallow does not make a 

summer. 



Faire (irregular), to do, to make. 

Present Indicative. Imperfect Indicative. Future. 

je fais, I do, I am doing, I je faisais. je ferai, / shall do ol 

tu fais. make or am making. tu faisais. tu feras. make. 

il fait. il faisait. il fera. 

nous faisons. nous faisions. nous ferons. 

vous faites. vous faisiez. vous ferez. 

ils font, ils faisaient. ils feront. 



90 



Conjugation of Faire 



Imperative, 
singular. plural. 

fais, make, do. faisons, let us make or do. faites, make, do. 

The Weather. — Observe the following impersonal construe 
tions referring to the weather : 



Quel temps fait-il ? What kind of 

weather is it ? 
II fait beau (temps), 1 It is fine 

{weather). 
II faisait mauvais hier, It was bad 

weather yesterday. 
II faisait de la pluie, It was rainy. 
U fera froid demain, It will be cold 

to-morrow. 

II pleuvait (imperf. ind.), 



II fait du vent, It is windy. 
II fait chaud, It is warm. 
II fait froid, It is cold. 
II neige, It snows. 
n tonne, It thunders. 
II 6claire, It lightens. 
II grele, It hails. 

n pleut (pres. ind. of pleuvoir, 
irreg.), It rains. 
It vjas raining, it rained. 



H pleuvra (future), It will rain. 



ie printemps, the spring. 
l'ete (m.), the summer. 
Tautomne (ni.), the au- 
tumn. 
Thiver (m.), the winter. 
la saison, the season. 
la neige, the snow. 



Vocabulary. 

au printemps, in spring. 

en ete, in summer. 

en automne, in autumn. 

en hiver, in winter. 

la pluie, the rain. 

Ie vent, the wind. 

Ie tonnerre, the thunder. 



Ie champ, the field. 

Ie sable, the sand. 

la cour, the yard, the 

court. 
Ie proverbe, the proverb. 
en (dans) quelle saison, 

at what season? 



Exercise. 

1. Le printemps est une belle saison. 2. C'est la saison 
des neurs. 3. Quand il pleut, prenez votre parapluie. 
4. D'oii tombe la pluie ? 5. Quand il pleut ou quand il 
neige, on dit qu'il fait mauvais (temps). 6. Le temps est 
mauvais. 7. Voici un proverbe : apres la pluie, le beau 
temps. 8. En quel mois sommes-nous a present ? 9. Les 
arbres ont des feuilles en ete ; mais en hiver ils n'en ont plus. 
10. Combien de jours a ce mois-ci? 11. Combien en aura le 



1 In Lesson 48, we had le temps used as the subject of the verb etre. It 
cannot be the subject of any form of the verb faire. 



Ages'. Dimensions 91 

mois prochain? 12. Que font les enfants d'une ecole? 
13. Notre cour est belle tout Pete. 14. Tout le monde aime 
les champs au printemps, ils sont si verts. 15. Vous faites 
trop de bruit ; n'en faites plus. 

1. Name trie seasons. 2. Do you like all the seasons ? 
3. "Why does one love the spring ? 4. Where do people go 
in summer? 5. Does it snow in summer or in autumn? 
(Use ni . . . ni in answer.) 6. When does it snow? 7. Do 
you like the snow? 8. Is there much in this part of the 
country ? 9. Is it raining ? 10. Was it raining this morn- 
ing when you came to school ? 11. Did you open your um- 
brella ? 12. Umbrellas are very useful when it rains, aren't 
they ? 13. Is it cold here ? 14. Is it too warm ? 15. In 
what season is it cold ? 16. What season is this (in what 
season are we) ? 17. Is it windy to-day ? 18. What kind 
of weather is it in July ? 19. Does it often thunder in the 
winter? 20. What do the children do 1 at the seashore? 
21. Where do they play ? 22. Where do they play in the 
country? 23. Are the pupils playing in the yard or are 
they working in their classroom? 24. You are making a 
great deal of noise, — what are you doing ? (I am closing the 
window.) 25. Is autumn the season of fruits or flowers ? 

Repondez en francais aux questions du dernier paragraphe. 
Lesson 52 : Ages. Dimensions. 



Tout vient a qui sait attendre. — Everything comes to him who waits. 



In asking or stating ages, the following constructions are 
used: 

Quel age avez-vous ? How old are you? 

J'ai vingt ans, / am twenty years old. 

Quel age a votre cousine ? How old is your cousin? 

1 See 12th sentence in French exercise of this Lesson, 



92 



Conjugation of Savoir 



Elle a quinze ans, et son petit frere en 

a dix, 1 
Elle est agee de quinze ans, 
Elle est plus agee que lui de cinq ans, 
A Tage de quarante ans, 1 



She is fifteen years old, and her little 

brother is ten. 
She is fifteen. 

She is five years older than he. 
At the age of forty. 



Dimensions are expressed as follows : 

De quelle hauteur est cette Eglise ? 1 Tir _ x . ■ - _ , . , ^ . ^, . _ _ a 
^ * , , *. .. „ !• What is the height of this church? 

Quelle est la hauteur de cette eglise i J 

Une eglise haute de cent pieds, A church one hundred feet in height. 

Une maison d'une largeur de trente pieds, A house thirty feet wide. 

Un jardin de cent pieds de longueur, 2 A garden a hundred feet long. 

L'escalier est large de dix pieds, 

L'escalier a dix pieds de largeur, 2 • The staircase is ten feet broad. 

L'escalier a une largeur de dix pieds, . 

Cette table a six pieds de longueur sur quatre de largeur, 

This table is six feet by four. 

Cet arbre-ci est plus haut que celui-la de vingt pieds, 

This tree is twenty feet taller than that. 

Savoir (irregular), to know (a fact), to know how. 



Present Indicative. 
je sais, I know. 
tu sais. 
il sait. 
nous savons. 
vous savez. 
ils savent. 



Imperfect Indicative. 
je savais, / knew. 
tu savais. 
il savait. 
nous savions. 
vous saviez. 
ils savaient. 



Future. 
je saurai, I shall know. 
tu sauras. 
il saura. 
nous saurons. 
vous saurez. 
ils sauront. 



un edifice, a building. 

l'escalier (m.), the staircase, 

long(m.), 

longue (f.), 

large, broad, wide. 



Vocabulary. 

profond, deep. 



long. 



thick. 



epais (m.), 

epaisse (f.), 

l*age (m.), the age. 

les dimensions (f. ), dimensions. 



1 Observe that the years must always be expressed in French. If ans has 
already occurred in the sentence, en takes its place! 

2 Long, large, and haut may be used for longueur, largeur, and hauteur, in 
this construction; epais and profond are not so used instead of epaisseur 
and profondeur. 



Conjugation of Savoir 93 

la hauteur, the height. la profondeur, the depth. 

la longueur, the length. Tepaisseur (f.), the thickness. 

la largeur, the breadth, the width. le pouce, the thumb, the inch. 
vraiment, truly, really. 

Exercise. 

i. On a bati encore mi grand edifice dans la rue du Temple. 

2. Vraiment? je ne le savais pas. 3. Est-ce une eglise ou 
une ecole ? 4. Quel grand edifice ! 5. De quelle hauteur 
est-il? 6. II a cent pieds de hauteur. 7. Est-ce que cette 
ecole est deja occupee ? 8. Conibien d'eleves y a-t-il ? 9. II 
y en a six cents. 10. Quel age ont-ils ? 11. Les plus ages 
ont peut-etre dix-sept ou dix-huit ans, et les moins ages en out 
treize ou quatorze. 12. Quel age avez-vous ? 13. J'ai dix- 
neuf ans et demi. 14. Savez-vous quel age a votre sceur? 
15. Je ne sais pas pourquoi nos amis ne sont pas encore reve- 
nus. 16. Nous le saurons bientot, je pense. 

1. How high is this table ? 2. It is three feet high. 

3. What are the other dimensions ? 4. It is four feet wide 
by five and a half feet long. 5. I knew that it was a foot 
longer than ours. 6. Here is another table ; this one is thirty 
inches in height. 7. What a pretty little box ! 8. It is a 
square one, isn't it ? 9. This water is very deep. 10. What 
is its depth ? 11. It is said that it is a hundred feet deep. 

12. I know that it is over (more than) forty feet in depth. 

13. Don't you know how old I am (my age) ? 14. I know 
that you are two or three years older than I. 15. He is over 
six ; he will be seven the first of next month. 16. Is Charles 
fourteen or fifteen years old ? 17. He is neither fourteen nor 
fifteen, he is only twelve and a half. 18. Eeally ? Are you 
sure of it ? 19. Yes, sir, I know it. 20. What a thick book ! 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quel age a votre frere Jean ? 2. Est-il plus age ou 
moins age que vous? 3. Etes-vous plus jeune que lui? 

4. Savez-vous quel age a M. Dupont ? 5. Votre petite niece 



94 



Conjugation of Dire 



n'a-t-elle que six ans ? 6. Quelle est la longueur de cette 
salle ? 7. De quelle hauteur est ce grand edifice ? 8. Cette 
table de rnarbre est-elle plus haute que celle que yous avez 
ache tee? 9. Quel temps fait-il au jour d'hui? 10. Faisait-il 
beau ou mauvais hier ? 11. Que faites-vous en ce moment-ci ? 
12. Que f erez-vous dernain ? 

Lesson 53 : Lequel. 



Le mieux est l'ennemi du bien. — Let well enough alone. 1 



The interrogative pronoun lequel, ivhich, which one, has the 
following forms : 

Singular. 



MASCULINE. FEMININE. 

lequel, which, which one. laquelle. 

duquel, of which, of which one. de laquelle. 

auquel. to which, to ivhich one. a laquelle. 



Plural. 

feminine. 
lesquels. lesquelles. 



MASCULINE. 



desquels. 
auxquels. 



desquelles. 
auxquelles. 



Observe the difference between the use of quel (adjective) and lequel 
(pronoun;. q U6 i homme ? Which man? 

Quel est ce livre ? What is this book? 
Lequel de ces hommes ? Which of these men f 

Dire (irregular), to say, to tell. 

Present Indicative. Imperfect Indicative. Future. 

je dis, I say, I am saying, je disais, I was saying, I said, je dirai, I shall 

tu dis. I do say. tu disais. / used to say. tu diras. say. 

il dit. il disait. il dira. 

nous disons. nous disions. nous dirons. 

vous dites. vous disiez. vous direz. 

ils disent. . ils disaient. ils diront. 



SINGULAR. 

dis, say. 



Imperative. 

PLURAL. 

disons, let us say. dites, say. 



Literally, The best is the enemy of well. 



Conjugation of Dire 95 

Vocabulary. 

une personne, a person. absent, absent. 

une jeune personne, a young lady. garder, to guard, to keep. 

la jeune fille, 1 the girl. emporter, to carry away or off. 

les jeunes gens, the young men. remporter, to carry back, to win. 

le miroir, the mirror. envoye, sent. 

le fauteuil, the arm-chair. bien (adv.), well. 

sauvage, wild. mieux (adv.), better. 

domestique, domestic. le mieux (adv.), best. 
aimer mieux, to like better, to prefer. 

Notice : (1) The adverb bien is irregularly compared. (2) In the 
superlative of an adverb, le is invariable. (3) In the idiom aimer mieux, 
mieux is not usually separated from aimer, except by a second negative 
such as pas, jamais, plus, etc. 

Exercise. 

1. Lequel de ces jeunes gens est sourd? 2. Dites-vous 
que c'est celui qui est pres de la table ? 3. Laquelle de ces 
jeunes personnes est votre cousine? 4. Duquel de ces re- 
mans parliez-vous ? 5. Disiez-vous que vous ainiiez mieux 
celui-ci? 6. De laquelle de ces jeunes filles avez-vous requ 
ce jo-li miroir? 7. De Jeanne; c'est la plus chere de mes 
amies. 8. A laquelle de ces jeunes personnes a-t-il envoye 
les choses qu'il a achetees ce matin? 9. De quelles jeunes 
personnes parlez-vous ? 10. Je parle de celles que nous 
avons yues l'ete dernier a la campagne. 11. Auxquels de ces 
messieurs doivent-ils de l'argent? 12. Lequel de ces deux 
ecrivains aimez-vous le mieux ? 13. J'aime mieux celui qui 
a ecrit Les Miserables. 14. Cela va sans dire. 

1. Here are six hats ; which one is the best ? 2. I do not 
know, but I know which one I like the best. 3. They say it 
is our neighbor's children who win all the prizes. 4. Who 
says it ? 5. The pupils say it. 6. Which ones ? 7. Which 
of those arm-chairs is the highest? 8. Which [of them] 
shall you choose ? 9. I prefer this one. 10. So do I. 
11. Which of these needles shall you keep ? 12. This one ; 

1 Fille is rarely used in the sense of girl without an adjective. 



96 Conjugation of Dire 

carry away the others. 13. Which of the horses they have 
bought are the strongest and finest? 14. My father says 
that these, to which the man is giving some water, are the 
best. 15. How many persons are there here ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Voici plusieurs plumes ; laquelle est a vous ? 2. La- 
quelle est la mienne ? 3. A qui sont les six livres qui sont 
sur la table? 4. Lesquels sont a Jean? 5. ISPavez-vous 
plus de crayons? 6. En voici deux; lequel aimez-vous 
mieux? 7. Tous les garcons sont ici ; lesquelles des jeunes 
filles sont absentes ? 8. Lequel de mes eleves est debout ? 
9. Quel eleve est assis ? 10. Laquelle est devant le miroir ? 
11. Qui est le plus laborieux de la classe ? 12. Est-ce vous 
qui avez remporte le premier prix ? 

1. I am going ; I am making. 2. Are you doing ? Are 
you saying? 3. Is he not going? Is he not making? 
4. Who is making ? Who is going ? 5. Who says ? Who 
knows? 6. Do you go? Do you know? 7. They are 
saying ; they are doing. 8. We never know ; we never do. 
9. They always say ; they always go. 10. Does she ever know ? 

Change the tenses of the above sentences to the imperfect (I was 
going, I was making, etc.) ; then repeat in the future (I shall go, 
I shall make, etc.). 

1 Do you like wild animals ? 2. Name some. 3. Which 
ones do you like best? 4. What domestic animals do you 
like ? 5. Do you know which are the most useful to man ? 
6. Which ? 7o Do you prefer dogs to cats ? 8. Do you 
know why ? 9. Shall I tell you why ? 10. Which of the 
rooms of this building is the largest? 11. Which insects 
make honey? 12. Does this house belong to you? 
13. Which of these sentences is the easiest ? 14. And you, 
sir, what do you say ? 15. Which one is the shortest ? 
16. Which of my pupils are the most industrious ? 17. Do 
you know it ? 






Relative Pronouns 97 

Lesson 54: Relative Pronouns — Lequel; Dont. 



Abondance de bien ne nuit pas. — You can't have too much of a good thing 



We have seen (Lessons 17 and 46) that the nominative 
case of the relative pronoun is qui, and the accusative que. 

After a preposition the relative pronoun which is lequel 
(laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles). 

Ou est le crayon avec lequel j'ai ecrit cette lettre ? 
Where is the pencil with which I wrote this letter? 
Voici la table sur laquelle j'ai mis votre porte-monnaie. 
Here is the table on which I put your purse. 

Ou, to which, in which, where, is frequently used for a or 
dans and a relative, referring to place and time. 

La maison ou nous sommes alles, The house to which we went. 
La ville ou il demeure, The city in which he lives. 

Le moment ou elle est partie, The moment at which (or when) she 

started. 
Notice : d'ou = whence. 

When of which, of whom, or whose are not interrogative, they 
may be expressed by dont for both genders and numbers, in- 
stead of duquel, de laquelle, desquels, desquelles, or instead of 
de qui (persons only). 

Apportez-moi le livre dont j'ai parle, bring me the book of which I spoke. 
L'homme dont la fille est arrivee, the man whose daughter has arrived. 

La femme dont (de qui, de laquelle) j'ai vu le fils, 1 

The woman whose son I have seen. 

If the object possessed is dependent upon a preposition, 
then duquel, de laquelle, etc., or de qui (persons only), must be 
used instead of dont. 

L'homme du fils duquel (de qui) nous parlions, the man of whose son we 
were speaking. 

1 In a relative clause introduced by dont, the noun object must follow the 
verb : l'homme dont j'ai trouve le chapeau. 



98 



Present Indicative. 
je vois, I see, I do see, 
tu vois. I am seeing. 
il voit. 
nous voyons. 
vous voyez. 
ils voient. 

SINGULAR. 

vois, see. 



Conjugation of Voir 

Voir (irregular), to see. 

Imperfect Indicative. 
je voyais, I saw, I used to see, 
tu voyais. / was seeing. 
il voyait. 
nous voyions. 
vous voyiez. 
ils voyaient. 

Imperative. 

PLUP.AL. 

voyons, let us see. 



Future. 
je verrai, I shall 
tu verras. [see. 
il verra. 
nous verrons. 
vous verrez. 
ils verront. 



voyez, see. 



Vocabulary. 

l'adresse (f.), the address. le toit, the roof. 
la malle, the trunk. sacrifier, to sacrifice. 

de temps en temps, from time to time. 

Exercise. 

1. Montrez-moi la rue dans laquelle vous avez perdu votre 
chien. 2. Voila le livre dont je parlais hier. 3. Ou a-t-on 
mis la feuille de papier sur laquelle vous avez ecrit votre nom 
et votre adresse ? 4. Quelqu'un l'a laissee dans la petite 
chambre ou vous avez mis votre malle. 5. Ou est la maison 
dont vous avez parle ? 6. La voila ; n'en voyez-vous pas le 
toit? 7. Voici le couteau avec lequel j'ai coupe le pain. 
8. Ou sont les deux plumes avec lesquelles ils ont ecrit leurs 
lettres? 9. Je ne les vois pas. 10. Le gargon dont j'ai 
emprunte la grammaire est le neveu de Monsieur B. 11. Ou 
voit-on des animaux sauvages ? 12. On en trouve beaucoup 
dans le jardin oil nous irons demain. 13. La maison d'ou 
elle- est sortie est une des plus jolies de la ville. 14. La 
dame au fils de laquelle j'ai prete mes livres franqais, est 
1'amie de ma mere. 

1. The table upon which you will see your letters and news- 
papers is in the little room near your own. 2. Show us the 
books of which you spoke to my sister. 3. When I was in 
New York, I used often to see the man of whom you are 






Relative Pronouns 99 

speaking. 4. The ladies whom we saw from time to time 
are here this afternoon. 5. Do you see them row ? 6. I do 
not see them, but they were here five minutes ago. 7. Tell 
me, please, the name of the city in which they live. 8. Shall 
I see you at my house next Saturday ? 9. Of what church 
are you speaking? 10. I am speaking of the one the roof of 
which we see from this window. 11. When you go to the 
country next summer, you will see the large white house in 
which I was born and where I lived when I was young. 
12. You will also see the old barn in which the boys used 
to play. 13. It was there that we used to spend most of the 
time. 14. I know in what street you live, but I do not 
know in what house. 15. Where did you put my souvenirs ? 
16. I put them into the trunk. 17. Into what trunk? 

18. Into the one on which you have put your address. 19. We 
arrived at the moment when he was finishing his work. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Ou sont les plumes avec lesquelles vous avez ecrit vos 
lettres ? 2. De quelles lettres parlez-vous ? 3. Qui est 
l'homme dont la fille est arrivee hier soir? 4. Est-ce celui 
dont nous parlions vendredi dernier ? 5. Savez-vous son 
adresse? 6. Yous verrai-je a Feglise dimanche prochain? 
7. Y allez-vous de temps en temps ? 8. Avez-vous garde 
un bon souvenir de la petite maison blanche ou vous 
etes ne? 9. Quand vous etiez jeune que f aisiez-vous ? 

10. Quand nous serons chez vous, verrons-nous le prix pour 
lequel vous avez sacrifie tant de temps ? 

1. I see you ; I see them. 2. Do you see me ? Do you 
not see me ? 3. Have you seen us ? Have you Seen them ? 
4. Shall you see him ? Shall you not see her ? 5. Had you 
seen her ? Had she seen you? 6. Let us see them; let us 
not see them. 7. You will have seen them ; you will not 
have seen them. 8. You used to see us ; they used to see 
you.. 9. Shall I see you ? Shall we see them ? 



100 Relative Pronouns 

Lesson 55: Relative Pronouns {Continued). 



Tout ce qui reluit n'est pas or. — All that glitters is not gold. 



Ce qui, ce que. 

When the pronoun what means that ivhich, it is expressed by 
ce qui, if what is the subject ; by ce que, if it is the object. 

Donnez-moi ce que vous avez, give me what you have. 

Ce qui est vrai est bon, what is true is good. 

Dites-moi ce que c'est, tell me what it is. 

Ce qui m' amuse, c'est ce tableau, what amuses me is this picture. 

Ce qui m'amuse, c'est ce qu'il a dit, what amuses me is what he has said. 

Celui qui est arrive, (c')est mon pere, he who has come is my father. 

Notice that in some of these examples ce is used to repeat the pre- 
ceding subject. This is the usual construction when the subject is a 
clause, especially if without the ce the meaning of the spoken sentence 
would not be clear. 

Everything that or all that (sing.) is expressed by tout ce qui, 
if that is the subject ; by tout ce que, if that is the object. 

Donnez-moi tout ce qui est sur la table, give me everything that is on the 

table. 
Donnez-moi tout ce que vous avez, give me all you have. 

Quoi. 

Quoi, what, may be either a relative pronoun or an interroga- 
tive. It never refers to persons and is generally used with a 
preposition. It is also used alone. 

De quoi parlez-vous, of what are you speaking ? 

Voila de quoi je parle, that is what I am speaking of. 

Quoi ! il est parti ? What! he has gone? 

II n'a pas de quoi payer, he hasn't anything to pay with. 

T , , ' ■ / i \ f there isn't anything worth mentioning. 

II n'y a pas de quoi (parler), \ v v » 

( don't mention it, you are welcome. 1 

Notice also the expression un je ne sais quoi, a certain indefinable some- 
thing. , 

1 In reply to thanks, You are welcome is expressed by II n'y a pas de quoi 
or Ce n'est pas la peine. 



Relative Pronouns 101 

Qu'est-ce qui. 

We have seen that the nominative case of the interrogative 
pronoun who is qui. The nominative of the interrogative what 
is qu'est-ce qui. 

Qui est arrive^ who has arrived ? 

Qu'est-ce qui est arrive, what has happened ? 

Que, either relative or interrogative, is used only as the 
direct object of a verb. 

Que dites-vous, what do you say? 
Qu'est-ce qu'il a fait, what did he do? 

Vocabulary. 

arriver, to arrive, to happen. remercier, to thank. 

parler mal, to speak ill. deviner, to guess. 

penser mal, to think ill. payer, to pay, to pay for. 

penserde, to have an opinion about. 

penser a, to think of, to consider, to have in mind. 

Que pensez-vous de lui, what do you think of him? 

Je pense a mes amis, I am thinking of my friends. 

A quoi pense-t-il, what is he thinking about? 

Exercise. 

1. Savez-vous ce qui est arrive? 2. Je ne sais pas tout 
ce qui est arrive. 3. Devinez ce que j'ai requ ce matin. 
4. Pensez a ce que vous faites. 5. Je pense toujours a ce que 
je fais. ' 6. Pensez-vous aussi a ce que vous dites ? 7. Dites- 
moi qui est arrive. 8. Dites-moi aussi ce qui est arrive. 
9. Je sais ce que c'est. 10. II pense mal de tout le monde. 
11. Mangez ce que vous avez sur votre assiette. 12. Apportez- 
nous, s'il vous plait, de la viande, du pain, du beurre et deux 
tasses de cafe. 13. Merci, monsieur. 14. II n'y a pas de 
quoi, madame. 15. Maintenant, avez-vous de quoi payer? 
16. Prenez tout ce que vous voyez. 

1. Guess who has come. 2. It is the young lady whom 
you met in Paris. 3. Do you know what she has brought ? 
4. No, what ? 5. Think .a great deal, but speak little 



102 Feminine of Adjectives 

6. They say lie never says what he thinks. 7. What! he 
always says everything he thinks. 8. Has your friend 
(f .) money ? 9. No, she has lost all she had. 10. Give me 
everything there is on my table. 11. Here is everything 
that was in your room. 12. I did not "buy everything I saw, 
because I didn't have anything to pay with. 1 13. Tell me 
what has happened. 14. What has happened ? 15. I thank 
you, madam. 16. Don't mention it. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Savez-vous ce qui est dans ma poche? 2. Savez-vous 
ce qu'il a dans sa poche ? 3. Qu'avez-vous vu ce matin ? 
4. Voulez-vous me montrer ce que vous avez ecrit ? 5. Quoi ! 
est-ce tout ? 6. Dites-moi qui est arrive hier soir. 7. Savez- 
vous ce qui est arrive hier soir? 8. Combien de douzaines 
de mouchoirs avez-vous achete(e)s ? 9. Voyez-vous ce 

paquet? 10. Savez-vous ce que c'est? 11. Quoi! vous 
l'avez deja ouvert? 

1. What have you done to-day ? 2. Don't you know what 
I have done ? 3. Do you know what he will do to-morrow ? 
4. What has happened ? 5. Do you know all that has hap- 
pened ? 6. Of what are you speaking ? 7. Of what are you 
thinking ? 8. Of whom are you speaking ? 9. Of whom 
are you thinking? 10. Guess what I have here. 11. I 
thank you for (de) all you have done for me. 

Lesson 56 : Feminine of Adjectives. 



Ne remettez pas au lendemain ce que vous pouvez faire la veille. — 

Do not put off until to-morrow what you can do to-day. 



(1) We have seen (Lesson 4) that the feminine of an adjective 
is formed by adding e mute to the masculine, while adjectives 
ending in e mute remain unchanged. 

1 See examples under quoi, page 100. 



Feminine of Adjectives 



103 



[ASCULINE. 




Feminine, 


vrai, 


true, 


vraie. 


appliquS, 


diligent, 


appliquee. 


sincere, 


sincere, 


sincere. 


moderne, 


modern, 


moderne. 



(2) Adjectives ending in -el, -en, -on, -et, double the final 
consonant before adding e mute for the feminine : 



cruel, 


cruel, 


cruelle. 


tel, 


such, 


telle. 


un tel, 


such a, 


une telle. 


ancien, 


ancient, 


ancienne. 


bon, 


good, 


bonne. 


muet, 


mute, dumb, silent, 


muette. 


sujet, 


subject, 


sujette. 


net, 


clean, neat, 


nette. 



(3) The following adjectives also double the final consonants 
in the feminine : 



gentil, 


nice, gentle, 


gentille, 


nul, 1 


no, 


nulle. 


pareil, 


like, alike, such, 


pareille. 


bas, 


low, 


basse. 


epais, 


thick, 


epaisse. 


gros, 


big, stout, 


grosse. 


gras, 


fat, 


grasse. 


las, 


tired, 


lasse. 


sot, 


foolish, 


sotte. 



(4) A few adjectives ending in -er and -et change e to e in 
forming the feminine ; for example : 

cher, dear, chere. 

fier, proud, fiere. 

leger, light, legere. 

premier, first, premiere, 

dernier, last, derniere. 

complet, complete, complete, 

inquiet, uneasy, inquiete. 

secret, secret, secrete. 



1 Nul requires ne with the verb. 



104 



Feminine of Adjectives 



(5) Adjectives ending in -f change f to v : 

Masculine. 

actif, active, 

attentif, attentive, 

new, new-made, 



neuf, 
vif, 



lively, quick, 



(6) Adjectives ending in -x change x to s 



heureux, 

malheureux, 

affreux, 

genereux, 

jaloux, 

nombreux, 

orageux, 

pluvieux, 

studieux, 



happy, fortunate, 

unhappy, unfortunate, 

frightful, 

generous, 

jealous, 

numerous, 

stormy, 

rainy, 

studious, 



Feminine. 
active, 
attentive, 
neuve. 
vive. 



heureuse. 

malheureuse. 

affreuse. 

genereuse. 

jalouse. 

nombreuse. 

orageuse. 

pluvieuse. 

studieuse. 



Vocabulary- 



la geographie, geography. 
charmant, charming. 



lourd, heavy. 
appris, learned. 



bien, very, indeed. 



Exercise. 

1. Ces dernieres miits' ont ete tres orageuses. 2. Dites- 
vous que votre soeur est paresseuse ? 3. Non, elle est tres 
appliquee. 4. Cette belle jeune fille est toujours studieuse. 
5. J'ai un chapeau neuf et aussi des bottines neuves. 6. Kos 
cousins sont heureux, mais nos cousines sont tres malheureuses. 
7. Ces fraises ne sont-elles pas delicieuses ? 8. Vous §tes 
bien heureuse, madame ; vous avez des enfants laborieux. 

9. Ces jeunes filles ne sont pas si actives que ces gargons. 

10. Les elephants ne sont pas cruels, mais ces b§tes sauvages 
sont tres cruelles. 11. L'histoire moderne n'est pas si 
facile que l'histoire ancienne, rnais la geographie ancienne est 
beaucoup plus difficile que la geographie moderne. 12. La 
langue italienne n'est pas difficile quand on a appris le fran- 



Feminine of Adjectives 105 

gais. 13. Les grosses fraises ne sont pas si bonnes que les 
petites. 14. Cette viande est trop grasse ; donnez-nous 

autre chose, s'il vous plait. 15. Cette jeune personne est 
bien lasse. 16. Yous n'etes jamais trop gentil, vous savez. 
17. JS1 vous non plus. 18. Ces dames sont jalouses, parce 
qu'elle a tant de robes neuves. 19, Quelle gentille petite 
fille ! 

1. Have you ever read ancient history or studied ancient 
geography? 2. Which do you find the easier? 3. I do 
not like either one 4. Nor I either, 5. This little 

beast is pretty, but very cruel. 6. Your watch is too 

big. 7. This meat is too fat. 8. These men are gener- 
ous. Are their wives generous, too? 9. His sisters are 
happy, but very tired. 10. Their shoes are new, but her 
boots are not new. 11. This cream is delicious. 12. It 
does not rain yet, but I think we shall have a rainy night. 
13. It is said that girls are always more attentive and more 
diligent than boys. 14. Aren't they a little more studious ? 
15. Everybody prefers sincere friends to those who are not 
sincere. 16. Did one ever hear such a story? 17. We 
like such stories. 18. This table is not heavy ; it is very 
light. 19. That lady is very proud and happy ; she has 
industrious and charming children. 20. Yes, her children 
are very nice. 21. No 1 pupil is absent to-day. 22. Good! 
I am glad of it. 

Lesson 57 : Irregular Feminine Adjectives. 



A chaque oiseau son nid est beau. — To each bird of the air its nest is 

fair. 



Irregular Forms. — The following adjectives form their femi- 
nine irregularly : 

1 See footnote, page 103. 



106 



Feminine of Adjectives 



Masculine. 




Feminine, 


blanc, 


white, 


blanche. 


franc, 


frank, 


tranche. 


sec, 


dry, 


seche. 


public, 


public, 


publique. 


turc, 


Turkish, 


turque. 


grec, 


Greek, 


grecque. 


frais, 


fresh, cool, 


fraiche. 


faux, 


false, 


fausse. 


roux, 


red, 


rousse. 


doux, 


sweet, gentle, ' 


douce. 


tiers, 


third, 


tierce. 


causeur, 


talkative, 


causeuse. 


fiatteur, 


flattering, 


flatteuse. 


benin, 


benign, 


benigne. 


malin, 


cunning, 1 


maligne. 


bref, 


brief, 


breve. 


long, 


long, 


longue. 


aigu, 


sharp, 


aigue. 


favori, 


favorite, 


favorite. 


jumeau, 


twin, 


jumelle. 


fou, fol, 


mad, 


folle. 


mou, mol, 


soft, 


molle. 


beau, bel, 


beautiful, fine, handsome, 


belle. 


nouveau, nouvel, 


new,' 2 


nouvelle. 


vieux, vieil, 3 


old, 


vieille. 



Observe that each of the last five adjectives of this list has two forms 
for the masculine. The second form is used only before a noun begin- 
ning with a vowel or h mute : un bel oiseau, le nouvel opera, mon vieil 
ami. 3 



1 Also malign, malignant, malicious, mischievous, rougish, shrewd, sly, 
clever. 

2 Nouveau, standing before the noun, means another: j'ai achete de nou- 
veaux livres, I have bought some more books; une nouvelle maison, a new 
house (new to us). 

Nouveau, after the noun, means recent : j'ai achete cinq livres nouveaux, 1 
have bought five books that have appeared recently. 

Neuf means newly made, not used yet: un habit neuf, a new coat; une 
maison neuve, a new house (newly built). 

3 Vieil is not absolutely required before a noun beginning with a vowel: 
mon vieil ami or mon vieux ami, my old friend. 



Feminine of Adjectives 107 

Vocabulary. 

la promenade, the walk. latin, Latin. 

la nouvelle, the news. flatter, to flatter. 

l'avenue (1), the avenue. causer, to chat, to talk. 

un sifflet, a whistle. siffler, to whistle. 

Exercise. 

1. Apportez-nous des verres d'eau fraiche. 2. Cette table 
est longue de cinq pieds et large de trois. 3. La langue 
grecque est plus riche que la langue latine 5 elle est aussi plus 
difficile. 4. Je n'ai jamais vu de petite b§te plus maligne 
que celle-ci. 5. Cette nouvelle avenue n'est-elle pas pub- 
lique ? 6. Oui, c'est maintenant ma promenade favorite. 
7. Tout le monde admire cette longue avenue par laquelle 
nous sommes venus hier. 8. Ces dames sont bien vieilles. 
9. Comment trouvez-vous sa voix ? 10. Je la trouve tres 
douce. 11. Sa sceur est la plus tranche et la plus aimable 
des filles. 12. Mon frere a achete un bel habit neuf, et ma 
soeur une robe blanche. 13. Cette nouvelle est fausse, et ce 
bruit n'est pas moins faux. 

1. There is a fine animal. 2. Your chain is longer and 
more beautiful than mine or (than) his. 3. Is that news 
true ? 4. It is not true ; it is false. 5. Italian women 
are more numerous in this country than Greek women. 
6. Have you read Kostand's new work ? 7. This nice little 
girl is her father's favorite. 8. Her voice is very gentle. 
9. Who is whistling ? 10. What a sharp whistle ! 

11. This lady talks a great deal, but she is not too talkative. 

12. She is always very nattering. 13. She is always natter- 
ing somebody. 14. What a beautiful white house ! 15. Her 
hair is red. 16. Her sisters are too frank. 17. That poor 
woman is mad. 18. This beautiful muslin is as white as 
snow. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous jamais etudie la langue grecque ? 2. Est-elle 
plus difficile ou moins difficile que la langue allemande? 



108 Position of Adverbs 

3. Comment trouvez-vous le francais ? 4, Y a-t-il des 
femmes italiennes dans cette ville ? 5. Avez-vous jsuriais vu 
des femmes turques? 6. Pourquoi sifflez-vous toujours en 
travaillant (while ivorking) ? 7. Quelle est la chanson que 
vous avez chantee? 8. Avez-vous fait une promenade hier 
avant midi ? 9. Avec qui ? 10. Etes-vous revenu par 
cette nouvelle avenue? 11. Que pensez-vous de ce nouvel 
edifice au bout de 1 'avenue ? 12. Savez-vous quelle en est la 
hauteur ? 

Lesson 58 : Position of Adverbs. 



Mauvaise herbe croit toujours. — III weeds grovj apace. 



Adverbs generalty stand after the verb in a simple tense, 
and before the past participle in a compound tense. 

Elle parle bien francais, she speaks French well. 
Elle a bien parle, she has spoken well. 
Exceptions : Hier, aujourd'hui, demain, ici, la, and most adverbial 
phrases, 1 are placed after the past participle. 

lis sont partis hier, they left yesterday. 

Elle a fini tout a l'heure, she has just now finished. 

Tout; rien; personne. — As direct objects, tout (everything, all) 
and rien (nothing) precede the past participle, but personne 

(nobody) follows it. 

J'ai tout perdu, I lost everything. 

Je n'ai rien vu, / have seen nothing 

Je n'ai rencontre personne, I met nobody. 

Rien and personne (like jamais, never) require ne before the 
verb ; used alone or without a verb, they retain their negative 
meaning. 

N'avez-vous vu personne ? Personne. N'avez-vous rien trouve ? Rien. 
Have you seen no one? No one. Have you found nothing? Nothing. 
Personne n'est absent, nobody is absent. 

1 For example: tout de suite, immediately ; sur le champ, instantly ; tout 
a l'heure, just now ; avec plaisir, with pleasure. A peine, hardly, precedes the 
past pa iciple. Tout a fait, whollij, quite, generally precedes. 



Position of Adverbs 109 

Vocabulary. 

ne . . . pas, 1 not. cette nuit, last night. 

ne . . . point, not (emphatic), not commence, begun. 

at all. ri, laughed. 

ne . . . jamais, never. dormi, slept. 

ne . . . plus, 2 no more, no longer. etre bien mis(e) 3 , to be well dressed. 

ne r*. . guere, scarcely, but little. etre mal mis(e), to be badly dressed. 

ne . . . rien, nothing, not anything. enfin, finally, at last. 

ne . . . personne, nobody, not any- a peine, hardly. 

body, no one. tout a fait, wholly, quite. 

hier soir, last evening. tout a l'heure, just now. 

ce soir, this evening, to-night. aiors, then. 

Exercise. 

1. Mon frere a beaucoup pleure ce matin. 2. Je vous ai 
deja dit pourquoi. 3. II pensait qu'il avait perdu son argent 
hier soir. 4. L'avait-il vraiment perdu ? 5. II n'avait rien 
perdu. 6. Personne n'a rien perdu. 7. Qui a mal agi? 
8. II n'a guere d'argent. 9. Cette lettre est tres bien ecrite. 

10. Saviez-vous alors que votre frere etait deja revenu hier ? 

11. Toutes ses amies sonttouj ours bien mises. 12. Personne 
n'est encore revenu. 13. Je n'ai point reus si. 14. Avez-vous 
tout vu ? 15. Je n'ai rien vu. 16. Quand nous etions chez 
eux, ils n'avaient encore rien vendu. 17. Personne n'a pris 
ce que vous avez perdu. 18. Personne ? 19. Personne. 
20. Mon ami parle bien italien. 

1. You have written your letter badly. 2. His is very 
well written. 3. There was nobody here yesterday at half- 
past five in (de) the afternoon. 4. When I met your brother 
just now, he had seen everything. 5. I have not seen any- 
thing yet (yet anything seen). 6. Our neighbor has not had 

1 In these negative expressions, the place of pas is taken by point, jamais, 
etc Personne alone follows the past participle. 

2 Plus (like jamais, rien, personne), when used without a verb, has a 
negative meaning. Plus d'argent, no more money ; plus de lecons, no more, 
lessons. 

3 Mis (past part, of mettre, to put) agrees with subject of etre. 



110 Position of Adverbs 

much business to-day. 7. Nobody has bought anything be* 
cause everything is so dear. 8. Those ladies are always well 
dressed. 9. She laughed so much that I scolded her. 10. I 
think that poor man has always been so sad that he has never 
laughed. 11. He has no money at all, and he has scarcely 
any friends. 12. He has lost everything. 13. No more 1 
noise, please. 14. Did you meet no one this morning? 
15. No one. 16. What have you for me? 17. Nothing. 

18. Let us not wait any longer, let us finish these sentences. 

19. We have hardly begun. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous bien dormi cette nuit? 2. A quelle heure 
§tes-vous arrive ici ce matin? 3. N'avez-vous pas encore 
ecrit cette lettre ? 4. Qui Pa ecrite pour vous ? 5. L'a-t-il 
bien ecrite? 6. Aimez-vous beaucoup les chiens? 7. En 
avez-vous un ? 8. De quelle couleur est-il ? 9. Parlez- 
vous italien ou espagnol ? 10. Parlez-vous bien (le) franqais ? 
11. Henri parle-t-il anglais mieux que Jules ? 12. Jeanne 
est-elle toujours bien mise? 13. Est-elle mieux mise que 
son amie, Mile. Bonnard ? 14. En ete vous n'aurez plus de 
leqons, n'est-ce pas ? 15. Ne serez-vous pas tout a fait con- 
tent? 

1. What have you lost? 2. Who has lost nothing? 
3. Is there anything in this drawer ? 4. Who is knocking ? 
5. What were you doing a moment ago ? 6. Who laughed 
just now ? 7. Where shall you spend the night ? 8. Whom 
do you see in the street? 9. Don't you see anybody? 
10. Have you entirely finished your exercise ? 11. Are 
there no more sentences ? 12. He has said nothing ; he has 
seen nobody ; he has done well. 13. They have seen every- 
thing ; they have finally seen everything ; they will have 
seen everything to-morrow. 14. Have you met no one? 
Haven't you met any one ? 15. There is not ; there was no 

1 See footnote 2, page 109. 



Idioms with Avoir 111 

longer anything ; there will be nobody. 16. Has he lost any- 
thing? Who has lost everything? 17. He has not lost 
anything ; he has not lost everything. 18. Nobody came 
just now ; nothing has happened to-day. 

Lesson 59 : Idioms with Avoir. 



De la coupe aux l§vres, il y a loin. — There's many a slip Hwixt the cup 

and the lip. 



The following idioms have avoir in French where the verb 
to be is used in English. 

avoir chaud, to be warm. avoir soif, to be thirsty. 

avoir froid, to be cold. avoir sommeil, to be sleepy. 

avoir faim, to be hungry. avoir honte, to be ashamed. 

avoir peur, to be afraid. avoir besoin (de), to need. 

avoir raison, to be right. avoir l'intention (de), to intend. 

avoir tort, to be wrong. avoir mal a, to have a pain in, to ache. 

In these expressions bien is generally used for very or quite : vous avez 
bien raison, il a bien peur. 

Qu'avez-vous ? What is the matter with you? 
Je n'ai rien, nothing is the matter with me. 
II a quelque chose, something ails him. 
Qu'y a-t-il ? What is the matter? 
II n'y a rien, there is nothing the matter. 
N'importe, no matter, never mind. 

Kecall the idiomatic use of avoir in asking or stating a person's age 
(Lesson 52). 

Quel age a-t-il ? How old is he? 

II a trente ans, et son frere en a vingt-cinq, he is thirty, and his brother 
is twenty -Jive. 

In speaking of parts of the body, the definite article is ordi- 
narily used for my, Ms, her, etc., if the possessor is the subject 
of the sentence. 

II a le bras casse\ his arm is broken. Elle a les yeux bleus, she has blue eyes. 
Montrez-moi la main droite, show me your right hand. 



112 



Idioms ivitJi Avoir 



With mal, froid, aud chaud, the person spoken of is made 
the subject of avoir. 

II a mal au bras, his arm is sore, or aches. 

J'ai bien froid aux mains, my hands are very cold. 



le corps, the body. 

la tete, the head. 

les cheveux (in.)? ^ e 

hair. 

la figure, ' ) , 

, . ' \ the face. 

le visage, j 

la bouche, the mouth. 

la levre, the lip. 

la dent, the tooth. 

le cou, the neck. 



Vocabulary. 

la gorge, the throat. 
l'epaule (f.), the shoul- 
der. 
la poitrine, the breast. 
le coeur, the heart. 
le bras, the arm. 
le coude, the elbow. 
le poignet, the wrist. 
la main, the hand. 
la joue, the cheek. 

Exercise. 



Toreille (f.), the ear. 
l'oeil (m.), the eye. 
le nez, the nose. 
le menton, the chin. 
le doigt, the finger. 
le pouce, the thumb. 
la jambe, the leg. 
le genou, the knee. 
le pied, the foot. 



1. N'avez-vous pas trop chaud si pres du feu ? 2. J'avais 
froid tout a l'heure, mais maintenant j'ai trop chaud. 3. Vous 
avez sommeil, n'est-ce pas ? 4. Vous avez raison, monsieur, 
j'ai bien sommeil. 5. Saviez-vous qu'il avait perdu le bras 
gauche ? 6. Qu'avez-vous ce matin ? 7. J'ai mal a la tete. 
8. Vous avez faiin, peut-^tre. 9. ISTon, monsieur, j'ai trop 
mange. 10. Donnez-moi la main droite. 11. Avez-vous 
1 'intention de revenir demain ? 12. Qu'y a-t-il ? 13. Eien. 
14. Elle a tort. 15. N'importe. 
mains. 17. Elle a les yeux noirs. 
et le pied sont des parties du corps, 
parce qu'il a mal a la gorge. 

1. His eyes hurt him. 2. That old man has only one arm. 
3. He lost one when he was young. 4. You are wrong, I 
think. 5. The elbow and the wrist are parts of the arm. 
6. Of what are you afraid ? 7. I am not afraid of anything. 
8. We intend to go to the seashore next summer. 9. How 
many fingers have we ? 10. My knee aches. 11. Give me 
your hand. 12. Which one, — the right or the left ? 13. In 



16. lis ont froid aux 

18. Le coude, le genou, 

19. II ne parle plus, 



} Conditional Mode 113 

winter my feet are always cold. 14. He has acted badly and 
lie is not ashamed of his conduct. 15. No matter. 16. We 
are cold and hungry. 17. Tell me what is the matter with 
him. 18. Nothing is the matter with him. 19. She has 
blue eyes and brown hair. 20. What a beautiful face ! 

Oral Drill. 

1. Combien d'oreilles a-t-on? 2. A-t-on plus d'yeux que 
d'oreilles? 3. Comment ce pauvre gar^on a-t-il casse sa 
montre ? 4. Ce vieux soldat a perdu la jambe gauche^ 
n'est-ce pas ? 5. Jean a-t-il mal aux dents ? 6. Pourquoi 
ne va-t-il pas chez le dentiste ? 7. Avez-vous l'intention de 
lire le livre francais que je vous ai prete ? 8. ISTe P avez-vous 
pas encore lu ? .9. N'avez-vous pas honte ? 10. Fait-il trop 
froid ici ? 11. Avez-vous f roid aux pieds ? 12. Qu'est-ce 
qu'il y a? 13. Wj a-t-il rien? 14. JSTommez dix parties 
de la t§te. 15. ISTommez plusieurs autres parties du corps. 

1. Are your ears cold ? 2. Is it cold to-day ? 3. Is it 
too warm in this room ? 4. What is the matter with you ? 
5. Have you the toothache ? 6. Do you need this pencil ? 
7. Have you one ? 8. Whose is this one ? 9. Who is 
thirsty? 10. Where are your teeth? 11. Have you a 
sore throat? \ 12. Is anything the matter with you? 
13. Am I right, or wrong ? 14. Are you always right ? 
15. Has he blue eyes or brown ? 

Lesson 60 : The Conditional Mode. 



Si jeunesse savait, si vieillesse pouvait. — If youth but knew, and age 

but could. 



The present conditional of most verbs may be formed by add- 
ing -ais to the infinitive. The first person conditional of any 
French verb is the first person of the future with s added. 
The endings are just the same as those of the imperfect. 



114 



Conditional Mode 





terminations: -ais, 


-ais 


-ait, 


-ions, -iez, -aient. 


Infinitive. 




Future. 






Conditional. 


porter, to carry, 


je porterai, I shall carry, 


je porterais, I should carry 


finir, 




je finirai, 






je finir ais. 


recevoir, 




je recevrai, 






je recevrais. 


vendre, 




je vendrai, 






je vendrais. 


avoir, 




j'aurai, 






j'aurais. 


etre, 




je serai, 






je serais. 


aller, 




j'irai, 






j'irais. 


faire, 




je ferai, 






je ferais. 


dire, 




je dirai, 






je dirais. 


savoir, 




je saurai, 






je saurais. 


voir, 




je verrai, 






je verrais. 



Present Conditional of Porter, 
je porterais, I should or would nous porterions. 

tu porterais. carry. vous porteriez. 

il porterait. ils porteraient. 

The conditional does not denote a condition, but the con- 
clusion to a condition. Neither the future nor the conditional 
is used after si 1 (if), except in the sense of ivhether. 

Je ne sais pas s'il reussira, / do not know whether he will succeed. 

Je ne savais pas s'il reussirait, I did not know whether he would succeed. 

Examine the following examples of conditional sentences : 
Condition. Conclusion. 

Si vous etes ici demain, 
If you are here to-morrow, 
If you will be here to-morrow, 

Si vous etiez ici maintenant, 
If you were here now, 

je serais content. 
I should be glad. 



je serai content. 
I shall be 



If you stayed here, 

If you would stay here, 

If you were to stay here, 

Si vous etiez reste ici, 
If you had stayed here, 



j'aurais ete content. 
I should have been glad. 



i is elided in si only when followed by il or ils : s'il est, s'ils sont. 



Conditional Mode 115 

Rule. — It will be seen from these examples that the ?/-clause 
takes the present tense when the conclusion is in the future, 
and the imperfect when the conclusion is in the conditional. 

Notice that in the examples this rule holds true, whatever 
the corresponding English form may be. 1 

If you do (or will), I shall. 

If you did (or would), I should. 

Vocabulary. 

tromper, to deceive. le choix, the choice. il y aurait, there would 

oser, to dare. longtemps, a long time, be. 

sans, without, but for. long. y aurait-il, would there 

parmi, among. plus longtemps, longer. be? 

Exercise. 

1. Si nous avions le temps, nous visiterions cette ville dont 
il parlait tout a l'heure. 2. Je yous gronderai bien, si vous 
oubliez ma bague. 3. lis ne batiraient pas tant de maisons, 
s'ils n'avaient pas beaucoup d'argent. 4. Que feriez-vous, si 
vous aviez autant d'argent qu'eux ? 5. Que ferez-vous lorsque 
vous serez a Londres ? 6. S'il fait trop chaud ici, nous pas- 
serons dans la bibliotheque. 7. Si elle avait remporte le 
prix de frangais, sa mere aurait ete bien heureuse. 8. Si 
vous aviez assez d'argent, ou iriez-vous ? 9. S'il faisait cela, 
il tromperait ses meilleurs amis. 10. Sans moi, elle serait 
tombee. 11. Senez-vous parti aujourd'hui, si vous aviez recu 
cette lettre dont vous me parliez ? 12. Repondriez-vous a sa 
lettre, si vous aviez de 1'encre et une meilleure plume ? 
13. Je vous aurais attendu jusqu'a deux heures, si j'avais eu 
le temps. 

1. If he does not obey his parents, he will be unhappy all 
his life. 2. She would deceive her father, if she dared. 

1 Recall rules for quand, aussitot, que, etc. (Lesson 48), which take the 
future if futurity is implied, aud notice that the contrary is true with si, the 
present being required even if futurity is implied. 



116 Conditional Mode 

3. But she would not dare. 4. If she had stayed longei 
yesterday, she would have seen a friend of hers. 5. If you 
will be here to-morrow evening, you will see him, I think. 
6. We should be glad, if he were here now. 7. If it hadn't 
been for you (but for you), I should have lost everything I 
had. 8. Would he not return all the money he received, if 
he were not so poor ? 9. If she does not prepare her lesson, 
what shall we do ? 10. Would you choose this book, if you 
had your choice among all these works? 11. Why would 
you not choose this one ? 12. If you are at liberty this 
evening, shall we go to the theatre together ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Si vous n'etes pas ici a midi, ou serez-vous ? 2. Si vous 
n'etiez pas ici, ou seriez-vous ? 3. Si les eleves ne preparent 
pas leurs lemons, que fera le professeur ? 4. Que feriez-vous, 
si vous etiez a (in) sa place ? 5. Avez-vous jamais visite les 
grandes capitales de FEurope? 6. Les visiteriez-vous, si 
vous aviez le temps ? 7. Les visiterez-vous quand vous aurez 
assez d'argent? 8. Si vous n'gtes pas a l'eglise dimanche 
prochain, ou vous trouverai-je ? 9. Irez-vous a la campagne, 
s'ii fait beau ? 10. Y seriez-vous alle hier, s'il n'avait pas plu 
(rained) ? 

1. He will receive ; he would receive. 2. If he will sell j 
if he would sell ; if he sold ; if he sells ; if he were to sell. 
3. If he has sold ; if he had sold. 4. We shall go ; we should 
go. 5. If we go j if we were to go. 6. She has gone ; she 
had gone • she will have gone ; she would have gone. 7. If 
you see ; if you will see ; if you saw ; if you had seen. 8. I 
shall do it, if you speak of it. 9. I should do it, if you spoke 
of it. 10. I should have done it, if you had spoken of it. 
11. I will do it, if you will speak of it. 12. Would you 
do it, if I spoke of it ? 13. Will you do it, if I speak 
of it ? 14. Would you not have done it, if I had spoken 
of it? 




La Cathedrale. — Metz. 
This beautiful example of light Gothic architecture was built in the 14th 
century. The lofty nave is 140 feet in height. There are practically 
no walls. The structure merely frames the splendid windows. The city 
of Metz is described on page 276. 






Interrogative Adverbs 11? 

Lesson 61 : Interrogative Adverbs. 



II n'est pire eau que l'eau qui dort. — Still waters run deep. 



- The order of a sentence beginning with an interrogative ad- 
verb (pourquoi, ou, quand, comment, etc.), is the regular ordei 
used in asking a question in French (Lesson 5). 

Pourquoi votre frere est-il si malheureux ? 

Why is your brother so unhappy? 

Quand ma mere est-elle partie ? When did my mother leave ? 

A quelle heure la vdtre est-elle arrivee chez elle ? 

At what time did yours get home? 

An interrogative lequel, laquelle, etc., in the objective case, 
requires the same order. 

Lesquels de ses chiens votre frere a-t-il perdus ? 
Which (ones) of his dogs has your brother lost? 

After ou with the verb in a simple tense, the subject is not 
usually repeated in the form of a pronoun. 

Ou est Teglise dont vous parliez tout a l'heure ? 
Where is the church of which you were just now speaking? 
Ou demeurent vos amis ? Where do your friends live? 
But Ou vos amis sont-ils alles ? or, Vos amis ou sont-ils alles? 

Composite Subject. — When a verb has two or more subjects of 
different grammatical persons, they are usually summed up by 
nous or vous, with which the verb agrees. 1 

Ma mere et moi, nous sommes all6s chez vous. 

My mother and I went to your house. 

Mon frere et vous, vous etes partis a cinq heures precises. 

My brother and you started at exactly five o'clock. 

Lui et moi, nous le verrons demain. 

He and I shall see him to-morrow. 



y If the nous or vous is omitted, the verb agrees with whichever pronoun is 
understood. 



118 Interrogative Adverbs 

Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle. — As a mark of respect, the 
words monsieur, madame, mademoiselle, or their plurals, are 
placed before the adjective votre or vos followed by pere, mere, 
frere, sceur, oncle, cousin, ami, etc., or their plurals. 

J'ai rencontre monsieur votre pere et madame votre mere. 

I met your father and mother. 

Comment se porte mademoiselle votre soeur ? 

How is your sister? 

Vocabulary. 

Jacques, James. le musee, the museum. partout, everywhere. 

Guillaume, William. le bagage, \the bag- quelque part, somewhere. 

le quartier, the quarter, les bagages, / gage. nulle part, 1 nowhere. 
maintenant que, now that (or now when that is understood). 

Exercise. 

1. Mon frere et moi, nous sornmes un peu rnalades aujour- 
d'hui. 2. Pourquoi monsieur votre frere n'a-t-il pas encore 
repondu a ma lettre ? 3. Combien madame votre mere a-t- 
elle paye sa maison ? 4. Ou mademoiselle votre sceur a-t-elle 
cache ma montre ? 5. Elle ne Pa cachee nulle part ; la voila 
sur la table. 6. Quand mon ami Louis et moi, nous demeu- 
rions ensemble dans le quartier latin, nous visitions souvent les 
musees. 7. Comment votre ami et vous trouviez-vous les 
tableaux dans le musee du Luxembourg ? 8. Nous les trou- 
vions magnifiques. 9. Pourquoi mesdemoiselles vos soeurs ne 
sont-elles pas contentes maintenant qu'elles ont recu tarit 
d'argent? 10. Ma mere et moi n'aurions-nous trouve per- 
sonne, si nous etions alles chez vous hier a quatre heures de 
l'apres-midi ? 11. Non, monsieur Guillaume, vous n'auriez 
trouve personne. 

1. Henry and I have returned from London. 2. When did 
you and he arrive? 3. Where is your baggage? 4. We 
left it somewhere. 5. Haven't you looked for it ? 6. Yes, 
we have looked for it everywhere. 7. Mary and I saw it at 
the station. 8. Why didn't you and she bring it ? 9. Be- 

1 Nulle part requires ne before the verb. 



Personal Pronouns 119 

cause we were not strong enough. 10. What shall we do ? 
11. I have spoken to James about it ; he will bring it this 
afternoon. 12. If it hadn't been for you, we should have lost 
it. 13. At what time shall you and I go home ? 14. Your 
mother and sister will be here on Tuesday, the 16th, but your 
father will stay in Paris until the 20th. 15. You forget that 
you and your brother will have no prize this month, because 
you have not worked well enough. 16. Which of her friends 
is your mother visiting ? 17. She is visiting an old lady who 
lives in the American quarter. 18. We shall go nowhere to- 
day, but to-morrow William and I shall go to the country. 

Lesson 62 : Personal Pronouns. 



Dis-moi qui tu hantes je te dirai qui tu es. 1 — A man is known by the 
company he keeps. 



There are two classes of personal pronouns, disjunctive and 
conjunctive. 

Disjunctive Pronouns. 

moi, 2, me. nous, we, us. 

toi, thou, thee. vous, you. 

lui, he, him. eux, they, them (m.). 

elle, she, her. elles, they, them (f.). 

moi-meme, myself. nous-memes, ourselves. 

toi-meme, thyself. vous-memes, yourselves. 

lui-meme, himself. eux-memes, themselves (m.). 

elle-meme, herself. elles-memes, themselves (f.). 
Also, vous-meme, yourself 

A disjunctive pronoun is used : — 

(a) With a preposition : chez lui, at his house. (Lesson 26.) 

(6) Alone : Qui va la ? Moi. Who goes there? I. (Lesson 45.) 

(c) Predicate nominative : C'est lui, it is he. Ce sont eux, it is they. 
(Lesson 45.) 

(d) For emphasis : Moi, je le ferai, I shall do it. Nous le ferons nous- 
memes, we shall do it ourselves. (See Lesson 64.) 

1 Literally, Tell me vjhom you associate with and I will tell you who you are. 



120 



Personal Pronouns 



(e) When separated from the verb by a word (other than ne or a con- 
junctive pronoun) : Lui seul l'a fait, he alone has done it. Je n'aime que 
lui, I love no one but him. Nous sommes plus riches qu'eux, we are 
richer than they. 

(/) To express the different persons of a compound subject or object : 
Lui et moi, nous le ferons, he and I will do it. On nous a invites, vous 
et moi, they have invited you and me. Je les ai vus, lui et elle, / saw him 
and her. 

Conjunctive Pronouns. 

A conjunctive pronoun is used as subject, direct object, or 
indirect object of a verb expressed. (If the verb is under- 
stood, a disjunctive pronoun must be used, as in (b), above.) 



Indirect Object. 

(dative.) 
me, to me. 
te, to thee. 
lui, to him. 
lui, to her. 
nous, to us. 
vous, to you. 
leur, to them (m.). 
leur, to them (f.). 



Subject. Direct Object, 

(nominative.) (accusative.) 

je, /. me, me. 

tu, thou. te, thee. 

il, he, it. le, him, it. 

elle, she, it. la, her, it. 

nous, we. nous, us. 

vous, you. vous, you. 

ils, they (m.). les, them (m.). 

elles, they (f.). les, them (f.). 

Se, himself, herself, -itself one's self themselves, a reflexive 
pronoun, is either singular or plural, direct or indirect object, 
according to the construction of the sentence. To prevent 
confusion, examples of its use will not be given until Lesson 
65 is reached. It must not be confused with the disjunctives, 
lui-meme and eux-memes. For the form soi, see Lesson 96. 

Rule. — A personal pronoun used as the direct or indirect 
object of a verb always precedes the verb, except in the im- 
perative affirmative. 

II me prete un dollar, he lends me a dollar. 
Pretez-moi x encore un dollar, lend me another dollar. 
Nelui pretez rien, don't lend him anything. 
Repondez-vous a votre ami, do you answer your friend? 
Je lui reponds toujours, I always answer him. 

1 The disjunctives moi and toi are used for me and te in the imperative 
affirmative. 



Personal Pronouns 121 

Vocabulary. 

une offre, an offer. contre, against. fermer a clef, to lock. 

refuser, to refuse. quant a, as for. au contraire, on the contrary. 

promis, promised. selon, according to. severement, severely. 

demander quelque chose a quelqu'un, 1 to ask something of somebody, to ask 
■' somebody for something. 
J'ai demande un canif a un de mes eleves, / asked one of my pupils for a 

penknife. 
Je lui ai demande un canif, I asked him for a knife. 

Exercise. 

1. N'agissons jamais contre Pavis (advice) de nos parents. 
2. Je ne lui aurais pas prete" ma montre. 3. Si nous arri- 
vons avant eux, nous ne fermerons pas la porte a clef. 

4. Elles n'agiront certainement pas contre leur interet. 

5. Voici un porte-monnaie que j'ai achete pour vous. 6. Si 
vous ne le trouvez pas beau, je le garderai pour moi-mgme ou 
je le donnerai a votre frere. 7. Je suis stir qu'il Padmirera et 
qu'il Pacceptera avec grand plaisir. 8. C'est pour moi-mgme 
que je travaille. 9. Qui avez-vous vuaujourd'hui? 10. Lui. 
11. Selon eux, nous ne reussirons pas. 12. Je lui ai donne 
plusieurs journaux francais. 13. Les a-t-elle envoyes a son 
amie ? 14. II leur a demande de Pargent, mais ils ne lui ont 
rien donne. 15. Quant a elle, je ne Paime pas. 16. Sans 
lui, je ne leur aurais jamais ecrit cette sotte lettre. 

1. As for you, my friend, I am certain that you will suc- 
ceed. 2. Speak to me ; don't speak to her. 3. Shall you 
accept his offer? 4. Certainly, I shall accept it with a 
great deal of pleasure. 5. Your brother has written me, but 
I haven't answered him yet. 6. If you had lent me your 
pen, I should have written to him this morning. 7. It is for 
themselves that these children are working. 8. If he gives 
me that money, I shall not keep it. 9. Explain to me why 



1 Notice that the thing asked for is in the accusative, and the person from 
whom a thing is askr <i is in the dative, whatever be the corresponding English 
form. 



122 Order of the Pronouns 

you will not keep it. 10. Why did you refuse her what she 
asked you for? 11. I had promised it to my neighbor 
12. Ask your neighbor for it. 13. He would punish her 
severely if she did not obey x him. 14. I shall give him 
back his book, when he gives me back mine. 15. I think 
you will wait a long time. 16. So do I (I too). 17. Is it 
you who have bought a new house ? j 8. It isn't I, it is he. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Parlez-vous pour moi ou contre moi? 2. Pourquoi 
avez-vous agi contre vos interets ? 3. Est-ce pour leur 

parents ou pour eux-m§mes que ces enfants travaillent si 
bien ? 4. Est-ce pour moi ou pour vous que vous travaillez ? 
5. Qu'est-ce que vous m'avez demande? 6. Lui avez-vous 
demande quelque chose ? 7. Yous a-t-il demande votre 

canif ? 8. Est-ce vous qui avez achete cette grande maison 
blanche ? 9. Est-elle dans le quartier americain ou pres du 
musee ? 10. Combien l'avez-vous payee ? 

1. I see you. 2. Do you see me ? 3. I am not looking 
at him, I am looking at them. 4. Is he looking at us ? 
5. At whom are you looking? 6. Don't look at me. 

7. Look at her. 8. Don't look at her. 9. Look at him. 
10. What do you see ? 11. I give him nothing. 12. Give 
them something. 13. Do you do it ? 14. Haven't you done 
it? 15. Don't do it. 16. Doit. 17. Do you know it? 
18. Don't say it. 19. They haven't said it. 20. Ask him 
for a knife. 

Lesson 63 : Pronoun Objects. 



Mon petit doigt me l'a dit. — A little bird told me. 



Before the Verb. — When two personal pronoun objects stand 
before the verb, the first and second persons precede the third ; 

1 Remember that obeir takes the dative case. 



Order of the Pronouns 123 

when both are third person, the direct object precedes the 
indirect. 

Je vous le donne, I give it to you. 

II me le donne, he gives it to me. 

Je le lui donne, / give it to him. 

Je ne vous le donne pas, I do not give it to you. 

Je ne vous l'ai pas donne, I did not give it to you. 

Ne me le donnez-vous pas, do you not give it to me? 

Ne me 1'avez-vous pas donne, did you not give it to me? 

After the Verb. — When two personal pronouns stand after 
the verb (imperative affirmative), the direct object precedes the 

indirect. 

Donnez-le-moi, give it to me. 
Donnez-les-nous, give them to us. 
Donnez-la-leur, give it to them. 

Observe that in the imperative negative, the pronouns precede the 
verb. 

Ne me le donnez pas, don't give it to me. 

Ne le lui donnez pas, don't give it to him {to her). 

Briefly : Direct and indirect object pronouns precede the verb, except 
in the imperative affirmative. Before the verb, the order is 1st, 2d, 3d 
person ; if both pronouns are 3d person, the order is direct, indirect. 
In the imperative affirmative (pronouns after the verb), the order is 
always direct, indirect. 

Vocabulary. 

un article, an article. supposer, to suppose. 

un instant, an instant. de ma part, from me, on my part. 

demander pardon a, to ask pardon of. de sa part, from him, on his part. 

pardonner, to pardon. de votre part,/row you, on your part. 

Exercise. 

1. Monsieur, je vous ai demande le Journal des Debats il y 
a une demi-heure, et vous ne me l'avez pas donne. 2. Par- 
don, monsieur, je finis un article tres interessant ; je vous le 
donnerai dans un instant. 3. Cet argent est a votre pere, 
rendez-le-lui. 4. Voici mon verre ; remplissez-le-moi, s'il 

vous plait. 5. Je vous remercie. 6. Quand me preterez- 



124 Order of the Pronouns 

vous Pouvrage nouveau de Winston Churchill? 7. C'est 

ma voisine Mme. N. qui l'a a present, mais elle va me le 
rendre ce soir. 8. C'est mon crayon que vous avez la pres 
de vous ; passez-le-moi, s'il vous plait. 9. Je trouve que ces 
regies ne sont pas tres faciles, mais je suppose que vous nous 
les expliquerez. 10. Dites-lui ce qui est arrive. 11. ]STe 
nous le dites pas. 12. Si vous lui demandez son parapluie, 
je suis stir qu'il vous le refusera. 13. Ne le lui demandez 
pas. 14. Dites-lui bien des choses de ma part. . 15. Je 
vous demande pardon, mon ami. 16. Et je vous pardonne 
avec plaisir. 

1. I have asked you for your pen-holder, and you haven't 
given it to me. 2. I know it ; I haven't given it to you, 
because I haven't it any longer. 3. I have lent it to her. 

4. Has he asked your pardon ? 5. If he asks my pardon, 
I will forgive him. 6. Forgive me, too. 7. This pen is 
not a very good one ; do not give it to him. 8. Give it to 
me. 9. This pencil belongs to her ; give it back to her. 
10. Do not give it back to her ; give it to her sister. 11. You 
promised her this French book ; why don't you give it to her ? 
12. If you had promised it to me, wouldn't you have given it 
to me ? 13. Did you ever speak to me of her ? 14. I 
have never spoken to you of her, but I have often spoken to 
her of you. 15. Mary has asked her brother for his friend's 
letter, but I am sure that he will not give it to her. 
16. When you meet your uncle, thank him in our behalf. 

Oral Drill. 

1. He gives it to me. 2. He does not give it to you. 
3. Does he give it to you ? 4. Doesn't he give it to you ? 

5. Hasn't he given it to me ? 6. Do you give them to him ? 
7. Give them to us. 8. Don't give them to her. 9. I 
ask you for it. 10. Do you ask me for it? 11. Ask 
them for it. 12. Don't ask us for it. 13. Hasn't he asked 
you for it yet? 14. Ask them for them. 



Personc Pronouns 125 

Lesson 64 : Personal Pronouns {Continued). 

II est mille fois plus aise de faire le bien que de le bien faire. — It is 

a thousand times easier to do good than to do it well. 



Le (so or it). In English i" am, we are, etc., may be used 
alone in answer to a question ; the French use le, la, or les 
with the verb, to represent the complement of the verb to be. 

Noun Complement. — If the complement understood is a noun 
(or an adjective used as a noun, as le or la malade, the patient), 
use le, la, les, according to the gender and number of the noun 
represented. 
Etes-vous la fille de ce monsieur ? Are you this gentleman'' s daughter ? 

Oui, je la suis. Yes, I am. 

Etes-vous les fils de M. Cadieux ? Are you the sons of Mr. Cadieux f 

Non, monsieur, nous ne les sommes pas. No, sir, we are not. 

Adjective Complement. — If the complement understood is an 
adjective (or a noun used as an adjective), le alone is used. 

Etes-vous contentes, mesdames ? Are you pleased, ladies ? 

Nous le sommes. We are. 

Etes-vous gouvernante ? Are you a governess ? 

Je le suis. I am. 

Observe this adjective use of a noun without an article to state a per- 
son's position or profession : 

Mon pere est mSdecin, my father is a doctor. 
Le v6tre est avocat, yours is a lawyer. 

The dative case to him is distinguished from to her by the 
use of the disjunctive pronoun with a. The same is true of 
to them, masculine and feminine. 

C'est a lui que je le donne*, non pas a elle, I give it to him, not to her. 

The disjunctive pronoun is used instead of the conjunctive, 
when the verb has two direct or two indirect object pronouns, 1 

T'ai rencontre lui et elle, or 1 _ 

, . , . \ I met him and her. 

Je les ai rencontres, lui et elle, j 

Je parlerai a lui et a elle, I will speak to him and to her. 
1 See page 120, note (/). 



126 Personal Pronouns 

Vocabulary. 

le beau-frere, the brother-in-law. la couturiere, the dressmaker. 

la belle-soeur, the sister-in-law. reprocher (a), to reproach. 

la permission, the permission. emprunter (a), to borrow. 

la modiste, the milliner. reclamer (a) , to claim. 

Exercise. 
1. Si son beau-frere et sa belle-soeur lui reclamaient l'argent 
qu'ils lui out prete, est-ce qu'il ne le leur rendrait pas ? 

2. Etes-vous la dame dont ruon frere a trouve la montre? 

3. Je la suis. 4. Si vous lui demandez un peu d'argent, je 
suppose qu'il ne vous le refusera pas. 5. Elle m'a, demande 
mon nouveau parapluie, mais je ne le lui ai pas donne. 
6. Pourquoi me le reprochez-vous ? 7. Si vous la rencontrez 
aujourd'hui, racontez-lui l'affaire, mais ne lui parlez pas de ce 
que je vous ai dit. 8. ]STe le leur dites pas, a eux ; dites-le 
a elles. 9. Permettez-moi de vous oftrir ce petit souvenir. 
10. On m'a emprunte presque tous mes livres. 11. Est-ce 
vous qui me les avez empruntes ? 12. Etes-vous le gargon 
qu'on a puni ce matin ? 13. Je ne le suis pas, madame. 
14. J'en suis bien content. 15. Moi, je le suis aussi. 
16. Cette femme est-elle couturiere? 17. Oui, elle l'est. 

1. Lend me your gold watch, please. 2. I shall not lend it 
to you, because you would lose it. 3. Are you sure of it ? 

4. I am. 5. You are always borrowing something of me. 
6. If you reproach him for it, I shall scold you. 7. Are 
you happy, Mary ? 8. I am. 9. Are you John's sister ? 
10. I am. 11. Are you a milliner, madam? 12. I am 
not. 13. He is industrious, and so is she. 14. You are 
not. 15. Are you the gentlemen who were 1 here yesterday ? 
16. We are. 17. Give it to her, do not give it to them. 

18. I should have given it to her if she had asked me for it. 

19. If you lose anything, look for it yourself. 20. Lend 
him the watch he has asked you for ; but do not lend him 
any money, because he would never give it back. 21. Here is 
Jane's letter ; give it to her. 22. No, don't. 23. I won't. 

1 The third person plural. Compare with Est-ce vous qui etiez ici ? 



Reflexive Verbs 



127 



Lesson 65 : Reflexive Verbs. 



Aide-toi, le ciel t'aidera. — Heaven helps those who help themselves. 



Pronominal or reflexive verbs are conjugated with two pro* 
nouns of the same person, one the subject, and the other the 
direct or indirect object. Any transitive verb may be conju- 
gated reflexively. 

Reflexive verbs follow the conjugations to which they be- 
long, and the pronouns are placed according to the rules 
already given for the position of personal pronouns (Lesson 62). 
Se always precedes the other pronouns of the third person. 



First Conjugation. 
se cacher, to hide one's self. 
present indic. je me cache, I hide myself. 



IMPERFECT. 
FUTURE. 
CONDITIONAL. 
IMPERATIVE. 1 



tu te caches. 

il 

elle 

nous nous cachons. 

vous vous cachez. 

ils 

elles 

je me cachais. 

je me cacherai. 

je me cacherais. 

cache-toi, 2 cachons-nous, cachez-vous. 



se cache. 



se cachent. 



PRESENT INDIC. 
IMPERFECT. 
FUTURE. 
CONDITIONAL. 



Second Conjugation. 
se trahir, to betray one's self. 
je me trahis, i" betray myself. 
je me trahissais. 
je me trahirai. 
je me trahirais. 



1 Imperative negative : ne te cache pas, ne nous cachons pas, ne vous cachez 
pas. 

2 Remember that moi and toi regularly take the place of me and te in the 
imperative affirmative. 



128 



Reflexive Verbs 



PRESENT INDIC. 
IMPERFECT. 
FUTURE. 
CONDITIONAL. 



Third Conjugation. 

s'apercevoir, to perceive. 1 

je m'apergois, I perceive. 
je m'apercevais. 
je m'apercevrai. 
je m'apercevrais. 



Fourth Conjugation. 

se rendre, to surrender (ones's self). 

present indic. je me rends, I surrender. 

imperfect. je me rendais. 

future. je me rendrai. 

conditional. je me rendrais. 



Vocabulary. 



se cacher, to hide one's self. 
se flatter, to flatter one's self. 
se montrer, to show one's self. 
se blamer, to blame one's self 
s'admirer, to admire one's self. 
se porter, to be (with reference to 

health) . 
se porter bien, to be well. 
se porter mal, to be ill. 
se reposer, to rest, to take a rest. 

la route, the route, the road. 

seul, alone. 



s'appeler, 2 to call one's self. 

s'amuser, to enjoy one's self 

se depecher, to hurry, to hasten. 

se meler de, to meddle with. 

se tromper, to be mistaken. 

se trahir, to betray one's self. 

s'apercevoir, to perceive. 1 

se perdre, to get lost. 

se rendre, to surrender (one's self). 

voyager, to travel. 

mais, why (exclamation). 



Comment vous portez-vous ? 

Comment allez-vous ? I Hoio do you do ? 

Comment 5a va (familiar), 

Je me porte bien, 

Ca va bien, 

Comment s'appelle-t-il, What is his name ? 



I am well. 



1 Apercevoir, to perceive or discover an external object ; s'apercevoir, to per- 
ceive a fact. J'apercois mon frere, I perceive my brother. Je m'apergois que 
mon frere est arrive, I perceive that my brother has arrived. 

2 The verb appeler has the 1 doubled before a mute e: j'appelle, I call, tu 
appelles, il appelle, ils appellent, but nous appelons, vous appelez. 



Reflexive Verbs 129 

Exercise. 

1. Ne trouvez-vous pas que cette petite fille s'adniire beau- 
coup ? 2. On me dit que toutes les jeunes filles s'admirent 
assez. 3. Vous vous trompez, monsieur ; vous n'en savez 
rien. 4. Pardon, madame, mais je sais qu'elles ne s'admire- 
ront pas tant, lorsqu'elles seront plus vieilles. 5. Comment 
vous portez-vous ? 6. Je me porte tres bien, je vous remer- 
cie, monsieur ; et vous ? 7. Je re me porte pas tres bien ce 
matin. 8. Etes-vous vraiment malade ? 9. Un peu, oui. 
10. Qu'avez-vous ? 11. J'ai mal a la gorge et aussi a la tete. 
12. Comment s'appelle ce monsieur ? 13. II s'appelle Joly, 
je pense ; il est professeur d'histoire. 14. Et cette dame, 
comment s'appelle-t-elle ? 15. Ces messieurs se flattent que 
nous leur raconterons notre histoire, mais ils se trompent; 
nous la garderons pour d'autres. 16. Ne vous perdrez-vous 
pas si vous voyagez seul ? 17. Moi, me perdre ! et comment 
me perdrais-je? Est-ce que je n'ai pas passe vingt fois par 
cette route ? 18. Mais oui, c'est vrai ! 19. De quoi vous 
melez-vous ? 20. Je me mele de mes affaires. 

1. My name is Mary, and my sister's name is Jane. 
2. What is your name? 3. That young man's name is 
John. 4. I am well to-day, but my father is not well. 
5. His aunt is not well, and they say that she will never 
be well. 6. Did you know that they were not well ? 

7. Why, no ! 8. They will not show themselves here any 
more. 9. There are people (personnes) who have a good 
time everywhere. 10. No one has lost your newspaper, you 
have lost it yourself. 11. Don't hide ; I see you. 12. Ex- 
plain yourself, sir. 13. She is mistaken. 14. Hide. 15. I 
will at once. 16. He attends to his own affairs. 17. At- 
tend to your own business, please. 18. I always do mind 
my own business. 19. I perceive that you flatter yourself. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Comment vous appelez-vous ? 2., Vous appelez-vous 
Marie ou Louise ? 3. Et votre amie, comment s'appelle-^ 



130 Pronominal Verbs; Reciprocal Use 

elle ? 4. Avez-vous des freres et des sceurs ? 5. Comment 
s'appellent-ils ? 6. Vous portez-vous bien ce matin ? 7. Tous 
les autres eleves se portent-ils bien aussi ? 8. Jean est nn 
peu malade, n'est-ce pas ? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'il a ? 10. Vous 
melez-vous de vos affaires ou des miennes ? 11. De quoi 
Henri se mele-t-il? 12. Travaille-t-il on se repose-t-il? 

13. Vous reposez-vous souvent ? 14. Vous amusez-vous bien 
en ete ? 15. Vous depechez-vous quand vous allez a Pecole ? 
16. Vous trompez-Yous quelquefois ? 

1. He enjoys himself. 2. He is not enjoying himself. 
3. Is he not enjoying himself ? 4. We shall enjoy ourselves. 
5. Let us enjoy ourselves. 6. Enjoy yourself. 7. They 
used to enjoy themselves. 8. She would enjoy herself. 

9. They surrender. 10. They will not surrender. 11, Let 
us surrender. 12. Let us not surrender. 13. Do you sur- 
render ? 14. I am hurrying. 15. Please hurry [up]. 
16. Don't hurry. 17. Everybody is hurrying. 

Lesson 66 : Pronominal Verbs ; Reciprocal Use 



Qui se ressemble, s'assemble. — Birds of a feather flock together. 



Some pronominal verbs may be used in the plural either 
reflexively or reciprocally. ■ 

Nous nous flattons, we flatter ourselves or each other. 
lis se dependent, they defend themselves or each other. 
Elles se blessent, they wound themselves or each other. 

When the verb is used in a reciprocal sense, ambiguity 
is prevented by the use of Tun 1* autre, 1 if the subject refers to 
two persons ; by les uns les autres, if more than two persons 
are included in the subject. 

1 Do not confuse with l'un et l'autre, both : Us sont partis l'un et l'autre, 
they have both left. Notice also l'un ou l'autre, either, and ni l'un ni l'autre, 
neither- 



Pronominal Verbs; Reciprocal Use 131 

Nous nous flattens Tun l'autre, we flatter each other (two persons). 

lis se dependent les uns les autres, they defend one another (more than 

two persons). 
Elles se blessent l'une l'autre, they wound each other (two persons). 

But in ils se separent, they part, ils se querellent, they quarrel, ils 
s'embrassent, they kiss each other, there is no ambiguity, and Tun l'autre, 
ete., are not needed. 

Vocabulary. 

assurer, to assure. tuer, to kill. se s6parer, to part. 

attaquer, to attack. sedefendre, to defend one's se quereller, to quarrel. 
blesser, to wound. self or each other. embrasser, to embrace, to 

kiss. 

Exercise. 

1. Je pense que vous vous fiattez toujours Pun l'autre. 

2. Au contraire, votre frere et votre soeur se querellent souvent. 

3. C'est vrai, ils se grondent quelquefois ; ils ne s'aiment pas 
trop. 4. Si quelqu'un vous attaque quand vous serez absent, 
je vous defendrai; et, si quelqu'un m'attaque quand je serai 
absent, vous me defendrez. 5. Nous nous defendrons ainsi 
l'un l'autre. 6. Si vous vous separez dans le bois et si vous 
perdez votre chemin, nous vous chercherons l'un et l'autre. 
7. On me dit que les soeurs ne se querellent jamais. 8. Quelle 
histoire ! vous vous trompez, je vous assure. 9. Celles-ci 
se querellent souvent, mais elles finissent par s'embrasser. 
10. Vos parents se portent-ils Men? 11. Toujours bien, 
merci.- 12. Ne vous blessez pas l'une l'autre. 13. Ces 
messieurs se blament les uns les autres. 

1. We never blame ourselves, I assure you. 2. You know, 
I suppose, that we always blame each other. 3. Will they 
not wound each other ? 4. Will they kill each other ? 
5. If this man killed his friend, he would kill himself, too, I 
think. 6. Why do you not like each other ? 7. Who told 
you that we did (do) not like each other ? 8. Nobody ; but 
you are always scolding each other. 9. We are not quarrel- 
ing. 10. These two brothers quarrel sometimes, it is true, 
but in spite of that (cela) they are very fond of each other. 



132 Compound Tenses 

11. We always defend one another. 12. Yes, but when you 

are together you always quarrel. 13. If we lose our way in 

this wood, we will not separate. 11. If any one attacks us, 

we will defend ourselves. 15. I will defend myself and you 

will also defend yourself. 16. We will defend each other. 

17. Were you and your brother looking for each other this 

morning ? 18. You forget that I am no longer the young 

man you saw five years ago. 19. You are mistaken; I do 

not forget it. 

Oral Drill. 

1. They (f.) admire themselves. 2. They (f.) admire each 
other (two persons). 3. They admire one another (more than 
two persons). 4. Are you amusing yourselves ? 5. Are 
you amusing each other? 6. Part. 7. Let us not part. 
8. Do you blame us ? 9. Do you blame yourselves ? 

10. Do you blame each other? 11. Do net blame us. 

12. Do not blame each other. 13. They are fond of her. 

11. They are fond of each other. 

Lesson 67 : Compound Tenses. 



Comme on fait son lit on se couche. — As you make your bed so you, 

must lie. 



The compound or perfect tenses of a verb are formed by 
combining its past participle with the various tenses of an 
auxiliaiy verb. All transitive and most intransitive verbs 
form their compound tenses with the auxiliary verb avoir. 
For intransitive verbs conjugated with etre, refer to the list 
given in Lesson 25. l 

1 Certain verbs are conjugated with avoir or etre, according to the sense. 
With avoir, attention is called to the action itself, its duration, etc. ; with 
etre, the result of the action is indicated : Vous avez grandi en peu de temps, 
You have grow i up in a shorf lime; Vous etes randi maintenant, You are 
yrown up no* . 




02 — — 



Compound Tenses 



133 



donner, to give. 



retourner, to go back. 1 



j'ai donne, 

I have given. 
j'avais donne, 

I had given. 
j^aurai donne, 

/ shall have given. 
j'aurais donne, 

I should have given. 



Compound Tenses. 
Past Indefinite. 



Pluperfect Indic. 



Future Perfect. 



je suis retourne, 

I have gone back. 
j'etais retournS, 

I had gone back. 
je serai retourn6, 

I shall have gone back. 
Conditional Perfect, je serais retourng, 

I should have gone back. 

Reflexive and reciprocal verbs are always conjugated with 
etre. 

Se defendre, to defend one's self. 
Past Indefinite. Pluperfect. 

je me suis d&fendu, I have defended je m'Stais defendu, 



tu t'es defendu. [myself. 

il s'est defendu. 

elle s'est defendue. 

nous nous sommes deiendus. 

rous vous etes deiendus. 2 

lis se sont defendus. 

elles se sont def endues. 



i" had defended myself. 
Future Perfect. 
je me serai defendu, 

I shall have defended myself. 
Conditional Perfect. 
je me serais defendu, 

I should have defended myself. 



With reflexive and reciprocal verbs, etre takes the place of 
avoir, and, therefore, the past participle agrees with the pre- 
ceding direct object (Lesson 30). 

lis se sont aimes, they loved each other. 

lis se sont ecrit une lettre, they have written a letter to each other. 

Les lettres qu'ils se sont Sorites, the letters they have written each other. 

Ma sceur s'est coupee, my sister has cut herself. 

Ma soeur s'est coupS 3 le doigt, my sister has cut her finger (literally, 

the finger for herself ) . 

Observe that in the first, third, and fourth of these examples the past 
participle agrees with the preceding direct object. In the second and 
fifth, however, the direct object does not precede the verb, the reflexive 
pronoun being in the dative case. 

1 Three French verbs may be translated return in English : rendre, to give 
back, revenir, to come back, retourner, to go back. 

2 No s in this form if vous is singular. 

3 Compare: Ma soeur s'est casse le bras, ma soeur a le bras casse, and ma 
soeur m'a casse le bras 



134 Compound Tenses 

Vocabulary. 

se lever, to rise, to get up. adresser, to address. 

se coucher, to go to bed. commencer, to begin. 

se promener, to take a walk or ride. grandir, to grow tail, to grow up. 

s'enrhumer, 1 to take cold. simplement, simply. 

facher, to vex. sitot, so soon. 

se faxher, to get angry. fort (adv.), very, hard. 

Exercise. 

1. A quelle lieure vous etes-vous couche hier soir ? 2. Je 
me puis couclie a dix heures et deniie. 3. Mon frere s'est 
leve a sept heures moins uu quart. 4. Votre sceur s'est-elle 
proinenee aujourd'hui ? 5. 'Noil, elle s'est un peu enrhuuiee 
hier soir; c'est pourquoi elle ne se porte pas mieux aujour- 
d'hui. 6. Elles se sont adiessees a nous. 7. Elles se sont 
adresse des lettres. 8. Nous avons vu les lettres qu'elles se 
sont adressees. 9. Est-ce que vos cousins se sont faches 
lcrsque vous leur avez raconte l'affaire ? 10. Henri m'a dit 
simplement que je me trompais, mais Louise s'est fachee tout 
de suite. 11. Est-ce que vous ne vous seriez pas faclie, si 
j'avais fait cela? 12. Nous nous sommes promenes si long- 
temps ce matin que ma sceur etait fort lasse. 13. Mais ne 
vous etes-vous reposes nulle part ? 14. Si nous etions restes 
chez nous hier soir, nous ne nous serions pas enrhumes. 

1. I got up at eight this morning. 2. At what time did 
you get up ? 3. We got up at half past nine. 4. What a 
lazy man ! 5. I was not well. 6. What was the matter 
with you ? 7. I caught cold two or three days ago, and I 
had the toothache this morning. 8. G-o to bed at once ! you 
are sleepy. 9. Don't get angry. 10. Get up, your friends 
have arrived already. 11. When she has rested a little 
longer, perhaps another half-hour, you will tell her that we 
are ready. 12. Where are the letters you sent each other ? 
13. We have given them back to each other. 14. Would you 

1 s'enrhumer, to catch cold ; §tre enrhume or avoir un rhume, to have a cold. 



Y and En 135 

have gone to bed so soon, if it hadn't been so cold ? 15. They 
went out with their father at a quarter before eight ; they 

. walked until quarter past nine, when (and then) they returned. 
16. They enjoyed themselves greatly (much), and I think he 
did also (he also, I think). 17. Go back home now ; and 

"when you are here to-morrow, we will finish together what 

we began yesterday. 

Oral Drill. 

1. I am amusing them. 2. I am enjoying myself. 3. 1 
have amused them. 4. I have enjoyed myself. 5. I used 
to enjoy myself. 6. I had enjoyed myself. 7. I shall 
enjoy myself. 8. I should have amused her. 9. I should 
have enjoyed myself. 

Repeat these sentences, making them negative, interrogative, or 
negative interrogative, and changing the person and gender of the 
subject pronouns to third person singular feminine, first person 
plural masculine, etc. 

1. A quelle heure vous levez-vous ordinairement (ordina- 
rily) ? 2. Restez-vous tard* au lit (in bed) quand vous avez 
sommeil ? 3. Vous levez-vous tres tard le samedi et le di- 
manche ? 4. N'avez-vous pas honte d'etre si paresseux ? 5. A 
quelle heure vous leveriez-vous si vous alliez partir (to leave) 
pour la campagne ? 6. Vous etes-vous couche tard hier soir ? 
7. Yous gtes-vous promene ce matin ? 8. A pied ou a cheval ? 
9. Yotre soeur s'est-elle promenee avec vous ? 10. Yous etes- 
vous separes dans le bois? 11. Avez-vous perdu votre che- 
min? 12. Qui est venu vous chercher l'un et l'autre? 
13. Yous reposez-vous quand vous etes fatigue? 14. Yotre 
amie Jeanne s'est-elle bien amusee au bord de la mer jeudi 
dernier ? 

Lesson 68 : Y and En. 



Un point fait a temps en epargne cent. — A stitch in time saves nine. 



Y and en, although used frequently as adverbs, are pronouns. 
Y=a and a noun or pronoun. En=de and a noun or pronoun. 



136 Y and En 

For the use of en (of it, of them, some, any) with, words of 
quantity, numerals, etc., recall Lesson 37. 

Avez-vous des crayons, have you pencils ? 
Oui, j'en ai, yes, I have. 
II n'en a pas, Tie hasn't any. 
Elle en a un, she has one. 
Apportez-en, bring some. 

Y (to it, to them, there) is rarely used in reference to persons. 

Pensez-vous a vos legons, are you thinking of your lessons ? 

j'y pense, I am thinking of them. 

Pensez-y, think of them. 

Pensez-vous a vos amis, are you thinking of your friends ? 

Je pense a eux, i" am thinking of them. 

There (expressed or understood in English) is expressed by 
y in referring to a place already mentioned, and by la in point- 
ing out a place or thing. 

Regardez cette maison-la, look at that house. 

J'y ai demeure trois mois, Hived there three months. 

C'est la que vous trouverez ce que vous cherchez. 

That is where you icill find what you are looking for, 

Y and en follow the other pronouns. Y precedes en. 

Je vous les y porterai, I shall carry them to you there. 
Je vous y en porterai, I shall carry you some there. 
II y en a beaucoup, there are many of them. 

A past participle does not agree with a preceding en. 1 

Je n'en ai pas vu, I haven't seen any. 

In the imperative affirmative, y and en are joined to tin: 
^erb, to other pronouns, and tc each other. 

Pretez-nous-en, lend us some. 
Donne z-m' en, 2 give me some. 



1 If en is used mth an adverb of quantity which precedes tbe verb, agree- 
ment takes place : Ccmbien en a-t-on vus? 

2 Notice tbat me and te do not become moi and toi before en, when used 
with the imperative affirmative. 



Y and En 137 

Vocabulary. 

car (conjunction), for. de tout mon cceur, with all my heart. 

au moins, at least. quelques-uns, quelques-unes, a few, some. 

remercier quelqu'un de quelque chose, to thank somebody for something. 

Exercise. 

- 1. Avez-vous de Peau fraiche ? 2. Donnez-en un verre a 
votre frere. 3. Vous parlez toujours de mes affaires ; pour- 
quoi vous en melez-vous ? 4. Yous vous trompez, je vous 
assure, si vous pensez que je m'en mele. 5. IST'etes-vous 
jamais entre dans cette belle eglise? 6. Non, je n'y suis 
jamais entre. 7. II y a beaucoup de fautes dans sa lettre, 
mais la votre en est pleine. 8. Voici Pavenue ou vos amies 
se sont promenees tant de fois lorsqu'elles etaient ici Pannee 
derniere. 9. Nous les y avons rencontrees bien des fois. 
10. Wy avez-vous jamais vu mon pere et ma mere ? 11. Ce 
n'est pas la que je les ai vus, c'est a l'opera. 12. Je desirais 
beaucoup de romans interessants lorsque j'etais a la campagne, 
et votre soeur m'y en a envoye quelques-uns. 13. Les lui 
avez-vous empruntes ou vous les a-t-elle donnes ? 14. Elle 
m'en a donne plusieurs, mais il y en a aussi que je lui rendrai 
Pete prochain. 

1. Have you any money about (sur) you ? 2. Have I any 
money ? My pockets are full of it. 3. If you have so much, 
you will give me some, won't you ? 4. If you would lend a 
little to your brother, I am sure he would be very glad of it. 
5. He would thank you for it with all his heart. 6. If you 
have any good hot coffee, bring us a cup (of it), please, for we 
are very cold. 7. Has your mother been at church to-day ? 
8. She has not, but I have. 9. Have you? 10. Were 
there many American ladies there ? 11. There were a few, 
at least a dozen. 12. He has also gone there from time to 
time. 13. She used to have a great many friends when she 
was young ; now that she has grown up, 1 she has more than 
ever. 14. Are you speaking of it ? 15. Think of it, but 

1 See footnote, page 132. 



138 Personal Pronoun Objects 

do not speak of it. 16. I will not speak of it there to any- 
one. 17. Are you thinking of it ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Combien d/argent avez-vons sur vous ? 2. Voulez-vous 
me preter nne piece de cinq francs ? 3. Si yous me la pretiez, 
je vons en remercierais, n ; est-ce pas? 4. Combien de livres 
francais avez-vons Ins ? 5. Y avait-il des f antes dans votre 
exercice hier ? 6. Combien en avez-vons comptees ? 7. Etes- 
vons alle sonvent a l'opera quand vons etiez a Paris ? 
8. Combien de fois y etes-vous alle ? 9. Vons y 6tes-vous 
amnse ? 10. Y pensez-vons sonvent maintenant ? 11. A 
qnoi pensez-vons en ce moment ? 12. A qui pensez-vons ? 
13. Que pensez-vous de mon voisin Guillaume? 14. Com- 
ment trouvez-vous la nouvelle maison de mon oncle ? 



Lesson 69 : Personal Pronoun Objects. 



II faut des raisons pour parler. mais il n'en faut point pour se taire. 
We must have reasons for speech, but we need none for silence. 



The position of personal pronouns (se included) before the 
verb may be shown by the following table : l 

1. Me, te, se, nous, vous. 

2. Le, la, les. 

3. Lui, leur. 

4. Y. 

5. En. 

Or Me, te, se, nous, vous j le, la, les | lui, leur [ y | en. 
II me le demande. 
Ne les leur rendez pas. 
II leur y en a apporte. 
On nous les y a envoyes. 

1 In case teachers do not care to use this table, taken from an early edition 
of MagilPs grammar, this lesson, with the exception of the vocabulary, may- 
be omitted, or the exercises may be used for further practice in the use of 
personal pronouns. 



Personal Pronoun Objects 139 

In the imperative affirmative, which requires the pronouns 
after the verb, le, la, les precede the other pronouns, and me 
and te become moi and toi, except before y and en. 

Montrez-les-moi. Mets-t'y. Donnez-m'en. 

Vocabulary. 

le pare, the park. le savon, the soap. 

la bonne, the maid, the servant. la serviette, the napkin, the towel. 

le boulanger, the baker. le linge, the linen, the washing. 

le gateau, the cake. laver, to wash. 

la tranche, the slice. se laver, to wash (one's self). 

la cuisine, the kitchen. la brosse, the brush. 

la cuisiniere, the cook. brosser, to brush. 

la salle a manger, the dining-room. le peigne, the comb. 

le dejeuner, the breakfast. peigner, to comb. 

dejeuner, to breakfast. meriter, to deserve. 

le diner, the dinner. compris, understood. 

diner, to dine. volontiers, willingly. 

Exercise. 

1. ]SPavez-vous pas compris ce que je vous ai dit ? 2. Vous 
avez de si bon lait que je vous en demanderai encore un peu. 
3. La bonne en desire aussi ; ne lui en donnerez-vous pas ? 
Volontiers. 4. Votre frere a tant de jolis romans allemands 
que je lui en emprunterai quelques-uns. 5. II ne vous les 
pretera pas, je vous assure, car il ne m'en a jamais prete un 
seul. 6. Elle n'a pas merite le prix, parce que, si elle 
l'avait merite, on le lui aurait donne. 7. Lui, il ne Pa pas 
merite non plus. 8. Ce pauvre garcon a bien faim ; coupez- 
lui une grosse tranche de pain, et donnez-lui aussi du beurre 
et un verre de lait. 9. Ce sont la des histoires interessantes 
que vous m'avez racontees. 10. ISTe lui en racontez pas. 
11. Eacontez-m'en souvent. 12. Lui repondez-vous, lorsqu'elle 
vous parle ? 13. Yoici sa lettre ; repondez-y. 14. N'y 
pensez plus. 

1. There are a great many bakers in this town, but there is 
only one in our street. 2. We sent our servant there this 



140 Personal Pronoun Objects 

morning. 3. She bought us bread and cake there. 4. Our 
cook has bought us some there too. 5. These children have 
been playing in the yard behind the house and have not washed 
their hands yet. 6. Here are soap, water, and towels ; wash 
at once. 7. Here is my dog ; if you have any meat, give him 
some. 8. Here is some bread too, but don't give him any, for 
he doesn't like it. 9. If those apples are not ripe, bring us 
some others (of them). 10. Give us a slice of bread, a piece 
of meat, some butter, and a cup of black coffee. 11. I thank 
you for it. 12. What day of the week are the clothes 
washed? 13. Don't ask me; I know nothing about it 
14. Comb your hair, 1 and brush your coat. 

1. Didn't I ask you what time it was ? 2. Did you under- 
stand my question ? 3. If you understood it, why didn't you 
answer it ? 4. If I ask your pardon, will you forgive me ? 
5. Do you forgive me [for] it willingly ? 6. Are you listen- 
ing to what I am saying ? 7. Is he ? 8. Has your father 
bought a new house ? 9. Who sold it to him ? 10. Have 
I told you what has happened ? 11. At what time do you 
get up ? 12. At what time do you breakfast ? 13. Do you 
dine at noon? 14. Shall you relate to us all the amusing 
stories you heard at Mrs. N.'s ? 

• Oral Drill. 

1. A quelle heure dinez-vous ? 2. Ou dinez-vous ? 3. A 
quel hotel §tes-vous descendu a Paris ? 4. Y dine-t-on bien ? 
5. Aimez-vous mieux diner a l'hotel ou chez vous ? 6. Avez- 
vous une bonne cuisiniere ? 7. Est-elle dans la cuisine ? 
8. Qui est dans la salle a manger? 9. La bonne est-elle 
allee chez le boulanger ? 10. Pourquoi y est-elle allee ? 
11. Jean a gagne le premier prix ; le merite-t-il ? 12. En 
est-il tier? 13. En serait-il tier, s'il ne le meritait pas? 
14. Je n'ai plus d'argent ; en avez-vous ? 15. Combien ? 
16. En avez-vous plus que moi ? 

1 Se peigner or se peigner les cheveux, to comb one's hair. 



Hie Definite Article 141 

1. We lend theni to you. 2. Do you lend them to her ? 
3. Lend them to her. 4. Lend them some. 5. Lend me 
some. 6. Have you lent it to us ? 7. Has she lent me 
any? 8. Shall you lend them to them? 9. Are you 
speaking of it? 10. Are you thinking of it? 11. Let as 
±hink of it. 12. Let us speak of it. 13. Speak of it. 
14. Think of it. 

Repeat, making each sentence negative. 



Lesson 70: The Definite Article. 



Au dela des Alpes se trouve l'ltalie. — Beyond the Alps lies Italy. 



(1) The definite article is used in a general sense (Lesson 33). 

L'or et 1' argent sont des metaux precieux. 
Gold and silver are precious metals. 
La rose est la reine des fleurs, the rose is the queen of flowers. 

(2) The definite article is used before names of continents, 
countries, 1 provinces, rivers, and mountains. 

l'Asie, Asia. la Seine, the 



TAllemagne, Germany. le Rhin, the Bhine. 

l'Angleterre, England. le Mont Blanc, Mont Blanc, 

la Suisse, Switzerland. les Alpes, the Alps. 

l'Espagne, Spain. les Montagnes Rocheuses, the Bocky 

les Etats-Unis, United States. Mountains. 

(3) The article is omitted before the name of a country used 
adjectively. 

Le roi d'ltalie, the King of Italy. Du vin de France, French wine. 

La biere d'Allemagne, German beer. La reine de Hollande, the Queen of 

Holland. 

(4) The article is omitted after en, in, the preposition regu- 
larly used to express where, ichere to, before feminine names of 
countries. 

1 The names of countries, cities, etc., found in the examples of this lesson 
are not repeated in the vocabulary. 



142 The Definite Article 

Aller (ou voyager) en Europe, en Asie, en Afrique. en Chine, en Angled 
i:erre, en Russie, en France, en Ecosse {Scotland), en Normandie, en 
Alsace. 

(5) It is not used after -a o, at, in, 1 before names of towns. 
a Liverpool, a Rome, a. Beriir>. a Constantinople. But a la Hay?, it 

the Hague, a la Nouvelle-OrlSans in New Orleans, au Havre, at Havre. 

(6) But it is used after a with masculine names of countries. 
Demeurer au Japon, au Mexique, au Canada, au Br§sil, au Chili, aux 

Etats-Unis. 

(7) In is expressed by dans before the name of a country 
accompanied by an adjective or any other attribute. 

Dans l'Amerique du Nord (du Sud), in North (South') America. 

Dans toute la France, in the whole of France. 

Notice also : Dans le midi de la France, in the south of France. 

(8) From is expressed by de without the article before 
names of towns and feminine names of countries, and by de 
with the article (du, de la, de V, des) before masculine names of 
countries or names of countries accompanied by an attribute. 

Partir (ou venir) de Paris, de Londres, de France, d' Angleterre, d'ltalie, 
etc. Partir (ou venir) du Japon, du Mexique, du Canada, de l'Amerique 
du Nord, des Indes Orientales (ou Occidentales). 

Vocabulary. 

le president, the president, le prince, the prince. le palais, the palace. 

le roi, the king. la princesse, the princess, royal, royal. 

la reine, the queen. la capitale, the capital. precieux, precious. 

rempereur, the emperor. laterre, the earth, the land, habiter, to live in, 
l'imperatrice, the empress, le fleuve, the river. to inhabit. 

les habitants (m.), the inhabitants. 

Exercise. 

1. J'irai en France le mois prochain. 2. Si mes amis y 
vont avec moi, nous ne partirons pas avant le 21 du mois. 

1 Notice that dans Paris means the inside of the city, not in the suburbs, 
whj le a Paris means either. 



The Definite Article 143 

3. Nous avons visite plusieurs pays Pete dernier : la Belgique, 
la Hollande, la Prusse, PAutriche et PItalie. 4. Avez-vous 
jamais ete en Espagne? 5. Oui, j'y ai ete deux fois. 

6. Dans deux ou trois ans, si nous sommes assez riches, nous 
irons au Canada, aux Etats-Unis, et au Mexique. 7. Mon- 
sieur votre frere n'est-il pas alle passer Phiver en Italie? 
8. Non, monsieur, il est alle dans le midi de la France, a la 
petite ville de Cannes. 9. La laine d'Espagne, dit-on, est 
preferable a celle d'Angleterre et a celle de Saxe. 10. Ces 
messieurs sont-ils venus du Japon ou d'Espagne? 11, Ces 
messieurs-ci sont venus d'Angleterre. 

1. When we were in Washington last year, we saw the 
President. 2. Napoleon III was the last emperor of France. 
3. When we are in Europe next year, we shall visit the royal 
palace of Fontainebleau and also that of Versailles. 4. The 
Rhine is a much longer river than the Thames. 5. Paris, on 
the Seine, is the capital of France. 6. It is not the largest 
city in the world, but it is certainly the most beautiful. 

7. London has a great many more inhabitants. 8. I have 
one brother who lives in Mexico, another in China, and a sister 
in Canada. 9. We came from Canada. 10. Two friends of 
ours went to Europe six months ago. 11. They have seen 
the Pope, but they have not seen the King of Italy. 
12. They have not yet been received at court. 13. The 
Hague is an interesting city ; it is the capital of Holland. 
14. Everybody is fond of Switzerland. 

Oral Drill. 

1. La France est-elle plus grande que les fitats-Unis? 

2. Est-elle plus grande ou plus petite que PAllemagne? 

3. Quel est le plus petit pays de PEurope ? 4. Lequel est le 
plus grand ? 5. Quel pays habitons-nous ? 6. Habitons- 
nous PAmerique du Nord ou PAmerique du Sud ? 7. Quel 
pays aimez-vous le mieux ? 8. Quelle est la capitale de ce 
pays ? 9. Qui en est le president ? 10. Ou demeure-t-il ? 



144 The Definite Article 

11. Qui Pa vu ? 12. Avez-vous jamais vu un roi ou un em- 
pereur? 13. Be qui l'lmperatrice Josephine etait-elle la 

f emm'e ? 

1. Has England a king or a queen ? 2. Tell me the name 
of the Emperor of Germany. 3. Have the French l a king 
or an emperor ? 4. Is Chamonix in Switzerland or in France ? 
5. The French love France, and the English love England ; 
what country do we love ? 6. Are princes always happy ? 
7. Are there princesses who are unhappy? 8. Where is 
London ? 9. Where is Glasgow ? 10. Have you ever been 
there ? 11. What are the most useful metals ? 12. Which 
are the most precious ? 



Lesson 71 : The Definite Article {Continued). 



Mieux vaut sagesse que richesse. — Wisdom is better than riches. 



(1) The definite article is frequently used instead of the 
possessive adjective, when there is no possibility of a mis- 
understanding (Lesson 59). 

II a leve les mains, he raised his hands. 
Elle s'est casse le doigt, she broke her finger. 
Elle a le* doigt cass§, she has a broken finger. 
II m'a saisi le bras, he seized my arm. 

(2) The definite article 'is used instead of a possessive ad- 
jective in expressions like the following : 

Elle est debout, le livre a la main, 

She is standing with the book in her hand. 

II est parti, le chapeau sous le bras, he left with his hat under his arm. 

(3) It is used for a or an before nouns of weight, measure, 
or number ; but par is used for a or an before time. 

1 Adjectives of nationality used as proper nouns begin with capitals. 



The Definite Article 145 

Le miel coiite quinze sous la livre, Jioney costs fifteen cents a pound. 
Ce drap coute un franc le metre, this cloth costs one franc per metre. 
Les crayons coutent dix sous la douzaine, pencils cost ten cents a dozen. 
But 

D gagne six francs par jour, he earns six francs per day. 

II merite deux mille francs par an, he deserves two thousand francs a year. 

(a) A similar use is that with the days of the weeks to express a 
regular occurrence. 

Le dimanche est le premier jour de la semaine, Sunday is the first 

day of the week. 
Que faites-vous le samedi ? What do you do on Saturday? 
But Ou serez-vous samedi prochain ? Where shall you be next Saturday ? 

(4) It is also used with titles, professions, and before a 
proper noun preceded by an adjective (except in direct ad- 
dress), or after monsieur, madame, or mademoiselle. 

Le president Carnot a ete assassine en 1894, President Carnot was assas- 
sinated in 1894- 
Bonjour, docteur, good-day, doctor. 
Bon sofr, monsieur le comte, good evening, count. 
Le petit Henri est malade, little Henry is ill. 

(5) Likewise, before adjectives used as nouns. 

Aimez-vous mieux le bleu que le jaune, do you prefer blue to yellow? 
Avez-vous appris Tespagnol, have you learned Spanish? 
Sait-il l'italien, does he know Italian? 

With the verb parler, the article is usually omitted before the un- 
modified name of a language, and it is always omitted after en. 

Parle-t-il bien anglais, does he speak English well? 

II s'exprime bien en italien, he expresses himself well in Italian. 

(6) Begularly in the partitive article : du, de la, de V, des 1 
(Lesson 38). 

Voici des livres ; en voulez-vous, here are books ; will you have some? 

Exceptions (de without the article) : 

1 In meaning, des is the plural of un and une. II a un livre; il a des 
livres. 



146 The Indefinite Article 

(a) In expressions denoting quantity, measure, and material 
(Lessons 34, 35, 36). 

Combien de paires de gants, how many pairs of gloves? 
Une table de bois, a wooden table. 

(b) After negative verbs (Lesson 40). 

II n'y a pas d'argent, there isn't any money. 

(c) Adjective before the noun (Lesson 41). 

Donnez-nous de meilleur pain, give us better bread. 
But Avez-vous du pain noir, have you any black bread? 

(d) After a verb, an adjective, or an expression, followed 
byde. 

Se nourrir de noix, to live (feed) on nuts ; etre fatigue de livres, to be 
tired of books; avoir besoin d'amis, to need friends. 

The Indefinite Article. 

(1) With, an unmodified predicate noun, denoting a profes- 
sion, a trade, or a nationality, un or une is omitted. 

Son pere est medecin ; le mien est avocat, his father is a doctor ; mine is 

a lawyer. 
Elle est Franchise, 1 she is a French woman. 
Exception : after voici, voila, c'est, or ce sont. 

Void un medecin, here is a doctor. 

C'est une Allemande, she is (that is) a German vjoman. 

Vocabulary. 

le metier, the trade, the profession. le musicien, the musician. 

le professeur, the professor. la musique, the music. 

le peintre, the painter. l'6tage (rn.), the story (of a house), 

le ministre, the minister. parisien, Parisian. 

l'architecte, the architect. canadien, Canadian. 

le charpentier, the carpenter. hollandais, Dutch. 

le coiffeur, the barber. se coucher, to go to bed. 

le jardinier, the gardener. s'exprimer, to express one's self. 

le dentiste, the dentist. enseigner, to teach. 
comme, as, like; (exclamation) how I 

1 Notice again use of capitals with adjectives of nationality used as proper 
nouns. 



The Article 147 

Exercise. 

1. Quelle est Fadresse de M. Grandet ? 2. C'est 52 rue 
St. Honore. II demeure au deuxieme etage. 3. Ce Canadien 
est-il peintre ou musicien ? 4. II n'est ni Fun ni Fauire, il 
est architecte. 5. II est arrive a quatre heures, la canne a 
la main. 6. Nous avons lu Fhistoire de Henri quatre. 

7. Voyez-vous ces messieurs ? 8. Ce sont des professeurs 
anglais qui sont venus visiter les ecoles americaines. 9. Ce 
monsieur-la est Hollandais. 10. Aimez-vous la musique? 
11. Parlez-vous italien? 12. J'ai etudie Fitalien il y a 
longtemps, mais je ne sais pas le parler. 13. Je n'ai jamais 
vu ni prince ni princesse. 14. Mon pere a vu le roi Edouard 
VII. 

1. This American speaks French like a Parisian. 2. The 
Parisians say so. 3. Say it in French. 4. He has also 
learned Italian, Spanish, and German. 5. I have an Ameri- 
can friend who speaks modern Greek well. 6. Does he ex- 
press himself as well in Greek as in English ? 7. She is an 
Englishwoman. 8. When I saw her she was sitting near the 
window with a straw hat on her head. 9. I have a head- 
ache. 10. He has toothache and a sore foot. 11. Eggs are 
sometimes sixty cents a dozen. 12. That (celd) costs ten cents 
a pound. 13. We wrote to him three times a week. 14. He 
has black hair. . 15. That carpenter you were speaking of 
builds a great many houses ; he earns thirty dollars a week. 

16. This poor French painter earns only 900 francs a year. 

17. Queen Victoria had the best heart in the world. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous quelque chose a la main ? 2. Jean a-t-il son 
chapeau sur la tete ou sous le bras ? 3. Qui s'est casse le 
doigt? 4. Combien votre oncle gagne-t-il par semaine? 
5. Que f aites-vous le samedi ? 6. Le petit Guillaume que 
fait-il le dimanche ? 7 t Avez-vous appris Fitalien ? 

8. Parlez-vous allemand? 9. Vous exprimez-vous bien en 



148 Duration of Time 

franqais ? 10. Savez-vous Pespagnol ? 11. Avez-vous une 
montre d'or ? 12. Avez-vous besoin d argent ? 13. Mon- 
sieur votre pere est-il medecin ou dentiste ? 14. Etes-vous 
musicien? 15. Qui vous a enseigne la musique? 

1. What is your father's trade ? 2. Is he a doctor or a 
lawyer ? 3. Do you like languages ? 4. Where is German 
spoken ? 5. Are letters brought to you every day ? 6. At 
what time do you go to bed ? 7. Wlio cuts your hair ? 
8. What is your address ? 9. Where is little Mary to-day ? 
10. How much does butter cost ? 11. Do you like cheese ? 
12. What color do you prefer ? 13. Do you like it better 
than yellow? 14. When you are in France next summer, 
shall you speak French? 15. Will they answer you in 
English ? 

Lesson 72: Duration of Time. 



Qui ne dit mot, consent. — Silence gives consent. 



(1) An action or state which began some time ago and is 
still going on, is expressed in French by the present tense. 
In such cases, how long = depuis quand (literally, since ivhen). 

Depuis quand etes-vous ici, hovj long have you been here? 

Je suis ici depuis trdis mois, / have been here three months. 

Depuis quand travaille t-elle, how long has she been working? 

Elle travaille depuis une demi-heure, she has been working a half hour. 

The same idea may also be expressed by another idiom : 

Combien (de temps) y a-t-il que vous etes ici ? 
II y a trois mois que je suis ici. 
Combien y a-t-il (de temps) qu'elle travaille ? 
II y a une demi-heure qu'elle travaille. 

(2) If the action or state is entirely past, how long = com- 
bien de temps with the past indefinite (perfect). 



Duration of Time 149 

Combien de temps etes-vous reste ici, how long did you stay here? 
Je suis reste ici (pendant) trois mois, / stayed here three months. 
Combien de temps a-t-elle travaille, how long did she work? 
Elle a travaillS une demi-heure, she worked half an hour. 

Combien de temps may not be used with the simple imperfect to 
denote length of time. 

J Pendant expresses the whole duration of an action or state from begin- 
ning to end. In this sense it may generally be omitted. Compare with 
depuis quand, which denotes action still going on. 

(3) If the action or state is future, how long — combien 
de temps with the future tense. 

Combien de temps serez-vous ici, how long shall you be here? 
Je serai ici trois mois, I shall be here three months. 
Combien de temps travaillera-t-elle, how long will she work? 
Elle travaillera une demi-heure, she will work half an hour. 



Exercise. 

1. Je demeure a Glasgow depuis quinze ou seize ans. 

2. Henri y a demeure pendant trois ans, de 1900 a 1903. 

3. II etait trois heures quand j'ai commence mes exercices. 

4. II est maintenant quatre heures et demie ; je travaille 
depuis une heure et demie. 5. J'etudierai encore une demi- 
heure, et je visiterai ma tante qui est un peu malade depuis 
hier. 6. Votre cousin n'est-il pas a Londres depuis long- 
temps ? 7. Oui, monsieur, mon cousin y demeure depuis 
trois mois. 8. Quand etes-vous alle a Edimbourg ? 9. II y 
aura trois mois a la fin de la semaine prochaine. 10. Com- 
bien y a-t-il de temps que votre frere est revenu ? 11. II y 
a quinze jours qu'il est arrive de Bruxelles. 12. Combien de 
temps §tes-vous restes a Paris ? 13. Nous sommes restes 
trois jours a Marseille, deux a Lyon, deux a Dijon, et huit a 
Paris. 14. Combien de temps resterez-vous a Londres ? 

1. Isn't it your uncle who lives in that old house ? 2. Yes, 
sir, it is he ; he has lived in it for over twenty years. 3. How 
long have your father and mother been traveling in Europe ? 



150 Duration of Time 

4. They have been there for several months. 5. They have 
visited all of the most interesting cities of France, Germany, 
and Holland. 6. How long were they at the Hague? 

7. They were there two or three weeks. 8. Haven't they 
been in Switzerland yet ? 9. How long have they been 
there? 10. For seven or eight weeks, I think. 11. Are 
they fond of the Alps ? 12. Very ; my father, especially. 
13. Where will they spend the winter ? 14. They will be 
in Rome four months ; then they will go to Naples, where they 
will stay from the first of April until the fifth or sixth of May. 
15. They will be in America before June first. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quand §tes-vous alle a l'ecole pour la premiere fois ? 
2. Dans quelle classe etes-vous a present ? 3. Depuis quand 
allez-vous a l'ecole ? 4. Combien y a-t-il que vous etes dans 
cette classe de francais ? 5. Etudiez-vous le .frangais depuis 
longtemps ? 6. Qui a etudie le latin ? 7. Combien de 
temps l'avez-vous etudie ? 8. Combien de temps l'etudierez- 
vous encore ? 9. Vous avez des amis qui voyagent depuis 
longtemps, n'est-ce pas? 10. Sont-ils deja alles a Paris? 
11. Combien de temps y sont-ils restes ? 12. Combien de 
jours vont-ils.rester a Londres ? 13. Resteront-ils en Europe 
tout Tete ? 

1. At what time did you come in ? 2. What time is it 
now ? 3. How long have you been here ? 4. How long 
shall you stay here ? 5. At what time did these pupils come 
to school this morning? 6. How long did they stay? 

7. Who stayed the longer, you or I ? 8. I was here an hour 
ago ; where were you ? 9. Where do you live ? 10. Have 
you lived there long ? 11. How long ? 12. I have been 
looking for my pen for ten minutes ; have you seen it ? 
13. Who took it ? 14 Didn't you know it was mine ? 



The Past Definite Tense 
Lesson 73: The Past Definite. 



151 



Pas de nouvelles, bonnes nouvelles. — No news is good news. 



Conjugation of the Past Definite (Preterite), 
avoir etre donner 



j'eus, I had. 


je f us, I was. 


je donnai, I gave. 


tu eus. 


tu fus. 


tu donnas. 


il eut. 


il fut. 


il donna. 


nous eumes. 


nous fumes. 


nous donnames. 


vous eutes. 


vous futes. 


vous donnites. 


ils eurent. 


ils furent. 


ils donnerent. 


finir 


recevoir 


vendre 


je finis, I finished. 


je recus, I received. 


je vendis, I sold. 


tu finis. 


tu recus. 


tu vendis. 


il finit. 


il recut. 


il vendit. 


nous finimes. 


nous recftmes. 


nous vendimes. 


vous finites. 


vous recutes. 


vous vendites. 


ils finirent. 


ils recurent. 


ils vendirent. 



Using the above paradigms as models, learn to conjugate the 
past definite of any regular verb ; also, of the irregular verbs 
already given: aller, j'allai, tu alias, etc.; faire, je fis, etc.; 
dire, je dis, etc. ; savoir, je sus, etc. ; voir, je vis, etc. Observe 
that the only change of vowel occurs in the third person plural of 
the first conjugation. 

Use of Past Tenses. 

(1) We have seen (Lessons 10 and 67) that the conversa- 
tional past tense, denoting what happened, is the past in- 
definite (perfect). 

(2) We have also seen (Lesson 42) that the imperfect is used 
to express a customary or continued past action, or a descrip- 
tion of the state of things when something took place or while 



152 The Past Definite Tense 

it was taking place; also with si in conditional clauses 
(Lesson 60). 

(3) The past definite is used only in a formal narrative 
or historical style to denote an action or state which was 
definitely completed in past time. 

The past anterior (compound of the past definite) ex- 
presses an action immediately prior to that expressed by the 
past definite. It is used only after quand, aussitot que, a 
peine, etc. 

The names, descriptive past, given to the imperfect, and the narrative 
past, given to the past definite, in the Grandgent grammars, are highly- 
suggestive of the proper use of these tenses. 

Study carefully the following examples: 

J'ai vu votre cousine il y a quelques jours, I saw your cousin a few days 

ago. 
Ou etait-elle ? Elle etait chez elle. 
Where ivas she? She was at home. 
Etes-vous alle la voir ? did you go to see her? 
Quand fetais a P^ris, j'allais souvent a Topera. 
When I ims in Paris, 1 often went {used to go) to the opera. 
Le prince Edouard dans cette bataille ne perdit pas soixante hommes. 
Prince Edward in that battle did not lose sixty men. 
Les anciens Egyptiens embaumaient les morts, les Grecs et les Romains les 

bruiaient. 
The ancient Egyptians embalmed the dead, the Greeks and Bomans 

burned them. 
On embauma le corps d' Alexandre et on le transporta en Egypte. 
TJiey embalmed the body of Alexander and carried it to Egypt. 
Apres qu'il eut parle, il s'assit, after he had spoken, he sat down. 
A peine fut-il arrive que midi sonna, he had scarcely arrived when it 

struck twelve. 

Vocabulary. 

le libraire, the bookseller. le paysan, the peasant, countryman. 

Tennemi (m.), the enemy. louer, to praise. 

la bataille, the battle. couronner, to crown. 

une epee, a sword. s' eerier, to exclaim, to cry out. 






TJie Past Definite Tense 153 

Exercise. 

1. Le roi donna dix louis au paysan et lui pardonna sa 
faute. 2. Un officier blesse fut transporte chez lui, et 

ensuite deux medecins furent appeles. 3. On denianda a un 
petit gargon, pourquoi il desirait du sel ; c'est, repondit-il, pour 
la viande qu'on me donnera. 4. Aussitot qu'il eut fini son 
travail, il partit pour la campagne. 5. II me denianda pardon 
et m'assura qu'il me donnerait tout ce que je desirais. 6. La 
reine lui donna de beaux bijoux ; ils etaient dans une boite 
d'or. 7. Quand nous etions jeunes, je travaillais pendant que 
ma soeur jouait. 8. Elle chantait tous les jours. 9. Voici 
la petite histoire que l'on m'a racontee : II y avait une f ois un 
homme qui etait tres pauvre. II avait une femme qui etait 
malade depuis longtemps et cinq enfants qui avaient toujours 
faim. Un jour une fee (a fairy) arriva et lui dit, "Mon 
pauvre ami, je vous apporte quelque chose dont vous avez 
besoin." 

1. The tree fell and killed the man who was cutting it. 
2. Their daughter won the prize and afterwards received a 
beautiful book. 3. After the death of the queen, they 
crowned her son. 4. The old bookseller often told us 

stories, and one day he told us the story of his life. 5. The 
poor man cut the bread and afterwards he gave the knife to a 
child that was standing near him. 6. My father says that 

he used to forget everything when he was at school. 7. Who 
won the battle, the English or the French? 8. Napoleon 
lost the battle of Waterloo. 9. Was he not a great general 
in spite of that? 10. At last the general perceived the 
enemy. 11. He perceived that the soldiers were not far 
from the city which he was defending. 12. What did he 
do ? 13. He seized his sword and cried, " Let us receive 
them well ! " 14. What happened then ? 15. His men 
obeyed him immediately and defended the city. 16. The 
king praised the general and gave him a magnificent 
sword. 



154 Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 
Lesson 74 : Peculiarities of the First Conjugation. 



A qui se leve matin, Dieu prete la main. — The early bird catches the 



All the verbs of the first conjugation but two (aller, to go, 
and envoyer, to send) are regular, and are conjugated like 
donner. A few present some peculiarities caused by changes 
made for the sake of pronunciation. These verbs are : — 

1st. Those having e mute before their last syllable, such as 
mener, lever, appeler, jeter. 

2d. Those having an e before their last syllable, as celebrer, 
preferer, esperer. 

3d. Those ending in -yer. j See Lesson 75 . 

4th. Those ending in -cer, or -ger. J 

E mute before a Final Syllable. 

Verbs of the first conjugation having an e mute in the 
syllable next before the ending of the infinitive change that e 
mute to e, when, in the course of the conjugation, the syllable 
following contains e mute. 





lever, 


to lift. 




Present Indicative. 






Past Definite. 


je leve. 






je levai, 


tu leves. 






etc. 


il leve. 






Future. 


nous levons. 






je leverai, 


vous levez. 






etc. 


ils levent. 






Conditional. 


Imperfect Indicative. 






je leverais, 


je levais. 






etc. 


tu levais, 






Imperative. 


etc. 






leve. 


Past Indefinite. 






levons. 


j'ai leve. 






levez. 



Literally, To him who gets up early God lends a hand. 



Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 155 

Exceptions. — Most yerbs ending in -eler, as appele:; ; and 
-eter, as jeter, double the 1 or the t, instead of changing e muce 
to e, the effect on the pronunciation being the same. 

appeler, to call ; jeter, to throw. 

Present Indicative. Past Definite. 

j'appelle, je jette. j'appelai, je jetai. 
tu appelles, tu jettes. Future. 

il appelle, il jette. j'appellerai, je jetterai. 
nous appelons, nous jetons. Conditional. 

vous appelez, vous jetez. j'appellerais, je jetterais. 
ils appellent, ils jettent. Imperative. 

Imperfect Indicative. appelle, jette. 

j'appelais, je jetais. appelons, jetons. 

etc. appelez, jetez. 

Acheter, to buy, geler, to freeze, and a few other verbs follow 
the rule for lever, instead of doubling 1 or t : 

j'achete, tu achetes, il achete, nous achetons, etc. ; j'acheterai, etc. 
je gele, tu geles, il gele, nous gelons, etc., je gelerai, etc. 

E before a Final Syllable. 

All verbs of the first conjugation having e in the syllable 
next before the ending of the infinitive change that 6 into e, 
when the following syllable contains e mute, except in the 
future and in the conditional. 

celebrer, to celebrate. 

Present Indicative. Past Definite. 

je celebre. je celebrai, 

tu celebres. etc. 

il celebre. Future. 

nous celebrons. je celebrerai. 

vous celebrez. tu celebreras. 

ils celebrent. etc. 

Imperfect Indicative. Conditional. 

je celebrais, je celebrerais, 

etc. etc. 



156 Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 

Past Indefinite. Imperative. 

j'aicelebre, celebre. 

etc. celebrons. 

celebrez. 
Note carefully that there is no change of accent in the future or con- 
ditional of verbs having 6 in the penult. 

Vocabulary. 

mener, 1 to guide, to lead, to take. esperer, to hope. 

amener, to bring (to escort hither). regner, to reign. 

ramener, to bring back. preferer, to prefer. 

emmener, to take away. repeter, to repeat. 

promener, to take out for a walk, a posseder, to possess. 

drive, etc. la bonne, the maid. 

se promener, to go for a walk, a la fete, the festival, the birthday. 

drive, etc. la poupee, the doll. 

appeler, to call. le cas, the case. 

s'appeler, to be called, to be named. le chiffre, the figure, the number. 

jeter, to throw. la glace, the ice. 

acheter, to buy. ailleurs, elsewhere. 

geler, to freeze. d'ailleurs, besides. 

fort (adv.), hard, very. 

Exercise. 

1. Ma petite sceur prefere ces poupees-ci a celles-ia, mais 
je trouve celles-la bien plus belles que celles-ci. 2. Est-ce 
que vous n'exagerez pas un peu? 3. J'exagere peut-etre 
quelquefois, mais je n'exagere pas dans ce cas-ci. 4. Je 
pense que ma fete tombe le 13 du mois prochain. 5. Le 
13 ! c'est un bien viiain chiffre ! Je prefererais le 12 ou le 14. 
6. D'ailleurs le 13 est un dimanche, nous celebrerons cette 
fete le 12. 7. Esperons que le temps sera beau ; l'annee 
derniere nous avons eu un temps tres orageux. 8. Vous etes 
bien content ce soir : il gele tres fort, vous patinerez demain. 
9. Nous n'avons pas patine Pkiver dernier ; il n'a presque 
jamais gele. 10. J'achete mes livres, mes plumes et mes 

1 Distinguish carefully difference in meaning of mener and its compounds 
and porter and its corresponding compounds: porter, to carry, to bear; ap- 
porter, to bring; rapporter, to bring back; emporter, to carry away. 



Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 157 

journaux chez le libraire au coin de notre rue. 11. Comment 
t'appelles-tu, mon enfant? 12. Marie! c'est un bien joli 
nom ; Marie, mene-moi pres de ta maman. 13. La bonne 
promenera les enfants ce soir ; ils ne sont pas pr§ts maintenant. 
14. N'est-ce pas vous qui possedez tant de grandes maisons ? 

» 1. Would they not prefer these books to those ? 2. Let 
us hope that they will always be happy. 3. Do you not 
exaggerate his fortune ? 4. I never exaggerate anything ; he 
possesses many houses and lands. 5. When will you cele- 
brate my birthday ? 6. [On] what day does it fall ? 

7. On the 13th of the month. I think it is also on a Friday. 

8. Unfortunate [man], we shall never celebrate your birth- 
day ; choose another day, if you please, but do not choose the 
23d, because we shall be too busy that day. 9. If you 
bring your friends, we will take them with us. 10. When 
will the maids take the children out to walk ? 11. I shall 
buy those pictures for my mother. 12. Where are you 
taking my brother ? 13. I am taking him to school. 
14. Throw away that pear, it is very bitter. 15. I hope 
that we shall skate to-morrow. 16. Is it freezing a little 
this evening ? 17, I think it is freezing hard ; it has been 
freezing for [the last] twenty-four hours. 18. The ice will 
be strong enough to-morrow. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quel jour votre fete tombe-t-elle cette annee? 2. Si elle 
tombe le dimanche, la celebrerez-vous ? 3. Yotre frere cele- 
bre-t-il la sienne tous les ans ? 4. Comment vous appelez- 
vous ? 5. Yotre soeur s'appelle-t-elle Marie ou Jeanne ? 
6. Aimez-vous patiner ? 7. Allez-vous patiner quelquefois 
quand il n'a pas gele tres fort? 8. Dans quelle saison gele- 
t-il ? 9. Pref erez-vous l'hiver a Pete ? 10. Vous etes- 
vous promene ce matin? 11. Oil achetez-vous vos plumes 
et vos crayons ? 12. Oil achete-t-on le pain ? 13. A quelle 
heure vous levez-vous le matin ? 14. Ou avez-vous mene ce 
petit enfant ? 



158 Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 
Lesson 75 : Peculiarities of the First Conjugation. 



Chien qui aboie ne mcrd pas. — Barking dogs never bite. 



Verbs ending in -yer. 

In verbs ending in -yer, the y becomes i before e mute. 

However, verbs ending in -ayer may keep tbe y throughout or change 
to i before e mute : payer, to pay, je paye or je paie, je payerai or je 
paierai. In verbs in -eyer the y remains unchanged. 

employer, to employ, to use. 

Present Indicative. Past Definite. 

femploie. j'empioyai. 

tu emploies. tu employas. 

il emploie. il employa. 

nous employons. nous employames. 

vous employez. vous employlltes. 

ils emploient. ils employment. 

Imperfect Indicative. Future. 

j'employais, etc. j'emploierai, etc. 

nous employions, etc. Conditional Present. 

Past Indefinite. j'emploierais, etc. 

j'ai employe 1 , Imperattve. 

etc - emploie. 

employons. 

employez. 

Verbs ending in -cer or -ger. 

In a verb ending in -cer or -ger, c or g, being soft in the in- 
finitive, must be kept soft throughout the verb. When, there- 
fore, in any tense, c or g would be followed by a or o, a cedilla 
is placed under the c and a silent e 1 is placed after the g, to 
keep them soft. 

placer, to place; placant, placing ; nous plagons, we place. 
manger, to eat ; mangeant, eating ; nous mangeons, we eat. 

1 Observe that the e inserted after g to keep it soft is merely an ortho- 
graphical sign, and has no effect except on the quality of the g. See In- 
troduction, page xvii. 



Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 159 
commence^ to begin. proteger, to protect. 

Present Indicative. 

je commence. je protege, 

tu commences. tu proteges. 

il commence. il protege, 

nous commencons. nous protegeons. 

vous commencez. vous protegez. 

ils commencent. ils protegent. 

Imperfect Indicative. 
je commencais, etc. je protegeais, etc. 

nous commencions, etc. nous prot&gions, etc. 

Past Definite. 
jecommencai, etc. je protegeai, etc. 

ils commencement, ils protegerent. 

Future. 
je commencerai. je protegerai. 

Conditional Present. 
je commencerais. je protegerais. 

Vocabulary. 

appuyer, to support, to lean. deranger, to disturb. 

aboyer, to bark. se d6ranger, to disturb one's self, tc 

effrayer, to frighten. be disturbed. 

balayer, to sweep. obliger, to oblige. 

un balai, a broom. le coin, the corner. 

annoncer, to announce. le devoir, duty, exercise (lesson), 

prononcer, to pronounce. task. 

menacer, to threaten. sale, dirty. 

corriger, to correct. assez, rather, somewhat. *» 

envoyer, to send. Future and conditional, irregular : j'enverrai, j'enverrais. 

Exercise. 

1. Essayez ce crayon-ci, c'est mon meilleur. 2. Vraiment, 
il est tres bon ; j'essaierai aussi votre plume. 3. Je paie 
tres cher les plumes et les crayons que j'achete chez le libraire 
du coin. 4. ISTettoyez un peu cette table, elle est toujours 
sale. 5. Monsieur, je nettoie cette table tous les matins. 
6. Ce vilain petit chien que vous amenez toujours avec vous 



160 Peculiarities of the First Conjugation 

aboie presque tout le temps. 7. On dit que les chiens qui 
aboient ne mordent jamais. 8. Appuyez, s'il vous plait, ma 
chaise contre cette table. Merci. 9. Je mangeais, je pense, 
lorsque vous etes entre. 10. Nous ne prononc.ons pas les 
langues anciennes mieux que vous. 11. Si nous derangeons 
votre frere, maintenant qu'il est occupe, il ne sera pas content. 

12. Protegeons les malheureux. 13. Ne menaQons personne. 

1. You will frigliten your mother if you break that glass. 
2. They would pay us this evening what they owe us, if they 
had money enough. 3. She is very lazy ; she does not employ 
her time well. 4. Why does he not send that book to his 
cousin ? 5. Why will you not send my letters to your sister 
as soon as you receive them ? 6. Those dogs bark all night. 
7. Do not try his pen ; it is a poor one. 8. My brother was 
eating his breakfast, when my aunt came in this morning. 

9. He used to correct all my letters and all my exercises. 

10. Let us always oblige our friends. 11. Formerly they 
pronounced very well. 12. Why do you always disturb your 
uncle ? 13. They announced the sad news to their friends as 
soon as your letter arrived. 14. Don't disturb yourself. 
15. I will buy this watch next week ; I have not money 
enough to-day. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Qui regne maintenant en Angleterre? 2. Depuis 

quand regne-t-il ? 3. Les chiens vous erf" rayent-ils quand ils 
aboient ? 4. Aboient-ils quand nous les menaqons ? 

5. Qui a balaye cette salle ? 6. Pourquoi Pa-t-on balayee ? 
7. Avec quoi balaie-t-on ? 8. Ou achete-t-on des livres dans 
cette ville ? 9. Ou achetez-vous les votres ? 10. Qui les 
paie? 11. Qui vous appelle? 12. Qui appelez-vous ? 

13. Quand votre oncle sera en Europe vous enverra-t-il un 
cadeau ? 14. Si nous derangeons une personne que disons- 
nous? 

1. What do we eat? 2. Who throws my books out of 
(par) the window when I am out ? 3. If you had a brother, 



The Subjunctive Mode 161 

who would take him to school ? 4. Wouldn't you ? 5. Do 
you skate? 6. Shall you skate to-morrow? 7. Did you 
skate last winter ? 8. Is it freezing now ? 9. Do we pro- 
nounce French well ? 10. Do you try ? 11. Who is calling 
us ? 12 . Do barking dogs (dogs that bark) bite ? 13. Shall 
you repeat what I have told you ? 14. What's your father's 
name ? 15. What's yours ? 16. How do you employ your 
time ? 17. Do we always correct what we have written ? 
18. Do you go walking or riding ? 19. At what time shall 
you get up to-morrow morning ? 

Lesson 76: The Subjunctive Mode. 



II faut que tout le monde vive. — Live and let live. 

The subjunctive mode is rarely used in a principal clause. 1 
It is used in a subordinate clause, when the principal clause 
implies necessity, uncertainty, or emotion. 

II faut qu'elle soit punie. 

It is necessary that she should be punished, or she must be punished. 2 
Je ne crois pas qu'il ait vu son fils, I do not think he has seen his son. 
J'ai peur qu'elle ne soit morte, I am afraid she is dead. 

If, however, the thought expressed in the principal clause 
implies certainty or probability, the verb in the subordinate 
clause is in the indicative. Compare : 

Je pense que la sante est preferable a tous les biens. 

I think health is preferable to all riches. 

Je ne pense pas que la sante soit preferable a tous les biens. 

I do not think health is preferable to all riches. 

Observe that the conjunction que, by which a subjunctive is 
generally introduced, itself governs no mode. It is the thought 
contained in the verb of the principal clause that determines 
the mode used in the subordinate clause. 

1 For the subjunctive in principal clauses, see Lesson 86. 

2 Instead of saying in English "It is necessary that I should go," "It i$ 
necessary that he should work to win" etc., say "2" must go," "He must 
work to win," etc. 



162 



The Subjunctive Mode 



Present Subjunctive. 



avoir 



etre 



que j aie. 


que nous ayons. 


que je sois. 


que nous soyons. 


que tu aies. 


que vous ayez. 


que tu sois. 


que vous soyez. 


qu'il ait. 


qu'ils aient. 


qu'il soit. 


qu'ils soient. 



aie, have. ayons, let us have. 
ayez, have. 



Imperative 



sois, be. soyons, let us be. 
soyez, be. 



Subjunctive with Impersonal Verbs. 

Impersonal verbs that do not imply certainty or probability 
are followed by the subjunctive. The following list contains 
(1) the commonest impersonals that are followed by the sub- 
junctive, and (2) some similar verbs followed by the indicative. 



Subjunctive. 



il semble, it seems. 

il faut, 1 

il est nScessaire, j 

il importe, 

il est important, 

il convient, 

il est convenable 

il vaut mieux, 

il est preferable, 

il se peut, 

il est possible, 



it is necessary. 



it is important. 



)it is 
I is 



is fitting, it 
is proper, 
it is better, or 
preferable, 
it is possible, it 
may be. 



il est juste, it is right. 

il est faux, it is false. 

il est bon, it is good. 

il est essentiel, it is essential. 

il est indispensable, it is indispen 

sable. 
il est urgent, it is urgent. 
il est temps, it is time. 
il est heureux, it is fortunate. 

II semble, it seems, is also frequently followed by the indicative 
is the case when there is no doubt in the mind of the speaker. 



Indicative. 

il me (lui, nous, etc.) semble, it seems 
to me (to him, to us, etc.). 

il parait, it appears, it is evident, it 
transpires. 

il resulte, 1 it follows, 

il s'ensuit, j the result is. 

il est sur, | u is sur ^ certain ^ 

il est certain, j 

il est evident, it is evident, plain. 

il est demontre, it is proved. 

il est clair, it is clear, obvious. 

il est manifeste, it is manifest. 

il est decide, it is decided. 

il est vrai, it is true. 

il est probable, it is probable. 

il est vraisemblable, it is likely. 

il est incontestable, it is incontestable. 

il arrive, it happens. 



This 



The Subjunctive Mode 163 



Exercise. 

1. II faut que mon frere ait ce livre aujourd'hui. 2. II est 
urgent qu'il Fait. 3. II me semble que vous avez eu tort 
dans cette discussion ; est-ce qu'on parle ainsi a sa soeur ? 
4.^ J'ai eu tort, c'est vrai, mais il est certain qu'elle m'a beau- 
coup derange. 5. II- parait que sa mere est malade depuis 
qumze jours. 6. Je leur ai sacrifie mon temps et mes ambi- 
tions; faut-il encore qu'ils aient tout mon argent? 7. Se 
peut-il que M. votre cousin soit encore ici apres cette affaire 
dont vous me parliez bier ? 8. II est essentiel que j'aie de 
Fargent avant huit heures ; envoyez-le-moi. 9. Est-il indis- 
pensable que madame votre mere ait cette lettre cette semaine ? 

10. II est clair que vous avez sommeil ; coucbez-vous vite. 

11. II est vrai que je suis fatigue car j'ai beaucoup niarche au- 
jourd'hui, et il est possible que j'aie sommeil. 12. II est decide 
qu'on ne donnera pas a votre ami la permission qu'il demandait. 

13. II se peut qu'elle ait achete une nouvelle maison. 14. II 
est probable qu'elle demeurera tout pres de nous. 

1. It is possible that you are wrong, but it is probable that 
you are right. 2. Is it right 'that he should be punished? 
3. Yes, it is (c'est) right ; he has disobeyed his father and re- 
fused his sister everything she has asked him for. 4. It may 
be that your sister and her friend have already arrived. 
5. I must have some paper, ink, and pens at once. 6. My 
father has been traveling for some time, and it is possible that 
he is now in Paris. 7. It is time that I should have news of 
him (some of his news). 8. She must have her new dress 
to-night. 9. It is important for her to have it, but must she 
have it ? 10. It is certain that she will not have it before 
to-morrow. 11. Is it possible that they have not brought it ? 

12. It is evident that they have left it at home. 13. I think 
that it is better that they have forgotten it ; I am glad of it. 

14. Must you have that money soon? 15. Must you not 
have it to-day ? 



164 The Present Subjunctive 

Lesson 77 : Formation of the Present Subjunctive. 



Qn tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l'auras. — A bird in the hand is worth 
two in the bush. 



There are two methods 1 of obtaining the present subjunctive 
from the primitive tenses (or principal parts). Neither method 
is without exceptions, and neither applies to avoir or etre. 

First Method. Change -ant of the present participle to -e. 
In regular verbs of the third conjugation, e before v in the 
stem must be changed to oi. 

donnant : que je donne. 
recevant : que je regoive. 

Second Method. Drop -nt of the third person plural present 
indicative. 2 This rule applies to all regular verbs and to about 
twenty more of the irregular verbs than are covered by the 
first method, while the present subjunctive of only two verbs, 
savoir and pleuvoir, may be obtained by the first method and 
not by the second. 

In other words, since the ending of the third person plural, -ent, is 
silent, when we pronounce the third person plural present indicative of 
most French verbs, we are also pronouncing the first person singular 
present subjunctive. 

ils donnent : que je donne. 

ils resolvent: que je revive. 

Present Subjunctive of Regular Verbs 

terminations: -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent. 

These are also the terminations for all irregular verbs, except avoir and 
etre (Lesson 76). 



1 Teachers will state to their. pupils which method is to be followed. The 
other may be entirely ignored. 

2 In the principal parts, give the first person singular only of the present 
indicative ; the pupil should know the tense so well that the third person 
plural is instantly ready for use in the formation of the present subjunctive. 



The Present Subjunctive 165 

porter recevoir 

que je porte. que je recoive. 

que tu portes. que tu recoives. 

qu'il porte. qu'il regoive. 

que nous portions. que nous recevions. 

que vous portiez. que vous receviez. 

qu'ils portent. qu'ils recoivent. 

finir vendre 

que je finisse. que je vende. 

que tu finisses. que tu vendes. 

qu'il finisse. qu'il vende. 

que nous finissions. que nous vendions. 

que vous finissiez. que vous vendiez. 

qu'ils finissent. qu'ils vendent. 

Using these four verbs as models, be prepared to conjugate the 
present subjunctive of any of the regular verbs previously given. 

There is no future subjunctive. The present subjunctive is 
used to express both present and future time. 



Exercise. 

1. On me dit qu'il est essentiel que vous arriviez a Londres 
avant le ler avril. 2. II est bien important que je finisse, le 
plus tot possible, tout ce que j'ai deja commence ; alors il sera 
possible que j'y arrive a temps (in time). 3. Vous lui avez 
desobei: il est juste qu'on vous punisse. 4. II est evident 
que Ton nous attendra. 5. II me semble qu'il n'est pas cer- 
tain qu'on nous attende. 6. II est preferable que vous lui 
rendiez ce livre vous-meme. 7. II vaut mieux que nous restions 
ici ce soir. 8. II est temps que vous fermiez vos livres. 

9. II est juste que vous me payiez ce que vous me devez. 

10. Est-il possible que jevous doivequelque chose? 11. II 
est certain que vous m'avez emprunte dix francs, il y a plus de 
six mois. 12. Se peut-il que vous l'oubliiez? 13. II faut 
que nous nous le rappelions, n'est-ce pas ? 14. II est pro- 
bable que ma soeur sera ici bientot. 15. II importe peu 
qu'elle soit avec nous. 



166 Subjunctive of Doubt 

1. Is it possible that you relate false stories? 2. It 
transpires that the story I was telling is not false. 3. It is 
fortunate for you that it is true. 4. It seems as if you worked 
well, but I am not sure. 5. It seems to him that you are his 
friend. 6. It is possible that you are mine too, but it seems 
to me that you are not. 7. It has been decided at last that 
we will give you the first prize. 8. Is it fitting that I should 
receive it ? 9. That letter must be sent [express two ways] 
before 1.30. 10. We must begin as soon as she gets here. 
11. Children must obey their parents. 12. It is probable 
that they will not always do it, and their parents must have a 
great deal of patience. 13. It is urgent that she answer the 
letter she received a few days ago. 14. It is time for you 
to go to bed ; it is eleven o'clock. 15. At what time must I 
get here to-morrow morning? 16. It is evident that you 
study several hours a day. 17. It is good that you prepare 
your lessons so well. 18. If my father accepts your invita- 
tion, it will be possible for us to be at your house on Saturday 
next. 

Lesson 78: Subjunctive of Doubt. 



Je jette ma langue aux chiens. — I give it up. 



Verbs used negatively or interrogatively and implying un- 
certainty are followed by the subjunctive with the con j unction 
que ; if, however, there is no doubt in the mind of the speaker, 
the indicative is used. 

1. Je crois qu'il est malade, I believe that he is ill. 

2. Croyez-vous qu'il soit malade, do you believe that he is ill? 

3. Je ne crois pas qu'il soit malade, I do not believe that he is ill. ' 

4. n n'est pas certain qu'il soit malade, it is not certain that he is ill. 

5. Oubliez-vous qu'il est malade, do you forget that he is ill? 

6. Saviez-vous qu'il etait malade, did you know that he was ill? 

7. Ne croyez-vous pas qu'il est malade, do you not believe that he is ill 9 
8o N'est-ce pas qu'il est malade, isn't he ill? 



Subjunctive of Doubt 167 

Remarks on the Foregoing Examples. 

1. I do not know that lie is ill, but I do not doubt it. 

2. I am asking for information because I am in doubt, hence the sub- 
junctive. If, however, I believed that he was ill and if I were merely 
trying to find out if you also believed it, the indicative would be used. 
Croyez-vous que je suis malade ? II ne croit pas que je suis ici. Croyez- 
vous que je ferai cela ? In these three examples there is no doubt in the 
mind of the speaker. 

3. I do not believe he is ill — doubt of the strongest kind. 

4. Impersonal verbs implying certainty or probability when used 
negatively or interrogatively imply doubt and require the subjunctive. II 
ne me semble pas qu'il soit malade, but ne vous semble-t-il pas qu'il est 
malade ? See 7 and 8. 

5 and 6. I have no doubt as to his being ill. 

7 and 8. A negative-interrogative calls for an affirmative answer. 
Ne dites-vous pas qu'il a tort? Ne trouvez-vous pas que cette petite 
fille est gentille ? 

The subjunctive is not used after est-ce que? n'est-ce pas 
que ? nor generally after such verbs as savoir, to know, f aire 
savoir, to let know, dire, to tell, apprendre, to learn, to hear, to 
inform, informer, to inform, when they are used interrogatively 
or negatively, if there is no doubt in the mind of the speaker. 

The verb esperer takes the subjunctive only when used 
negatively or interrogatively. 

Croire (irregular), to believe, to think. 



Present Participle. 


Past Participle. 


croyant. 


cru. 


iesent Indicative. 


Imperfect Indicative, 


je crois. 


je croyais. 


tu crois. 
il croit. 
nous croyons. 
vous croyez. 


Past Definite. 
je crus. 
Future. 


ils croient. 


je croirai. 


Past Indefinite. 


Conditional. 


j'ai cru. 


je croirais. 



168 Subjunctive of Doubt 

Vocabulary. 

trahir, to b etray. pretendre, to pretend. assez 1 somewhat, 

regretter, to regret, miss, de son mieux, one's best, un peu, J rather. 

Exercise. 

1. Mile, votre soeur espere, je crois, que vous lui enverrez 
Pargent que vous lui avez promis. 2. Je ne crois pas que 
vous lui ayez prete le livre que vous lui reclaniez. 3. Sup- 
posez-vous que nous osions jamais lui en parler ? 4. Oubliez- 
vous qu'elle est plus agee que nous ? 5. Si vous etes 

puni, ne croyez pas que j'en sois la cause. 6. Vous ne 
m'aviez pas dit que vous etiez indispose : j 'espere que vous 
vous portez rnieux. 7. JSPesperez pas que je trahisse rnon 
ami pour vous faire plaisir. 8. Ne savez-vous pas que M. 
votre frere est revenu de Paris ? 9. Elle ne croit pas que 
vous preferiez mon livre au sien. 10. Ne vous imaginez pas 
que nous nous amusions ici sans vous ; nous vous regrettons 
beaucoup et nous parlous de vous a chaque instant. 11. Je 
ne pense pas que l'on vous attaque, mais, si on le fait, je 
serai la et vous defendrai. 12. Je n'espere pas qu'il reus- 
sisse, mais je pense qu'il travaillera bien. 13. Croient-ils 
que je les attende? 14. Oui, monsieur, ils esperent que 
vous les attendrez. 

1. She does not think that her father has come. 2. She 
thinks that her mother has eome. 3. Does she think that 
we have come ? 4. It may be that they have come. 5. She 
must finish her work at once. 6. I do not pretend that he is 
right, but I think you are wrong. 7. I hope you will an- 
swer your sister's letter ; do you forget she is ill ? 8. I do 
not forget that she is ill, but I shall not answer her letter yet. 

9. I do not suppose you will give her all that money. 

10. She does not hope that her father will give her any, but I 
think that he will. 11. Did you tell them that I would 
thank them myself? 12. Don't you find [that] this water 
[is] very good ? 13. Do you believe that they are in Lon- 



Subjimctive of Emotion 169 

don ? 14. Do (est-ce que) you believe that (cela) ? 15. Is 
(est-ce que) not that true ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Croyez-vous que l'eniploi (the use) du subjonctif en fran- 
cais soit facile ? 2. Vous croyez que ce sujet (subject) est 
assez difficile, n'est-ce pas ? 3. Ne trouvez-vous pas que 
c'est bien interessant ? 4. Saviez-vous que tout le nionde 
croit que c'est le sujet le plus difficile de toute la granimaire 
francaise? 5. Yous ai-je dit que les Frangais eux-nienies 
n'en sont pas toujours surs ? 6. Est-il possible que je ne 
vous aie pas dit cela (that) ? 7. Faut-il que nous etudiions 
bien ce sujet? 8. Yous esperez que bientot vous le trouverez 
plus facile, n'est-ce pas ? 

1. Do you think that English history is interesting? 
2. Is it possible that French history is much more interest- 
ing ? 3. Does (est-ce que) nobody know that we are here ? 

4. Does any one know that I have lent you some money? 

5. Who told you that everybody knows it ? 6. It seems to 
me that you have learned this lesson well ; does it seem to you 
that I am right ? 7. Don't you think I am right ? 8. Is it 
right for you to believe that (cela) ? 9. Does she think that 
you have forgotten her ? 10. Must you have paper, pens, 
and ink at once ? 

Lesson 79 : The Subjunctive of Emotion. 



Vouloir, c'est pouvoir. — Where there's a will there s a way. 



(1) Words or phrases expressing ivill, ivish, command, doubt, 
fear, expectation, 'prohibition, permission, complaint, joy, sorrow, 
surprise, or any other emotion, are followed by the subjunctive 
with the conjunction que : 

Je desire que vous lui parliez, I wish you to speak to him. 
Je defends que vous Tattendiez, I forbid you to wait for him. 



170 Subjunctive of Emotion 

Vouloir (irregular), to wish. 

Present Participle. Part Participle. 

voulant. voulu. 

Present Indicative. Imperfect Indicative 

je veux. je voulais. 

tu veux - Past Definite. 

il veut. . . 

ie voulus. 
nous voulons. 

vous voulez. Future. 

ils veulent. je voudrai. 

Past Indefinite. Conditional. 
j'ai voulu. je voudrais. 

je veux, I wish, want, command. 

je veux bien, I am willing, consent. 

je voudrais or je voudrais bien, i" should like. 

Notice the difference in meaning between the present indicative and 
the conditional of the verb vouloir. 

11 veut le faire, he wishes (wills, means) to do it. 

11 voudrait le faire, he would like to do it. 

Je veux etre a Paris avant le ler mai, I wish (intend) to be in Paris before 

the first of May. 
Je voudrais y etre maintenant, I should like to be there now, or I wish 1 

were there now. 

(2) In French, the subjunctive is always used after verbs 
expressing ivish or will, except only when both verbs (that is, 
the verb expressing wish or will and the verb depending on it) 
have the same person or persons for subjects ; in which case 
the second verb is put in the infinitive. 

Je veux que vous restiez ici, I wish you to stay here. 
H veut rester ici, he wishes to stay here. 

Vocabulary. 

defendre, to forbid. ordonner, to command. 

repliquer, to reply. exiger, to demand, insist. 

souhaiter, to wish (to make a wish trouver bon, to approve. 

for). trouver mauvais, to disapprove. 

douter, to doubt. surpris, surprised. 



Subjunctive of Emotion 171 

Exercise. 

1. Je doute qu'il reussisse. 2. Je desire que vous 
m'attendiez. 3. II veut que nous lui obeissions sans re- 
pliqner. 4. Vous ordonnez qu'on vous obeisse. 5 Elle 
exige que nous vous attendions. 6. Je defends qu'on le 
punisse. 7. Je suis surpris que vous lui parliez encore apres 
ce qu'il a dit et fait. 8. Je regrette beaucoup que vous 
m'ayez attendu, mais je vous assure que ce n'est pas ma faute. 

9. Adieu, monsieur, je souhaite que vous vous portiez bien. 

10. Voulez-vous bien perrnettre que ma soeur et moi nous 
jouions un peu? 11. Je veux que vous restiez ici l'une et 
l'autre, vous n'avez pas encore appris vos legons. 12. Je 
voudrais aller a la campagne, mais ce n'est pas possible. 

13. Ma mere est bien aise que vous soyez enfin revenu. 

14. Obeis, si tu veux qu'on t'obeisse un jour. — (Voltaire.) 

1. They wish you to speak to me. 2. Does he wish me to 
speak to you ? 3. He wishes to speak to me. 4. Do you wish 
him to speak to you about it ? 5. I hope she will reply to 
my letter this week. 6. She forbids me to speak to you. 
7. Are you not surprised that your brother has already come 
back ? 8. Do you insist upon my being punished ? 9. I 
consent to your playing a little, but you must stay here. 
10. We wish we were in Paris. 11. They wish us to dine 
with them on Monday. 12. We regret that you have not 
received our letter. 13. She doubts that we shall arrive 
before her. 14. I want to work with you, and I want you 
to work with me. 15. Did you not know that I had met 
him ? 16. It is not probable that you will work too much. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Voulez-vous lui parler de cette affaire ? 2. Voulez-vous 
que je lui en parle ? 3. Ne voulez-vous pas qu'elle chante 
cette chanson ? 4. Voulez-vous la chanter ? 5. Voulez- 
vous que je la chante moi-meme ? 6. Voudriez-vous aller a 
Paris ? 7. Si je voulais vous accompagner, voudriez-vous 



172 Subjunctive with Ne 

bien m'emmener avec vous ? 8. Trouvez-vous bon que 

votre frere travaille tant? 9. Faut-il qu'il travaille tout 
Pete ? 10. Ne souhaitez-vous pas qu'il se repose a la eanv 
pagne pendant le mois d'aout ? 

Lesson 80 : Subjunctive with Ne. 



Aucun chemin de fleurs ne conduit a la gloire. — There is no pathway of 
flowers leading to glory. 



The following verbs meaning to fear, craindre, avoir peur, 
and trembler, and the two verbs prendre garde (to take care) 
and empecher (to prevent, to keep from) not only are followed 
by the subjunctive, but they also require ne before it. 

J'ai peur qu'il ne reussisse, I fear that he will succeed. 
Empechez qu'il ne reussisse, prevent his succeeding. 

But note that, after verbs of fearing used negatively or in- 
terrogatively, ne is omitted. 

Craignez-vous qu'il soit venu, are you afraid that he has come? 
Je crains qu'il ne soit venu, I am afraid that he has come. 
Je crains qu'il ne soit pas venu, I am afraid that he has not come. 
Je ne crains pas qu'il soit venu, I am not afraid that he has come. 
Je ne crains pas qu'il ne soit pas venu, I am not afraid that he has not 
come. 

craindre (irregular), to fear. 

Present Participle. Past Participle. 

craignant. craint. 

Present Indicative. Imperfect Indicative. 

je crains. je craignais. 

tu crains. Past Definite. 



il craint. 
nous craignons 
vous craignez. 



je craignis. 
Future. 

ils craignent. J e craindrai. 

Past Indefinite. Conditional. 

j'ai craint. je craindrais. 



Subjunctive ivith Ne 173 

Vocabulary. 

le billet, the note. d6couvert, discovered. 

insulter, to insult. tranquille, tranquil, calm. 

soyez tranquille, rest assured, don't worry. 

Exercise. 

1. Je crains bien que vous ne vous soyez trompe. 2. Je 
ne crains pas que vous perdiez votre belle montre, vous n'etes 
plus un enfant. 3. Soyez tranquille, j'enrpecherai qu'on ne 
vous derange. 4. Je le ferai bien, si vous le voulez, mais 
je crois qu'il vaut mieux que ce soit vous. 5. lis meritent 
bien que nous les corrigions, mais ne soyons pas trop severes. 
6. Quoi ! vous souffrez qu'on vous batte ! un grand garqon 
comme vous ! 7. Je tremble que cette affaire ne soit de- 
couverte. 8. Ne craignez pas que je vous afflige : je gar- 
derai tous mes chagrins pour moi seul. 9. Ne me parlez pas 
ainsi, j'aime mieux que vous me grondiez. 10. Mon pere 
n'aime pas que vous voyagiez seul. 11. Je voudrais vous 
accompa,gner, mais je crains bien qu'il ne s'y oppose ; il veut 
que vous restiez ici. 

1. I fear you will lose the money which I have given you. 
2. But my sister does not fear that you will lose it. 3. I 
am afraid you are wrong. 4. I shall not suffer (souffrirai) 
you to insult me. 5. I shall not punish her ; I much pre- 
fer that she ask my pardon. 6. We shall prevent them 
from succeeding. 7. Do you approve of their disobeying 
you ? 8. I tremble lest you should be discovered. 9. Do 
not fear that I shall be betrayed. 10. She requires (exige 
or veut) me to wait for her. 11. I hope you are better. 
12. We are glad you are better. 13. Does he know that 
you are much better to-day? 14. They want us to take a 
walk together. 15. Take care (prenez garde) not to lose it. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Yotre petit f rere a ete tres mechant : il faut qu'on le pu- 
nisse, n'est-ce pas ? 2. Voulez-vous que je le punisse ? 



174 Subjimctive in Adjective Clauses 

3. Preferez-vous que ce soit monsieur votre pere ? 4. Trou 
vez-vous bon qu'on le punisse quand il le rnerite ? 5. Est-il 
possible que yous souffriez qu'on vous insulte ainsi ? 6. Ma- 
dame votre mere aime-t-elle que vous voyagiez seul ? 7. Ne 
trouvera-t-elle pas bon que nous voyagions ensemble ? 
8. Craignez-vous que je vous aie oublie ? 9. Trouvez-vous 
mauvais qu'elle ne reponde pas a, votre lettre? 10. Crai- 
gnent-ils que nous nous perdions dans la f oret ? 

Lesson 81 : Subjunctive in Adjective Clauses. 



On connait ses amis au besoin. — A friend in need is a friend indeed. 



After Relative Pronouns. 

A relative pronoun (ou, in which, included) is followed by 
the subjunctive whenever doubt, uncertainty, or purpose is 

implied. 

Je cherche quelqu'un qui me rende service. 

I am looking for some one who will oblige me. 



But 



J'ai un ami qui me rendra service. 
I have a friend who will oblige me. 



After a Superlative. 

The subjunctive is used after a superlative and after premier, 
dernier, and seul, unless the thought is stated as absolute fact. 
Accordingly, it is not used when the relative clause is merely 
explanatory or when the superlative is followed by de. 

C'est le plus beau livre qu'on ait jamais ecrit. 
It is the finest book that was ever written. 
C'est le premier (dernier, seul) homme qui l'ait fait. 
He is the first (last, only) man that Jias done it. 



But 



C'est le plus beau des livres que j'ai lus. 

It is the finest of the books that I have read. 

La meilleure eleve, qui etait malade, n'a pas gagn6 le prix. 

The best pupil, who was sick, did not win the prize. 



Subjunctive in Adjective Clauses 175 

Connaitre (irregular), to Jcnoiv, to be acquainted ivith. 

Present Participle. Past Participle. 

connaissant. connu. 

Present Indicative. 
je connais. nous connaissons. 

tu connais. vous connaissez. 

il connait. ils connaissent. 

Imperfect Indicative. Future 

je connaissais. je connaitrai. 

Past Definite. Conditional. 

je connus. je connaitrais. 

Past Indefinite, j'ai connu- 

Paraitre, to appear, is conjugated like connaitre. 

Exercise. 

1. Voila un beau cheval, c'est le plus bel animal que j'aie 
jamais yu. 2. C'est, en tout cas, le plus beau des chevaux 
qui etaient bier sur le champ de course. 3. Votre cousine 
est la femme la plus beureuse que je cormaisse. 4. Vous 
avez raison ; c'est bien certainement la plus aimable des femmes 
que je connais. 5. De ces trois ofiiciers, c'est le plus jeune 
que yous connaissez, n'est-ce pas ? 6. II y a peu d'hommes 
qui sachent 1 supporter l'adversite. 7. Cette "Histoire de 
France " est la meilleure de celles que j'ai dans ma bibliotheque. 

8. C'est, je crois, le seul livre serieux qu'ils aient cbez eux. 

9. J'ai besoin d'une histoire qui soit interessante pour les en- 
fants. 10. Cette menagerie est la plus grande qui soit jamais 
venue ici. 11. J'irai dans un pays qui soit bon pour la sante. 
12. Je connais un pays qui est bon pour la sante. 13. Votre 
frere est le premier qui soit arrive. 14. Voila le meilleur 
eleve qui se soit jamais assis sur les bancs de cette ecole. 

1. This is (void) the most beautiful bird tbat we ever saw. 
2. Do not cut this rose ; it is tbe only one we have in our 
garden. 3. G-ive me back my French dictionary, please ; it 
is the best one I have ever seen. 4. It is always the best 
books that I choose. 5. We are now looking for a house 

1 Present subjunctive of the verb savoir, to know, to know how, to be able. 



176 Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses 

where we shall be happy. 6. We have found a house where 
we shall be happy. 7. Is it the youngest of his daughters 
that is dead ? 8. Of these four ladies, it is the tallest that 1 
know. 9. Isn't she the happiest woman you know? 
10. She is the happiest of the women I know here. 11. Of 
the women I know, she is the happiest. 12. Is there a man 
who is content with (de) what he possesses ? 13. I know a 
man who is never unhappy, and yet (cependant) he possesses 
almost nothing. 14. I have been visiting my friend, who is 
ill. 15. Everybody desires friends that are faithful. 

Lesson 82: Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses. 



II faut battre le fer pendant qu'il est chaud. — Strike while the iron is hot. 



Certain conjunctions of purpose, condition, time, etc., are fol- 
lowed by the subjunctive. 

Compare the following lists of conjunctions taking respectively the 
subjunctive and the indicative. 

Subjunctive. Indicative. 

avant que, before. apres que, after. 

jusqu-a ce que, \ ^ pendant que, \ ^ 

en attendant que, J tandis que, J 

afin que, 1 . x . , ,, , puisque, since. 

^ } so that, in order that. * H ' 
pour que, J parce que, because. 

de sorte que, in such a way that. lorsque,1 , 

au cas que, in case {that). quand, / 

pourvu que, provided. aussitot que, 1 

^ ' \as soon as. 
suppose que, suppose. des que, J 

quoique, "| si, if. 

bien que, [although. tant que, so long as. 

encore que, J a mesure que, as, in proportion as. 

soit que . . . ou que, either . . . or. peut-etre que, perhaps. 

non que, not (that). comme, as. 

sans que, without. que, 1 used for one of the above con- 

que, 1 used for one of the above con- junctions, except si. 

junctions or for si, if. 

1 For use of que see Lesson 87. 



Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses 177 

Three conjunctions require not only the subjunctive, but 
also ne before it. (See Lesson 80.) 

a moins que, unless. de crainte que, | , , , . 
de peur que, J 

The following conjunctive expressions also take the sub- 
junctive : 

si (with adj. or adv.) . . . que, 1 however. 

quelque (with adj. or adv.) . . . que,/ 
qui que, tohoever. quoi que, whatever. 

Exercise. 

1. Je suis venu rnoi-menie arm que vous me racontiez toute 
l'affaire. 2. II faut que tout soit pr§t avant que M. votre 
pere arrive. 3. II me gronde (soit) que j'aie raison ou que 
j'aie tort. 4. Puisque vous §tes beaucoup plus fort que moi, 
vous porterez les paquets. 5. Bien que vous soyez beaucoup 
plus age que moi, j'ose dire que vous avez tort et que c'est moi 
qui ai raison. 6. Nous travaillerons jusqu'a ce que vous 
arriviez. 7. Pourvu que j'aie votre approbation, je serai 
content. 8. Suppose que votre chien me morde, est-ce que 
vous croyez que je ne lui donnerai pas de bons coups de pied? 
9. Je ne vous raconterai pas l'histoire, de peur que vous ne la 
repetiez a votre- cousin. 10. Je lui ai dit qu'il finisse son 
travail tout de suite. 11. II m'avait dit qu'il avait deja fini 
son travail. 12. Faites-lui savoir que je veux le voir. 

13. Le lion n'attaque jamais l'homme a moins qu'il ne soit 
provoque. 

1. I like him although he does not always obey me. 
2. You must work until I am ready. 3. I do not think he 
will reply to your letter before we arrive from the country. 

4. In case you need money, he will send you all of his. 

5. Since he has a great deal more than I, I will accept his 
offer. 6. He will not give me the money he has promised me, 
unless I obey him. 7. I shall not punish you to-day, al- 
though you deserve it. 8. You must be diligent so that your 



178 



Summary of Present Subjunctive 



mother may be pleased with. you. 9. Although you have 
promised me a holiday, you have not given it to me. 10. I 
shall give you a beautiful book illustrated by Gustave Dore, 
provided you win the first prize in (de) French. 11. I shall 
not win that prize unless you help me a little. 12. She does 
not dare to come here, for fear you will scold her. 13. She 
stayed at home until we had gone. 14. He natters us so that 
we may forgive him. for what he has done. 15. If you get 
here before twelve and if (que) I am not ready, wait for me 
until I have finished my work. 16. Before he buys a house, 
he must have another thousand dollars. 17. However rich 
one may be, one never has money enough. 



Lesson 83 : Summary of Present Subjunctive. 



A l'oeuvre on connait Partisan. — A workman is known by his work. 



The most common uses of the present subjunctive in sub- 
ordinate clauses may be seen from the following summary : 



Used after: 

Impersonal verbs, 
Negative verbs 
Interrogative verbs 
Verbs of emotion, etc 
Superlatives, 
Certain relatives, 
Certain conjunctions, 



?erbs, J 



Exceptions. 

Fact and probability. 

No doubt in the mind of the speaker. 

Esperer (affirmative). 
Followed by a, genitive. 

No doubt or purpose implied. 



Present Subjunctive of Irregular Verbs Already Used. 

For rules for determining the present subjunctive of a verb, see 
Lesson 77. 



dire. 


voir. 


aller. 


vouloir. 


que je dise. 


que je voie. 


que j'aille. 


que je veuille. 


que tu dises. 


voies. 


ailles. 


veuilles. 


qu'il dise. 


voie. 


aille. 


veuille. 


que nous disions. 


voyions. 


allions. 


voulions. 


que vous disiez. 


voyiez. 


alliez. 


vouliez. 


qu'ils disent. 


voient. 


aillent. 


veuillent 



Summary of Present Subjunctive 179 

The present subjunctives of faire, savoir, craindre, and connaitre are 
conjugated without change of stem : que je fasse, que je sache, que je 
craigne, que je connaisse. In envoyer and croire the same changes occur 
as in voir : que j'envoie, que je croie. 

Distinction between savoir and connaitre. 

, Savoir means to know through the mind, to have learned, to 
know that something is so, to know hoiv to. It never has a person 
for its object and may be followed by a conjunction or a verb. 

Savez-vous votre le^on, do you know your lesson? 

Combien de langues sait-ii, how many languages does he know? 

Je sais qu'elle est ici, I know that she is here. 

II sait lire et ecrire, he knows how to read and write. 

Connaitre means to be acquainted with, to know by sight or by 
the other senses, to recognize. It may have a person or thing 
for its object, but can never be followed by a conjunction or a 
verb. 

Nous connaissons de vue ce monsieur, we know that gentleman by sight. 

Connaissez-vous les ceuvres de Lamartine, do you know Lamartine's works? 

Je connais le dictionnaire de Littre, I know Littre's dictionary. 

Exercise. 

1. II n'est pas absolument necessaire que j'y aille, mais il 
est preferable dans mon interet, et peut-etre, aussi dans le 
votre, que je sois present a la discussion. 2. Adieu, mon 
ami; je souhaite que vous soyez toujours heureux. 3. Merci; 
j'espere que vous le serez aussi. 4. On me dit que votre 
^ousine, Yvonne, est la jeune fille la plus aimable qu'on ait 
jamais vue. 5. Qui que vous soyez, il n'est pas convenable 

que vous soyez impoli. 6. Bien que vous soyez devenu 
riche et que vous connais siez bien du monde, il faut que vous 
ne soyez pas trop fier, si vous voulez que Ton vous aime. 
7. II importe qu'il sache ce que vous avez fait. 8. II est 
temps que vous le lui disiez. 9. Je cherche un homme qui 
soit digne de grands honneurs. 10. Ne croyez-vous pas que 
je vous connaisse, Monsieur ? 11. Doutez-vous qu'elle sache 
sa leQon? 12. II me semble qu'elle l'a bien preparee. 



180 The Imperfect Subjunctive 

1. They do not believe that she knows it. 2. They do 
know that she knows us. 3. I want yon to see my friends 
when yon are in Paris next year ; they will wish to see yon, I 
am sure. 4. Yon must send them a note before yon call, so 

that yon will find them at home. 5. If yon do not do it, I 

am afraid that they will not be there. 6. Is it not probable 
that they will have come back from the shore before the first 
of Angnst ? 7. Whatever yon may say, I shall never believe 
him to be guilty. 8. Don't you think I know him better 
than you do ? 9. "We wish no one to fear us, but we wish to 
be obeyed. 10. I hope you believe it. 11. I doubt his 
sending them any money before we see him. 12. Don't you 
know that it is not certain you will succeed ? 13. He is the 
best man I know. 14. He is also the only man that I know 
well. 15. You say that because you do not wish to appear 
proud of your friends. 16. If you wish to go for a walk 
with us, you must be ready before ten. 

Lesson 84: Use of the Tenses of the Subjunctive. 



Plus fait douceur que violence. — Persuasion is better than force. 



After the present or future in the principal clause or, in con- 
versation, after the conditional, the present of the subjunctive 
is used ; after any other tense, the imperfect subjunctive. 



Je veux 
Je voudrai 
Je voudrais 



Je voulais 

Je voulus 

,.,,'. Je voudrais x 

qu'il le fasse. * . . 

* J ai voulu 



qu'il le fit. 



J'avais voulu 
J'aurais voulu 

When the subjunctive is in a compound tense, the tense of 

the auxiliary avoir or etre depends on the tense of the verb in 

the principal clause. 

Espeiez-vous qu'il l'ait fait ? 
Esperiez-vous qu'il l'eut fait ? 

1 In a formal, dignified style. 




La Cathedrale. — Strasbourg. 
Begun in the 1 1th century and finished in the 15th. The nave, which is here 
shown, dates from the 13th century. It is 100 feet in height and is 
famous for its gorgeous Medieval glass. 



The Imperfect Subjunctive 



181 



Tlie imperfect subjunctive is avoided in French whenever 
possible. If an infinitive construction cannot be substituted, 
the present subjunctive is used. 



Compare : 



II empechait que nous n'arrivassions a temps. 
II nous empechait d'arriver a temps. 
Je voudrais que vous m'accompagnassiez. 
Je voudrais que vous m'accompagniez. 



Formation of the Imperfect Subjunctive. 

The imperfect subjunctive of any French verb may be formed 
by adding -se to the second person singular of the past definite. 
There are no exceptions to this rule. In all conjugations ex- 
cept the first, the first person singular of the past definite may 
be used instead of the second. 



Past Definite. 
1st person. 2d person. 



Imperfect Subjunctive. 



je donnai, 


tu donnas. 


que je donnasse. 


j'allai, 


tu alias. 


que j'allasse. 


je recus, 


tu 


re$us. 


que je recusse. 


j'eus, 


tu 


eus. 


que j'eusse. 


je fus, 


tu fus. 


que je fusse. 


avoir. 




etre. 


donner. 


que j'eusse. 




que je fusse. 


que je donnasse. 


que tu eusses. 




que tu fusses. 


que tu donnasses. 


qu'il eut. 




qu'il fat. 


qu'il donnat. 


que nous eussions. 




que nous fussions. 


que nous donnassions, 


que vous eussiez. 




que vous fussiez. 


que vous donnassiez. 


qu'ils eussent. 




qu'ils fussent. 


qu'ils donnassent. 


finir. 




recevoir. 


vendre. 


que je finisse. 




que je recusse. 


que je vendisse. 


que tu finisses. 




que tu recusses. 


que tu vendisses. 


qu'il finit. 




qu'il recfit. 


qu'il vendit. 


que nous finissions 


I. 


que nous recessions. 


que nous vendissions. 


que vous finissiez. 




que vous regussiez. 


que vous vendissiez. 


qu'ils finissent. 




qu'ils regussent. 


qu'ils vendissent. 



Form and conjugate the imperfect subjunctive of other regular 
verbs and of the irregular verbs already given: dire, faire, 
savoir, aller, voir, croire, vouloir, etc. 



L82 The Imperfect Subjunctive 

Exercise. 

1. Je veux que vous soyez plus attentif. 2. Je voudrais 

que vous soyez (fussiez) plus attentif. 3. II est indispen- 
sable qu'il ait ses livres ce soir. 4. II etait indispensable 
qu'il eut ses livres ce soir. 5. Mon pere craint que vous ne 

soyez fatigue. 6. Mon pere craignait que vous ne fussiez 
fatigue. 7. II est temps qu'il finisse sa lettre et qu'il l'envoie 
a la poste. 8. II e'tait temps qu'il finit sa lettre et qu'il 
l'envoyat a la poste. 9. Je prefere qu'elle clioisisse elle- 
meme ce qu'elle desire. 10. Je prefererais qu'elle choisit 
elle-meme ce qu'elle desire. 11. J'ai prefere qu'elle choisit 
elle-meme ce qu'elle desirait. 12. J'empecherai qu'il ne 
ferme la porte. 13. J'ai empeche qu'il ne fermat la porte. 

14. C'est le plus beau morceau de musique que j'aie jamais 
entendu. 15. C'etait le plus beau morceau de musique que 

j'eusse jamais entendu. 16. Ne lui parlez pas, de peur qu'elle 
ne fonde en larmes. 17. Je ne lui ai pas parle de peur 
qu'elle ne fondit en larmes. 

1. It is time for her to choose (that she should choose). 
2. It was time for her to choose. 3. You are the only man 
whom (pi qui) she obeys. 4. You were the only man whom 

she obeyed. 5. It is certain that I am right. 6. It was 
certain that I was right. 7. I should like to have him re- 
ceive these letters in time (d temps). 8. I wished him to 
receive those letters in time. 9. I shall not accept their 
invitation unless I have the permission of my father and 
mother. 10. Do you believe they are guilty ? 11. Did you 
believe they were guilty ? 12. He approves of my being (he 
finds good that I am) idle. 13. He approved of my being 
idle. 14. Do you think that he is right? 15. Did you 

think that he was right? 16. I think that he is wrong. 
17. I fear that he is wrong. 18. I do not think he is wrong. 
19. I did not think that he was wrong. 20. I feared he was 
wrong. 



The Subjunctive Mode 183 

Lesson 85: Further Drill on the Subjunctive. 



II faut saisir Poccasion aux cheveux. — You must seize time by the 

forelock. 



Falloir and Pleuvoir. 

The verbs falloir, to be necessary, and pleuvoir, to rain, are 
impersonal. 

falloir. pleuvoir. 

Pres. Indic. il faut. il pleut. 

Imperf. Indic. il fallait. . il pleuvait. 

Past Definite, il fallut. il plut. 

Future. il faudra. il pleuvra. 

Pres. Condit. il faudrait. il pleuvrait. 

Pres. Subj. qu'il faille. qu'il pleuve. 

Imperf. Subj. qu'il fallut. qu'il plut. 

Plus and Davantage, more. 

Plus is always followed by the second term of the comparison. 

J'en ai plus que vous ; j'en ai plus de cinquante. 

I have more than you; I have more than fifty. 

Exception : ne . . . plus. 

Je ne travaille plus : je n'en peux plus. 

I do not work any more : I can't stand it any longer. 

After davantage, the second term of the comparison is 
understood. 
II veut que je travaille davantage, he wants me to work more (than I do). 

Exercise. 

1. Elle ne croit pas qu'il ait recu tout cet argent ce matin. 
2. Elle ne croyait pas qu'il l'eut requ. 3. Je souhaite que 
vous ayez ma lettre a temps. 4. Je voudrais bien que vous 
Payez a temps. 5. Je veux qu'il etudie davantage. 6. II 
fallait qu'il etudiat davantage. 7. Ne commencez pas la dis- 
cussion avant que votre frere arrive. 8. Vous etes entre dans 



184 The Subjunctive Mode 

la discussion avant que votre frere arrivat. 9. Savez-vous 
qu'il pleut ? 10. Quoiqu'il pleuve, nous ne resterons plus 
dans la maison. 11. Croyez-vous qu'il faille que j 'attend e 
plus d'une heure ? 12. II faudra que vous travailliez davan- 
tage, si vous voulez etre riche. 13. II n'a pas ose entrer de 
crainte que l'heure ne fut passee. 14. Savez-vous s'il pleuvra? 

1. Do you know who I am ? 2. I do not believe that she 
has gone away. 3. What must he do ? 4. He must finish 
his work before we arrive. 5. What shall you do in case 
he repeats that story? 6. I am glad that you are better 
to-day. 7. I wish you to lend me this book as soon as you 
have finished it. 8. I am surprised that you haven't finished 
it yet. 9. She fears we shall disobey her. 10. They feared 
we should disobey them. 11. Do not fear that you will be 
disobeyed. 12. I shall never forgive you, unless you stay 
here until you see him. 13. Is it possible that you don't 
know what has happened ? 14. I insist on your knowing your 
lesson. 15. Are you sorry that I haven't even (mime) looked 
at it ? 16. I do not know anybody that is as unfortunate as 
he, although he is rich. 17. Whatever she may say, and 
however poor she may be, it seems to us that she is happier 
than the other women we know. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quel est le premier livre francais que vous avez lu? 
2. Savez-vous qui en est 1'auteur? 3. ITaut-il que je vous 
dise qui l'a ecrit? 4. Que voulez-vous que je fasse? 

5. Voudriez-vous que je reste (restasse) ici avec vous? 

6. Est-il probable que votre ami vende sa maison? 7. Ne 
vous a-t-on pas dit que sa sceur est morte la semaine derniere ? 
8. C'etait la jeune fille la plus aimable que vous ayez jamais 
connue, n'est-ce pas ? 9. Connaissez-vous une personne qui 
soit toujours heureuse? 10. Connaissez-vous un endroit (spot, 
place) qui soit bon pour la sante ? 11. Savez-vous patiner ? 
12. II parait que vous vous trompez quelquefois, n'est-ce pas ? 



Subjunctive in Independent Clauses 185 

1. Who is the richest man yon know ? 2. Is he the only 
rich man yon ever saw? 3. Yon are afraid that yon will 
never be as rich as he, are yon not ? 4. Yon never will be, 
nnless yon work more. 5. Do yon think I am right? 
6. Don't yon think I am older than yon ? 7. Isn't it prob- 
able that I am ? 8. Did yon know that we saw a friend of 
yonrs a few days ago ? 9. Do yon wish to go with me, or 
do yon wish me to go alone ? 10. Although we correct onr 
sentences, isn't it possible that there are some mistakes that 
we do not see ? 11. Whatever he says, don't yon think it is 
right for him to do his duty ? 



Lesson 86: Subjunctive in Independent Clauses. 



Eoni soit qui mal y pense. — Evil to him who evil thinks. 



In an independent clanse the snbjnnctive nsnally expresses 
a wish. Strictly speaking, the following examples consist of 
subordinate clauses, with the principal clauses suppressed. 

Ton regne vienne, ta volonte soit faite, Thy kingdom come, Thy will be 

done. 
Ainsi soit-il, so let it be. 

Vive l'empereur, long live the emperor ! Three cheers for the emperor I 
Sauve qui peut, let him save himself who can {every man for himself). 
Dieu me soit en aide, God help me ! 
Plut a Dieu que ce ne fut pas vrai, would to God it were not true I 

The third persons singular and plural of the subjunctive are 
used to fill out the paradigm of the imperative. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

donnons, let us give. 
donne, {do thou) give. donnez, give. 

qu'il donne, let him give. qu'ils donnent, let them give. 

Que tout le monde fasse son devoir, let everybody do his duty. 



186 Subjunctive in Independent Clauses 

Observe the use of the present subjunctive of savoir t<i 
express a softened assertion : 

Je ne sache rien de plus charmant, I know nothing more charming. 
Est-il venu quelqu'un pendant mon absence ? Pas que je sache. 
Has any one come during my absence ? Not that I know of. 
II se porte bien, autant que je sache, he is well, so far as I know. . 
Also : Qui vive ? Who goes there ? 

Duss6-je mourir, je le ferai, Were I to die, I shall do it. 
Soit ! or Qu'il en soit ainsi ! So be it ! 

The pluperfect subjunctive (j'eusse fait, je fusse alle, etc.) is 
sometimes used in an elevated style in both parts of a condi- 
tional sentence. 

II est vrai, s'il m'eut cru, qu'il n'eut point fait des vers. (Boileau.} 

It is true, if he had believed me, he would have made no verses. 

Si le sombre empire de Pluton se rut entr'ouvert, je n'aurais pas ete saisi, je 

l'avoue, d'une plus grande horreur. (Fenelon.) 
If the dark empire of Pluto had half opened before me, I should not 

have been seized, I admit, with greater horror. 
Fabricius, qu'eut pense votre grande ame, si, pour votre malheur, rappel6 

a la vie, vous eussiez vu la face pompeuse de cette Rome, sauvee par 

votre bras. {J. J. Mousseau.) 
Fabricius, what would your great soul have thought, if, unhappily 

for yourself, recalled to life, you had seen the gorgeous appearance 

of this Borne, saved by your arm ! 

Vocabulary. 

la paix, peace. benir, to bless. 

la lune, the moon. f&che, sorry, vexed, angry. 

domestique (m. or f.), the servant. 

Exercise. 

1. Cet homme etait toujours bien mechant. 2. Perisse 
sa memoire ! 3. Plut a Dieu que je ne fusse pas venu! 
4. Qui Petit dit ! Qui Teut cru! 5. Exigez-vous que je 

fasse ce que je ne veux pas faire ? 6. Qui que vous soyez, 
n'attendez pas que Dieu vous nourrisse sans que vous travail- 
liez vous-m8me. 7. Que tout le monde se leve aussitot 

qu'il entrera, 8. Vous etes la seule femme que ie eon- 



Subjunctive with Que 187 

naisse ici. 9. Leur avez-vous dit que nous voulons qu'ils 
achetent les places ? 10. La sentinelle s'ecrie, (i Qui vive ! " 

11. Trouvez-vous que cette ville soit plus belle que Londres ? 

12. Ne trouvez-vous pas que Paris est magnifique ? 13. Je 
ne sache rien de plus beau que ce jardin. 14. Dieu vous 
pardonne ! 

1. It is possible that my father is not the best man in the 
world, but it seems to me that he is the best man that I know 
or have ever seen. 2. Grod bless you ! You have spoken 
well. 3. I don't suppose that you believe it. 4. Has any- 
body ever visited the moon ? 5. Nobody, so far as I know. 
6. Did you know that it was raining ? 7. Never mind 

(nHmporte) ; let it rain ! 8. Do you hope it will freeze to- 
night ? 9. We are looking for a servant that is faithful. 
10. We have one that is always faithful. 11. We are very 
sorry that you haven't one also. 12. Do you think I am 
right when I say that this music is the best we ever heard ? 

13. Whatever you do, do it well. 14. You wish it, so be 
it. 15. The king is dead ; long live the king ! 16. Peace 
be with you ! 17. I am sorry that he told you that false 
story. 

Lesson 87 : Subjunctive with Que. 



Un malheur ne vient jamais seul. — Misfortunes never come singly. 



Que may be used to avoid the repetition of any conjunction. 
It requires the subjunctive only when it stands for a conjunc- 
tion that requires the subjunctive, or for si. 

Comme je n'ai pas beaucoup d'argent, et que je suis un peu malade, je ne ferai 

pas ce voyage. 
As I have not much money, and as I am not very well, I shall not take 

that journey. 
Venez ici que nous vous grondions, come here, so we may scold you. 
S'il vient et que je ne sois pas a la maison, faites venir mon frere. 
If he comes and I am not at home, send for my brother. 



188 



Subjunctive with Que 



Ne is required before the following verb when que stands 
for a moins que, avant que, sans que, jusqu'a ce que, de peur 
que, and de crainte que (also depuis que and il y a . . . que). 

Je ne partirai pas d'ici que vous ne m'ayez tout raconte. 

I shall not leave this place till you have told me everything. 
Prenez garde (de peur) qu'il ne vous voie, take care lest he see you. 

II y a deux mois que je ne l'ai vu, I have not seen him for two months. 

Venir (irregular), to come. 



Pres. Indic. 

je viens. 

tu viens. 

il vient. 

nous venons. 

vous venez. 

ils viennent. 
Imperf. Indic. 

je venais. 
Past. Indef. 

je suis venu. 



Present Participle. 
venant, coming. 

Past. Def. 
je vins. 
tu vins. 
il vint. 



nous vmmes. 
vous vintes. 
ils vinrent. 
Future. 
je viendrai. 
Condit. Pres. 
je viendrais. 



Past Participle. 
venu, come. 

Pres. Subj. 
que je vienne. 
que tu viennes. 
qu'il vienne. 
que nous venions. 
que vous veniez. 
qu'ils viennent. 
Imperf. Subj. 
que je vinsse. 
que tu vinsses. 
qu'il vint, etc. 



Tenir, to hold, is conjugated like venir. 

Exercise. 
1. Nous regrettons beaucoup que vous soyez malade ce 
matin. 2. Je souhaite que vous vous portiez bien demain. 
3. Qu'avez-vous done, mon ami ? II y a bien quinze jours que 
nous ne vous avons vu. 4. Croyiez-vous que je fusse malade? 
5. Je craignais que vous ne le fussiez. 6. Ils ne partiront 
pas sans que nous les voyions. 7. Qui que vous soyez, 
votre devoir est d'obeir a la loi. 8. Qui que ce soit que vous 
blamiez, vous avez tort. . -9. Prut a Dieu que le sacrifice de 
ma vie put sauver la sienne. 10. Je ne joue jamais avec 
lui que je ne perde. 11. C'est dommage que nous soyons 
si pauvres. 12. II est probable que nous ne le serons pas 
toujours. 

1. Are you afraid he will come? 2. Do you think he 
will ? 3. What do you want me to do ? 4. I want you 



The Infinitive 189 

to study more. 5. When she comes, we shall be very- 
happy. 6. I beg your pardon, but I am happy that she 
isn't here. 7. Would she be happy if she knew that? 
8. Do not tell it to her for fear she will be unhappy. 9. If 
they come this afternoon, and I am not here, they will wait 
for me, will they not ? 10. Whatever you do, do not stay 
here any longer. 11. Although you are wise, it is possible 
that you are mistaken. 12. I told him that, so that he might 
know it. 13. Three cheers for France ! 14. I am sorry 
you do not know my cousin. 15. Are you afraid it will rain 
to-morrow ? 16. I do not know whether it will rain or not, 
but I must finish my work. 17. Do you forget that we are 

older than you ? 

Lesson 88 : The Infinitive. 



Promettre et tenir sont deux. — It is easier to promise than to perform. 



An infinitive may be used in the nominative or in the objec- 
tive case, or it may be used after such prepositions as de, a ? 
par, pour, apres, sans, avant de, etc. 

The Infinitive without a Preposition. 

An infinitive may be the subject or a predicate nominative. 

La voir, c'est Paimer, to see her is to love her. 
A quoi sert tarder, what is the use of delaying. 
II faut parler, it is necessary to speak. 
In the last example, parler is the logical subject of il faut. 

An infinitive without a preposition is sometimes used as art 

exclamation, a question, or an imperative. 

♦ 
Que faire, what's to be done? 

Agir ainsi, act thus I 
Voir page 60, see page 60. 
Note also : Je ne sais que faire, i" do not know what to do,. 



190 



The Infinitive 



An infinitive may be the direct object. Of the verbs re 
quiring no preposition, 1 learn the following : 



aimer mieux, to like better. 
aller, to go. 
compter, to intend. 
croire, to believe. 
desirer, to desire, to wish. 
6couter, to listen. 
preferer, to prefer. 
pretendre, to pretend. 
regarder, to look at. 
savoir, to know how. 
sembler, to seem. 



entendre, to hear. 

esperer, to hope. 

faire, to make. 

laisser, to let. 

oser, to dare. 

pouvoir, to be able. 

venir, to come. 

voir, to see. 

vouloir, to wish. 

il faut, it is necessary. 

il vaut mieux, it is better. 

Aller and venir, followed by an infinitive without a preposi- 
tion, sometimes have the meaning of go and, come and. 

II est alle lui parler, he went and spoke to her. 
Elle est venue nous aider, she came and helped us. 

Than before an infinitive is expressed by que de. 
U vaut mieux rire que de pleurer, it is better to laugh than to cry. 

The Infinitive with Pour. 
When the English to means in order to, for the purpose of 
(especially unfulfilled purpose), it is expressed by pour. 

Elle viendra pour nous rendre visite, mais nous serons partis. 
She will come to visit us, but we shall be gone. 



Pouvoir, to be able, can, may. 



Present Participle, pouvant. 



Pres. Indic. 
je peux, je puis, 
tu peux. 
il peut. 
nous pouvons. 
vous pouvez. 
ils peuvent. 

Imp erf. Indic. 
je pouvais. 
Past Indef. 
j'ai pu. 



Past Def. 
je pus. 
tu pus. 
il put. 

nous pumes. 
vous putes. 
ils purent. 
Future. 
je pourrai. 
Condit. Pres. 
je pourrais. 



Past Participle, pu. 
Pres. Subj. 
que je puisse. 
que tu puisses. 
qu'il puisse. 
que nous puissions. 
que vous puissiez. 
qu'ils puissent. 

Imperf. Subj. 
que je pusse. 
que tu pusses, 
qu'il put, etc. 



The complete list will be found on p. 



>.s. 



Tlie Infinitive 191 

Exercise. 

1. J'aimerais mieux lui parler que de lui ecrire. 2. Elle 
est allee voir son oncle, qui est arrive ce matin de Paris. 
3. N'esperez pas me tromper; vous n'etes pas assez malin 
pour cela. 4. Est-ce que vous avez ose lui dire une pareille 
jchose? 5. Pourquoi ne veniez-vous pas nous voir plus 
souvent lorsque nous demeurions si pres de vous ? 6. Nous 
ne vivons pas pour manger, mais nous mangeons pour vivre. 
7. Elles viennent me parler. 8. Elles sont venues pour me 
parler, mais elles ne m'ont pas trouve. 9. J'ai fait tout mon 
possible pour gagner son amitie, mais il parait que je n'ai pas 
reussi. 10. Maintenant, que faire? 11. Vouloir, c'est 
pouvoir. 12. Voir la derniere page de ce livre. 

1. We went and saw (we went to see) our aunt this morn- 
ing ; she is much better. 2. I hope to see you 1 on Thursday. 
3. She did not dare to look at them. 4. She does not wish 
to come to-day, unless you think that she will find her father 
here. 5. Seeing is believing. 6. I like better to leave to- 
day than stay until the eleventh. 7. She will not be willing 
to accompany us. 8. They may come and see us this morn- 
ing. 9. They came to see us last evening, but we were 
out. 10. We shall do our very best 2 to receive him with 
honor. 11. She did it to please you. 12. I do not know 
how to thank her. 13. Thank her ? 14. Do you think 
they can return soon ? 15. You do not seem to believe what 
I say. 16. Let them come ! I would rather see them to-day 
than to wait until a week from Friday. 17. May I come 
too ? 18. You may come, and you may bring all your friends 
with you. 19. It seems to me that you are mistaken ; I do 
not believe that I am acquainted with this lady. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quand comptez-vous partir pour la campagne ? 2. ISTe 
pouvez-vous pas venir nous voir avant de partir ? 3. Aimez- 

1 A pronoun is placed before the verb of which it is the object. 

2 See French sentence 9, above. 



192 The Infinitive with De 

vous raieux aller a la campagne que de rester en ville (in town) ? 
4. Esperez-vous y passer tout Pete ? 5. Croyez-vous qu'il 
ait dit cela pour me trornper? 6. Pensez-vous que votre 
ami Paul puisse reus sir dans cette affaire ? 7. Pourquoi 
votre oncle est-il alle a Londres ? 8. Croyez-vous qu'il 

compte y passer l'hiver? 9. Avez-vous fait tout votre pos- 
sible pour comprendre Pemploi du subjonctif en francais ? 
10. Pretendez-vous le comprendre ? 

Lesson 89 : The Infinitive with De. 



Vous mettez la charrue devant les bceufs. — You put the cart before 

the horse. 



Certain verbs require de before the infinitive. With, most 
of these verbs the true meanings of de, of, from, concerning, 
are implied. The following are among those most frequently 
used : x 

cesser de, to cease from. eviter de, to avoid. 

commander de, to command from. negliger de, to neglect to. 

conseiller de, to advise to. ordonner de, to order to. 

craindre de, to fear to. permettre de, to allow to. 

d&fendre 2 de, to forbid to. promettre de, to promise to. 

dire de, to tell to. recommander de, to recommend to. 

ecrire de, to write to. refuser de, to refuse to. 

essayer de, to try to. remercier de, to thank for. 

venir de, to have just. 

The verb avoir followed by a noun requires de before the 
next verb, if that verb cannot be changed into an infinitive 
passive : 

avoir la bont6 de, to have the kindness to, to be so good as to. 
avoir le courage de, to have the courage to. 



1 A more complete list is given in the Appendix, page 328. 

2 Defendre, to defend, takes the accusative ; defendre, to forbid, the dative 



The Infinitive with De 193 

avoir l'audace de, to have the audacity to. 

avoir le plaisir de, to have the pleasure of (doing). 

avoir l'occasion de, to have an opportunity to. 

avoir l'intention de, to intend to. 

avoir coutume de, to be accustomed to. 

avoir envie de, to have a mind or a toish to, to feel like. 
avoir raison de, to de right to. avoir tort de, to be wrong to. 

avoir peur de, to be afraid to. avoir besoin de, to need to. 

An adjective preceded by the impersonal verb il est, il etaitj 
etc., requires de before the infinitive : 

H est difficile de faire ce que vous desirez. 
It is difficult to do what you wish. 

Mettre, to put, to put on. 1 

Present Participle, mettant. Past Participle, mis, 

Present Indicative. 

je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils mettent. 

Past Definite, je mis. 

Vocabulary. 

se mettre, to place one's self to sit. permettre, to permit. 

admettre, to admit. promettre, to promise. 

commettre, to commit. ' soumettre, to submit. 
omettre de faire, to omit doing. absurde, absurd. 

sonner, to ring. vouloir dire, to mean. 

Exercise. 

1. II a cesse de travailler au niois de Janvier dernier. 
2. Je ne vous conseille pas de l'attendre, il n'arrive jamais a 
temps. 3. Est-ce que vous craignez de lui parler? C'est 
l'homme le plus aimable du monde. 4. Je vous defends de 
sortir. 5. N'essayez pas de me tromper. 6. II a refuse de 
nous accompagner. 7. Elle n'a pas eu le courage d'entrer, 
8. II est plus facile de dire cela que de le faire. 9. J'ai eu 

I Hereafter only tenses that cannot be formed regularly will be given. 



194 The Infinitive with De 

l'occasion de faire la connaissance de M me - votre tante ; cest 
une charmante vieille danie. 10. Je pense que vous avez eii 
tort de lui reprocher cette action, il ne vous le pardonnera 
jamais. 11. II m'a ecrit de lui envoyer tout ce qu'il a laisse 
chez nous. 12. Permettez-lui de venir vous voir demain. 
13. Je vous rernercie de ce conseil et je vous proniets de le 
suivre. 14. Qu'est-ce que cela veut dire ? 

1. He promises to start for London with, me this evening. 

2. I had the pleasure of meeting your uncle last night. 

3. They tried to deceive me. 4. She refused to come with 
me. 5. Did he avoid speaking to us ? 6. Have the kind- 
ness to ring. 7. We have a mind to go to the seashore at the 
beginning of next week. 8. I hope you will not have the 
boldness to ask him for more money. 9. It is absurd to 
speak so (ainsi). 10. She neglects writing [infinitive] to us. 
11. Do not forbid his coming with us. 12. Allow me to take 
your watch. 13. Promise to give it back to me. 14. Put 
on your hat and gloves, and we will go for a walk. 15. Do 
not omit more than two of these sentences. 16. What do 
you mean ? 17. I mean that I cannot allow you to be idle. 

18. Will you promise to take me to the theatre this evening ? 

19. I cannot promise it to you. 20. Will you be so good as to 
shut the door ? 21. We had the pleasure of seeing your mother 
this morning. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous absolument besoin de les voir ? 2. Est-ce 
que vous avez peur de venir avec nous ? 3. Ou votre soeur 
a-t-elle coutume de se promener ? 4. Votre pere vous a-t-il 
ordonne de faire cette commission? 5. Avez-vous envie de 
vous promener a cheval ce matin ? 6. Suis-je le seul qui 
vous ait encourage dans vos travaux ? 7. II est temps de 
partir, n'est-ce pas ? 8. Avez-vous eu le plaisir d'aller voir 
vos cousins ? 9. Ne croyez-vous pas qu'il a raison d'oublier 
cette discussion ? 10. Pourquoi avez-vous neglige de re« 
pondre a ma lettre ? 



The Infinitive with A 19& 

Lesson 90 : The Infinitive with A. 



Ce n'est pas la mer a boire. — It is not so very difficult. 1 






Certain verbs require a before the following infinitive In 
many of these verbs the true meanings of a, to, at. in, are 
implied. "Such are : 2 

aider a, to help to. engager a, to induce to. 

aimer a, to like to. enseigner a, to teach to. 

s'appliquer a, to apply one's self to. s'habituer a, to get accustomed to. 

apprendre a, to learn, to teach to. inviter a, to ask, invite to. 

s'attendrea, to expect to. se mettre a, to begin to. 

consentir a, to consent to. renoncer a, to renounce, to give up. 

deader a, to persuade to. reussir a, to succeed in. 

se decider a, to decide to. tarder a, to be late in, to delay in. 

venir a, to chance to. 

The verb avoir followed by a noun requires a before the next 
verb, if that verb can be changed into the infinitive passive. 

J'ai une lettre a 6crire, I have a letter to write (meaning to be written). 
lis ont une maison a louer, they have a house to let (meaning to be let). 
Compare with avoir de, Lesson 89. 

An adjective preceded by c'est, c'etait, or cela est, cela etait, 
requires a before the next verb (passive idea). 

C'est difficile a f aire, ) ', ., . ,■.-, ... M , . , . . . , N 

_ , , ..„ ., , , . \ that is difficult to do (meaning to be done). 
Cela est difficile a faire, J 

Compare with il est difficile de, Lesson 89. 

Like a number of other verbs, commencer and continuer take either de 

or a; with these two verbs a is more commonly used, regardless of meaning. 

Observe the following examples of venir : 
II est venu m'en parler, he came and spoke to me about it. 
Elles viennent d'arriver, they have just arrived. 
Si elle vient a finir avant nous, if she happens to finish before we do. 
lis sont venus nous voir, mais nous venions de sortir, they came to see ms, 
but we had just gone out. 

1 Literally, It is not like drinking the sea. 

2 See list in the Appendix, page 329. 



196 The Infinitive with A 

Ecrire, to write. 
Present Participle, ecrivant. Past Participle, ecrit. 

Present Indicative. 

j'ecris, tu ecris, il ecrit, nous ecrivons, vous ecrivez, ils ecrivent. 

Past Definite, j'ecrivis, etc. 

Exercise. 

1. Elle s'est appliquee a me tourmenter hier soir. 2. Ne 
vous attendez pas a le voir avant rnidi et demi. 3. Ils n'ont 
pas consenti a me laisser rester ici. 4. Vous ont-ils enfin 
decide a venir jouer avec nous? 5. II ne s'est pas encore 
habitue a faire cinq repas par jour. 6. M me - votre mere m'a 
invite a diner chez vous ce soir. 7. II y a deux ans que j'ai 
renonce a fumer. 8. Avez-vous enfin reus si a rencontrer ce 
monsieur qui vous ecrit si souvent? 9. II me semble que 
vous avez beaucoup tarde a venir. 10. J'ai trois lettres a 
ecrire et deux personnes a visiter. 11. II est difficile de faire 
tout cela en si peu de temps. 12. Oui, c'est plus facile a dire 
qu'a faire. 13. Tout le monde se mit a chanter et a danser. 
14. Je viens de finir ce que j'avais a faire. 

1. They have letters to write. 2. I have nothing to fear. 
3. I have invited them to dine with us. 4. She is always 
late in getting here. 5. He succeeded in winning the second 
prize. 6. That is not easy to do. 7. I intend to write to 
him on Saturday next. 8. When will you give up asking 
him for money ? 9. What a beautiful apple ! Is it good to 
eat? 10. How long have you been writing? 11. I wish 
to teach you to speak this language. 12. I cannot help you 
to learn it unless you will write a great many sentences every 
day. 13. You must get accustomed to studying five or six 
hours a day. 14. That is strange to hear. 15. It is possi- 
ble that I am mistaken, but I fear you have forgotten what I 
told you to do. 16. I beg your pardon, sir, but we have just 
done it. 17. Haven't they a house to sell? No, sir, but 
they have one to let. 



Subjunctive and Infinitive Compared 197 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous beaucoup a faire ce matin? 2. Combien 
d'exercices avez-vous a preparer pour demain? 3. Avez- 
vous enfin consenti a faire ce que je vous ai demande ? 4. A 
quelle heure Vous rnettez-vous a etudier le soir? 5. Avez- 
-vous essaye de vous habituer a ce travail ? 6. Avez-vous de 
l'argent a dormer a ce pauvre vieux ? 7. Qu'est-ce qui vous 
a decide a faire ce voyage? 8. Quand votre frere va-t-il 
renoncer a f umer ? 9. Votre voisin a-t-il une maison a vendre 
ou a louer ? 10. Si vous venez a rencontrer notre ami vous 
lui direz bien des choses de ma part, n'est-ce pas ? 

Lesson 91 : Subjunctive and Infinitive Compared. 



En toute chose il faut considerer la fin. — Look before you leap. 



When the subjunctive mode can be avoided by using the 
infinitive in the secondary clause, as in the following cases, 
it should be done, since the frequent use of the subjunctive 
makes the style heavy. 

(1) When two verbs have the same person for subject, the 
second is generally in the infinitive. See Lesson 79, (2). 

Est-ce que vous craignez de lui parler, do you fear to speak to him? 
Je voudrais bien etre a votre place, I wish I were in your place. 

(2) If the two clauses have the same person for subject, the 
conjunction which joins them may often be changed to a 
preposition, and the following verb will in consequence be in 
the infinitive. 



Conjunction. 






Preposition. 


afin que, 


in order that, 




afin de. 


pour que, 


in order that, 




pour. 


avant que, 


before, 




avant de. 


sans que, 


without, 




sans. 


a moins que, 


unless, 




a moins de. 


de crainte que, 


for fear that, 


lest, 


de crainte de. 


de peur que, 


for fear that, 


lest, 


de peur de. 


jusqu'a ce que, 


till, until, 




jusque. 



198 Subjunctive and Infinitive Compared 

Venez me voir avant de lui ecrire, come to see me before you write to him. 
D ne sortira pas de peur de vous rencontrer, he will not go out lest he 
should meet you. 

(a) Apres is used with the perfect of the infinitive : 

Les enfants courent dans le jardin apres avoir fini leurs devoirs. 

The children run in the garden after finishing their tasks. 

(3) Falloir. If the subject of must is a noun, falloir is fol- 
lowed by the subjunctive ; if the subject is a personal pronoun, 
or if the statement is general, falloir may be followed by the 
infinitive. 

II faut que Jean le fasse, John must do it. 

Ilf * ut ^ iUefasse ')hemustdoit. 
II lui faut le faire, J 

II me (vous, leur) faut le faire, I (you, they) must do it. 

II faut qu'on le fasse, | one must do it, or 

n faut le faire, J it must be done. 

Observe also, : 

lis leur faut de l'argent, they must have (want) money. 

II faut un de a ma sceur, my sister needs a thimble. 

Un homme corame il faut, a gentleman. 

Courir, to run. 

Present Participle. Past Participle. 

courant. couru. 

Present Indicative. 
je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, ils courent. 
Future. Past Definite 

je courrai. je courus. 

Conditional, je courrais. 

Mourir, to die. 

Present Participle. Past Participle. 

mourant. mort. 

Present Indicative. 
je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, ils meurenl 
Future. Past Definite. 

je mourrai. je mourus. 



Subjunctive and Infinitive Compared 199 

Present Subjunctive. 
que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, que nous mourions, que vous 
mouriez, qu'ils meurent. 

Imperative. 

meurs, mourons, mourez. 

Notice the doubled r in the future and conditional of courir and mourir, 
distinguishing in pronunciation these forms from those of the present and 
imperfect. 

Exercise. 

1. Mon pere a ordonne que les enfants descendissent au 
salon. 2. Mon pere a ordonne aux enfants de descendre tout 
de suite au salon. 3. Elle comniande que je lui achete un 
journal franqais. 4. Elle ni'a commande de lui acheter un 
journal franqais. 5. Je ne sortirai pas avant qu'il nous ait 
donne sa parole. 6. Je ne sortirai pas avant d'avoir obtenu 
votre promesse. 7. II craint qu'elle ne meure. 8. II craint 
de mourir. 9. Elle dit vous avoir ecrit. 10. Elle dit que 
vous m'avez ecrit. 11. Elle me dit de vous ecrire. 12. II 
pretend avoir raison. 13. II pretend, que je n'ai pas raison. 
14. II croit avoir bien fait. 15. II croit que vous avez bien 
fait. 16. Combien de temps faut-il pour apprendre a parler 
franqais ? 17. Cela depend de bien des choses. 

1. I fear I am wrong. 2. I feared I was wrong. 3. I 
am sorry I am late (etre en retard). 4. I was sorry I was 
late. 5. The doctor has ordered that I should run a little 
every day, 6. I thought I had seen you somewhere. 7. He 
pretends he has spoken to you. 8. He will not try it for fear 
he should make a mistake. 9. I shall speak to him before I 
write to you. 10. I wish I were in the country that I might 
(pour pouvoir) rest. 11. Is it possible to do that ? 12. That 
is impossible to do. 13. Must one always do one's best? 
14. Must you stay here long ? 15. He now believes she is 
dead. 16. We (on) must not believe all we hear. 17. The 
poor old woman of whom I was speaking to you the other day 
died yesterday. 18. The pupils are running in the yard be- 
hind the school. 19. The old king died in 1693, at the age 
of eighty years. 



200 The Present Participle 

Lesson 92 : The Present Participle. 



II n'y a que les ames aimantes qui soient propres a l'etude de la 

nature. — Xone but loving souls are fit for the study of nature. 



A present participle may be used either as an adjective or as 
a verb. 

(1) As an adjective, a present participle follows and agrees 
with the noun that it modifies. 

Ces hommes prevoyants ont apercu le danger, these far sighted men have 
perceived the danger. 

(2) As a verb, it is invariable and usually refers to the 
subject. 

Ces hommes, prevoyant le danger, se sont mis sur leurs gardes. 
These men, foreseeing the danger, put themselves on their guard. 

(3) En, in, ivhile, by, is the only preposition that may be 
used with a present participle. With other prepositions, 
where the participle is used in English, the infinitive is re- 
quired in French. 

En prevoyant le danger, ces hommes se sont sauvds. 
By foreseeing the danger, these men saved themselves. 
Commen^ons par lire en (or le) frangais. 
Let us begin by reading in (or the) French. 
Tout is sometimes used before en to emphasize the continuity of the 

action. 

Tout en mangeant, il lisait la philosophie. 
Even while eating, he read philosophy. 

(4) After the following verbs the present participle is gen- 
erally used in English, and the infinitive in French. Instead 
of the infinitive, a tense of the indicative with qui may be 
used with all except paraitre and sembler : 

apercevoir, to perceive. sentir, to feel. 

Scouter, to listen. voir, to see. 

entendre, to hear. paraitre, to appear. 

regarder, to look at. sembler, to seem. 



The Present Participle 201 

je l'entends chanter, I hear him singing, je l'entends qui chante. 

je le vois jouer, i" see him playing, je le vois qui joue. 

je l'ai vu jouer, I saw him playing, je l'ai vu qui jouait. 

Lire, to read. 

Present Participle. Past Participle, 

lisant. lu. 

Present Indicative. 
je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous lisons, vous lisez, ils lisent. 
Past Definite, je lus. 

Eire (irregular), to laugh. 

Present Participle. Past Participle. 

riant. ri. 

Present Indicative. 
je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rions, vous riez, ils rient. 
Imperfect Indicative. Past Definite. 

je rials, je ris, 

etc. etc. 

nous riions, nous rimes, 

etc. etc. 

rire de, to laugh at. 

Exercise. 

1. J'ai vu courir votre frere. 2. J'ai vu votre frere qui 
courait. 3. J'entends rire rna soeur. 4. Ecoutez-le rire ; 
il me seroble que ce rire est peu naturel. 5. II travaille en 
chantant et en causant avec tout le monde. 6. Ces mes- 
sieurs sont vraiment amusants, n'est-ce pas ? 7. Le champ 
de bataille etait couvert de soldats mourants. 8. Ces photo- 
grapliies sont bien ressemblantes. 9. Yoila un cliien qui 
aboie. 10. Tout en refusant, elle semble accepter. 11. De 
quoi riez-vous ? 12. Ne riez pas de moi, je vous prie. 

1. I hear your brother speaking. 2. I heard him speaMug^^ 
to his friend. 3. Did you see him running with those 
children ? 4. We have watched him eating. 5. We 
looked at it while [we were] eating. 6. This lady is truly 



202 TJie Past Participle 

amusing. 7. Whom is she amusing? 8. By amusing us, 
she enjoys herself. 9. What a charming lady ! 10. She is 
also a very obliging person. 11. They came without bring- 
ing us what we asked for. 12. There they are; they are 
reading the papers. 13. [One's] appetite comes while eating. 
14. This woman appears to suffer [the infinitive or the adjec- 
tive]. 15. For two hours I have been walking here, and I 
have met only one person I know. 16. I do not think her 
uncle is dead ; I think I saw him walking here yesterday « 
17. Always reflect before speaking. 18. What are you 

reading? 19. Whom are you laughing at? 20. We are 
not laughing at you, I assure you. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Entendez-vous ma sceur qui chante? 2. Connaissez- 
vous la chanson qu'elle a chantee hier soir? 3. De quoi 
riiez-vous pendant qu'elle chantait? 4. Savez-vous qui est 
cet homme qui passe ? 5. Kegardez-le marcher ; est-ce qu'il 
ne semble pas boiter ? 6. Avez-vous entendu les chiens qui 
aboyaient r>endant la nuit ? 7. Aimez-vous lire en mangeant ? 

8. Savez-vous que la fille de notre voisine est morte? 

9. Reflechissez-vous toujours avant de parler ? 10. Nous 
commenQons toujours la legon par lire en franqais, n'est-ce 
pas? 

Lesson 93: The Past Participle. 



Rira bien, qui rira le dernier. — He laughs best who laughs last. 



A past participle used as an adjective agrees with the noun 
or pronoun to which it relates. 

A past participle used with avoir agrees with a preceding 
direct object; with etre, it agrees with the subject, except in 
the case of pronominal verbs (which are conjugated with etre 
instead of avoir) when it follows the rule for avoir. (Lessons 
25 ; 30, and 67.) 



The Past Participle 203 

Study the following examples and state why each past participle is 
variable or invariable : 

Qui a ecrit les lettres que vous avez revues ce matin? 
Who wrote the letters that you received this morning ¥ 
Sont-elles bien ecrites? Non, madame, ce sont des lettres mal ecrites. 
Are they well written ? No, madam, they are poorly written letters. 
' Votre sceur s'est-elle blessee? Oui, elle s'est blessee au doigt. 
Has your sister hurt herself? Yes, she has hurt her finger. 
Voici les choses desirees. Nous avons deja fini. 
Here are the things wanted. We have already finished. 
La dame que j'ai entendue chanter est une de vos amies. 
The lady that I heard sing is one of your friends. 
Comment avez-vous trouve les chansons qu'elle a chantees? 
What did you think of the songs that she sung ? 
Les chansons franchises que j'ai entendu chanter sont belles. 
The French songs that I heard sung were beautiful. 
lis se sont imagine des choses fausses. 
They imagined untrue things. 

Savez-vous quelles sont les choses fausses qu'ils se sont imaginees? 
Do you know what the untrue things are that they imagined ? 
II nous a donne une boite ; ou l'a-t-on mise ? 
He has given us a box ; where has it been put ? 

J'ai entendu dire (que), I have heard {that). 
J'ai vu faire, / have seen done. 
Se faire mal, to hurt one's self. ' 

Collective Nouns. 

A collective noun representing the whole number of the 
persons or things mentioned requires its verb, adjective, and 
pronoun in the singular ; otherwise the verb, adjective, or pro- 
noun is in the plural. In general, collective nouns preceded 
by le or la take the singular ; preceded by un or une, the plural. 

Le comite s'est reuni, the committee met. 

Une douzaine de membres etaient absents, a dozen members were absent. 

La foule des spectateurs que j'ai vue etait immense. 

The crowd of spectators that I saw ivas immense. 

Une foule d'enfants le suivaient partout. 

A crowd of children followed him everywhere. 



204 The Past Participle 

La plupart and the adverbs of quantity (beaucoup, etc.) fol- 
lowed by a plural noun require the plural. 

La plupart des enfants sont aimables, most children are lovable. 

Annee, journee, matinee, or soiree is used to express the whole 
duration of the year, day, morning, or evening, with its attend- 
ant circumstances ; otherwise, an, jour, matin, or soir is used. 

Study carefully the following examples : 

On travaille toute l'annee, toute la journee, toute la matinee, toute la soiree. 
A man works the whole year, all day long, all the morning, all the 

evening. 
On paie a un ouvrier sa journee. 
A workman is paid for his day's work. 
On nous souhaite une bonne et heureuse annee. 
They wish us a good and happy year. 
Des annees de secheresse (d'abondance). 
Years of drought ( of abundance) . 
L'annee (la journee) est belle (pluvieuse). 
The year (the day) is fine (rainy). 
L'annee prochaine mon frere aura vingt et un ans. 
Next year my brother will be twenty-one years old. 
Un evenement a eu lieu Fan 1870, tel jour, un matin, un soir. 
An event took place in the year 1870, on such a day, one morning, one 

evening. 
Le soleil se leve le matin et se couche le soir. 
The sun rises in the morning and sets in the evening. 
II y a trois ans (jours) que nous ne l'avons vu. 
It is three years (days) since we saw him. 
II gagne douze mille cinq cents francs par an. 
He earns twelve thousand five hundred francs a year. 
Un jour de fete ; le jour de l'an; tous les soirs (jours). 
A holiday ; New Year's day ; every evening (day). 

Exercise. 

1. lis sont con vain cus que j'ai eu tort de vous parler de 
Paffaire. 2. A peine arrives a Paris, l'empereur d'Allemagne 
et ses fils sont alles au spectacle ; une grande foule de Parisiens 
les ont vus passer. 3. Nous avons lu toute la journee, et 
nous comptons finir vos deux romans franqais ce soir. 4. Ou 



The Past Participle 205 

avez-vous mis raes pantoufles ? 5. Je les ai raises sur une 
chaise ; est-ce que vous ne les trouvez pas ? 6. La plupart 
des soldats se sont bien defendus. 7. Pendant une annee 
entiere elles se sont defendu tout amusement. 8. Ces deux 
hommes se sont querelles, mais apres ils se sont donne la 
main. 9. J'ai entendu dire que madame votre mere est 
revenue ce matin. 10. Qui a fait mal a cette petite fille? 

11. Elle s'est fait mal elle-meme. 12. Est-ce que vous vous 
rappelez cette piece que nous avons vu jouer un soir a la 
Comedie Erancaise? 13. Oui, et je me rappelle aussi les 
acteurs que nous avons vus jouer. 

1. I have heard that your sisters have arrived. 2. A 
large number (nombre, m.) of their friends came to see them 
last evening. 3. The evening was a beautiful one. 4. Have 
you written her ? 5. She has received your letter, I am 
sure, and she will answer it as soon as possible. 6. I have 
kept most of the letters she ever wrote me. 7. My cousins, 
Mary and Jane, have often written to each other. 8. The 
books he dropped are mine. 9. Who are those men I saw 
walking in your garden ? 10. We always had a good time 
at home when we were young. 11. What a fine morning ! 

12. This gentleman's house has been closed for a month ; his 
family has gone to the country or to the seashore. 13. A 
crowd of children were running and playing in the yard be- 
hind the school. 14. The crowd of men and women who 
were watching the children play was still larger. 15. A 
poor old lady has fallen in the street in front of our house. 
16. Did you see her fall ? 17. I am afraid she hurt herself. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Avez-vous entendu dire que mes deux soeurs sont parties 
hier pour l'Europe? 2. A-t-elle repondu a la lettre que 

vous lui avez ecrite ? 3. A qui est cette belle fourrure que je 
viens de ramasser ? 4. Qui l'a laissee tomber ? 5. Le 
soleil se leve-t-il le matin ou le soir ? 6. Avez-vous passe 



206 Special Verb Idioms 

une soiree agreable chez vos amis ? 7. Combien (de francs) 
gagne-t-il par an? 8. Travaillez-vous neuf mois on toute 
l'annee? 9. Vous etes-vous fait mal quand vous etes 

tombe ? 10. Est-il vrai que la vertu timide soit souvent 
opprimee ? 11. Savez-vons ce que veut dire cette derniere 
phrase ? 

Lesson 94 : Special Verb Idioms. 



A cheval donn6 on ne regarde pas la bride. — Never look a gift horse in 

the mouth. 



Aller. 



The present or imperfect of aller followed by an infinitive 
shows that the action is to take place immediatel}'. 1 

Je vais partir, I am just {on the point of) starting. 
Nous allions sortir, we were about to go out. 

Aller also means to Jit, to suit, to become. 

Ce chapeau ne vous va pas, that hat does not Jit (or become) you. 
Cela ne va pas, that wonH do. 
Aller au-devant de, to go to meet. 

S'en aller, to go aicay, is conjugated like aller : 

je m'en vais, je m'en allais, je m'en allai, je m'en irai, 
je m'en irais, que je m'en aille, que je m'en allasse. 
Imperative : va-t'en, allons-nous-en, allez-vous-en. 

Savoir and Pouvoir. 

Savoir must be used instead of pouvoir in the sense of to 
know how, to have learned to. 

Compare : II sait lire and il peut lire aujourd'hui. 

Savez-vous danser ? and pouvez-vous danser ce soir ? 



1 For other uses of aller see Lessons 65, 88. 



Special Verb Idioms 207 

Devoir. 

Followed by an infinitive, devoir has many shades of meaning. 

Present. Je dois le faire, I am (intend, have) to do it. 

Imperfect. Je devais le faire, I was to do it. 

Past Indef. J'ai du. 1 , x . T , ' , . 7 .. 
I le faire, I had to do it. 
- Past Def. Je dus. j 

Condit. Pres. Je devrais le faire, I ought to do it. 

Condit. Past. J'aurais du le faire, I ought to have done it. 

(a) If supposition is implied : 

Vous devez §tre tres fatigue, you must be very tired (I suppose) . 
Vous avez dfi Stre bien content, you must have been well pleased. 

(b) The imperfect subjunctive (dusse-je, dut-il, etc.) at the beginning 
of a clause means even though : 

Dusse-je etre blame, je vous soutiendrai, even though I should be blamed, 

I shall support you. 
Dut-elle en mourir, elle le fera, were she to die for it, she will do it. 

Faire. 

Faire followed by the infinitive means to cause, to get, to have, 
or to order something done. 

II m'a fait travailler, he made me work. 

Nous f erons venir le medecin, we shall send for the doctor. 

Oui, faites-le venir, yes, have him come, send for him. 

Je fais baltir une maison, I am having a house built. 

J'ai fait batir une maison, I have had a house built. 

On le fera nommer capitaine, they will get him made a captain. 

H s'est fait couper les cheveux, he has had a hair-cut. 

J'ai fait faire un pardessus, I have had an overcoat made. 

(1) When the infinitive nsed with faire has a direct object, 
the subject of the infinitive is in the dative case. 1 

Je leur fais lire lefrancais, I have them read French. 
Je fais lire le frangais a mes eleves, I have my pupils read French. 
Je le leur fais lire, I have them read it. 
Faites-le-leur lire, have them read it. 
But : Je fais lire mes eleves, I have (make) my pupils read. 
Je les fais lire, I have them read. 

1 The verbs laisser, entendre, voir, are usually followed by the same construc- 
tion as faire : Laissez lire les eleves. Laissez-leur (or -les) lire le francais. 



208 Special Verb Idioms 

(2) Eecall the impersonal use of faire to express the state 
of the weather (Lesson 51) : il fait chaud, froid, beau, etc. 

il fait jour, it is daylight. il fait du brouillard, it is foggy. 

il fait sombre, it is dark. il fait humide, it is damp. 

il fait de la pluie, it is rainy. il fait sec, it is dry. - 

il fait de la poussiere, it is dusty. il fait frais, it is cool. 

But : Le temps est beau, l'air est froid, etc. 

(3) Observe the following idiomatic uses of faire : 

se faire a, to accustom one's self to. faire peur a, to frighten. 

defaire, to undo, to overthrow. faire pitie, to excite pity. 

se d&faire de, to get rid of. faire plaisir a, to afford pleasure to. 

faire place a, to make room for. faire faillite, to fail. 

faire naufrage, to be shipwrecked. 
faire un voyage, to take a journey, faire un pas, to take a step. 
faire un kilometre, un mille, to walk a kilometer, a mile. 
faire une promenade, un tour, un tour de promenade, to take a walk. 
faire un tour de jardin, to take a turn in the garden. 

aller faire des emplettes, to go shopping. faire 1' enfant, to be childish. 

faire le sourd, to pretend to be deaf 
faire le mort, to feign death, to keep still. 
faire le difficile, to be particular, hard to please. 

Exercise. 

1. Depechez-vous, nous nous en allons. 2. Vous vous en 
allez ? Mais vous venez d'arriver. 3. Je ne sais ni que dire 
ni que faire. 4. Monsieur, j'ai mal a la main droite ; je n'ai 
pu ecrire mon theme, mais je sais tres bien mes legons. 5. Si 
vous pouviez le leur faire finir avant le l er du mois prochain, 
ils pourraient partir le lendemain. 6. Vous devez etre tres 
occupe. 7. Vous devriez le savoir. 3. Elle n'aurait pas du 
sortir sans attendre ma permission. 9. Je Fai fait venir chez 
moi, et je lui ai fait ecrire une longue lettre. 10. Savez-vous 
que vous nous faites peur avec vos histoires de revenants ; 
allez-vous-en. 11. Quand cet enfant parle a son chien, il dit 
toujours, "Va-t'en." 12. Nous allions faire une petite pro- 
menade ce matin, mais il a commence a pleuvoir, et nous avons 



Special Verb Idioms 209 

du rester chez nous toute la matinee. 13. Vous avez du etre 
tres fache. 14. Comment vont vos deux soeurs ? 15. Com- 
ment vas-tu, mon cher petit ami ? 

1. She was to pay (rendre) us a visit to-day, but we haven't 
seen her yet. 2. I am not surprised that you haven't seen 
her ; she had to go away over a week ago. 3. He has not 
gone there, so far as I know. 4. You frighten these children 
with your faces (grimaces). 5. Those men were shipwrecked 
on the second of April, 1890. 6. I shall have him punished 
by (par) his father. 7. That man ought to have his hair cut. 
8. He says he will have it cut to-morrow. 9. I should like 
to have a coat made. 10. Shall I send for a tailor ? 11. I 
heard that his uncle has failed, but I hope it's not true. 
12. Come for a stroll in the garden, and you will see what 
beautiful roses we have. 13. Show (faire voir) them to us. 
14. No one can tell how the thing happened. 15. She can 
read and write, and she is only seven. 16. He made all of 
his children do their duty. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Quand devez-vous partir pour la campagne ? 2. Devez- 
vous faire des emplettes avant de partir? 3. J'ai entendu 
dire que vous devez de l'argent au medecin. Est-ce vrai ? 

4. Ne devriez-vous pas lui donner ce que vous lui devez ? 

5. Ne trouvez-vous pas que ce chapeau me va? 6. Pour- 
quoi vous en etes-vous alle sitot apres la lecture ? 7. Com- 
bien de kilometres avez-vous faits a bicyclette ce matin? 
8. Si le temps est beau et qu'il fasse frais nous ferons une 
promenade ensemble, n'est-ce pas? 9. Pourquoi ce grand 
garQon fait-il toujours l'enfant ? 10. Comment vous etes- 
vous defait de cette sotte personne ? 11. Voici un joli livre 
de photographies; voulez-vous que je vous le fasse voir? 
12. Voulez-vous me faire place a cote de vous ? 13. Pour- 
quoi ne vous faites-vous pas couper les cheveux? lis sont 
beaucoup trop longs. 



210 Formation of Tenses 

1. How are you ? 2. I am very well, thank you ; how are 
you (and you) ? 3. Is this hat becoming to me ? 4. Do 
you think (find) that it fits him better ? 5. "Why do you go 
away so soon ? 6. You are busy ! What are you going to 
do ? 7. Would you like to go with us ? 8. Can you speak 
Spanish ? 9. Have you ever learned to read it ? 10. Can't 
you dance ? 11. Can you not dance this evening ? 12. Do 
you owe him a dollar? 13. When are you to pay it?. 
14. Ought you to pay it soon ? 15. Ought you not to have 
paid it long ago? 16. Has he ever asked you for it? 
17. What kind of weather is it to-day ? 18. Aren't you hard 
to please ? 19. Don't you do anything but work ? 

Lesson 95 : Formation of Tenses. 



Qui vivra, verra. — He who lives will see. 



The five tenses from which we may form the other parts of 
regular verbs and of most of the irregular verbs are called 
primitive tenses, or principal parts. They are as follows : 
Infinitive, Present Participle, Past Participle, Present Indica- 
tive, Past Definite. 

By the use of -f and — signs, the formation of tenses may be clearly 
shown by the following 

Table of Forms. 

T f + ai = Future. 1 

Infinitive, 



+ ais = Conditional Present. 1 

f — ant + cms = 1st person plural Present 
Indicative. 

— ant + ais = Imperfect Indicative. 

— ant + e = Present Subjunctive. 
Past Participle : after avoir or etre — Compound Tenses. 

1st person sing. = 2d person sing. Imperative. 
3d person plural — nt = PRES. Subjunctive. 
Past Def. : 2d person sing. +se = Imperfect Subjunctive. 



Pres. Participle, 



Pres. Indicative, -j , 



1 See Lesson 47. 2 See Lesson 77c 



Formation of Tenses 211 

Example : Suivre, to follow. 

■ . fie suivrai, Future. 
Suivre, { . .' 

[je suivrais, Conditional Pees. 

I nous suivons, 1st person plural, Present Indicative. 
jesuivais, Imperfect Indicative. 
que je suive, Present Subjunctive. 

j'ai suivi, Past Indefinite. 

j'avais suivi, Pluperfect Indicative. 

j'eus suivi, Past Anterior. 

j'aurai suivi, Future Perfect. 
Suivi, | j'aurais suivi, Conditional Perfect. 

que j'aie suivi. Perfect (Past) Subjunctive. 

que j'eusse suivi, Pluperfect Subjunctive. 

avoir suivi, Perfect Infinitive. 

ayant suivi, Perfect Participle. 

[suis, Imperative. 
J ' [que je suive, Present Subjunctive. 

je suivis: que je suivisse, Imperfect Subjunctive. 

Practice Drill. — Form the tenses of the following irregular 
verbs from their principal parts : 

(1) Dormir, to sleep, dormant, dormi, je dors, je dormis. 

Also : partir, to go out, sortir, to go aivay, servir, to serve, se repentir 
(de), to repent, sentir, to feel, mentir, to {tell) a lie, s'endormir, to go to 
sleep, etc., and their compounds. 

Observe that the final consonant of the stem is dropped in the singular 
of the Present Indicative of these verbs : pars, sers, sens, etc. 

(2) Offrir, to offer, off rant, offert, j'offre, j'offris. 

Also : souffrir, to suffer, ouvrir, to open, couvrir, to cover, and their 
compounds. 

(3) Prendre, to take, prenant, pris, je prends, je pris. 

Present Indicative. Present Subjunctive. 

je prends. nous prenons. que je prenne. que nous prenions. 

tu prends. vous prenez. que tu prennes. que vous preniez. 

il prend. ils prennent. qu'il prenne. qu'ils prennent. 

Also the compounds of prendre : apprendre, to learn, to teach, com- 
prendre, to understand, entreprendre, to undertake, etc. 



212 Formation of Tenses 

(4) Plaindre, to pity, plaignant, plaint, je plains, je plaignis 

Also : se plaindre, to complain, and all verbs in -aindre, -eindre, 
-oindre, such as craindre, to fear, peindre, to paint, eteindre, to extin- 
guish, teindre, to tint, atteindre, to reach, joindre, to join, etc. 

(5) Naitre, to be born, naissant, ne, je nais, je naquis. 

Like connaitre and paraitre, this verb has i in the stem everywhere 
before t. 

(6) Plaire, to please, plaisant, phi, je plais, je plus. 

Third singular, present indicative, il plait. 
Also : se taire, to be silent (no i in third singular, present indicative). 

(7) Vivre, to live, vivant, vecu, je vis, je vecus. 

(8) Battre, to strike, battant, battu, je bats, je battis. 

Also : se battre, to fight, combattre, to combat, etc. 

(9) Conduire, to conduct, conduisant, conduit, je conduis, je 
conduisis. 

Also all verbs in -uire (instruire, traduire, produire, introduire, etc. ), 
except luire, to shine (past participle, lui, and no past definite), and 
nuire, to injure (past participle, nui). 



The Passive Voice. 

As in English, any tense of the Passive Voice of a transitive 
verb is the same as the corresponding tense of the auxiliary 
verb followed by the past participle of the verb in question. 

Elle est aimee de tout le monde, she is loved by everybody. 
Nous avons &U recus avec honneur, we were received with honor. 

The passive is used far less frequently than in English, its 
place being taken by on with the active or by a reflexive con- 
struction. 

On m'a dit que ce n'est pas vrai, I have been told that ifs not true. 

On leur a donne des livres, some books have been given to them. 

La porte s'ouvre, mais personne n'entre, the door is opened, but no one 

comes in. 
Cela ne se dit pas, no one says that. 



TJ 



xn rt ^ D 




Formation of Tenses 213 

Exercise. 

1. Ne vous repentez-vous pas d'avoir offense un de vos 
meilleurs amis ? 2. Voici mon porte-monnaie ; servez- 

vous-en, je vous prie. 3. N'ouvrez pas cette fenetre ; j'ai 
peur d'un courant d'air. 4. En hiver je souffre toujours du 
froid. 5. Madame N. est nee a Dinan, en Bretagne, le 12 
fevrier, 1881, d'une famille honnSte et ancienne. 6. Napo- 
leon naquit en 1769 et mourut en 1821. 7. II faut qu'on 
prenne les choses comme elles viennent et les hommes comme 
ils sont. 8. Apprenez ces vers par coeur. 9. La plupart 
des hommes estiment ce qu'ils ne comprennent pas. 10. Allez 
devant; je suis a vous, et je vous suis. 11. Desquels de 
ses amis se plaint-elle ? 12. Voici Patelier ou un grand 

artiste peignait. 13. Cela ne plait pas a tout le monde. 
14. II parait que vous vous plaisiez a Paris, lorsque vous y de- 
meuriez. 15. Comment traduit-on cette phrase? 16. Faites 
taire votre chien. 17. Avez-vous jamais entendu ceci? — 
je suis ce que je suis; je ne suis pas ce que je suis ; si j'etais 
ce que je suis, je ne serais pas ce que je suis. 

1. Take an umbrella, if you go out ; it will rain in less than 
(before) an hour. 2. Follow us ; do not follow them. 
3. Take me to Mr. B's house ; I am to see him on {pour) 
business. 4. Those boys quarrel very often, but I have 
forbidden them to fight. 5. Tell him to hold his tongue. 
6. Is it polite to say, " Hold your tongue " ? 7. My 

brother has been given a gold watch. 8. My grandfather 
al v^ays falls asleep while reading the newspaper. 9. Let us 
not fall asleep while we are reading ; we are too young to do 
that. 10. Your cousin is not a reasonable man; nothing 
pleases him. 11. I know that he always complains of 
everything. 12. Let us offer these flowers to (our) mother ; 
they are the most beautiful ones we have ever offered her. 
13. If you wish us to open our books, please tell us at what 
page we are to open them. 14. Don't be childish ; put on 
your hat and go take a walk with them. 15. Alfred Tenny- 



214 Formation of Tenses 

son was born in 1810 ; Macaulay was born in 1800 and died in 
1858. 16. Michael Angelo (Michel- Ange) and Bubens painted 
magnificent pictures. 17. Do yon know many people here ? 
18. I ? Bnt I do not know anybody. 19. I think you do 
not understand what I mean. 20. Has this book ever been 
translated ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Comprenez-vous ce que je veux dire quand je dis " Taisez- 
vous, done n ? 2. Comment traduit-on cette expression en 
anglais? 3. A-t-on jamais traduit ce poeme (poem) en 
franqais ? 4. Youdriez-vous essayer de le faire pour la lecon 
prochaine? 5. Quel pays produit beaucoup de vin? 

6. Qui a decouvert PAmerique ? 7. En quelle annee l'a- 
t-il decouverte? 8. Get homme souffre beaucoup; ne le 
plaignez-vous pas ? 9. En quelle saison souffre-t-on du 

froid? 10. Yous plaignez-vous de ce qiril a fait ou dit? 
11. Pourquoi vous gtes-vous servi de mon dictionnaire sans 
ma permission? 12. Qui a eteint le feu dans le salon? 
13. Yous etes-vous endormi tard hier soir ? 14. On dit que 
George Washington ma jamais menti. Le croyez-vous ? 

1. At what time do you start for school [in] the morning ? 

2. Do you understand what is said to you in French? 

3. When French is spoken, do you translate it into English or 
do you think in French ? 4. What ought one to do ? 
5. Do you wish to have the door opened ? 6. Who opens 
it in the morning ? 7. I am told that Benoit and Co. 
(Compagnie = Cie) have failed ; do you know anything about 
it ? 8. I was told the same thing a few days ago ; do you 
suppose it is true ? 9. How should one always behave (se 
co?iduii~e)? 10. Of what do you complain? 11. Do I 
complain of you ? 12. Have you a dog ? 13. Does it 
follow you ? 14. Would it like to follow you everywhere ? 
15. Do you want me to tell you what I have in my hand ? 



Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 215 

Lesson 96 : Summary of Relative and Interrogative 
Pronouns. 



Chacun pour soi, et Dieu pour tous. — Every one for himself and God for 

us all. 



Genitive, 



Relative Pronouns. 

Nominative, qui, who, which, that. 
de qui, of whom. 
dont, ofiohom, of which, whose. 
duquel, de laquelle, 1 of whom, of which, 
desquels, desquelles, J whose. 
Dative, a qui, to whom. 

auquel, a laquelle, 1 %Q ^^ %Q ^.^ 

auxquels, auxquelles, ] 
Accusative, que, whom, which, that. 

Interrogative Pronouns. 
Persons. Things. 

Nominative. 
|ui? qui est-ce qui? who? qu'est-ce qui? what? 

Genitive. 
de qui ? of whom ? de quoi ? of what ? 

duquel ? de laquelle ? 1 of which duquel ? de laquelle ? \ of which 

desquels? desquelles? j (one(s))? desquels? desquelles? / (one(s))? 

Dative. 
a qui ? to vihom ? a quoi ? to what ? 

auquel ? a laquelle ? )to which auquel ? a laquelle ? 1 to which 

auxquels ? auxquelles? J (one(s))? auxquels ? auxquelles? J (one(s))? 

' Accusative. 
qui ? qui est-ce que ? whom ? que ? qu'est-ce que ? what ? 

quoi ? what ? used alone as an ex- 
clamation or as the object of a 
verb understood. 

For the use of these pronouns, refer to Lessons 17, 46, 53, 
54, 55, 81. 



216 Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 

Indefinite Adjectives and Pronouns. 

(1) The following are adjectives only : 

chaque, each, every. certain, certain. 1 

quelque, some; pi., few. different (e)s, 1 

quelconque (after the noun), whatever. divers, diverses, j 

maint, many a. meme, self same, even. 

Also : quel . . . que (with subjunctive of etre) , 

quelque . . . que (with subjunctive), 
For quelque as an adverb, see Lesson 82. 



whatever. 



Chaque homme ; il y a quelque temps ; des livres quelconques ; 
maintes fois ; une certaine histoire ; differentes (diverses) affaires; la 
meme justice {the same justice) ; la justice meme {justice herself) ; 
aujourd'hui meme ; quelles que soient ses idees ; quelques amis qu'il 
ait ; quelque petites qu'elles soient. 

(2) The following are pronouns only : 
chacun(e), each, each one. rien, nothing. 
quelqu'un(e), some one, any one. personne, nobody. 
quelques-uns (unes), some, few. on, one, people, etc. (Lesson 39). 
quelque chose, something. autrui, others (with preposition only). 

Chacun de ces hommes ; on le dit ; les betises que Ton dit ; les fautes 
d 1 autrui. 

Quelqu'un, quelque chose, personne, and rien take de before an ad- 
jective. Donnez-moi quelque chose de joli, give me something pretty. 
N'avez-vous rien de plus joli, have you nothing prettier? 

(3) The following are adjectives or pronouns : 

aU r! 6) ' 1 (ne with verb) tel < le >' such ' 

naun^ \ no, 'nobody, ^tre, other. 

pasun(e), j » tout, toute, 1 r 7 „ 

plusieurs, several. t0USj toutes, ever V-> whole, all. 

Aucune (nulle, pas une) femme ne le croit ; sans ancune faute ; 
aucun d'eux ne Faccepte ; j'en ai plusieurs ; de tels hommes ; des lits tels 
quels {such as they are) ; monsieur un tel {Mr. So and So) ; tel pere, 
tel fils ; tous les hommes sont mortels ; c'est tout ; nous sommes tous 2 
ici ; tous les deux (tous deux) ; l'un et l'autre ; autres temps, autres 
mceurs (customs) ; il y en a d'autres ; vous autres soldats (you soldiers). 

1 For position and meaning of certain, different, divers, and meme, see 
page 313. 2 S pronounced when tous is a pronoun. 



Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 217 

Tout, quite, wholly. 

Tout used as an adverb varies for the sake of euphony before 
a feminine adjective beginning with a consonant or an h aspirate. 

Elle est toute surprise, she is quite surprised. 
Elles sont toutes honteuses, they are greatly ashamed. 
But : Elle est tout aimable, she is very agreeable. 
Tout poli qu'il est, however polite he is. 
Observe indicative. 

Soi, (rarely used) one's self, himself. 

Soi, the disjunctive form of se, generally refers to on. chacun, 
personne, etc., and is used only with a preposition. 

Chacun pour soi, every man for himself. 

On est heureux lorsqu'on est content de soi. 

One is happy when one is satisfied with one^s self. 

Exercise. 

1. Avez-vous encore le moindre doute ? Aucun. 2. Chaque 
eleve de cette classe Padmire. 3. Chacun a sa maniere de 
voir. 4. On ne doit pas se moquer d'autrui. 5. D'autres 
prendraient cela d'une autre faqon. 6. II n'y a personne qui 
n'en soit fache. 7. II n'y a pas une personne qui n'en soit 
fachee. 8. Nous sommes tous a vous. 9. Nous sommes 

tout a vous. 10. Ecoutez ! qu'on. me laisse tout seul ! 

11. Le crime traine apres soi des remords. 12. La valeur, 
tout heroique qu'elle est, ne suffit pas pour faire des heros. 
13. Toute ville a ses coutumes. 14. Toutes les villes de la 
France ont quelque chose d'interessant. 15. Toute confiance 
est dangereuse, si elle n'est pas entiere. 16. Lisez avec 

beaucoup de soin les quelques pages qui suivent. 17. Qui 
que ce soit qui vous l'ait dit, il s'est trompe. 

1. He has been waiting here a long time for some one. 

2. We Americans are never content with what we possess. 

3. Give me any (a) book whatever. 4. A certain man was 



218 Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 

speaking to me about various things, and lie asked me what 1 
have just asked you. 5. ISTo man is perfect. 6. I was 
looking for something to eat. 7. Something good, I suppose. 
8. Such is the kindness of this gentleman, that we no longer 
need anything. 9. Whoever [see Lesson 82] you may be and 
whatever you may do, your duty is to obey the law (loi, f.). 
10. Whatever your intentions [f.] may be, you must not for- 
get the rights of others. 11. Both are guilty. 12. Every 
man is mortal. 13. Did you ever see such a man ? 14. I 
know nobody more agreeable than his wife. 15. We have 
heard that said many a time, but we do not believe it. 
16. His brothers are quite happy, but his sisters are quite sad. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Ces messieurs sont-ils tout prets a partir ? 2. Sont-ils 
tous prets a partir? 3. Croyez-vous que Marie soit tout 
heureuse? 4. Savez-vous que sa soeur a ete toute surprise 
de me voir ? 5. Cet homme dont vous parliez n'a-t-il aucun 
defaut? 6. A-t-on jamais vu une telle femme? 7. Con- 
naissez-vous quelqu'un de plus agreable que mon ami Jules ? 
8. Avez-vous quelque chose de nouveau a me dire ? 9. N'avez- 
vous rien de plus interessant a nous raconter ? 10. Voulez- 
vous m'apporter un livre quelconque ? 11. Quelque riche 
qu'on soit, est-on toujours certain d'etre heureux ? 12. Est- 
il bien de se moquer d'autrui ? 

1. Whom have you met to-day ? 2. What are you going 
to do now ? 3. Did I ask you of whom or of what you are 
thinking ? 4. The woman whose son died yesterday is very 
poor, is she not? 5. Isn't the one whose sons are living, 
poorer still ? 6. What do you write with ? 7. Do you 
wish me to give you what I have in my pocket ? 8. Who is 
the boy I saw you speaking to this morning ? 9. Is he the 
one you were telling me about yesterday ? 10. What is this 
book? 11. Whose is it? 12. What color is it ? 13. Which 
of these books are yours ? 14. What is that ? 15. What 
is a cat ? 16. Whose friend is that man ? 



Adjectives and Adverbs 219 

Lesson 97 : Adjectives and Adverbs. 



Plus on se h&te, moins on avance. — Haste makes waste. 



Position of Adjectives. 

Adjectives generally follow their nouns, especially : 

(1) Adjectives denoting a physical quality: — shape, color, 
taste, etc. 

Une table ronde ; une maison blanche ; un homme boiteux (lame) ; 
une femme malade ; de Feau froide (chaude, fraiche) ; une orange 
douce ; la tete et les pieds nus (head and feet bare). 

Note that like demi in demi-heure, half-hour, nu is invariable before 
the noun : nu-tete, bareheaded; nu-pieds, barefooted. 

(2) Adjectives denoting nationality, religion, or office. 

La langue francaise ; un pretre catholique ; un ministre protestant ; 
un d§cret imperial. 

(3) Adjectives taken in a literal rather than in a figurative 
sense. 

un abime profond, a deep abyss. un profond silence, a deep silence. 

un cheval noir, a black horse. un noir soupcon, a dark suspicion. 

une maison chere, an expensive house. une chere amie, a dear friend. 

une histoire vraie, a true story. une vraie histoire, a regular yarn. 

For other adjectives with meanings varying according to position, see 
page 313. 

(4) Present or past participles used as adjectives. 

une personne charmante ; un garcon obSissant ; une porte ferm§e ; le 
Paradis perdu ; une bataille perdue. 

(5) In an exclamation and in the expression plus . . . plus, 
the more . . . the more, etc., the adjective stands after the verb. 

Que le temps est beau, how beautiful the weather is ! 

Plus on est riche, moins on est heureux, the richer a man is, the less happy 

he is. 
Observe use of de after que, how many, how much f 

Que de fois je l'ai vu, how many times I have seen him ! 



220 Adjectives and Adverbs 

Adjectives used as Adverbs. 

An adjective used as an adverb is invariable. 

parlerbas (haut), to speak low {loud). tenir bon, to stand firm. 

chanter juste (faux), to sing in (out of) tune, aller droit, to go straight. 

sentir bon (mauvais), to smell good (bad). arreter court, to stop short. 

viser haut, to aim high. voir clair, to see clearly. 

II l'a fait expres, he did it purposely. 

Formation of Adverbs from Adjectives. 

To form an adverb from an adjective, add -ment to the mas- 
culine if the adj ective ends in a vowel ; if it ends in a con- 
sonant, add -ment to the feminine. 

poli, poliment. politely. doux, doucement, gently. 

facile, facilement, easily. cruel, cruellement, cruelly. 

For further rules and exceptions, see Appendix, page 314. 

Position of Adverbs. 

When used with an infinitive, mieux, bien, mal, jamais, 
toujours, pas, plus, and trop generally precede the verb. (See 
Lesson 58.) 

mieux ecrire, bien parler, mal prononcer, ne jamais se tromper, ne pas 
rire, ne plus manger, trop courir. 

Observe that regularly both parts of the negative stand be- 
lore the infinitive. Personne and que follow. 

Elle voudrait ne parier a personne, she would like to speak to nobody. 
Je crois n'en avoir que deux, I think I have only two. 

Comparison of Adverbs. 

(6) Adverbs are compared like adjectives (Lesson 44), ex 
cept that in the superlative le is invariable. 

souvent ; plus souvent ; le plus souvent. 



Adjectives and Adverbs 221 

(7) The adverbs bien, mal, peu, corresponding to bon, mauvais, 
petit, are irregularly compared : 

bien, well. mieux, better. ' le mieux, the best. 

mal, badly, ill. pis, worse. le pis, the worst. 

peu, little. moins, less. le moins, the least. 

de mal en pis, from bad to worse. 
„ tant mieux (pis) pour moi, so much (all) the better (worse) for me. 

(8) The before a comparative is not expressed in French. 
Plus on est riche, plus on a de soucis, the richer a man is, the more cares 

he has. 
Plus il travaille, moins il reussit, the more he works, the less he succeeds. 

(9) Than before a tense of the indicative is expressed by que 
, . . ne. 

Nous sommes plus riches que vous ne pensez, we are richer than you think. 
Elle est plus studieuse qu'elle ne l'etait autrefois, she is more studious 
than she was formerly. 

But, if the first clause of the sentence is negative or interrogative, or 
if there is an adverb between que and the verb, the ne is left out. 

N'agissez pas autrement que vous parlez, do not act otherwise than you 



Croyez-vous qu'un homme puisse etre plus heureux que vous l'etes depuis 
trois mois ? ,Do you think that a man can be happier than you have 
been for the last three months ? 

Elle est plus malheureuse que lorsqu'elle demeurait chez vous, she is move 
unhappy than she was when she lived with you. 

S'asseoir, to sit down. 
Present Participle, s'asseyant. Past Participle, assis. 

Present Indicative. 

je m'assieds, tu t'assieds, il s'assied, nous nous asseyons, vous vous asseyez, 

ils s'asseyent. 

Past Definite, je m'assis. Future, je m'assierai. 

Present Subjunctive. 

que je m'asseye, que tu t'asseyes, qu'il s'asseye, que nous nous asseyions, 

que vous vous asseyiez, qu'ils s'asseyent. 

Imperative, assieds-toi, asseyons-nous, asseyez-vous. 
seoir, to suit, to become. asseoir, to seat. etre assis, to be sitting. 



222 Adjectives and Adverbs 

Exercise. 

1. Donnez-vous la peine de vous asseoir. 2. Me voila assis ; 
maintenant je suis pr§t a regarder tout ce que vous voulez me 
faire voir. 3. Ou voulez-vous que je m'asseye maintenant? 
Par terre ? 4. Je crains, mon ami, que vous n'exageriez un 
peu votre connaissance du frangais ; j'ai decouvert plus de dix 
fautes dans votre derniere lettre. 5. J'aime a croire que 
vous ne les avez pas faites expres. 6. J'ai cruellement souf- 
fert du froid tout le temps qu'a dure l'expedition malheureuse. 

7. II me semble que votre oncle est beaucoup plus riche qu'il 
ne l'etait il y a six ans. 8. Je sais qu'il n'est pas moins 
riche qu'il l'etait l'annee derniere. 9. Croyez-moi, plus vous 
vous abstiendrez de ces bruyants plaisirs, plus vous serez heu- 
reux. 10. Nous nous sommes assises pour nous reposer quel- 
ques minutes, et on nous a apporte tout ce qu'il y avait de 
bon dans la maison. 11. Asseyez-vous la immediatement. 
12. II y a dans cette ville quatre prStres catholiques et plu- 
sieurs pasteurs protestants. 

1. This man acts better than he speaks. 2. The distance is 
less x than you pretend. 3. Is there any one ill at your 
house ? 4. Do you wish to sit down or do you wish us to sit 
down ? 5. Fortunately, some of the ladies are already seated. 
6. Let us all sit down here at this little round table and take 
some coffee. 7. Bring us some cold water too, please. 

8. That gentleman has a bottle of red wine. 9. She is a far 
more charming woman than she used to be. 10. Really, you 
rarely see a woman more worthy of being loved. 11. The 
more you attack 2 him, the more we shall defend him. 12. The 
richer a man is, the less free he is. 13. He reads better than 
he writes, but that is not saying 3 much. 14. Try not to write 
badly. 15. What beautiful roses ! how good they smell ! 

16. My doctor has advised me not to read any more at night. 

17. Get away now ! you will not have anything more. 18. I 
beg you not to say that. 19. I believe he says it purposely. 

1 Adjective. 2 Future of attaquer. 8 vouloir dire. 



Negation 223 

Oral Drill. 

1, Qui s'est assis le premier ? 2. Pourquoi vous §tes-vous 
assis si pres de la fenetre ? 3. Avez-vous jamais hi Le Koman 
d'un Jeune Homme Pauvre ? 4. Votre frere a fait plus de 
progres que vous ne l'esperiez, n'est-ce pas ? 5. Votre oncle 
est-il plus riche que lorsqu'il habitait Paris ? 6. Croyez-vous 
qu'il ait fait cela expres ? 7. Ne trouvez-vous pas que cette 
lame a chante faux ? 8. Pourquoi ce pauvre petit gargon 
va-t-il nu-pieds? 9. Le medecin vous a-t-il dit de ne pas 
manger avant de vous coucher ? 10. Vous avez mal ecrit cet 
exercice : voulez-vous tacher de mieux faire pour demain ? 

Lesson 98: Negation. 



C'est dScouvrir St. Pierre pour couvrir St. Paul. — That's robbing 
Peter to pay Paul. 



(1) The use and position of common negative expressions 
have already been noted : ne . . . pas, rien, personne, etc. 

Elle ne me le donne pas. Elle n'a plus d'argent. 

Elle n'a pas chante. Elle n'a guere d'esprit. 

Elle n'a rien dit. N'a-t-elle ni plumes ni crayons ? 

Elle n'a vu personne. Que fait-elle ? Rien. 

Elle n'a que des amis. Qui voit-elle ? Personne. 

Plus d'argent, no more money. 

(2) Por the use of ne without pas or point, see Lessons 80 
and 82 ; also (9) of the preceding lesson. 

Ne is also commonly used alone as a negative : 

(a) With the verbs pouvoir, oser, cesser, savoir, and some- 
times bouger, to stir, when they are not especially emphatic. 

Je ne sais que faire, I don't know what to do. 
Je ne bougerai de la, / shall not stir. 
Je ne puis le faire, I cannot do it. 

But generally pas is used with je peux: Je ne peux pas le faire, 
Ne is always alone in je ne saurais and je ne sais quoi. 



224 Negation 

(6) In a subordinate clause when the principal clause is 
negative in meaning. 

Je n'ai rien qui ne vous appartienne. 
/ have nothing that belongs to you. 

(c) After si used negatively and meaning unless. 

J'irai le trouver, si vous n'y allez vous-meme. 

I shall go and find him, if you do not go (unless you go) yourself. 

((f) After que beginning a negative sentence and meaning 
why, or after qui in exclamations. 

Que n'est-il venu ! 

Why didn't he come ! 

Que ne lui avez-vous dit tout ce qui s'est passe! 

Why didn't you tell him all that took place I 

Compare with use of pourquoi, which asks for the reason, while que 
« ' . < ne is exclamatory in meaning. 

(e) After depuis que or il y a . . . que, followed by the 
past indefinite with a negative. 

II y a dix jours que je ne l'ai vu. 

It is ten days since I saw him, or I haven't seen him for ten days. 

If the verb is not in the past indefinite, pas or point must 
be used. 

Dya dix jours que nous ne nous parlons pas. 
We have not spoken to each other for ten days. 
II y avait dix jours que nous ne nous parlions pas. 
We had not spoken to each other for ten days. 

(/) After peu s'en faut, or after il s'en faut negative vor 
interrogative. 

Peu s'en faut qu'il ne le fasse. 

He comes very near doing it. 

II ne s'en faut pas (de) beaucoup qu'il ne reussisse. 

He comes very near succeeding. 



Negation 225 



Oui and si, yes; non, no. 
Oui assents, but si disputes a negative. 

Vous etes pret, n'est-ce pas ? Oui, monsieur. You are ready, are you 
not? Yes, sir. 
, x II n'est pas ici. Si, madame, il est ici. He is not here. Yes, madam, he 
is here. 

Vous n'avez plus d'argent. Mais si, j'en ai beaucoup. You have no more 
money. Why, yes, I have a great deal. 

Partez-vous toujours pour la Suisse ? Non, monsieur. Are you still plan- 
ning to start for Switzerland? No, sir. 

Cultivate tlie habit of using monsieur, madame, mademoiselle, much 
more frequently than in English, especially with yes and no, which are 
rarely heard alone in France. 

Observe the use of que before oui, si, or non, after verbs of saying, 
thinking, etc. 

Dites-vous que oui ou que non ? Moi, je dis que oui. Do you say yes or 
no? I say yes. 

Ne . . . que and seulement, only. 

Only may be expressed by ne . . . que when it refers to 
the complement of a verb. 

Je n'en ai que deux, 1 T , . . 

ri, . , ^ , ' \ I have only two. 
J en ai deux seulement, j 

, e ■" *' \ he does nothing but play. 
II joue seulement, j y x * . 

But Venez seulement, only come. 

Deux seulement, s'il vous plait, only two, please. 

Seulement mes amis y assisteront, only my friends will be present. 



Exercise. 

1. Plus d'argent, done plus d'amusement. 2. N'importe ; 
j'aime mieux ne pas m'amuser. 3. Je n'ai dit mot a personne, 
et je n'en parlerai pas de ma vie. 4. Ni moi non plus. 

5. Ecoutez seulement, vous apprendrez beaucoup. 6. Vous 
n'etes done pas allee a ce bal, mademoiselle? 7. Si fait, j'y 



226 Negation 

suis allee. 8. Eien n'empeche d'etre naturel tant que l'envie 
de le paraitre. 9. Est-ce que vous vous rappelez ce que dit 
Maxime? — "Mon nom n'est pas plus a vendre qu'a louer." 
10. C'est quaud on lui a offert une femnie riclie en echange de 
son titre. 11. II n'avait pas d'aniis ; il n'avait que des connais- 
sances. 12. Est-ce que yous n'avez des connaissances que 
dans cette ville ? 13. Qui de nous n'a ses defauts ! 14. Que 
ne nous a-t-il appeles a son secours ? 15. L'honnete homme 
ne trompe jamais personne. 16. Nous le ferons non seule- 
ment pour lui, mais aussi pour ses amis. 17. II n'y a rien 
que cet enfant ne sache. 

1. How many men came when you did (= icith you) ? 
2. There were only three. 3. Only three? 4. You 

haven't met any of them yet, I suppose. 5. Yes, I have met 
one. 6. He has no more money. 7. He has no more 
money than you, you mean (vouloir dire). 8. I have told her 
never to go out in the evening without inviting me to accom- 
pany her. 9. He likes nobody, and nobody likes him. 

10. Neither his parents nor his brothers will defend him. 

11. They dare not do it. 12. They give him no money, but 
he never ceases to ask them for some. 13. It is more than 
six months since they gave him any. 14. Why didn't you 
say that sooner ? 15. I say no ; he never punishes anybody. 
16. This boy reads French better than he writes it. 17. I 
think not, sir. 18. I say yes ; what I said is absolutely true. 

19. He ought to read well ; that is all he does all day long. 

20. Yes, he does nothing but read. 21. Let us say no more 
about it ; let's forget it ! 22. For ten days I haven't thought 
of it one single time. 23. It is only seven o'clock; you 
have time to do that. • 24. We cannot eat ; we are neither 
hungry nor thirsty. 25. Nor they either. 26. There is 
nothing he does not try to do to please us. 27. When we go 
for a walk together, you do nothing but run ; I cannot walk 
so fast. 



The Use of Be 227 

Lesson 99 : The Us- of De. 



Faute fie grives on mange des merles. — Half a loaf is better than no 

bread. 1 



(1) We have seen de nsed as of or from, as some or any in the 
partitive article, as than before a numeral, by denoting measure, 
in after a superlative, and with the infinitive after certain verbs. 

n est loin d'ici. Elle est plus grande que moi de deux pouces 

Avez-vous de la monnaie ? La plus haute de la ville. 

Plus de cinq cents. Permettez-moi de parler. 

(2) De is also used in the sense of by after certain verbs used 
in the passive, such as etre aime, hai (hated), craint, estime, 
honore, vu, regarde, apercu, suivi, accompagne, precede, etc. 

(a) Par may also be used with these verbs. It throws the emphasis 
upon the performer of the action. 

On dit qu'elle a ete vue de tout le They say she was seen by every- 

monde. body. 

Je demande par qui elle a ete vue, I ask by whom she was seen. 

Elle est aimee de tous. She is loved by everybody. 

Elle est aimee par ses enfants. She is loved by her children. 

Le general est suivi de ses troupes. The general is followed by his troops. 

II est suivi par les troupes enne- He is followed by the troops of the 

mies. enemy. 

(3) De means ivith after a large number of adjectives denot- 
ing source, separation, feeling, etc., such as : absent, plein, libre, 
malade, content, heureux, fier, sur, fache, snrpris, convert, etc. 

Elle est ravie de votre succes, she is delighted with {at) your success. 

(4) Observe also the following uses of de : 

le chemin de Tours, the road to Tours. 

la ville de Paris, the city of Paris. 

le royaume de Suede, the kingdom of Sweden. 

un homme de talent, a man of talent. 

quelque chose de beau, something beautiful. 

rien de plus beau, nothing more beautiful. 

tout ce qu'il y a de plus beau, the most beautiful. 

1 Literally, For want of a thrush, one may eat a blackbird* 



228 



The Use of Be 



avoir l'air de, to appear. 

dependre de, to depend upon. 

blamer de, to blame for. 

feliciter de, to congratulate upon. 

se meler de, to attend to. 

(se) rire de, to laugh at. 

se moquer de, to make fun of. 

remercier de, to thank for. 

se souvenir de, to remember. 

se nourrir de, 

vivre de, 

jouir de, to enjoy. 

se rejouir de, to rejoice at. 



to live on. 



profiter de, to projit by. 
s'approcher de, to approach. 
savoir gre de, to be grateful for. 
se douter de, to suspect. 
se passer de, to do without. 
s'emparer de, to take possession oj 
s'agir de, to be a question of. 
se repentir de, to repent (of) . 
se soucier de, to care about. 
raourir de faim, etc., to starve, etc. 
connaitre de vue, to know by sight. 
pleurer de colere, to weep with an 
ger. 



faire de, to do with. 

faire signe de la main, to make a sign with the hand. 

mourir de la main de, to die by the hand of 



e'en est fait de, it's all up with. 

que de, how many I how much ! 

de trop, too many, in the way. 

de plus, besides. 

de ce cote, on this side. 

de part et d'autre, on the part 

both. 
de toutes parts, on all sides. 



of 



de bonne heure, early. 

de bon appetit, with a good appe 

tite. 
de mon temps, when I was young. 
du vivant de, during the lifetime oj 
de cette maniere, in this way. 
jamais de la vie, never (emphatic) 
le lendemain de, the day after. 



tenir de son pere, to take after his father. 

si j'etais de vous, if I were in your place. 

changer, to change (transform). 

changer de chapeau, to change one's hat. 

changer d'avis, to change one's mind. 

changer — en — , to change — into — . 

manquer, to fail, lack, want. 

manquer de respect a, to be lacking in respect for. 

mon ami me manque, J miss my friend. 

j ; ai manque le train, I lost the train. 



pres de, near (time or place). 
aupres de, beside (place or compari- 
son). 
4'apres, according to, after, from. 



faute de, for want of. 
hors de, out of . 
le long de, along. 
vis-a-vis, opposite to. 



The Use of Be 229 

Exercise. 
1. II a de son cote quelque chose a dire, il me semble. 

2. De moil temps les choses ne se passaient pas ainsi. 3. Au 
moment ou la course des chevaux va commencer, toute la foule 
se range des deux cotes de la rue. 4. Moliere, a dix ans, 
etait orphelin de mere. 5. II s'en faut de beaucoup que vous 
soyez aussi age que votre frere. 6. Ce malade n'a rien mange 
depuis quatre jours. 7. La tragedie du Cid est de Corneille. 
8. Get homme-la est aime de tous ceux qui le connaissent; 
celui-ci est aime par ses voisins. 9. La grande salle se rem- 
plit de monde. 10. II a paye son audace de sa liberte, et 
enfin de sa vie. 11. Pour former Pimparfait de Pindicatif, 
on change la terminaison -ant du participe present en -ais. 
12. Une troisieme personne est toujours de trop. 13. Tantale 
mourut de soif. 14. On a peint ce beau tableau d'apres na- 
ture. 15. Adieu, charmant pays de France ! 

1, I remember you. 2. Do you remember him (her, it)? 

3. If I were in your place, I wouldn't do it. 4. Those chil- 
dren have light hair and blue eyes ; they all take after their 
mother. 5. Go and change [your] hat. What for ? 6. No- 
body has hurt this child ; he is crying with anger. 7. What 
is it [all] about ? 8. During my father's lifetime that never, 
happened. 9. I rejoice at your good fortune; shall I con- 
gratulate you on it ? 10. That depends ; on what ? 11. I 
do not need to tell you that. 12. Come nearer (approach) 
the table. 13. Let us cross the street ; there are fewer people 
on the other side. 14. That makes no difference ; I prefer to 
walk on this side. 15. The teacher that died yesterday was 
loved by everybody, especially by her pupils. 16. That old 
man is so miserly (avare) that he does without a Christmas 
tree (arbre de Noel). 17. Have you changed your mind since 

his visit ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Votre cousin Guillaume tient-il de son pere ou de sa mere ? 
2. De quoi ce pauvre mendiant (beggar) se nourrit-il ? 3. De 
qui vous moquez-vous? 4. Peut-on se passer longtemps de 



230 The Use of A 

nourriture {food) ? 5. Ce garqon a Pair de bien travailler, 
n'est-ce pas ? 6. Ne trouvez-vous pas pourtant qu'il se rnele 
un pen trop des affaires des autres eleves ? 7. Est-il "bien de se 
rejouir des malheurs de ses ennemis ? 8. Si Ton s'approche 
du feu, aura-t-on f roid on chaud ? 9. De quel ville les soldats 
se sont-ils ernpares ? 10. De quoi s'agit-il ? 11. Vous etes- 
vous leve de bonne heure ce matin ? 12. Avez-vous rinten- 
tion de partir le lendemain de nion arrivee ? 13. Combien 
de fois par jour cette dame change-t-elle de robe ? 14. Con- 
naissez-vous ce monsieur de nom ou seulement de vue ? 

1. Do you remember me ? 2. Do you think I remember 
you ? 3. Do I blame you for your mistakes ? 4. Ought 
we to profit by the mistakes of others ? 5. Do you repent 
for what you have done? 6. At what time does the train 

for start? 7. Do you enjoy playing? 8. What do 

we live on? 9. Do you take after your father or your 
mother ? 10. Are you proud of it ? 11. Why do you make 
fun of your friends ? 12. Have you nothing better to do ? 
13. May I congratulate you on what has happened ? 14. Are 
you surprised at it? 15. Can some of these sentences be 
expressed in more than one way ? 16. Can you express Van 
dix-huit cent soixante in another way ? 

Lesson 100: The Use of A. 
Tout est bien, qui finit bien. — AIVs well that ends well. 



Besides the uses of a already given (to, at, in, with infini- 
tives, etc.), we may also note the following : 

(1) After many adjectives such as accoutume, attentif, sourd, 
docile, superieur, etc. 

(2) With the definite article to denote a physical quality, a 
habit, the dress, etc. 

un homme au regard timide, a man with a timid look. 

une femme aux cheveux chatains, a woman with dark-brown hair. 

du potage au lait, milk soup. 



The Use of A 



231 



(3) Between two nouns to denote use, purpose, fitness, or style. 



une machine a coudre, a sewing-machine. 
un couteau a papier, a paper-knife. 
un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat. 



un moulin a vent, a windmill. 
du papier a lettres, letter-paper. 
une tasse a the, a tea-cup. 



Compare un pot a fleurs, a flower.-pot, with un pot de fleurs, a pot of 
flowers; un verre a vin, a icine-glass, with un verre de vin, a glass of 
wine : etc. 



(4) Observe also 



to dream of. 



croire a, to believe in. 

penser a, to think of. 

rever a, 

songer a, 

assister a, to be present at. 

toucher a, to touch, to meddle with. 

prendre goat a, to take a liking for. 

prendre part a, to share in. 

prendre plaisir a, to take pleasure in. 

fouler aux pieds, to trample underfoot. 

aller a toute vapeur, to go at full 

steam. 
vendre a la livre, to sell by the pound. 
fait a la main, made by hand. 
c'est a vous a (de) parler, Ws your 

turn to speak. 
en vouloir a, to have a grudge 

against, to dislike. 
etre a l'heure, to be on time. 
a votre montre, by your watch. 
c'est-a-dire, that is to say. 
a ce soir, good-bye until this evening. 
au revoir, ] good-bye until I have 
\ the pleasure of seeing 
au plaisir, J you again. 
le 5 mars, au soir, on the evening of 

March 5th. 
a dessein (expres), purposely. 
a tort, wrongly. 
a haute voix, aloud. 
a voix basse, in a low tone. 
a merveille, wonderfully. 



au plus, at the most. 

au plus vite, as quickly as possible. 

au contraire, on the contrary. 

au fait, indeed ; in fact. 

a droite (gauche), on (or to) the 

right {left). 
comme a l'ordinaire, as usual. 
a genoux, on one's knees, kneeling. 
au doigt, on the finger. 
ames depens, at my expense. 
a bon marche, cheap. 
a Foeil nu, with the naked eye. 
etre a la mode, to be in style. 
a table, to {at) the table. 
au rez-de-chaussee, on the ground 

floor. 
au premier (etage), on the first story. 
a travers, across, through. 
a cote de, beside. 
a r exception de, except. 
au dela de, beyond. 
au-dessus de, above. 
au-dessous de, below. 
au lieu de, instead of. 
autour de, around. 

a moi ! ) , , , 

. } help ! 
au secours ! j 

auvoleur! thieves! or stop thief! 

au feu ! fire ! 

al'assassin! murder! 

a la bonne heure ! all right ! good / 

a nous deux, monsieur ! now, sir ! 



232 The Use of A 

Uses of a and de. 

servir, to serve. jouer, to play. 

servir a, to be {used) for. jouer a un jeu, to play a game. 

servir de, to serve as or instead of. jouer d'un instrument, to play an in* 

se servir de, to make use of. strument. 

marier, to marry, give in marriage, jouer aux cartes, a la balle, au cache- 

se marier, to get married. cache ; jouer du violon, de la flute. 

se marier a (avec) , | to marry, take in 3 0Uer ( or toucher) du piano. 

epouser, j marriage. 

Interjections of frequent use are : 

allons ! come ! en avant ! forward ! 

voyons ! look here ! gare ! look out ! 

tiens ! indeed ! courage ! cheer up ! 

tenez ! hold ! helas ! alas ! 

par exemple ! the idea ! 

Exercise. 

1. Marie, apportez-nous trois verres a viii et trois tasses a 
the ; nous resterons ce soir dans la salle a manger. 2. Est-ce 
que vous consentez a lui donner ce joli papier a lettres? 
3. Je placerai sa pkotographie au-dessus de ce tableau, et la 
votre au-dessous. 4. II fait froid aujourd'hui ; il n ? y a que 
deux degres au-dessus de zero. 5. Mon oncle a marie sa fille 
la semaine derniere, et j'ai assiste aux noces. 6. Avec qui 
s'est-elle mariee ? 7. Avez-vous jamais lu La Dame aux 
Camelias ? 8. Je l'ai lu et je l'ai vu jouer par Mme. Bern- 
hardt. 9. Etes-vous accoutume a voir les pieces franchises ? 
10. Cet accident a ete fatal a toutes mes esperances. 11. Quel 
dommage ! 12. A-t-il gagne ou perdu a faire cela ? 13. Com- 
ment ! il touche du piano ? 14. Courage, camarade, le diable 
est mort ! 

1. That beautiful child with large black eyes and black hair 
is my little nephew. 2. Here are some books I bought 
cheap ; I paid only two dollars apiece for them. 3. There 
are a great many windmills in Holland. 4. Don't touch ! 
5. We are amusing ourselves at your expense. 6. Butter is 
always sold by the pound. 7. How much does it cost a 



The Use of A 233 

pound ? 8. That steamboat arrives at ten o'clock, and it is 
on time to-day, as usual. 9. That gray-haired man is selling 
flower-pots. 10. Beyond the Alps lies (se trouver) Italy. 
11. One must always be ready to die for one^ country 
(patrie, f.). 12. His friends are deaf to all his prayers 
(pridre, f.). 13. They used to take pleasure in his company. 
14. Alas, how true that is ! 15. It is thought that he keeps 
his door locked purposely. 16. It is probable that he is too 
proud to see them. 

Oral Drill. 

1. Do you like to read aloud ? 2. Why don't you work a 
little instead of playing all the time ? 3. When you go home 
do you turn to the right or to the left ? 4. Do you live on 
this side of the street ? 5. Have you any letter-paper to lend 
me ? 6. What instrument do you play ? 7. Is it easy to 
learn to play the piano ? 8. What is a sewing machine for ? 

9. Are you always attentive to what is being said to you? 

10. Who is the gentleman with the broad shoulders ? 11. Do 
you believe in ghosts ? 12. When you travel do you find that 
the trains are always on time ? 13. Explain to us the differ- 
ence between adieu and au revoir. 14. If we were playing 
cards and if I said to you C'est a vous, would you understand 
what I meant ? 

1. Pourquoi n'avez-vous pas pris part a cette discussion? 

2. Quand un eleve lit dans la classe doit-il lire a voix basse ? 

3. Avez-vous jamais trouve un fer a cheval (horseshoe) en vous 
promenant ? 4. Savez-vous la difference entre une tasse de 
the et une tasse dt the ? 5. De quel cote de la rue demeurez- 
vous ? 6. Savez vous jouer du piano ? 7. Hier vous vous 
§tes fait mal au doigt, n'est-ce pas ? 8. Allez-vous pouvoir 
jouer ce soir pour nos amis ? 9. Jouez-vous aux cartes ? 
10. Avez-vous jamais assiste a un mariage ? 11. A quoi sert 
une plume? 12. Demeurez-vous au rez-de-chaussee ou au 
premier etage? 13. Avez-vous deja pris gout a la langue 
fraiiQaise ? 14. Quelle heure est-il a votre montre ? 



234 The Prepositions En and Dans 

Lesson 101 : The Prepositions En and Dans. 



La fin couronne l'ceuvre. — The end crowns the work. 



En has a vague and general meaning and is rarely used with 
the definite article ; dans has a precise and limited meaning 
and takes an article. 

Observe : en prison, dans cette vieille prison; en danger, dans un 
grand danger; en voiture, dans une belle voiture; en France (pas en 
Angleterre), dans la France (pas hors de, outside of, la France) ; docteur 
en philosophic or en medecine, but docteur or bachelier es lettres, es 
sciences (ds contraction of en les); en haut, upstairs, en bas, downstairs, 
en Pair in the air. 

Also : agir en Chretien, en prince, to act like a Christian, like a prince ; 
il a parle" en maitre, he talked like a master, but il m'a traite de prince, 
he treated me as if I were a prince. 

A, dans, and en. 

A la maison, at home, dans la maison, in the house (pas hors de la 
maison); a Paris, at or in Paris, dans Paris, inside of Paris ; a la ville, 
in the city (not in the country), dans la ville, inside the city, en ville, 
in town (not at home). 

Depuis, pendant, pour, dans, en, in expressions of time. 

Depuis marks the beginning of a period of time ; pendant, 
its whole duration, and is often omitted ; pour, the time allotted 
for an action ; dans, the time at the end of which an action 
will take place ; en, the time taken to perform the action. 

II etait a Rome depuis huit jours, he had been in Rome a week. 
II y est reste pendant quinze jours, he, stayed there a fortnight. 
II y est alle le lendemain pour trois mois, he went there next day for three 

months. 
II partira dans une semaine, he will go in a week. 
II finira son travail en trois jours, it will take him three days to finish his 

work. 



The Prepositions En and Dans 235 

Lies, a partir de, and depute. 

Des, from, since, no later than, and a partir de, from — on, 
are used only of time ; depuis is used of either time or space. 

Des le l er Janvier, depuis avant hier, a partir de ce jour; des demain, 
no later than to-morrow, a partir de demain, from to-morrow on ; depuis 
Paris jusqu'au Havre, from Paris to Havre; depuis le premier jusqu'au 
dernier, from the first to the last. 

Vers and envers. 

Vers expresses direction or time ; envers, feeling or be- 
havior. 

II est alle vers la ville, he went towards the city ; vers trois heures, 
about three o'clock; cruel envers les pauvres, harsh to the poor. 

Vocabulary. 

a vrai dire, to tell the truth. regarderpar, to look through. 

pour ainsi dire, so to speak. par le temps qu'il fait, in this weather. 

pour affaires, on business. entre les mains de, in the hands of. 

dans l'ile, on the island. chez les Francais, among the French. 

dans l'escalier, on the stairs. en meme temps, at the same time. 

boire dans, to drink from. jusqu'ici, hitherto. 

From the principal parts form all the tenses of the following 
irregular verbs : 

Fuir, to flee, fuyant, fui, je fuis, je fuis. 
Vetir, to clothe, vetant, vetu, je vets, je vetis. 
Valoir, to be worth, valant, valu, je vaux, je valus. 

Present Indicative Future, je vaudrai. 

je vaux. nous valons. Present Subjunctive, que je vaille. 
tu vaux. vous valez. 
il vaut. ils valent. 

Boire, to drink, buvant, bu, je bois, je bus. 
Present Subjunctive, que je boive. 
Suffire, to be enough, suffisant, suffi, je suffis, je suffis. 
Vaincre, to conquer, vainquant, vaincu, je vaincs, je vainquis. 

In the verb vaincre, c is changed to qu before every vowel except u. 
Also convaincre, to convince. 



236 Tlie Prepositions En and Dans 

Exercise. 

1. We intend to come back to the city about nine in the 
evening. 2. If you will not be here before that time, I 
think I will dine in town. 3. I have done all I could to con- 
vince him. 4. Now it is possible to go to Chicago in eighteen 
hours. 5. Mr. N. will start for England in a fortnight ; he 
has to go there on business. 6. Look out of the window, 
please, and tell me what you see. 7. I can see nothing at all 
in this weather, that is to say, nothing very interesting. 
8. To tell the truth, it has done nothing but rain during the 
last two or three weeks. 9. We had our breakfast upstairs 
this morning. 10. We must be polite towards everybody. 
11. Try, and you will conquer all these difficulties. 12. We 
shall start for Paris to-morrow morning at 7.45. 13. How 
much patience one muati have with pupils that do not work ! 
14. That's enough to make you laugh, isn't it ? 15. Better 
(is worth) late than never. 16. Do you know Mrs. M. ? 17. I 
have just had the pleasure of making her acquaintance. 

18. You must have known her by sight for a long time. 

19. How well she sings, doesn't she ? 

Oral Drill. 

1. Buvez-vous le cafe dans un verre ou dans une tasse? 
2. Dans combien de temps comptez-vous partir pour la cam- 
pagne? 3. En combien de jours finirez-vous ce travail? 

4. Cet enfant est-il tombe dans l'escalier ou dans la rue? 

5. Avez-vous etudie cette grammaire depuis le commencement 
jusqu' a la fin ? 6. Si votre livre tombe entre les mains de 
ce mechant garqon, croyez-vous qu'il vous le rende ? 7. Com- 
bien de verres de lait avez-vous bu(s) ? 8. Croyez-vous que 
cela vaille la peine ? 9. Si vous regardez par la f enetre, que 
voyez-vous ? 10. Y avait-il beaucoup de sculpteurs (sculptors) 
chez les Grecs ? 11. Y a-t-il beaucoup de peintres chez les 
Francais ? 12. De quoi les sculpteurs se servent-ils pour 
faire des statues ? 13. Tenez ! c'est la fin des lecons, 
n'est-ce pas ? 




U-, v 



REVIEW EXERCISES, 



En forgeant on devient f orgeron. — Practice makes perfect. 



I. 

1. 1. Fresh water ; the dry land j old newspapers ; her blue 
ribbons ; what beautiful sweet flowers ! 2. You will need 
courage. 3. I have a headache this evening ; I can neither 
sing nor play. 4. We have no jewels, but our friends have 
some. 5. What friends ? 6. Those who live in that fine 
new house. 7. Whose is it ? 8. It is theirs ; their father 
gave it to thern. 9. Tell me whom you have seen to-day. 
10. What ! you have seen her ? 11. I have never read those 
books, but I have read these, and I liked them better than any 
others I know. 12. I found a great many there. 13. Let 
us not speak of it to her or to them. 14. My father and 
mother left England on the first of May, 1891. 15. Columbus 
(Colomb) was an Italian. 16. He served the King of Spain 
faithfully. 17. Naturally, we think that he carried off a 
great victory by discovering the new world. 18. Cardinal 
Mendoza was a faithful friend of Columbus, and often invited 
him to his house. 19. I should like you to go for a walk 
with me at twenty minutes to three. 20. He loves nobody, 
and nobody loves him. 

2. 1. Nobody is ever forgotten. 2. We must not believe 
all that is said. 3. Do you doubt my having succeeded ? 
4. I do not doubt your succeeding some (one) day. 5. We 
do not wish to tell him all our business, although he is our 
uncle. 6. Why don't you wish him to know what has hap- 
pened ? 7. We fear he will refuse to let us know what we 
desire. 8. I hope you will not try to deceive him. 9, We 

237 



238 Review Exercises 

want more money. 10. You will be obliged to write all this 
before you go. 11. If you wish to go soon, you must work 
as fast as possible. 12. You must be very hungry after so 
long a walk. 13. Wait till we come back. 14. How many 
favors (services) he has done (rendered) me ! 15. You make 
(render) him very happy by saying that. 16. I see what you 
are doing ; stop it at once. 17. How pleasant that remem- 
brance must be to you ! 18. Run and tell him we have 
arrived. 19. When you go to get your hat, kindly bring me 
mine. 20. Can't you get along without it ? 

3. 1. If you would like to know those gentlemen, I should 
be glad to present you to them. 2. You ought to introduce 
me to her ; it was a friend of mine that introduced her to you, 
was it not ? 3. Do you wish to go with me or do you wish 
me to leave alone ? 4. Why does that boy beat his dog so ? 
5. He beats it to make it obey him. 6. What do you think 
of that ? 7. What have you to tell us ? 8. Walk as far 
as the house or until you meet him. 9. This gentleman must 
be a professor of modern languages. 10. Yes, he is my 
brother's professor of French. 11. They have gone to 
France, to Paris. 12. Have you a postage stamp (timbre- 
poste, m.) for me ? 13. We understand nearly every word 
he says. 14. Do you know those ladies ? 15. We know' 
their names. 16. What makes your friends laugh? 

17. This tea is almost cold ; bring me another cup of it. 

18. However interesting our books may be, they do not make 
us forget our absent friends. 19. I should like to spend a 
few days in Scotland next summer. 20. We visited that 
magnificent church on the very day of our arrival (arrivee, f.)- 

4. 1. Some men are esteemed by everybody, even by their 
enemies. 2. Did you tell them that I should be here on 
Monday? 3. What do you do on Sunday? 4. We shall 
always be ready to go to church at a quarter past ten. 
5. What makes you wait so long? 6. Let us start right 
away. 7. Napoleon III was born April 20, 1808. 8. He 



Review Exercises 239 

became emperor in 1852. 9. How good that flower smells ! 
10. Speak louder, please. 11. Why don't yon study more ? 
12. We used to have five horses ; we have sold two and now 
we have only three. 13. When you began to study music, 
how many lessons did you have a week ? 14. When shall we 
have the pleasure of seeing you again ? 15. As soon as our 
friends have gone. 16. What are they playing now at the 
Theatre-Franqais ? 17. When we reach Paris, we shall look 
for a house near the Champs-Elysees. 18. How sick you 
look ! 19. Go to bed early this evening. 20. I want you 
to get up before six. 

5. 1. I have lost my new silk umbrella, Why, no, there 
it is ! 2. Would you dare to uss any of his books, if you 
needed them ? 3. When you are ready to go to Europe next 
year, remember me. 4. I have a great many addresses to 
give you. 5. This man bores (ennuyer) everybody with his 
stories. 6. What a tiresome man ! 7. Our neighbors are 
always in style. 8. Why do you never shut the door? 

9. When we lived in New York, we met him very often. 

10. As soon as we reach Liverpool, we must send letters to 
our friends in America. 11. Always reflect before acting. 
12. Next time I shall not accept your excuses. 13. I would 
do it if I could. 14. Couldn't you do it if you would? 
15. You ought not to have asked that. 16. You have not 
answered his letter yet. 17. I shall answer it to-morrow. 
18. Serve us at once ; we are in a hurry. j 9. We do not live 
to eat ; we eat to live. 20. Follow us ; do not follow them. 

6. 1. Those gentlemen wear gloves in summer as well as in 
winter. 2. You must keep on writing until you can show me 
a page written well enough to satisfy (satisfaire) me. 3. I 
make a great many mistakes, it is true, but I write better than 
you think. 4. That makes me smile (sour ire). 5. Be silent! 
6. Does he know how to play chess (echecs) ? 7. That is a 
game he has never learned. 8. I have heard that it is the 
most difficult of all games. 9. They had just left when 



240 Review Exercises 

their friends arrived. 10. What do your friends do during 
the holidays (yacances) ? 11. Do you need anything ? 

12. What ? 13. I am looking for a few souvenirs that will 
please my friends. 14. Although we were very tired, we 
could not sleep last night. 15. It was too cold perhaps. 
16. We were not cold. 17. Louis XIV was seventy-seven 
years old when he died. 18. One day I gave some money to 
a blind [man], "but he gave it back to me, saying, " I do not 
take Canadian pieces." 19. He wasn't blind; he was deaf 
and dumb (sourd-muei) . 20. It is easy to learn these rules, 
but it is still easier to forget them. 

7. 1. Do you think that French is easy to learn ? 2. His 
health is very good now ; it is far better than it was formerly. 
3. I am very glad of it. 4. Everybody is mistaken some- 
times. 5. Our servant has gone to (the) market (marche, m.). 
6. Where are the letters I told you to write ? 7. I finished 
them long ago. 8. Whom do you see coming ? 9. I can't 
see any one now. 10. Our examinations (examen, m.) are 
always very hard. 11. That is the most beautiful song 1 
have ever heard sung. 12. He has promised to spend two or 
three weeks at our house, provided his father consents to it. 

13. If I were sure that he would consent, I should invite a few 
other friends to come at the same time. 14. Is there nobody 
that can tell me what I ought to do ? 15. When we were in 
Europe last year, we received a great many letters from our 
friends, which (ce qui) made us very happy. 16. I do not 
know whether we shall receive so many, now that we have 
come home again. 17. You talk too loud ; do you think I 
am deaf ? 18. I do not think you are. 19. Don't you know 
that I am not ? 20. I do. 

8. 1. Tell us something new. I don't know anything new 
to tell you. 2. If we had a few francs (of) more, we should 
have money enough to. buy that little gold watch. 3. It costs 
ten francs too much. 4. How long is that chain ? 5. It is 
twenty inches long. 6. Can't you remember anything ? 



Review Exercises 241 

r. If you are neither hungry nor thirsty, do not wait for us 
iny longer. 8. Aren't you afraid you will be hungry before 
one o'clock ? 9.1 am not. 10. We wish we had something 
good to eat. 11. It is possible we may find something at the 
station. 12. We almost missed the train. 13. It was your 
fault. 14. I don't care. 15. You ought to be ashamed of 
your conduct. 16. Do not scold me ; this is (c'est aujourdliui) 
my birthday. 17. This little girl has learned to write well. 

18. How old is she? 19. She is only seven. 20. Who 
wrote to tell you of our friend's death ? 

9. 1. Walk in front of me, I beg of you. 2. It is your 
place to go first. 3. What (quoi de) more fortunate than 
what happens to you ? 4. " What a lot of books ! " he said 
co me. 5. What do you find in these woods ? 6. Nothing 
but tall trees. 7. I often used to go to the little old white 
church when I was in the country. 8. Let us speak to him 
about it when he comes. 9. France is a beautiful country ; 
its inhabitants speak French. 10. Brittany (la Bretagne) is 
perhaps the most interesting part of the whole country. 
11. Tell us, please, what that signifies. 12. Which of those 
two churches do you admire the more ? 13. Whoever (it may 
be that) did that, he will never come back. 14. The books of 
which he spoke to you are in the dining-room. 15. Where is 
the little boy to whose father you gave a franc ? 16. I don't 
know anything about it. 17. We know what you are think- 
ing of. 18. Which of those knives are the heaviest ? 

19. You will see him as you go from here. 20. I know I 
shall, unless I start too late. 

10. 1. What is your name ? 2. My name is Arthur ; 
what is yours ? 3. However great kings may be, they 
are what we are. 4. Whose is this cane ? 5. It's not 
mine, for I have mine. 6. It must be one of his. 7. It is 
possible that it belongs to that gentleman with whose son you 
were just speaking. 8. Don't keep it ; give it back to him. 
9. What is the matter with him? 10. Nothing, so far as I 



242 Review Exercises 

know. 11. He was not afraid it would rain ; he was afraid 
that he would find there a certain person he did not wish to 
see. 12. They have nothing to live on. 13. That is prob- 
ably because they have spent more money than they have 
earned. 14. What is that to you ? 15. It's all the same to 
me. 16. It would be better for him to do it. 17. Have 
you ever seen anything like [it] ? 18. No, I never have. 
19. He did his best to please me. 20. It does not matter. 

11. 1. Everybody has left. 2. Finish writing your letter 
at once. 3. Have you counted these sentences ? 4. How 
many are there ? 5. The sun is shining for every one. 
6. In summer the days are longer than in winter. 7. The 
museum of the Louvre in Paris is the largest and most beauti- 
ful one in Europe. 8. Don't you hear the noise in the street ? 
9. Haven't you heard what it is ? 10. I have never even 
heard of it. 11. He never hears (has news) from his niece, 
unless he writes to her. 12. If you had put that book on 
my desk, it would be there still. 13. This is more than I 
need. 14. My life is at stake. 15. Shall we walk or ride 
this morning ? 16. As you please (fut. of vouloir). 17. The 
English travel a great deal on the Continent, although they do 
not like to cross the Channel. 18. If you had ever crossed 
it yourself, you would not blame them. 19. I have done so 
more times than you think. 20. You are not to repeat to 
any one what you have been told. 21. They must be sorry 
to know of your illness. 22. Come and pay (make) us a visit 
soon. 23. Before he went away, he told me he would be 
back in a week. 24. Do not speak to us now ; we are read- 
ing something very interesting. 25. Do not read so loud ; 
there is some one sick in the next room. 26. We have not 
seen each other for ten or twelve years. 27. Many things 
have happened since you saw her. 28. Name the most in- 
teresting French books you have ever read. 29. Only rich 
people put up at that hotel. 30. These sentences are much 
easier to write than you pretend. 



Review Exercises 243 

II. 
Sentences selected from college entrance examinations. 



On rougit de ne pas savoir ; on ne rougit jamais d'apprendre. 

1. 1. Come and see me Monday, the twenty-second of June. 
2, He will give you some books if you obey him. 3. She 
came to me saying, " Give me some red roses." 4. We 
often think of you and your sick friend. o. Who is it? 
What is it ? Tell me of what you are thinking. Whom do 
you see? What does he say? 6. What is electricity 
(electricite) ? I don't know what it is. 7. In which house 
does he live, the wooden one or the marble one ? 8. Here 
are his two new books ; which do you prefer ? 9. I saw 
him go out two hours ago. It is now five o'clock. 10. Don't 
let him see them. 11. Make him read it. He has written 
it himself. 12. What you say is true, I have heard it said. 
13. Sit down if you please, he will come soon. 14. Give 
them some. Give it to them. Don't give any to him or to 
her. Present me to them. 15. He introduced himself to 
us. 16. What fine apples ! Give me six. 17. Two thou- 
sand seven hundred and ninety-one men were killed in that 
battle. 18. He was hungry and stole a . dollar from that old 
lady. 19. How well he sings ! How beautiful it is ! 
20. Have the windows closed ; it is cold to-day. 

2. 1. I wish he would come. I must see him at once. 
2. I am afraid they will come without hats. 3. He has 
hurt himself. They say he broke his arm. 4. The prettiest 
child in town has yellow hair and blue eyes. 5. Whose is 
that ancient book ? Is it yours or your brother's ? 6. Please 
give this pen and paper to your friend, and tell him to keep them 
till to-morrow. 7. Has any one come ? No one has come. 
8. Have you any letters for me ? I have two, and there is 
also a package for you. 9. It will be mine before to-morrow. 
10. You must not do it. 11. I do not think he did it. 



244 Revieiv Exercises 

12. He has hurt his foot. 13. Let us eat, drink, and be 
merry. 14. The man whose house you will see. 15. His 
wife was at the same time his friend. 16. George Washing- 
ton was born on the twenty-second of February, seventeen 
hundred and thirty-two. 17. I have more money than he 
has, because he has none at all. 18. Although he did it, he 
will not do it again. 19. When can I see you ? 20. I shall 
be at home to-morrow evening at seven o'clock ; bring your 
friends, and I will take you all to the theater. 

3. 1. Have you written the letter which I dictated to you 
this morning? 2. I have written it and I have sent it to 
the person to whom it was addressed. 3. Was there an an- 
swer to it ? No, there was not. 4. Have they been waiting 
for us long ? 5. I believe they have been waiting since ten 
minutes to three. 6. Where are they now ? 7. They are 
all in the dining-room. 8. Well, let them come in, I am 
ready to see them. 9. Do you know what they want ? 

10. They want to speak to you about their work. 11. What 
is the matter with you ? 12. What are you about ? 13. If 
he would but do it ! 14. Mind your own business. 15. The 
story goes that he did it. 16. I happened to be near him at 
the time. 17. You had better not do that again. 18. How 
long is it since you have heard from him ? 19. It is all up 
with me. 20. Stand still. 

4. 1. What is that to him ? 2. It is in vain for you to 
do it. 3. I shall not be able to go with you unless you re- 
turn with me. 4. They would like to take the king prisoner. 
5. You read much, but you say nothing. 6. I shall soon 
know French. 7. If he or she had given them the letter 
yesterday, I should already have received it. 8. It is true. 
9. What is true ? 10. It is true that the king is dead. 

11. You must go away from here. 12. There are six or 
seven men in that room, but I do not see any boy there. 

13. If she were to speak quickly (rapidement) , I should not 
answer her. 14. Do not come with me, but go away. 



Review Exercises . 245 

15. Tell me what I ask you. 16. Ask your father for it. 
17. Ask them who is with them. 18. I shall not be able to 
give it to him. 19. I give it to you. 20. What have you 
given him ? 

5. 1. I shall go to France. 2. You must know your les- 
son. 3. I shall know it (i.e. the lesson). 4. I want you to 
do it. 5. I ought to give him some. 6. I was here when 
he came. 7. Must you go so soon ? 8. I should take him 
there if he would go. 9 It is better that you should give it 
to her. 10. What have I done to make you detest me ? 
11. Whenever I see her I am happy. 12. If I saw them I 
should be happy. 13. I do not think he will do it. 
14. They did not want him to have it done. 15. Let us 
eat all we can. 16. I have already called him and I am 
calling him now. 17. I work as much as he does. 18. What 
is more rare (exquis) than a day in June ! 19. He says that 
this book is a better one than that book, and yet I like that 
one better. 20. Should we have had to do it ? 

6. 1. I cannot tell you how glad I should be to see him. 
2. It was not worth doing. 3. I should have wanted him to 
come. 4. He would have to go. 5. Although I am young, 
I am brave. 6. Do what you can, and never mind what 
people say. 7. I want you to come with me to my father's 
house. 8. It would be better for him not to do it. 9. Tell 
him that he may come with us, if his father is willing. 
10. Should you not have done it before? 11. I have not 
many more sentences (phrase) to write. 12. I am afraid you 
are tired. 13. Which season do you like best ? 14. Give 
me some apples. I have no apples. 15. Have you my pens ? 
No, I have not seen them. 16. Did your sister go with you ? 
No, she remained with my mother. 17. The weather is 
very fine for the season, is it not ? 18. Did you look at the 
ice on the lake in passing ? Yes, the ice is good, and we can 
soon skate. 19. Do you like to skate ? Yes, but I cannot go 
skating this evening* 20. I must stay at hoine. 



246 Review Exercises 

7. 1. You can amuse yourself reading. 2. I have left all 
my books at school. 3. If I had them, I should prepare my 
lessons for to-morrow. 4. If I do not prepare them, the 
master will not be pleased. 5. If you wish to study, I will 
lend you my books. 6. If you were to lend them to me I 
should be very glad ; I should study the whole evening. 

7. I do not wish to lose my time. 8. Where is the pen I 
gave you yesterday ? 9.1 do not know what I did with it. 
10. He died in eighteen hundred and seventy-nine, while his 
parents were living in Europe. 11. I see what you are doing. 
12. What am I doing ? 13. Go to her and speak to her. 
14. Do not speak to her. 15. Do not speak to him or to 
her. 16. I beg you not to do it. 17. I must see what will 
result from it. 18. You and he are always good friends. 
19. Time is money. 20. He is the only man who can do it. 

8. 1. While I was eating, he came in. 2. As soon as I 
had finished drinking, I went out of the house. 3. When 
will this cruel war be over? 4. He does not distinguish 
what is mine from what is his and what is hers. 5. He is 
my old friend. 6. I have told you of the one I have always 
called and still call my brother. 7. He had to do it. 

8. Have you any good friends ? 9. Do you prefer this book 
or that one ? 10. Let us go away. 11. I told him never to 
give me any. 12. If he dees it I shall be happy, but not if 
she does it. 13. I have been looking for you for three days. 
14. Ask her for it now or never speak of it to her. 15. Nei- 
ther gold nor silver can make us happy. 16. You under- 
stand what I mean. 17. I am the only one older than he. 
18. You have got to do it. 19. As I was calling him, he 
came out of the house. 20. As soon as I had called him, he 
came out of the house. 

9. 1. I do not think that he will be able to do it. 2. You 
and I will walk together. 3. I made the acquaintance this 
morning of a man who asked me if I believed in the central 
fire. 4. Columbus conceived that by going towards the west 



Review Exercises . 247 

he could reach the East Indies. 5. He believed the earth to 
be round, which was then a new idea. 6. He thought, how- 
ever, that it was much smaller than it really is. 7. Whatever 
the sun may be, it is not inhabited. 8. I fear you may not 
be welcome here. 9. Things are going from bad to worse. 
10. I think very highly of him. 11. What is he up to 
now ? 12. However skillful he may be, he will not succeed, 

13. There is no day which does not give proof of it. 

14. What do I care? 15. I fell in with a man who made 
me fall into the water, and so we fell out. 16. There is 
no cause for laughter. 17. So much the better for you. 

18. Say what you think. 19. I came, I saw, I conquered. 
20. He has never done anything worth while. 

10. 1. You see what it is to be a stranger. 2. No traveler, 
so far as I know, has mentioned it. 3. Hardly had he 
spoken when the carriage stopped. 4. Up to that time few 
people had left the city. 5. We are to read that book 
together, are we not? 6. Have you ever read it before? 
7. I read it about a year ago, when I was at my uncle's ; but I 
have forgotten the subject. 8. I do not know anybody who 
is willing to do it. 9. He who has overcome his passions 
has won (remporter) a great victory. 10. Every one for 
himself. 11. I do not know what you are thinking of. 
12. Wait until he has come. 13. He writes better than he 
speaks. 14. What is the use of that ? 15. Speak of any- 
thing whatsoever. 16. I am surprised that he did not bow 
to (saluer) that gentleman. 17. I asked them if she would 
come to-day, but they would not answer. 18. Seventy and 
twenty-three make ninety-three (write out the numbers in full). 

19. I am working only to help you. 20. I thank you most 
heartily for all your kindness. 

(a) I came to Cambridge a week ago and met your brother. 
He took me to his room in college and then asked me to accom- 
pany him to his home, where we should find the rest of the 
family. You were not there, but I had the pleasure of seeing 



248 Revieiv Exercises 

your father, mother, and two sisters. After talking for some 
time, your brother and sisters and I went for a walk, during 
which they showed me many interesting things. 

(b) The fatal day arrived at last. Inglesant had passed a 
sleepless night; he had not the slightest fear of death, but 
excitement (emotion) made sleep impossible. He thought often 
of his brother, but he had learned that he was in Paris alone ; 
and even had he been in England (Angleterre) he felt no espe- 
cial desire to see him. Mary Collet he thought of night and 
day, but he knew it was impossible to obtain permission to see 
her, and he was tired of fruitless requests. He was weary of 
life and wished the excitement over, that he might be at rest. 
It struck him that the greatest harshness (durete) was used 
towards him: his food (nourriture) was poor and no one was 
admitted to him. But he did not wonder at this. 



SELECTIONS FOR READING 

1. Reponse Inattendue. 

Dans une ville du midi de la France frequentee en hiver par 
de nombreux etrangers, on voit ^inscription suivante sur la 
porte d'un hotel : — 

Ici on parle anglais, allemand, rime, italien, espagnol. 

Un Anglais entre et demande l'interprete. "Nous n'avons 
pas d'interprete," lui dit le garqon. — "Mais alors qui parle 
les langues mentionnees sur la porte?" — " Les voyageurs, 
Monsieur," repondit le garqon. 

2. Le Normand et le Boulanger. 

Un Normand entra un jour chez un boulanger et demanda 
un pain de deux livres. Le boulanger en mit un sur le 
comptoir. Le Normand en demanda le prix. " Cinquante 
centimes," repondit le boulanger. — " II n'a pas le poids," dit 
l'acheteur en le pesant dans sa main. — " N'importe," repliqua 
l'autre, " il sera plus facile a porter." Le Normand deposa 
alors quarante centimes sur le comptoir. " Ce n'est pas assez," 
dit le boulanger. — " N'importe," repliqua le Normand, " ce 
sera plus facile a compter." 

V ™^*L_ 3. Un Marche. 

Un vieil harpagon fait venir >un medecin pour voir sa f emme 
tres malade. Le medecin, qui connaissait son homme, de- 
mande a s'arranger d'abord pour ses honoraires. 
— " Soit ! " dit l'harpagon; " je vous donnerai 200 francs, que 
vous tuiez ma femme ou que vous la guerissiez." 

249 



250 Selections for Beading 

Le medeein accepte ; mais, malgre ses soins, la femme meurt, 
Quelque temps apres, il vient reclamer son argent. \^ , 

" Quel argent ? " dit Pharpagon : " avez-vous gueri ma 
femme ? " 

" Non, je ne Pai pas guerie." 

" Alors, vous Pavez tuee ? " 

" Tuee ? Oh ! quelle horreur ! Vous savez bien que non." 

" Eh bien, puisque vous ne Pavez ni guerie ni tuee, que 
demandez-vous ? >; 

4. Le Cheval Vole. 

On avait vole un cheval a un fermier. Celui-ci se rendit a 
une foire aux chevaux, qui se tenait justement a une quinzaine 
de milles de chez lui, pour en acheter un autre. En parco'urant 
le champ de foire, il reconnut son prop're cheval parmi ceux 
qui etaient en vente. 

" Ce cheval est a moi/" ; dit-il a l'homme qui le gardait, " on 
me Pa vole il y a trois jours." 

" Ce n'est pas possible," dit l'autre, " il ya trois ans que je 
l'ai." 

"Trois ans?" dit le fermier; "j'endoute." Puis mettant 
subitement les mains sur les yeux du cheval: "Voyons, de 
quel ceil est-il borgne ? " 

Le bruit de la dispute commencait a attirer Pattention des 
voisins ; il fallait repondre sans hesitation : 

" De Pceil gauche," dit-il-. 

Le fermier ote sa main de dessus cet ceil gauche qui paratt 
clair et brlllant. 

" Oh ! e me suis trompe," se hate de reprendre Pautre ; " je 
veux dire de Pceil droit." 

" II n'est borgne ni de Pceil droit, ni de Pceil gauche," dit le 
fermier, otant Pautre main. " II est evident que tu es un 
voleur : vous le voyez, vous autres ! " continua-t-il en s'adressant 
a la foule autour de lui. 

Le voleur avait essaye de se sauver, en entendant ces mots. 



Selections for Reading 251 

Mais il fut saisi et conduit devant le niagistrat, tandis que le 
fermier reprit possession de son cheval. 

5. Force Extraordinaire. 

Le niarechal de Biron etait d'une force prodigieuse. ICtant 
un jour chez un forgeron il le pria de lui faire un fer a cheval. 
Le forgeron se mit a Pouvrage et pendant qu'il avait le dos 
tourne, le niarechal prit Penclume et la cacha sous son man- 
teau. L'ouvrier fut etonne, lorsqu'il voulut battre son fer, de 
ne pas trouver sur quoi le poser ; mais il le fut bien davantage 
encore lorsqu'il vit Biron retirer Penclume de dessous son 
manteau et la remettre en place. 

Le niarechal de Saxe voulant un jour donner une preuve de 
sa force a quelques personnes, entra chez un forgeron sous 
pretexte de faire ferrer son cheval, et comme il trouva plu- 
sieurs fers prepares, il dit a Pouvrier : " N'as-tu pas de meil- 
leurs fers que ceux-ci ? " L'ouvrier lui representa qu'ils etaient 
excellents, mais le marechal en prit cinq ou six et les rompit 
Pun apres Pautre. Le forgeron le regardait en silence. Enfin 
le marechal feignit d'en trouver un bon qu'il fit mettre au pied 
de son cheval. Cela fait, il jeta un ecu sur Penclume. " Par- 
don, monsieur," dit le forgeron, " je vous ai donne un bon fer, il 
faut que vous me donniez un bon ecu." En disant ces mots, 
il rompit Pecu en deux et en fit autant de quatre ou cinq autres 
que le marechal lui donna. " Mon ami, tu as raison," lui dit le 
marechal, " je n'ai que de mauvais ecus, mais voici un louis d'or 
qui, j'espere, sera bon." 

6. Des Lunettes qui Fassent Lire. 

Un vieux paysan entre un jour chez un opticien a la ville et 
demande des lunettes. On lui en presente une paire qu'il se 
met sur le nez, et en meme temps un journal pour faire Pessai 
4pres avoir regarde le papier une minute a differentes dis 



252 Selections for Reading 

tances, tantot Feloignant, tantot le rapprochant de ses yeux, il 

secoue la t£te : 

" Cette paire ne me va pas," dit-il, " essayons-en une autre." 

On ltd donne une autre paire ; nouveaux essais. . . 

" Celle-ci ne vaut rien non plus," dit-il ; " montrez-m'en 

d'autres." 

Une troisieme paire, une quatrieme, une cinquienie sont 

essayees sans succes. 

"Mais yous n'avez done pas," dit-il d'un ton inipatiente, 

" des lunettes avec lesquelles je puisse lire ? " 

" Que si,"' dit Fopticien : " voyez encore celles-ci." 

Le paysan ajuste les lunettes et reprend le journal ; niais le 

niarchand s'apercoit qu'il tient le journal tete-b§che. 
" Hola ! " dit-il ; " niais savez-vous lire au nioins ? " 
"Moi, lire? non. Si je savais lire, qu'aurais-je besoin de 

lunettes ? . . . Ecoutez : notre niaitre d'ecole, chez nous, sans 

ses lunettes ne sait pas distinguer A de B ; niais quand il les 

a sur le nez, ea va tout seul. Je voudrais des lunettes conime 

les siennes, des lunettes qui fassent lire." 

7. Un Drole de Prisonnier. 

"A moi, a moi ! nion capitaine, criait un soldat, a moi ! je 
tiens un prisonnier. — Eh bien, lui dit le capitaine, aniene-le. 
— Je ne deniande pas mieux ; mais il ne veut pas me laisser 
aller." 

8. Comment on devient Marechal de France. 

Le marechal Lefebvre avait un camarade de regiment qui 
vint le voir un jour et qui admirait, non sans un sentiment 
d'envie, son bel hotel, ses belles voitures, sa nombreuse livree, 
ses magnifiques appartements, tout le train enfin d'un grand 
dignitaire de Fempire : " Parbleu, lui dit-il, il faut avouer que 
tu es bien heureux, et que le ciel t'a bien traite ! — Veux-tu, lui 
repondit le marechal, avoir tout cela ? — Oui, certainement. — 
La chose est tres simple : tu vas descendre dans la cour de 



Selections for Reading 253 

mon hotel ; je mettrai a chaque f enetre deux soldats qui tireront 
sur toi. Si tu echappes aux balles, je te donnerai tout ce que 
tu m'envies. C'est comme cela que je l'ai obtenu." 

9. L'Operation Inutile. 

Un officier anglais ayant recu une balle dans la jarn.be, fut 
transporte chez lui, ou deux medecins furent appeles. Pendant 
huit jours ils ne firent que sonder et fouiller la plaie. L'officier, 
qui souffrait beaucoup, leur demanda ce qu'ils cherchaient : 
" Nous cherchons la balle qui vous a blesse. — C'est trop fort ! 
s'ecria le patient, pourquoi ne le disiez-vous pas plus tot ? je 
l'ai dans ma poche." 

10. A Quoi Sert La Vaccine? 

Un homme tres credule disait qu'ii n'avait pas de confiance 
dans la vaccine. "A quoi sert-elle, ajoute-t-il ; je connais un 
enfant beau comme le jour, que sa famille avait fait vacciner . . . 
eh bien ! il est mort deux jours apres ... — Comment ! deux 
jours apres? ... — Oui . . . il est tombe du haut d'un arbre, et s'est 
tue raide . . . Faites done vacciner vos enfants apres cela ! " 

11. Scene d'Omnibus. 

La scene se passe dans un omnibus, a Paris. Deux vieilles 
dames sont assises l'une a cote de l'autre. L'une veut que la 
portiere soit fermee, l'autre la veut ouverte. On appelle le 
conducteur pour decider la question. " Monsieur, dit la pre- 
miere, si cette f enetre reste ouverte, je suis sure d'attraper un 
rhume qui m'emportera. — Monsieur, si on la ferme, je suis 
certaine de mourir d'un coup d'apoplexie." Le conducteur ne 
savait que (what) faire, lorsqu'un vieux monsieur, qui j usque 
la s'etait tenu tranquille dans un coin de la voiture, le tira 
d'embarras. " Ouvrez done la portiere, mon cher ami, cela fera 
mourir l'une ; puis vous la fermerez, cela nous debarrassera de 
l'autre, et nous aurons la paix." 



254 Selections for Reading 

12. Le Docteur Abernethy. 

Le docteur Abernethy etait bien connu par son laconisme. 
II detestait les longues consultations et les details inutiles. 
Une danie, connaissant cette particularite, se presente chez 
lui pour le consulter sur une grave blessure qu'un chien lui 
avait faite au bras. Elle entre sans rien dire, decouvre la 
partie blessee, et la place sous les yeux du docteur. M. 
Abernethy regarde un instant, puis il dit : " Egratignure ? ■ — 
Morsure. — Chat ? — Chien. — Aujourd'hui ? — Hier. — Dou- 
loureux ? — Non." 

Le docteur fut si enthousiasme de cette conversation, qu'il 
aurait presque embrasse la dame. 

II n'aimait pas non plus qu'on vint le deranger la nuit. Une 
fois, qu'il se couchait a une heure du matin de fort mauvaise 
humeur, parce qu'on etait venu le faire lever (to call him up) 
a minuit, il entendit la sonnette retentir. "Qu'y a-t-il? 
s'ecria-t-il avec colere. — Docteur . . . vite ! vite ! . . . Mon ills 
vient d'avaler une souris. — Eh bien, dites-lui d'avaler un chat 
et laissez-moi tranquille ! " fit (said) le docteur, en se re- 
couchant. 

13. Swift et le Domestique. 

Un jour un ami de Swift lui envoya un magnifique turbot. 
Le groom charge de la commission s'etait deja maintes fois 
acquitte de pareils messages sans avoir jamais rien requ de 
Swift. Fatigue d'une besogne aussi peu lucrative, il deposa 
brusquement le poisson sur une table en s'ecriant : " Voici un 
turbot que vous envoie mon maitre. — Plait-il ? repartit 
aussitot Swift. Est-ce ainsi que tu remplis tes fonctions ? 
Tiens, prends ce siege ; nous allons changer de role, et tache, 
une autre fois, de mettre a profit ce que je vais t'enseigner." 
Swift alors s'avance respectueusoment vers le domestique, qui 
s'etait assis dans un large fauteuil, et lui dit, en lui presentant 
le turbot: "Monsieur, je suis charge par mon maitre de vous 
prier de bien vouloir accepter ce petit cadeau. — Vraiment ? 



Selections for Reading 255 

reprit effrontement le valet, c'est tres aimable a lui ; et tiens, 
mon brave garqon, voici trois francs pour ta peine." 
Swift s'empressa de congedier le groom. 

14. Le Cheval Trop Court. 

Lalande, musicien de la chapelle de Versailles, etait connu 
comme un hornme jovial et qui aimait beaueoup le plaisir. 
Jeune, il lui prit envie, pendant la semaine sainte, d'aller 
figurer a Longcbarnps. 1 II va trouver Mousset, loueur de 
chevaux, retient un cheval richement caparaQorme, et donne 
neuf francs a compte sur dix-huit, 2 le prix convenu. Sorti de 
Pecurie, il rencontre un ami qui lui parle d'une partie de 
Longchamps, dans sa voiture avec deux amis. " Si seulement, 
dit Lalande, je pouvais retirer les neuf francs que je viens de 
donner ! En tout cas, allons chez Mousset, et nous verrons . . , 
M. Mousset, montrez-moi encore une fois le cheval que je vous 
ai loue. — Monsieur, le voici. — Savez-vous, monsieur Mousset, 
que ce cheval-la est bien court? — Comment, Monsieur, bien 
court ? — Mais cortainement ..." Puis s'adressant a son ami • 
" Voila bien ma place, voila la tienne, voila celle de Daigre- 
mont . . . Mais ou done se placera Mondonville, et cependant 
il vient avec nous ? — Comment, Monsieur, vous montez a 
quatre ? 3 — Mais oui. — Tenez, voila votre argent ; allez 
chercher un cheval ailleurs ; je ne loue pas le mien pour qu'on 
1'ereinte." 

15. Junot et Bonaparte. 

Un jour, pendant le siege de Toulon, un commandant d'ar- 
tillerie, venu de Paris depuis peu de jours pour diriger les 
operations du siege, demanda au lieutenant du poste un jeune 
sous-officier qui eut en m6me temps de Paudace et de Pintel- 
ligence. Le lieutenant appelle aussitot La TempSte* et Junot 

1 To go and cut a figure at Longchamps, a race-course outside of Paris. 

2 Nine francs on account, out of eighteen. 
8 You mean to ride four together? 

* The Tempest, a nickname given to Junot. 



256 Selections for Reading 

se presente. Le commandant fixe sur hii cet ceil qui semblait 
deja connaitre les homines. " Tu vas quitter ton habit, dit le 
commandant, et tu iras la, porter ces ordres." II lui indiquait 
de la main un point plus eloigne de la cote, et lui expliqua ce 
qu'il voulait de lui. Le jeune sergent devint rouge comme une 
grenade, ses yeux etincelerent, " Je ne suis pas un espion, 
repondit-il au commandant ; cherchez un autre que moi pour 
executer ces ordres." Et il se retirait. " Tu refuses d'obeir ? 
lui dit Pofficier superieur d'un ton severe ; sais-tu bien a quoi 
tu t'exposes? — Je suis pret a obeir, dit Junot, mais j'irai la 
ou vous m'envoyez avec mon uniforme, ou je n'irai pas." Le 
commandant sourit, en le regardant attentivement " Mais ils 
te tueront ! reprit-il. — Que vous importe ? (What is that to 
you T) Yous ne me connaissez pas assez pour que cela vous 
fasse de la peine, et quant a moi, ca m'est egal. , . Allons, je 
pars comme je suis, n'est-ce pas ? " Alors il mit la main dans 
sa giberne. " Bien ! avec mon fusil et ces dragees-la, 1 du moins 
la conversation ne languira pas, si ces messieurs veulent causer." 

Et il partit en chantant. Apres son depart : " Comment 
c'appelle ce jeune homme ? demanda l'offlcier superieur. — 
Junot. — II fera son chemin." Alors le commandant inscrivit 
son nom sur ses tablettes. On a facilement devine que 
Pofficier d'artillerie etait Napoleon. 

Peu de jours apres, se retrouvant a cette meme batterie, 
Bonaparte demanda quelqu'un qui eut une belle ecriture ; 
Junot sortit des rangs et se presenta. Bonaparte le reconnut 
pour le sergent qui avait deja fixe son attention. II lui 
temoigna de Pinteret, et lui dit de se placer pour ecrire sa 
lettre sous sa dictee. Junot se mit sur Pepaulement m§me de 
la batterie. 2 A peine avait-il termine sa lettre, qu'une bombe 
iancee par les Anglais eclate a dix pas, et le couvre de terre 
ainsi que la lettre. " Bien, dit en riant Junot, nous n'avions 
pas de sable pour secher Pencre." Bonaparte arrgta son regard 



1 These sugar-plums ; that is, the cartridges. 

2 The very crest of the fort. 



Selections for Reading 257 

sur le jeune sergent ; il etait calrae et n'avait pas meme tres- 
sailli. Cette circonstance decida de sa fortune. 

16. La Plus Grande Ganache de l'Empire. 

Un jour Napoleon, fort mecontent a la lecture d'une 
dep§che de Vienne, dit a Marie-Louise, " Votre pere est une 
ganache" Marie-Louise, qui ignorait beaucoup de termes 
francais, s'adressa au premier chambellan : " L'empereur dit 
que mon pere est une ganache, que veut dire cela ? " A cette 
demande inattendue, le courtisan balbutia que cela voulait dire 
un homme sage, de poids, de bon conseil. A quelques jours 
de la, et la memoire encore toute fraiche de sa nouvelle ac- 
quisition, Marie-Louise presidait le conseil de famille. Voyant 
la discussion plus aniniee qu'elle ne voulait, elle interpella, 
pour y mettre fin, M. E. . ., qui, a ses cotes (at her side), bayait 
aux corneilles. 1 " C'est a vous a nous mettre d'accord dans 
cette occasion importante, lui dit-elle ; vous serez notre oracle, 
car je vous tiens pour la plus grande ganache de l'empire." 

17. Joseph II et le Sergent. 

L'empereur Joseph II n'aimait ni la representation ni l'ap- 
pareil. Un jour, revgtu d'une simple redingote boutonnee, 2 
accompagne d'un seul domestique a cheval et sans livree, il 
etait alle, dans une caleche a deux places qu'il conduisait lui- 
meme, faire une promenade du matin dans les environs de 
Vienne. Comme il reprenait le chemin de la ville, il fut sur- 
pris par la pluie. 

II en etait encore eloigne, lorsqu'un pieton; qui regagnait 
aussi la capitale, fait signe au conducteur d'arreter, ce que 
Joseph. II fait aussitot. "Monsieur, lui dit le militaire (car 
c'etait un sergent), y aurait-il de l'indiscretion a vous deman- 
der une place a cote de vous ? cela ne vous generait pas pro- 

1 Was gaping at the crows, that is, was staring into the air. 

2 Dressed in a plain frock coat, buttoned up close. 



258 Selections for Reading 

digieuseruent, puisque vous etes seul dans votre caleche, et 
nienagerait mon uniforrne que je mets aujourd'hui pour la 
premiere f ois. — Menageons votre unif orrue, ruon brave, lui dit 
Joseph, ' et mettez-vous la. D'ou venez-vous ? — Ah ! dit le 
sergent, je viens de chez un garde-chasse de mes amis, ou 
j'ai fait un fier dejeuner. — Qu'avez-vous done mange de si 
bon? — Devinez. — Que (liow) sais-je, moi ; une soupe a la 
biere ? — Ah! bien, oui une soupe; mieux que ca. — De la 
choucroute ? — Mieux que ca. — Une longe de veau ? — Mieux 
que ca, vous dit-on. — Oh! ma foi, je ne puis plus deviner, 
dit Joseph. — Un faisan, mon digne homme, un faisan tire sur 
les plaisirs 1 de Sa Majeste, dit le camarade en lui frappant 
sur le genou. — Tire sur les plaisirs de Sa Majeste, il n'en 
devait etre que meilleur. 2 — Je vous en reponds." 

Comme on approchait de la ville, et que la pluie tombait 
toujours, Joseph demanda a son compagnon dans quel quartier 
il logeait, et ou il voulait qu'on le descendit. " Monsieur, e'est 
trop de bonte, je craindrais d'abuser de... — Non, non, dit 
Joseph, votre rue ? " Le sergent, indiquant sa demeure, 
demanda a connaitre celui dont il recevait tant d'honnetetes. 
" A votre tour, dit Joseph, devinez. — Monsieur est militaire, 
sans doute ? — Comme dit monsieur. — Lieutenant ? — Ah ! 
bien, oui, lieutenant ; mieux que ca. — Capitaine ? — Mieux 
que qa. — Colonel, peut-etre ? — Mieux que ga, vous dit-on. — 
Comment ! s'ecrie le sergent, en se rencognant aussitot dans la 
caleche, seriez-vous feld-marechal ? — Mieux que Qa. — Ah ! 
mon Dieu, e'est 1'empereur ! — Lui-meme, dit Joseph, se de- 
boutonnant pour montrer ses decorations." II n'y avait pas 
moyen de tomber a genoux da,ns la voiture ; l'invalide se con- 
fond en excuses et supplie Pempereur d'arreter pour qu'il 
puisse descendre. " ]STon pas, lui dit Joseph ; apres avoir 
mange mon faisan, vous seriez trop heureux de vous debarras- 
ser de moi aussi promptement; j'entends bien que vous ne me 
quittiez qu'a votre porte." Et il l'y descendit. 

1 The pleasure grou?ids, the preserves. 2 There ought to be nothing better- 



Selections for Reading 259 

FOUK FABLES BY LA FOJSTTAINK 

La Cigale et la Fourmi. 

La cigale ayant chante 

Tout Pete, 
Se trouva fort depourvue 
Quand la bise f ut venue : 
Pas un seul petit uiorceau 
De niouche ou de verniisseau. 
Elle alia crier famine 
Chez la fourmi sa voisine, 
La priant de lui preter 
Quelque grain pour subsister 
Jusqu'a la saison nouvelle. 
" Je vous paierai, lui dit-elle, 
Avant Tout, f oi d'animal, 
Inter§t et principal." 
La fourmi n'est pas prelteuse : 
C'est la son moindre defaut. 
" Que faisiez-vous au temps chaud ? 
Dit-elle a cette emprunteuse. 

— ISTuit et jour a tout yenant 
Je chantais, ne vous deplaise. 1 

— Yous chantiez ? j'en suis fort aise. 
Eh bien ! dansez maintenant." 

Le Corbeau et le Renard. 

Maitre 2 corbeau, sur un arbre perche, 

Tenait en son bee un fromage. 
Maitre renard, par l'odeur alleche, 

Lui tint a peu pres ce langage : 3 



1 May it not displease you. 

2 A title given to barristers, solicitors, and attorneys. 

3 Expressed himself somewhat after this manner. 



260 Selectio?is for Reading 

" He ! bonjour, monsieur du 1 corbeau t 
Que vous etes joli ! que vous me semblez beau\ 

Sans meutir, si votre ramage 

Se rapporte a ^ntre plumage, 
Vous etes le phenix 2 des notes de ces bois." 
A ces mots le corbeau ne se sent pas de joie ; 3 

Et, pour montrer sa belle voix, 
II ouvre un large bee, laisse tomber sa proie. 
Le renard s'en saisit, et dit : " Mon bon monsieur, 

Apprenez que tout flatteur 
Vit aux depens de celui qui Pecoute : 
Cette legon vaut bien un fromage, sans doute." 

Le corbeau, honteux et confus, 
Jura, mais un peu tard, qu'on ne Vj prendrait plus. 4 

La Grenouille qui veut se faire aussi Grosse que le Boeuf. 

Une grenouille vit un bceuf 

Qui lui sembla de belle taille. 
Elle, qui n'etait pas grosse en tout comme un oeuf, 
Envieuse, s'etend, et s'enfle, et se travaille 
Pour egaler ranimal en grosseur ; 

Disant : " Regardez bien, ma soeur ; 
Est-ce assez ? dites-moi ? n'y suis-je point encore ? 
■ — Kenni — M'y voici done ? — Point du tout. — M'y voila 
— Vous n'en approchez point." La chetive pecore 

S'enfla si bien qu'elle creva. 
Le monde est plein de gens qui ne sont pas plus sages : 
Tout bourgeois veut batir comme les grands seigneurs 
Tout petit prince a des ambassadeurs. 

Tout marquis veut avoir des pages. 



1 A title of honor. 

2 The fabulous bird that when burnt would rise again from its ashes. 

3 7s beside himself ivithjoy. 

4 That no one would ever catch him that way again. 



Selections for Reading 261 

Le Rat de Ville et le Rat des Champs. 

Autrefois le rat de ville 
Invita le rat des champs, 
D'une faqon fort civile, 
A des reliefs d'ortolans. 

Sur un tapis de Turquie 
Le convert se trouva mis. 1 
Je laisse a penser la vie 
Que firent ces deux amis. 

Le regal fut fort honnete, 
Rien ne manquait au f estin ; 
Mais quelqu'un troubla la fete 
Pendant qu'ils etaient en train, 

A la porte de la salle 
lis entendirent du bruit : 
Le rat de ville detale ; 
Son camarade le suit. 

Le bruit cesse, on se retire ; 
Rats en campagne 2 aussitot ; 
Et le citadin de dire : 3 
" Achevons tout notre rot. 

— C'est assez, dit le rustique ; 
Demain vous viendrez chez moi. 
Ce n'est pas que je me pique 
De tous vos festins de roi : 

Mais rien ne vient m'interrompre ; 
Je mange tout a loisir. 
Adieu done. Fi du plaisir 
Que la crainte peut corrompre ! " 



1 The table was set. 

2 Back at their business. 

8 Historical infinitive : says. 



262 Selections for Reading 

La Marseillaise. 

Kouget de L'Isle (1760-1836) 

Allons, enfants de la patrie, 
Le jour de gloire est arrive ! 
C outre nous de la tyrannie 
L'etendard sanglant est leve. 
Entendez-vous dans les carnpagnes 
Mugir ces f eroces soldats ? 
lis viennent j usque dans nos bras, 
Egorger nos fils, nos conipagnes ! 

Aux armes, citoyens ! f ormez vos bataillons ! 
Marchons, niarchons ! 
Qu'un sang inipur abreuve nos sillons ! 



Additional Selections for Reading 

La Statue ' Quand meme.' l Paris. 

Voir le frontispice. 

La statue Quand meme se trouve a Paris dans le jardin du 
Carrousel entre le musee du Louvre et le jardin des Tuileries. 
Elle represente une forte femnie qui • supporte de la main 
gauche un soldat mourant, et de la main droite saisit le fusil 
de celui-ci, prete a le proteger et a conibattre a sa places 
jusqu'au bout. 

Le soldat tombant au champ d'honneur, c'est la France 
vaincue, dans la guerre de 1870. La femme, qui porte la coif- 
fure 2 nationale alsacienne, un gros nceud 3 de rubans de moire, 4 
symbolise l'hero'ique resistance de la ville de Belfort, refusant 10 
de capituler jusqu'au dernier moment. 

Cette ville est situee en Alsace au pied de deux hautes 
collines 5 fortifiees qui defendent le passage entre les mon- 
tagnes des Yosges et celles du Jura, connu sous le nom de 
Trouee 6 de Belfort. Le roi Louis XIV fit transformer cette 15 
ville en une des forteresses les plus importantes du royaume. 

Belfort soutint plusieurs sieges, mais le plus memorable est 
celui de 1870, un des episodes les plus heroiques de la guerre 
franco-allemande. Attaquee par les Allemands le 4 novembre, 
la ville fut def endue par le colonel Denfert-Kochereau. Un 20 
mois plus tard, le general allemand envoyait a Berlin le tele- 
gramme suivant : " Belfort peut tenir cinq jours au plus." 

Cependant, malgre des assauts repetes et un bombardement 
presque continuel, pendant lequel plus de 500,000 projectiles 

Note. — Words spelled alike or almost alike and having the same mean- 
ing in both languages have been omitted in the General Vocabulary. 

1. Quand meme: literally, even if; freely, in spite of everything (all). 
2. coiffure, f., head-dress. 3. noeud, m., bow. 4. moire, f., watered silk. 
5. colline, f., hill. 6. trouee, f., gap. 

263 



264 Additional Selections for Reading 

fu.rent lances sur la petite ville, celle-ci resista 103 jonrs. An 
moment des negotiations (fevrier 1871), le gonvernement fran- 
cais envoya an colonel Denfert l'ordre de ceder. II fut force 
d'obeir et de capituler, mais l'ennemi ne pnt pas se vanter 
5 d'etre entre de force dans la place. 

Pour recompense de sa resolution de lutter jusqu'au bout 
qimnd mime, malgre la reddition 1 de Metz, la defaite 2 de Sedan, 
et la capitulation de Paris, la petite ville vaillante eut, seule 
en Alsace, le privilege de rester francaise. 
10 C'est cet episode heroique que le grand sculpteur francais, 
Antoine Mercie, a voulu glorifier dans la statue Quand meme. 

La Statue de Strasbourg. Paris. 
Voir la gravure en face de la page 212. 

La place de la Concorde est consideree comme une des plus 
belles du monde. Elle est ornee 3 au milieu par un obelisque 
entre deux grandes fontaines. La Place est entouree de liuit 

15 statues monumentales qui representent autant de grandes villes 
de France : Lille, Strasbourg, Bordeaux, Xantes, Rouen, Brest, 
Marseille et Lyon. 

Pendant 48 ans, de 1871 a 1918, la statue de Strasbourg 
resta voilee 4 de noir, symbolisant ainsi le regret de la France 

20 d'avoir perdu ses deux provinces de l'Est, 1' Alsace et la Lor- 
raine, qui lui avaient ete enlevees par le traite de Francfort. 
Chaque annee. le 14 juillet, jour de la fete nationale, de nom- 
breuses societes patriotiques defilaient devant cette statue, la 
couvraient de couronnes 8 et de guirlandes 6 funebres 7 et s'incli- 

25 naient, lui apportant l'hommage de la France. 

Aucun Francais ne pouvait passer devant cette statue muette 
et voilee sans y voir le symbole de la fidelite 8 dans la capti- 
vite, sans eprouver une secrete humiliation de la defaite du 
pays et une espece de remords de l'aj)parente indiffe'rence de 

1. reddition, f., surrender. 2. defaite, f., defeat. 3. orner, to adorn. 
4. vo'Jer, to veil. 5. couronne, f., croicn. 6. guirlande, f., wreath. 
7. funebre, ady, funereal. 8. fidelite, i., faithfulness. 



Additional Selections for Reading 265 

la France vers laquelle les habitants des provinces annexees 
tournaient leurs regards en vain, car personne en France 
n'aurait voulu prendre la responsabilite d'une guerre terrible 
dans Pespoir de la revanche. 1 Dans le silence et la resigna- 
tion la France attendait le reveil 2 de la Justice. Ce fut 5 
PAlleniagne elle-meme qui la reveilla ; ce fut PAlleniagne elle- 
merne qui rompit le traite de Francfort; ce fut l'Allernagne 
elle-meme qui dechaina 3 la guerre. 

La guerre declaree, les Franqais jurerent de lutter jusqu'au 
retour definitif de P Alsace-Lorraine a la France. lis ont tenu 10 
parole; P Alsace et la Lorraine sont rede venues 4 franchises. 
Et maintenant la statue de Strasbourg, symbolisant la joie de 
la delivrance, a ote ses voiles 5 de deuil, et s'est couverte de 
fleurs de couronnes ornees de rubans tricolores, et de dra- 
peaux 6 qui nottent 7 joyeusement au vent de la victoire. 15 

Versailles 

Voir la gravure en face de la page 148. 

Le chateau de Versailles, une des merveilles 8 du monde 
moderne, n'etait sous Louis XIII qu'un simple pavilion de 
chasse. Ce fut la munificence de Louis XIV qui fit trans- 
former en un magnifique chateau royal et en un pare mer- 
veilleux les forets et les marais 9 de Versailles. II appela les 20 
plus grands artistes de France pour embellir son palais et ses 
jardins, tandis que les poetes en celebraient les merveilles dans 
leurs vers. Arrive au comble 10 de son prestige, il voulait elever 11 
un monument durable a sa puissance u et a sa gloire ; il vou- 
lait elever un palais qui glorifiat son regne, 13 ses victoires et25 
ses conqugtes, un palais qui fut la digne residence de Louis-le- 
Grand, du Roi Soleil, du monarque qui allait donner son nom 
au dix-septieme siecle : le siecle de Louis XIV. 

1. revanche, f., revenge. 2. reveil, m., awakening. 3. dechainer, to 
let loose. 4. redevenir, to become again. 5. voile, m., veil. 6. drapeau, 
m.,flag. 7. flotter, to flutter. 8. merveille, f., wonder. 9. marais, m., 
marsh. 10. comble, m., height. 11. elever, to raise. 12. puissance, f., 
poioer. 13. regne, m., reign. 



266 Additional Selections for Reading 

Ce fut en 1682 que le roi fixa sa residence a Versailles, et le 
chateau devint non seulement le siege de PEtat, 1 rriais le 
rendez-vous de toute la noblesse 2 du pays. Ce fut une ere 3 
de faste 4 et de plaisirs. Les fetes succederent aux fetes. Le 

5 Versailles de Louis XIV, ou logeaient plus de 10,000 per- 
sonnes, ressemblait plus au palais d'un despote oriental qu'a 
celui d'un roi europeen. 

Une des plus belles salles du chateau qui est aujourd'hui 
un musee, est la Grande G-alerie des Glaces, 5 qui est considered 

10 comme le chef-d'oeuvre 6 de Page de Louis XIV, de PAge d'or. 
Elle mesure 72 metres de long sur 10 metres 50 de large et 13 
metres de haut. Ses dix-sept grandes fenetres ouvrent sur 
le pare, les bassins et l'admirable perspective du Grand Canal. 
En face des fenetres, dix-sept fausses fenetres sont couvertes 

15 de glaces; d'ou le nom de Galerie des Glaces. Les decora- 
tions du plafond representent les guerres et les victoires de 
Louis XIV. 

Le pare et les jardins sont pleins de terrasses, de statues, de 
bassins, de bosquets, 7 de vases, de fontaines, de parterres, 8 de 

20 pelouses, 9 de colonnades. Les Grandes Eaux de Versailles con- 
stituent une de ses principales attractions. Elles ne jouent 
que certains jours. Les jets sont au nombre de plus de six 
cents et utilisent 10 10,000 metres cubes d'eau per heure. Elles 
durent une heure et attirent toujours une grande foule de 

25 curieux. 

En 1777, aux acclamations de toute la France, Louis XVI 
regut dans le pafais de Versailles les delegues envoyes en 
France par le Congres americain, et la reine Marie- Antoinette 
les accueillit avec une grace toute royale. 

30 " Leur mise 11 simple me plait iixfiniment," dit-elle apres 
Paudience. 



1. etat, m., state. 2. noblesse, f., nobility. 3. ere, f., era. 4. faste, 
m., pomp, display. 5. glace, f., mirror. See illustration, page 196. 6. chef- 
d'oeuvre, m., masterpiece. 7. bosquet, m., grove. 8. parterre, m., flower 
bed. 9. pelouse, f., lawn. 10. utiliser, to use. 11. mise, f., dress, garb. 



Additional Selections for Reading 267 

Un de ces delegues etait Benjamin Franklin qui devint 
bientot Phomme le plus populaire de France. 

Quelques annees plus tard, le 3 septembre 1783, ce fut au 
palais de Versailles que fut signe le traite par lequel PAngle- 
terre reconnaissait Pindependance des treize Etats-Unis de5 
PAmerique du Nord. 

En 1789 eut lieu 1 dans le m6me palais la reunion de 1' As- 
sembled des Etats-Generaux, prelude de la grande Revolution. 

En 1870, elle devint le quartier general de Parmee allemande, 
et Bismarck voulut que le palais du Roi Soleil et de Napoleon 10 
fut le theatre de la proclamation de la victoire de PAllemagne. 
II voulut que Pillustre ville du Grand Roi fut le berceau 2 de 
la puissance imperiale germanique. La Galerie des Glaces 
fut clioisie pour 6tre, le 18 Janvier 1871, le theatre de la cere- 
monie oil le roi de Prusse, Guillaume l e , accepta solennelle- 15 
ment la couronne 3 de Pempire d'Allemagne. 

C'est pourquoi, apres la grand guerre de 1914-1918, quand 
Pheure de la victoire sonna, 4 les allies voulurent que Pempire 
allemand fut detruit la ou il avait ete forme et que la salle qui 
avait vu Phumiliation de 1871, vit le triomphe du droit et de 20 
la liberte, que le 28 juin 1919 effacat le 18 Janvier 1871. 

Une autre coincidence remarquable a laquelle les organisa- 
teurs de la ceremonie de la signature 5 de la paix n'ont sans 
doute pas pense, c'est que le 28 juin est une date que tout Alle- 
mand revere comme une de celles dont il est le plus fier ; mais 25 
cette date historique est le 28 juin 1519. Quatre cents ans, 
jour par jour, avant la signature de la paix a Versailles, 
Charles-Quint etait proclame empereur d'Allemagne. 

Ce jour-la, Charles-Quint reunissait 6 sous son sceptre l'Alle- 
magne, PEspagne, PAutriche, le Tyrol, la Boheme, la Sicile, 30 
la Sardaigne, le Milanais, 7 les Pays-Bas, la Franche-Comte, 
PAlsace, la Lorraine, les Flandres, et le plus splendide empire 

1. avoir lieu, to take place. 2. berceau, m., cradle. 3. couronne, f., 
crown. 4. sonner, to ring, to strike. 5. signature, i., signing. 6. reunir, 
to reunite. 7. le Milanais, the Duchy of Milan, les Pays-Bas, the Nether- 
lands, la Franche-Comte, the county of Burgundy, in eastern France. 



268 Additional Selections for Reading 

colonial du monde. Jamais souverain 1 ni Charlemagne, ni 
Cesar, ni Alexandre n'avait regne snr un pareil nombre de 
territoires. C'etait alors ce " plus grand empire allemand " 
que G-uillaume II a voulu reconstitner. On sait comment il a 
5 echoue. 

Le 28 juin 1519, le 28 juin 1919, denx dates ! Quelle lecwi ! 

Le Marechal Ney (1769-1815) 

Voir la gravure en face. 

Les habitants des frontieres etant d'un patriotisme plus 
ardent et d'une ame plus militaire que ceux de l'interieur, il 
est tout naturel que l'Alsace et la Lorraine aient donne a la 

io Eevolution et a Napoleon tant de vaillants soldats et de grands 
generaux : Custine, 2 Westermann, Kellermann, Kleber, Drouot, 
Eichepanse, Lasalle, Eapp, Lefebvre, glorieux predecesseurs 
des heros alsaciens et lorrains au service de la Trance en 1870 
et en 1914. Un autre, le plus fameux, est le marechal Ney 

15 dont la statue se trouve a l'entree de l'Esplanade de Metz, la 
plus belle promenade de la ville. 

Michel Ney, ne a Sarrelouis en 1769, etait le fils d'un tonne- 
lier. 3 A Page de 19 ans, il devint soldat et se fit aussitot -re- 
marquer par ses rares aptitudes militaires. Mais il n'avait 

20 aucune chance de devenir officier a cause de sa basse origine. 

1. souverain, m., soiiereign. 

2. Custine, Adam-Philippe, captured Mayence in 1792. 

Westermann, Francois-Joseph, the successful general of the War of La Vende'e. 
Kellermann. Francois-Christophe, the victor of Yalmy (against the Prussians 

and Austrians) and of Bonneville (against the Piedmontese). 
Drouot, Antoine, distinguished at Wagrain, at Hanau and at Waterloo, called 

le Sage de la Grande Arme'e. 
Richepanse, Antoine, a general of Napoleon, born at Metz. 
Lasalle, Antoine-Charles-Louis, the best advance-guard-general of the armies 

of Napoleon. Fell at Wagram. 
Rapp. Jean, led the successful charge at Austerlitz, held out a year at Dresden 

against the allies. 
Lefebvre, Francois-Joseph, veteran of all Napoleon's campaigns, the husband 

of Madame Sans Gene. See page 252. 
o. tonnelier, m., cooper. 




Le Marechal Ney — Metz. 
Ney, who was one of Napoleon's most famous generals, was a native of 
Lorraine. His statue remained on the Esplanade of Metz during the 
German occupation. Under it General Petain took possession of the 
city for the French. 



Additional Selections for Reading 269 

Heureusenient la Revolution vint changer Pordre social et lui 
donner Poccasion de montrer ses grandes qualites de soldat. 
II prit part a la campagne de 1792 et se distingua dans de 
nombreux combats. Par sa valeur et son energie sur les 
champs de bataille, il gagna le surnom 1 d' Infatigable et le grade 2 5 
de chef d'escadron. 3 Devenu un peu plus tard general de bri- 
gade, il se montra aussi genereux apres la victoire que terrible 
pendant le combat. 

En 1799, il se fit remarquer par un exploit de rare audace. 
Ayant requ l'ordre de prendre Mannheim, il entra secretement 10 
dans la ville avec cent cinquante hommes determines et s'en 
empara. Pour le recompenser, on le nomma general de division. 
Quand Bonaparte etablit le Consulat (1799), Ney continua a 
servir dans les armees du Rhin et du Danube. Comme tou- 
jours, il se montra heroique soldat et contribua beaucoup auxis 
succes des campagnes de 1800-1801. 

Quand Bonaparte devint empereur sous le nom de Napoleon 
en mai 1804, il nomma Ney marechal de France. Dans la 
campagne de 1805 contre PAutriche, alliee de PAngleterre et 
de la Russie, le marechal ISTey, a la tete du sixieme corps, 20 
marcha de victoire en victoire. Pendant la campagne suivante, 
il donna tant de nouvelles preuves de son courage et de son 
audace qu'il requt le surnom de Brave des braves. Ses soldats 
qui Pa.doraient avaient en lui la plus grande confiance. lis 
Pappelaient a cause de ses cheveux roux le Lion rouge. 25 

En 1808, Napoleon organisa une nouvelle noblesse 4 militaire 
et Ney recut le titre 5 de due 6 d'Elchingen, en souvenir de sa 
belle conduite a la bataille de ce nom ou il avait remporte une 
brillante victoire sur les Autrichiens. 

Toujours a la tete du fameux sixieme corps, il fut envoye en 30 
Espagne, puis en Portugal, ou, pendant la retraite 7 de Parmee 
francaise, il fut charge de resister aux attaques de Parmee 



1. surnom, m., nickname. 2. grade, m., rank. 3. chef d'escadron, m., 
major. 4. noblesse, f., nobility. 5. titre, m., title. 6. due, m., duke. 
7. retraite, f., retreat. 



270 Additional Selections for Reading 

anglo-portugaise. En cette circonstance, il fit preuve d'une 
comiaissance profonde de Part des retraites et excita par sa 
conduite l'admiration de Pennemi. 

Pendant la campagne de Russie, il conthma a se distinguer 
5 et se conduisit avec tant d'eclat a la bataille de la Moskowa 
(1812) que Napoleon le nomma prince de la Moskowa. Mais 
ce fut surtout pendant la desastreuse retraite de Russie que 
Ney rendit les plus grands services en sauvant la vie a de 
nombreux soldats. 

10 Au milieu des scenes de douleur et de mort qui se repetaient 
a chaque pas, il gardait une force d'ame, une presence d'esprit, 
une energie inalterables, et, a pied, le fusil a la main, il se bat- 
tait comme le dernier de ses soldats. "Toujours combattant, 
reculant et ne fuyant 1 pas, marchant toujours apres les autres, 

15 et, pour la centieme 2 fois, pendant quarante jours et quarante 
nuits, exposant sa vie et sa liberte pour sauver quelques Fran- 
cois de plus, il sortit enfin le dernier de cette fatale Russie." 

Cette desastreuse campagne allait hater la chute de Pempire. 
Bientofc Pennemi passa la frontiere et entra en France. Ney 

20 montra autant d'activite que d'intrepidite, mais tous ses efforts 
furent vains. Napoleon fut force d'abdiquer et de se retirer 
a Tile d'Elbe. 

Quelques mois plus tard, apres le retour de Napoleon, 
Ney combattait heroi'quement a la terrible bataille de Water- 

25 loo. II eut cinq chevaux blesses sous lui. " En sueur, 3 la 
flamme aux yeux, Pecume 4 aux levres, Puniforme deboutonne, 
une de ses epaulettes a demi coupee par un coup de sabre, 
. . . sanglant, fangeux, 5 magnifique, une epee casse a la main, 
il disait : ' Venez voir comment meurt un marechal de France 

30 sur un champ de bataille ! ' " Mais il ne mourut pas. II etait 
destine a tomber sous des balles franqaises. Apres Pabdication 
de Napoleon et le retour de Louis XVIII Ney fut juge par la 
Chambre des pairs 6 pour haute trahison et condamne a mort. • 



1. fuir, to flee. 2. centieme, adj., hundredth. 3. sueur, f., sweat. 
4. ecume, f., foam. 5. fangeux, adj., muddy. 6. pair, m., peer. 



Additional Selections for Reading 271 

L'incident suivant eut lieu pendant le proces. 1 Comme le 
marechal etait ne a Sarrelouis que venait d'etre enleve a la 
France par la traite de Vienne (1815), un de ses avocats argua 
que son client n'etait plus sous la juridiction du roi de France. 
Ney bondit 2 en entendant cet argument et s'ecria : 5 

i l Je remercie mon avocat de ses bons sentiments, mais je 
prefere ne pas etre defendu que d'etre defendu de la sorte." 3 

Puis il ajouta 4 solennellement : 

" Je suis Francois et je mourrai Francais." 

Le 7 decembre 1815, il fut fusille a Paris, avenue de l'Ob- 10 
servatoire, sur le lieu m§me ou se trouve la statue par Eude, 
qui lui fut elevee 5 en 1848. L'officier, charge de l'execution, 
lui demanda la permission de lui bander les yeux. 6 

" Ne savez-vous pas," lui repondit-il, " que depuis vingt-cinq 
ans j'ai l'habitude de regarder les balles en face ? " 15 

Alors Ney s'avanca de quelques pas, leva son chapeau de la 
main gauche, comme il avait l'habitude de le faire sur le champ 
de bataille pour exciter ses soldats, et plaga la main droit sur 
sa poitrine en disant : " Soldats, visez droit au coeur ! " On 
n'entendit qu'un seul coup : le Brave cles braves tomba imme- 20 
diatement frappe de dix balles. 

Telles furent la vie et la mort de celui a la droite de la 
statue duquel se tenait le marechal Petain le 8 decembre 1918 
quand les liberateurs de 1' Alsace-Lorraine defilerent devant lui 
sur l'Esplanade de Metz. 25 

L' Alsace-Lorraine 

L'expression d' Alsace-Lorraine est une invention allemande 
qui date de 1871 et qui designe 7 le territoire arrache a la France 
par l'Allemagne au traite de Francfort. Ce territoire com- 
prenait 8 1' Alsace, moins Belfort, et une partie de la Lorraine. 



1. proces, m., trial. 2. bondir, to jump up. 3. de la sorte, in such a 
way. 4. ajouter, to add. 5. elever, to raise. 6. bander les yeux a, to 
blindfold. 7. designer, to designate. 8. comprendre, to comprise. 



272 Additional Selections for Reading 

Avant 1871, il n'y avait pas d' Alsace-Lorraine ; il y avait 
— et desornrais il y aura — une Alsace et une Lorraine, deux 
provinces, bien distinctes, par leur histoire, leur langue, leur 
caractere, leurs coutumes, comme par les details de leur sol. 1 
5 Eii effet, 1' Alsace est surtout un pays agricole 2 et industriel ; 3 
la Lorraine est un pays metallurgique. L'Alsace est une 
plaine : la Lorraine est un plateau. 4 

Avant 1870, 1'Alsacien parlait le francais, et aussi une dia- 
lecte gerrnanique sans savoir le liaut allemand ; le Lorrain ne 

;o parlait que le francais. L'Alsacien est jovial, pi ein de bon- 
homie, 5 rnais un peu f rondeur 6 et sarcastique. Le Lorrain est 
discret, reserve et froid en apparence, mais il a le cceur fidele, 
l'esprit droit, Fame patiente, la volonte tenace. La coiffure 
de rAlsacienne est le papillon, 1 gros noeud de rubans de moire, 

15 que ressemble a deux ailes ; 8 celle de la Lorraine est la char- 
lotte? petit bonnet 10 de dentelle. 

Mais l'Alsacien et le Lorrain out un trait n commun : ils 
aiment la France et haissent l'Allemagne. Separes de la mere 
patrie 12 par la violence, Pun et l'autre ne cesserent jamais, avec 

20 une tenacite qui tit Padmiration du monde, d'afnrmer leur 
attachenient inebrantable, 13 leur loyaute inalterable a la France, 
et fermerent l'oreille aux flatteries et aux promesses comme 
aux menaces. 

Chose remarquable, l'un et l'autre se consideraient d'une 

25 civilisation superieure a celle de leurs vainqueurs. " Les aieux 
des Allemands, disaient-ils, grimpaient 14 encore aux arbres tan- 
dis que les nStres s-asseyaient deja a table et mangeaient en 
hommes civilises. " ; 

Les Alsaciens sont plus demonstratifs que les Lorrains. 

30 Leur here devise 15 etait sous la domination etrangere : 

1. sol, m., soil. 2. agricole, adj.. agricultural. 3. industriel, adj., manu- 
facturing. 4. plateau, m., table-land. 5. plein de bonhomie, good-natured. 
6. f rondeur, adj., critical. 7. papillon, in., butterfly ; keep the French word 
in translating. S. aile. f.. wing. 9. charlotte: use the French word in 
translating. 10. bonnet, m.. cap. 11. trait, m., feature. 12. mere 
patrie, f., fatherland. 13. inebrantable, adj., unshakable. 14. grimper, to 
climb. 15. devise, f.. motto. 



Additional Selections for Reading 273 

" Franqais ne peux, 
Prussien ne veux, 
Alsacien suis." 

Le refrain d'une de leurs chansons etait ainsi concu : 

" Vous avez pu germaniser la plaine, 
Mais notre coeur, vous ne l'aurez jamais." 

Un autre refrain etait : 

" On changerait plutot le coeur de place 
Que de changer la vieille Alsace." 

Les vers suivants d'Erckmann-Chatrian expriment bien le 10 
sentiment alsacien : 

" Dis-moi quel est ton pays : 
Est-ce la France ou l'Allemagne ? 
C'est un pays de plaine et de montagne 
Que les vieux Gaulois 1 ont conquis 15 

Deux mille ans avant Charlemagne, 
Et que l'etranger a pris ! 
C'est la vieille terre franchise 
De Kleber, de la Marseillaise ! " 

On comprend que la germanisation d'un peuple aussi patri- 20 
ote etait difficile, sinon impossible. Les Allemands employerent 
tous les moyens sans y reussir. Selon le recensement de 1895, 
160.000 persons declaraient parler habituellement le frangais ; 
en 1900, cinq ans plus tard, 200.000, parmi lesquelles 52.000 
enfants. Ainsi done, rnalgre l'ecole, la caserne, 2 les ordres, le 25 
francais prosperait. 

L'affection des Alsaciens et des Lorrains pour la France 
etait devenue une espece de religion. Ce fut surtout la mission 
de la femme de combattre l'iunuence de la culture allemande 
en enseignant secretement le francais aux enfants et en leur 30 
racontant les exploits de leurs a'ieux au service de la France. 

1. Gaulcis, m., Gaul. 2. caserne, f., barracks. 



274 Additional Selections for Reading 

Au dehors, 1 la part du francais devenait graduellernent plus 
petite, rnais on continuait a le parler a la maison, surtout dans 
la bourgeoisie. 2 

On a dit avec raison que pendant 48 ans, deux peuples, deux 

5 races vecurent en Alsace-Lorraine sans se meler jamais et que 

les Allemands ne purent y vivre que comrne des etrangers de 

passage. En effet les Alsaciens-Lorrains purent etre conquis, 

mais jamais asservis. 

Et c'est ce qui surprend le plus l'etranger, de voir un peuple 

10 qui parle un dialecte germanique montrer un pareil attache- 
ment a la France. Ce miracle ne peut s'expliquer que par le 
souvenir du charme du genie genereux et humain de la France, 
l'attrait 3 de la pensee et de la civilization franchises, l'amour 4 
de la liberte et de la democratic, car il ne faut pas oublier que 

15 les Alsaciens furent les premiers a adopter les immortels 
principes de la Eevolution de 1789. 

II n'est done pas etonnant que, de 1871 a 1914, presqu'un 
demi million d'Alsaciens-Lofrains aient passe la frontiere, que 
la legion etrangere franchise fut composee, pendant la meme 

20periode, de 45 pour cent de jeunes gens des pays annexes,, et 
qu'en 1914 l'Etat-major 5 general de l'armee franchise comptat 
170 Alsaciens-Lorrains, tandis que dans l'armee de Guillaume II 
il y en avait trois qui etaient officiers superieurs, et deux d'entre 
eux avaient eu des meres allemandes. 

25 On devine done l'entliousiasme indescriptible, la joie ex- 
treme de ces populations captives depuis 48 ans quand elles 
assisterent a l'arrivee triomphale des Francais. Quelle emo- 
tion pour tous ces gens qui attendaient depuis si longtemps ce 
jour de gloire et de delivrance ! C'etait la tin d'un long cauche- 

:;o mar, 6 c'etait la realisation d'un reve. 7 L'uniforme francais de- 
venait le symbole de la liberation. 

Le jour oil les soldats allemands commencerent leur evacu- 



1. Au dehors, outside. 2. bourgeoisie, f., middle class. 3. attrait, m., 
attraction. 4. amour, m., love. 5. Etat-major, m., staff. 6. cauchemar, 
m., nightmare, 7. reve, m., dream. 



Additional Selections for Reading 275 

ation forcee, les municipalites, les associations, les societes de 
veterans, d'etudiants l et d'ouvriers, tous envoyerent d'un merne 
cceur a la France leurs felicitations 2 et l'expression de lenr de- 
vouement et de lenr loyaute. Les cloches 3 de tons les villages 
d' Alsace et de Lorraine sonnerent a toute volee 4 ponr annoncer 5 
la "fin henrense de cette terrible guerre qui avait dure 1560 
jours. 

Puis, comme ils celebrerent leur retour a la France ! Comme 
ils acclamerent et accueillirent a bras ouverts leurs liberateurs, 
les chefs glorieux de ceux-ci, les representants officiels de la 10 
France et des nations alliees ! Ce fut un spectacle inoubliable. 5 
Dans chaque ville, alsacienne ou lorraine, Metz, Strasbourg, 
Colmar, Mulhouse, etc., les habitants, oubliant la tristesse de 
leur longue captivite, prouverent par leurs manifestations en- 
thousiastes leur joie d'etre delivres et d'etre enfin redevenus 15 
franqais. 

Ce furent partout les m§mes demonstrations, le defile des 
poilus 6 devant leurs chefs illustres au milieu des airs martiaux 
et des acclamations de la foule, sous les arcs de triomphe et le 
long des rues pavoisees, 7 le cortege 8 des anciens combattants de 20 
1870, des conscrits 9 de 1919, des etudiants, des societes chorales 
gymnastiques, des jeunes lilies en costume national, des pay- 
sans des villages voisins precedes de leur maire 10 et de leur 
fanfare u locale. Quel mouvement ! Quel melange 12 de couleurs ! 
Quel coup d'oeil charmant ! 25 

On raconte qu'un petit Strasbourgeois, le jour de l'entree tri- 
omphale des soldats franqais dans la capitale de P Alsace, 
courut au cimetiere, s'arreta devant la tombe deson grand-pere 
sur laquelle il planta un petit drapeau tricolore, puis cria : 
" Grand-pere, ils sont la ! " 30 

Oui, les Franqais etaient la ! 

1. etudiant, m., student. 2. felicitation, f., congratulation. 3. cloche, 
f., hell. 4. a toute volee, a full peal. 5. inoubliable, adj., never to be 
forgotten. 6. poilu, m., French soldier. 7. pavoiser, to adorn with flags. 
8. cortege, m., procession. 9. conscrit, m., conscript, future soldier. 
10. maire, m., mayor. 11. fanfare, f., band. 12. melange, m., blending. 



276 Additional Selections for Reading 

Metz 

Voir la gravure en face de la page 116. 

L'origine de Metz se perd dans la nuit des temps. Elle 
exista deja en 264 et fut embellie par Charlemagne. Pendant 
le moyen age elle devint ville libre et independante. 

En 1552, quand la guerre fut declaree entre Charles-Quint, 

5roi d'Espagne et empereur d'Allemagne, et Henri II, roi de 
France, Metz se placa volontairement sous la protection de 
celui-ci. Charles-Quint, si -puissant qu'il pouvait se vanter que 
le soleil ne se couchait pas sur son empire, fut furieux de cette 
attitude des habitants de Metz et jura de les punir en s'em- 

10 parant de leur ville. II voulut diriger lui-meme les operations' 
du siege et marcha sur Metz avec tous les soldats qu'il avait 
a sa disposition. 

Mais Eranqois de G-uise, a la t§te de toute la chevalerie x fran- 
chise, defendit la ville avec tant d'energie et de tenacite que 

15 les soldats de Charles-Quint, decourages, refuserent d'obeir 
quand il commanda Passaut final et se debanderent. 2 Metz et 
la Lorraine avaient arrete Pinvasion germanique et empeche 
Charles-Quint de realiser son projet de domination universelle. 
On pense que ce fut cet echec qui inspira a Charles-Quint Pidee 

20 d'abdiquer, ce qu'il fit deux ans plus tard, apres avoir garanti 3 
a la Erance la possession de Metz et de son territoire. 

Metz fut toujours reconnue comme une des forteresses les 
plus importantes du monde. Elle resista aux troupes 4 alle- 
mandes du due de Brunswick en 1792 et au general prussien 

25 Blucher en 1814. Pendant la guerre de 1870, Metz fut atta- 
quee par les Allemands qui reussirent a s'en emparer. Elle 
fut cedee a PAllemagne en 1871. Mais en 1918, Pheure de la 
restitution sonna 5 et Metz redevint francaise. 

La ville de Metz est batie en amphitheatre sur une colline 6 

30 entre la Moselle et la Seille, et le long des bords de ces deux 

1. chevalerie, f., knighthood. 2. se debander, to disband. 3. garantir, 
to guarantee. 4. troupe, f., troop. 5. sonner, to ring, to strike. 6. col- 
line, i'., hill. 



Additional Selections for Reading 277 

rivieres. En traversant Metz, la Moselle se separe en plusieurs 
bras et forme des iles. Les differents quartiers sont relies 1 
entre eux par de nombreux ponts. Dans le vieux quartier, les 
rues sont generalement etroites et tortueuses. 2 Plusieurs portes, 
dont quelques-unes sont monumentales, 3 donnent acces a la ville. 5 
II y a aussi de nombreuses places, et la plus belle promenade 
est PEsplanade a r entree de laquelle se trouve la statue du 
marechal Ney. On jouit de la d'un panorama splendide sur 
la vallee de la Moselle et le pays lorrain. 

Le monument le plus important est la cathedrale ; c'est une 10 
des oeuvres 4 les plus remarquables du style gothique. Com- 
mencee au XI e siecle, elle ne fut inauguree qu'en 1546. Elle 
est d'une legerete 5 incomparable malgre ses vastes proportions, 
et offre une grande liarmonie de lignes et une unite de style 
remarquable. 15 

Elle a deux tours inachevees ; 6 dans celle du Sud-Est il y a 
une grosse cloche 7 la Muette qui, comme le bourdon 8 de Notre- 
Dame de Paris, ne sonne qu'aux jours solennels. II est a 
peine necessaire d'aj outer que pendant les fetes qui suivirent 
l'armistice (1918), elle sonna la delivrance ; jamais occasion 20 
plus belle ne lui avait ete offerte d'etre fidele a la devise qu'elle 
porte : " J'annonce la Justice." 

En 1903, un artiste allemand, charge de restaurer un des 
portails de la cathedrale, donna a une des statues, celle du 
prophete Daniel, les traits 9 de Pempereur Guillaume II. Le 25 
lendemain de l'armistice, on trouva, pendue 10 au cou de cette 
statue, une inscription ainsi concme : " Sic transit gloria mundi." u 

Strasbourg 

Voir la gravure en face de la page 132. 
La capitale de l'Alsace est une place forte sur la riviere 111, 
tout pres du Ehin, entre les Vosges et la Eor§t-Noire. II y a 

1. relier, to connect. 2. tortueux, -euse, winding. 3. See illustration 
facing page 164. 4. ceuvre, f., loorTc. 5. legerete, f., lightness. 6. inacheve, 
-e, unfinished. 7. cloche, f., bell. 8. bourdon, m., huge bell. 9. trait, m., 
feature. 10. pendue, hung. 11. Sic transit gloria mundi (Latin), Thus passes 
the glory of the world. 



278 Additional Selections for Heading 

quatre villes dans Strasbourg, representant quatre epoques : 
le inoyen age, la Kenaissance, le dix-huitienie siecle et l'occu- 
pation allemande. II n'y a rien de plus gai et de plus pitto- 
resque que ses vieux quartiers, avec leurs canaux, leurs ecluses, 1 

5leurs moulins, 2 leurs vieilles rnaisous et leurs tours du XI e et 
XII e siecles. Le quartier neuf, le quartier alleniand est sornp- 
tueux, colossal, rnais sans grande originalite. 

La cathedrale de Strasbourg 3 est un des monuments les plus 
celebres du monde. II n'y a rien de plus merveilleux et de 

10 plus audacieux que sa fieclie 4 aerienne 5 de 142 metres de hauteur, 
2 metres de moiirs que la plus haute pyramide d'Egypte. La 
cathedrale est batie de gres 6 rouge et possede des vitraux 7 de la 
plus grande beaute. Du haut de la tour, en temps clair, on 
jouit d'une vue superbe sur presque toute P Alsace. On aper- 

l5Qoit a ses pieds les toits pittoresques de la ville meme, la 
riviere 111, le Bhin et la Forgt-Noire, 1'immense plaine fertile, 
le mont et le couvent de Sainte-Odile, presque aussi fameux 
en Alsace que la cathedrale, les montagnes bleues des Vosges 
et tout au loin celles du Jura. 

20 Personne ne visite l'interieur de la cathedrale sans aller 
admirer sa celebre horloge 8 astronomique. Son mecanisme met 
en mouvement plusieurs groupes de petites figures. Deux 
anges 9 sont assis aux cotes du cadran 10 de la premiere galerie ; 
chaque quart d'heure, celui de droite frappe un coup sur un 

25 timbre n qu'il tient a la main ; a la fin de chaque heure, celui de 
gauche retourne 12 un sablier. 13 

Plus haut, sur un piedestal, on voit un squelette 14 qui repre- 
sente la Mort et qui est charge de sonner les heures. Autour 
de lui il y a un groupe representant les quatre ages de la vie : 

30l'Enfance, PAdolescence, la Virilite et la Vieillesse. Quand 
l'ange du droite donne le signal sur son timbre, l'Enfance 

1. ecluse, f., lock. 2. moulin, m., mill. 3. See illustration facing page 
180. 4. fleche, f., .spire. 5. aerien, -ne, adj., aerial. 6. gres, m., sandstone. 
7. vitrail, m., stained-glass window. 8. horloge, f., clock. See illustration 
facing page 278. 9. ange, w., anr/pl. 10. cadran, m., dial. 11. timbre, m., bell. 
12. retourner, to reverse. 13. sablier, m., hour-glass. 14. squelette, ra., skeleton. 




L'HORLOGE ASTRONQMIQUE A STRASBOURG- 

This famous clock is one of the artistic and mechanical curiosities of Europe. 
A complete description of it, in French, is found on the opposite page. 



Additional Selections for Reading 279 

sonne le premier quart, V Adolescence le deuxieme, la Virilite 
le troisieriie, et la Vieillesse le quatrierue. 

Dans la plus haute niche, a midi, les douze apotres l passent 
et s'inclinent devant le Christ qui, place sur un piedestal, etend 
sur eux les mains comme pour les benir. 2 En mems temps, un 5 
coq, perche sur la tour que Ton voit a gauche, agite ses ailes, 3 
etend le cou et chante, faisant entendre trois fois son cri de 
victoire. 

Au-dessus du cadran des heures, la divinite 4 symbolique de 
chaque jour sort d'une niche sur une char, 5 Apollon le di-10 
manche, Diane le lundi, Mars le mardi, Mercure le mercredi, 
Junon le jeudi, Venus le vendredi, et Saturne le samedi. 

Le mecanisme met aussi en mouvement un planetaire 6 com- 
plet derriere lequel il y a un calendrier perpetuel. Le trait 
le plus remarquable de cette horloge est qu'elle est remontee 7 15 
pour un nombre presque illimite d'annees, ce qui fait que, pen- 
dant les 48 ans de l'occupation etrangere, elle continua a sonner 
l'heure francaise, en avance d'environ 8 soixante minutes sur 
l'heure allemande. 

Une autre curiosite de Strasbourg est la vue des cigognes 9 20 
qui batissent leurs nids 10 sur les toits des maisons. Les habi- 
tants regardent la presence d'un tel nid comme un presage de 
bonheur. 

Les jours de fete, les visiteurs peuvent aussi admirer la 
jeune fille alsacienne dans son costume national: gros nceud25 
de rubans comme coiffure, chale 11 de soie aux couleurs brillantes, 
jupe 12 courte, rouge pour les catholiques, verte pour les protes- 
tantes et violette pour les israelites, tablier 13 de satin ou de soie, 
bas 14 blancs, souliers noirs avec boucles 15 d'argent. L'effet est 
charmant. 30 

Tout le monde sait que c'est a Strasbourg que la Marseillaise 

1. apotre, m., apostle. 2. benir, to bless. 3. aile, f., xoing. 4. divinite, 
f., deity. 5. char, m., chariot. 6. planetaire, m., planetarium. 7. re- 
monter, to wind up. 8. environ, about. 9. cigogne, f., stork. 10. nid, 
rn., nest. 11. chale, m., shawl. 12. jupe. f., skirt, petticoat. 13. tablier, 
m., apron. 11. bas, m., stocking. 15. boucle, f., buckle. 



280 Additional Selections for Reading 

fiit composee le 26 avril 1792 par Rouget de Lisle et chantee 
pour la premiere fois chez Dietrich, niaire 1 de cette ville. 
D'abord appelee Chant de Guerre de VArmee du Rhin, elle 
recut le nom de Marseillaise quand les volontaires 2 de Marseille 
5 la propagerent par toute la France en allant combattre aux 
frontieres. Plus tard elle devint Phymne national francais et 
retentit aux quatre coins de Funivers. 

Si l'on a pu dire avec faison que tout hornrne a deux patries, 3 
la sienne et la France, on peut proclamer que toute patrie a 

10 deux chants nationaux, le sien et la Marseillaise. C'est l'ecri- 
vain anglais Carlyle qui a dit, en parlant d'elle, que c'est un 
chant " qui fait bouillir 4 le sang dans les veines, qu'on chante 
avec des larmes et du feu dans les yeux, avec un cceur bravant 
la mort, et que devant lui se sauvent tous les demons du 

15 despotisme. ,? 

Strasbourg etait digne d'etre le berceau 5 d'un pareil chant. 

1. maire, m., mayor. 2. volontaire, m., volunteer. 3. patrie, f., father- 
land. 4. bouillir, to boil. 5. berceau, m., cradle. 



APPENDIX OF FORMS AND RULES. 

I. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL, 


Before a consonant or 
h aspirate. 


Before a vowel" or 
h mute. 


Before all 

nouns. 


Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Masc. or Fern. 




the 


Ie 


la 


V 


les 


of the, or \ 
from the, j 


du 


de la 


deT 


des 


to the, at the 


au 


a la 


al' 


aux 



THE NOUN. 
II. The gender of inanimate objects. 

A short and satisfactory rule for the gender of French nouns 
is as follows : 

Nouns having the following terminations are feminine : 

ale, ole, ule ; ure, Sre, eur ; 
rre, lie, ie, ie ; ee, ue, ion ; 
be, ce, de ; fe, ne, pe ; 
se, te, te ; ve, he, aison. 

As cathSdrale, 6cole, nature, faveur, terre, conversation, cl6mence, 
cit6, beaut6, moitiS, marche, maison, liaison. 

All other nouns are masculine. 
As port, cheval, cafe, crime, village. 

There are, of course, exceptions to this rule, but it holds good in 95 
cases out of 100. 

Observe that the rule does not apply to nouns evidently denoting 
males, as prince, homme, etc. ; or to nouns evidently denoting females, 
as princesse, dame, etc. 

281 



282 



Appendix 



III. Formation of the feminine in nouns representing animate 

beings. 

Nouns representing animate beings usually have a particular 
form for each sex, and their feminine, like the feminine of 
adjectives, is more or less regularly formed : 



un Francais, 
un Prussien, 
un jardinier, 
un baron, 
un jumeau, 
un epoux, 
un compagnon, 



a Frenchman, 
a Prussian, 
a gardener, 
a baron, 
a twin, 
a husband, 
a companion, 



une Francaise. 
une Prussienne. 
une jardiniere, 
une baronne. 
une jumelle. 
une Spouse, 
une compagne. 



(1) Those ending with an e mute are the same for both 
genders : 



un Russe, 


a Bussian, 


une Russe. 


un esclave, 


a slave, 


une esclave. 


un artiste, 


an artist, 

PRINCIPAL EXCEPTIONS. 


une artiste. 


un abbe, 


an abbot, 


une abbesse. 


un £ne, 


an ass, 


une anesse. 


un comte, 


a count, 


une comtesse. 


un note, 


a host, 


une hotesse. 


un maitre, 


a master, 


une maitresse. 


un negre, 


a negro, 


une negresse. 


un pretre, 


a priest, 


une pretresse. 


un Suisse, 


a Swiss, 


une Suissesse. 


un tigre, 


a tiger, 


une tigresse. 


un traitre, 


a traitor, 


une traitresse. 



(2) Substantives ending in -eur and derived from a present 
participle change -eur into -euse : 

le danseur (from dansant), the dancer, la danseuse. 

le plaideur (from plaidant), the suitor, la plaideuse. 

le buveur (from buvant), the drinker, la buveuse. 



Formation of the Feminine of Nouns 283 

(3) Substantives ending in -teur, and which are not derived 
from a present participle, change -teur into -trice : 



l'accusateur, 

Pacteur, 

l'instituteur, 



the accuser, 
the actor, 
the teacher, 



l'accusatrice. 

Factrice. 

l'institutrice. 



Add to these: le debiteur, debtor; l'inspecteur, the inspector; l'ex6- 
cuteur, the executor; Pinventeur, the inventor; le persecuteur, the 
persecutor. 

(4) Some in -eur change it into -eresse for the feminine, such as: 
Fenchanteur, the enchanter, l'enchanteresse ; le pScheur, the sinner, la 
pScheresse ; le vengeur, the avenger, la vengeresse ; le dSfendeur, the 
defendant, la def enderesse ; le chasseur, the hunter, la chasseresse. — 
Chanteur has two feminines, chanteuse and cantatrice : the latter is used 
only of professional singers. Empereur makes imperatrice ; gouverneur, 
gouvernaute ; serviteur, servante ; compagnon, compagne ; heros, hero- 
ine ; dieu, deesse ; due, duchesse. Temoin is used for both genders, and 
also auteur, poete, philosophe, peintre, juge, guide, etc., and even pos- 
sesseur, successeur, and professeur. Ange, angel, is always masculine. 

(5) Some nouns originally feminine keep that gender, even when 
applied to man: la dupe, the dupe; la sentinelle, the sentry; la recrue, 
the recruit ; la victime, the victim; la personne, the person; la ganache, 
the blockhead ; la connaissance, the acquaintance, etc. 

(6) Some names of animals form their feminine irregularly : 



le belier, 


the ram, 


la brebis. 


le bouc, 


the he-goat, 


la chevre. 


le cheval, 


the horse, 


la jument. 


le mouton, 


the sheep, 


la brebis. 


le sanglier, 


the wild boar, 


la laie. 


le singe, 


the monkey, 


la guenon. 


le canard, 


the duck, 


la cane. 


le chat, 


the cat, 


la chatte. 


le mulet, 


the mule, 


la mule. 


le perroquet, 


the parrot, 


la perruche. 


le loup, 


the wolf, 


la louve. 


le dindon, 


the turkey, 


la dinde. 


le boeuf, 


the ox, 


la vache. 


le coq, 


the cock, 


la poule. 



284 



Appendix 



(7) Most of the names of animals have only one form for both genders 
such are : 

ALL MASCULINE. 

le castor, the beaver. le eigne, the swan. 

le chameau, the camel, le hibou, the owl. 

Fecureuil, the squirrel. le vautour, the vulture. 

l'elephant, the elephant. le merle, the blackbird. 

le leopard, the leopard. le saumon, the salmon. 



ALL FEMININE. 



Talouette, the lark. 
l'hirondelle, the swallow. 
la perdrix, the partridge. 
la pie, the magpie. 
la tortue, the tortoise. 



la baleine, the ivhale. 
la girafe, the giraffe. 
la panthere, the panther. 
l'hyene, the hyena. 
la souris, the mouse. 

To all these nouns, when we wish to determine the sex, we add male 
or femelle : la panthere male, la panthdre femelle ; l'elephant male, 
l'elephant femelle. 

(8) Some nouns are of double gender ; for example : 

un(e) artiste, an artist. un(e) esclave, a slave. 

un(e) enfant, a child. un(e) camarade, a comrade. 

un(e) malade, a patient. un(e) proprietaire, an owner. 

(9) A number of nouns change their meaning according to the gender ; 



the following are a few of them : 




Masculine. 




Feminine. 


book, 


livre, 


pound. 


page {attendant), 


page, 


page {of a book). 


veil, 


voile, 


sail. 


turn, trick, 


tour, 


tower. 


post, position, 


poste, 


post-office. 


pendulum, 


pendule, 


clock. 


critic, 


critique, 


criticism. 


politician, 


politique, 


politics. 


handle, 


manche, 1 


sleeve. 


mode, mood, 


mode, 


fashion. 


cabin-boy, 


mousse, 


moss. 


guide, 


guide, 


rein. 


stove, 


poele, 


frying-pan. 



1 La Manche, the English Channel. 



Formation of the Plural 



285 



IV. Formation of the plural. 

Nouns and adjectives form their plural by adding s to the 
singular : Lesson 31. 

Exceptions. — (1) Nouns and adjectives ending in s, x, z, 
in the singular, are the same in the plural : Lesson 31. 

(2) Nouns and adjectives ending in -au or -eu take x in the 
plural : Lesson 31. 

But the noun landau, a landau (sort of carriage), and the adjective 
bleu, blue, take s in the plural. 

(3) Nouns and adjectives in -al change al into aux; 
Lesson 31. 

But s is added in the plural to the nouns bal, carnaval, chacal, regal, 
and to the adjectives amical, fatal, final, glacial, initial, matinal, naval, 
penal, theatral, and a few others seldom used. 

(4) The following nouns ending in -ail change ail into aux : 



le bail, 


the lease, 


les baux. 


le corail, 


the coral, 


les coraux. 


1' email, 


the enamel, 


les emaux. 


le soupirail, 


the air-hole, 


les soupiraux. 


le travail, 


the work, the labor, 


les travaux. 


le vitrail, 


the glass window, 


les vitraux. 



B6tail, cattle, has no plural ; bestiaux is the plural word for cattle. 
(5) Seven nouns ending in -on take x : 



le bijou, 


the jewel, 


les bijoux. 


le caillou, 


the pebble, 


les cailloux. 


le chou, 


the cabbage, 


les choux. 


le genou, 


the knee, 


les genoux. 


le hibou, 


the owl, 


les hiboux. 


le joujou, 


the toy, 


les joujoux. 


le pou, 


the louse, 


les poux. 



286 Appendix 



(6) Aieul, ciel, and ceil, generally make aieux, ancestors; cieux 
heavens; yeux, eyes. But aieul makes aieuls, when it means the pa- 
ternal and maternal grandfathers ; ciel makes ciels when it means the 
testers of beds, the roofs of quarries, or " skies " in painting ; and in the 
cases when ceil does not mean properly eye, it makes ceils, as, des ceils- 
de-bceuf, oval windows. 

(7) Foreign words, which have not yet been naturalized in France by 
custom, remain invariable, such as : des alibi, des errata, des infolio, des 
in-quarto, des post-scriptum, des fac-simile, des Te Deum, etc. 

But the following take the mark of the plural : des bravos, des duos, 
des trios, des numSros, des operas, des zeros, des impromptus, des 6chos, 
des deficits, etc. 

(8) Plural of compound nouns. 

General Rules. — To form the plural of a compound noun : 

(<z) If the noun is composed of two nouns or an adjective and a noun, 
connected by a hyphen, both parts are made plural. 

le chou-fleur, the cauliflower, les choux-fleurs. 

roiseau-mouche, the humming-bird, les oiseaux-mouches. 

le petit-fils, the grandson, les petits-fils. 

le beau-frere, the brother-in-law, les beaux-freres. 

le grand-pere, the grandfather, les grands-pdres. 

But la grand*mere, the grandmother, les grand'meres. 

une demi-heure, a half hour, des demi-heures. 

(6) If the noun is composed of two nouns connected by a preposition 
and hyphens, the first noun only is made plural. 

le chef-d'oeuvre, the masterpiece, les chefs-d'oeuvre, 

l'arc-en-ciel, the rainbow, les arcs 1 -en-ciel. 

(c) If the noun is composed of a noun and a verb, adverb, or prepo- 
sition, the noun only takes the sign of the plural. 

le tire bouchon, the corkscrew, les tire-bouchons. 

l'arriere-grand-pere, the great-grandfather, les arriSre-grands-peres. 

Some compound nouns have a plural form when their meaning is sin- 
gular : le cure-dents, the tooth-pick; le casse-noisettes, the nut-cracker; 
le porte-clefs, the turnkey; un essuie-mains (or main), a towel. 

1 s not heard. 



Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives 287 

(d) If the noun is composed of two verbs or of any two invariable 
words, it remains unchanged in the plural. 



le ou'i-dire, 


hearsay, 


les oui-dire. 


le dit-on, 


saying, rumor, 


les dit-on. 


le passe-partout, 


pass-key, 


les passe-partout. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 
V. Formation of the feminine of adjectives. 

General Rule. — To form the feminine of adjectives, add 
e mute to the masculine (Lesson 4). 

Exceptions. — (1) Adjectives ending with e mute in the 
masculine are the same in the feminine (Lesson 4). 

(2) Adjectives ending in -el, -en, -on, -et, double the last 
consonant, and take an e mute after it (Lesson 56). 

(3) Ten other adjectives also double their last consonant in 
the feminine (Lesson 56). 

(4) Adjectives ending in -f change f into ve (Lesson 56). 

(5) Adjectives ending in -x change x into se (Lesson 56). 

(6) Adjectives ending in -eur, and derived from a present 
participle, change eur into euse : flatteur (from flattant), flat- 
teuse; grondeur (from grondant), grondeuse. 

(7) Adjectives ending in -teur, and not derived from a pres- 
ent participle, change teur into trice : 

Profanateur, profanatrice ; corrupteur, corruptrice. 

Adjectives ending in -eneur, not belonging to either of the above excep- 
tions, follow the general rule : infSrieur, inferieure ; ulterieur, urtirieure. 
Add to these meilleur, majeur, and mineur. 

(8) Many adjectives form their feminines irregularly (see 
Lesson 56). 



288 



Appendix 



The plural of adjectives is formed in the same way as that 
of nouns (see Lesson 31). 

For the comparison of adjectives see Lesson 44. 



VI. Possessive adjectives. 





SINGULAR. 


PLUBAL, 




Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Both genders. 


My, 


mon. 1 


ma. 


mes. 


Thy, 


ton. 


ta. 


tes. 


His, her, its, 
Our, 


son. 


sa. 


ses. 
nos 


notre. 


Your, 


votre. 


vos. 


Their, 


leur. 


leurs. 



VII. Demonstrative adjectives. 





MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 




Before a 


Before a vowel 


Before any 


SINGULAR. 


consonant. 


or h mute, 


letter. 


This or that, 

PLURAL. 


ce. 


cet. 


cette. 






These or those, 


ces. 





VIII. Numeral adjectives. 
For cardinal and ordinal numbers, see Lessons 21 and 23. 



1 Mon, ton, arid son are used instead of ma, ta, and sa before a feminine 
word beginning with a vowel or h mute. 



The Pronoun 



289 



THE PRONOUN. 

Definition. 

A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun to avoid its 
repetition; while an adjective accompanies a noun to qualify 
it or determine it. 

In the sentence ma plume est bonne, la tienne est bonne aussi, ma is 
an adjective determining the noun plume, that is to say, expressing whose 
pen it is ; la tienne, on the contrary, is a pronoun standing for ta plume 
and is used to avoid the repetition of that noun, which would be disagree- 
able to the ear. 

IX. Possessive pronouns. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Mine, 


le mien. 


la mienne. 


les miens. 


les miennes. 


Thine, 


le tien. 


la tienne. 


les tiens. 


les tiennes. 


His, hers, its, 
Ours, 


le sien. 


la sienne. 


les siens. 


les siennes. 


le or la notre. 


les notres. 


Tours, 


le or la votre. 


les votres. 


Theirs, 


le or la leur. 


les leurs. 



X. Demonstrative pronouns 



That {one) 
This (one) 



SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Masculine. 


Feminine 


celui. 

I 


celle. 


ceux. 


celles 



For use of Demonstrative pronouns, see Lessons 19 and 20 ; 
for Relative and Interrogative pronouns, see Lesson 96 ; for 
Personal pronouns, see Lesson 62. 



290 



Appendix 



THE VERB. 



Auxiliary Verbs. 

There are only two auxiliary verbs in French, avoir (to have) 
and §tre (to be). 



XI. Avoir. 



INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
(INFINITIF PRESENT.) 

avoir, to have. 

PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
(PARTICIPE PRESENT.) 

ayant, having. 

INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
(iNDICATIP PRESENT.) 

j'ai, I have, am having. 

tu as. 

il or elle a. 

nous avons. 

vous avez. 

ils or elles ont. 

IMPERFECT. 
(IMPARFAIT. ) 

j'avais, I had, was having, used 

tu avais. [to, have. 

il or elle avait. 

nous avions. 

vous aviez. 

ils or elles avaient. 

PAST DEFINITE. 
(passe DEFINI.) 

j'eus, I had. 

tu eus. 

il or elle eut. 

nous eumes. 

vous eutes. 

il or elles eurent. 



INFINITIVE PAST. 
(INFINITIF PASSE.) 

avoir eu, to have had. 

PARTICIPLE PAST. 
( PARTICIPE PASSE.) 

eu, had. 

PAST INDEFINITE. 
(passe INDEFINI.) 

j'ai eu, I have had, I had. 

tu a eu. 

il or elle a eu. 

nous avons eu. 

vous avez eu. 

ils or elles ont eu. 

pluperfect, 
(plus-que-parfait. ) 
j'avais eu, I had had. 
tu avais eu. 
il or elle avait eu. 
nous avions eu. 
vous aviez eu. 
ils or elles avaient eu. 

past anterior, 
(passe ANTERIEUR. ) 

j'eus eu, I had had. 

tu eus eu. 

il or elle eut eu. 

nous eiimes eu. 

vous elites eu. 

ils or elles eurent eu. 



The Verb Avoir 



291 



FUTURE. 
(FDTUR.) 

j'aurai, I shall have. 

tu auras. 

il or elle aura. 

nous aurons. 

vous aurez. 

ils or elles auront. 



future anterior, 
(fdtur anterleur.) 

j'aurai eu, I shall have had. 

tu auras eu. 

il or elle aura eu. 

nous aurons eu. 

vous aurez eu. 

ils or elles auront eu. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
(CONDITIONNEL PRESENT.) 

j'aurais, I should have. 

tu aurais. 

il or elle aurait. 

nous aurions. 

vous auriez. 

ils or elles auraient. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 
(CONDITIONNEL PASSE.) 

j'aurais eu, I should have had 

tu aurais eu. 

il or elle aurait eu. 

nous aurions eu. 

vous auriez eu. 

ils or elles auraient eu. 



SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
(SUBJONCTIF PRESENT.) 

(that) I (may) have, etc. 1 
que j'aie. 
que tu aies. 
qu'il or qu'elle ait. 
que nous ayons. 
que vous ayez. 
qu'ils (elles) aient. 

SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
(SUBJONCTIF IMPARFAIT.) 

(that) I might have, (that) I had, etc. 
que j'eusse. 
que tu eusses. 
qu'il or qu'elle eut. 
que nous eussions. 
que vous eussiez. 
qu'ils (elles) eussent. 



SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
(SUBJONCTIF PASSE.) 

(that) I (may) have had, etc. 
que j'aie eu. 
que tu aies eu. 
qu'il or qu'elle ait eu. 
que nous ayons eu. 
que vous ayez eu. 
qu'ils (elles) aient eu. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
(SUBJONCTIF PLUS-QUE-PARFAIT.) 

(that) I (might) have had, etc. 

que j'eusse eu. 

que tu eusses eu. 

qu'il or qu'elle eut eu. 

que nous eussions eu. 

que vous eussiez eu. 

qu'ils (elles) eussent eu. 



1 The subjunctive has no English equivalent, 
the preceding construction. 



Its translation depends upon 



292 



Appendix 



IMPERATIVE. 

(iMPERATIF.) 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

(SINGULIER.) (PLURIEL.) 

ayons, let us have. 
aie, have (thou). ayez, have. 

(qu'il ait, let him have. ) x (qu'ils aient, let them have.) 1 



XII. Avoir used interrogatively. 



INDICATIVE PRESENT. 

have I? 

ai-je ? 

as-tu ? 

a-t-il ? a-t-elle ? 

avons-nous ? 

avez-vous ? 

ont-ils ? ont-elles ? 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

have I had ? had I? 

ai-je eu ? 

as-tu eu ? 

a-t-il eu ? a-t-elle eu ? 

avons-nous eu ? 

avez-vous eu ? 

ont-ils eu ? ont-elles eu ? 



IMPERFECT. 

had I? 

avais-je ? 

avais-tu ? 

avait-il ? avait-elle ? 

avions-nous ? 

aviez-vous ? 

avaient-ils ? avaient-elles 



PLUPERFECT. 

had I had ? 

avais-je eu ? 

avais-tu eu ? 

avait-il eu ? avait-elle eu ? 

avions-nous eu ? 

aviez-vous eu ? 

avaient-ils (elles) eu? 



PAST DEFINITE. 

had If 

eus-je ? 

eus-tu ? 

eut-il ? eut-elle ? 

eumes-nous ? 

eiites-vous ? 

eurent-ils ? eurent-elles ? 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

AacZ / had f 

eus-je eu ? 

eus-tu eu ? 

eut-il eu ? eut-elle eu ? 

eumes-nous eu ? 

eutes-vous eu ? 

eurent-ils (elles) eu ? 



1 Third person, present subjunctive, used as imperative. 



The Verb A 



voir 



293 



FUTURE. 

shall I have? 
aurai-je ? 
auras-tu ? 

aura-t-il ? aura-t-elle ? 
aurons-nous ? 
aurez-vous ? 
auront-ils ? auront-elles ? 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

shall I have had? 
aurai-je eu ? 
auras-tu eu ? 

aura-t-il eu ? aura-t-elle eu 
aurons-nous eu ? 
aurez-vous eu ? 
auront-ils (elles) eu ? 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

should I have? 
aurais-je ? 
aurais-tu ? 

aurait-il ? aurait-elle ? 
aurions-nous ? 
auriez-vous ? 
auraient-ils (elles) ? 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

should I have had? 
aurais-je eu ? 
aurais-tu eu ? 

aurait-il eu ? aurait-elle eu 
aurions-nous eu ? 
auriez-vous eu ? 
auraient-ils (elles) eu ? 



Observation for all verbs used negatively. — Instead of pas, 
put point for a stronger negation, jamais for never, and plus for no more 
or no longer. (See Lesson 98.) 



XIII. Avoir used negatively. 



INDICATIVE present. 

. I have not. 
je n'ai pas. 
tu n'as pas. 
il or elle n'a pas. 
nous n'avons pas. 
vous n'avez pas. 
ils or elles n'ont pas. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

I have not had, I did not have. 

je n'ai pas eu. 

tu n'as pas eu. 

il or elle n'a pas eu. 

nous n'avons pas eu. 

vous n'avez pas eu. 

ils or elles n'ont pas eu. 



IMPERFECT. 

/ had not. 
je n'avais pas. 
tu n'avais pas. 
il or elle n'avait pas. 
nous n'avions pas. 
vous n'aviez pas. 
il or elles n'avaient pas. 



PLUPERFECT. 

I had not had. 
je n'avais pas eu. 
tu n'avais pas eu. 
il or elle n'avait pas eu. 
nous n'avions pas eu. 
vous n'aviez pas eu. 
ils or elles n'avaient pas eu 



294 



Appendix 



PAST DEFINITE. 

je n'eus pas, I had ?wt. 

tu n'eus pas. 

il or elle n'eut pas. 

nous n'eumes pas. 

vous n'eutes pas. 

ils or elles n'eurent pas. 

FUTURE. 

I shall not have. 
je n'aurai pas. 
tu n' auras pas. 
il or elle n'aura pas. 
nous n'aurons pas. 
vous n'aurez pas. 
ils or elles n'auront pas. 

CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

I should not have. 
je n'aurais pas. 
tu n'aurais pas. 
il or elle n'aurait pas. 
nous n'aurions pas. 
vous n'auriez pas. 
ils or elles n'auraient pas. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 

(that) I may not have. 
que je n'aie pas. 
que tu n'aies pas. 
qu'il or qu'elle n'ait pas. 
que nous n'ayons pas. 
que vous n'ayez pas. 
qu'ils (elles) n'aient pas. 

SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 

(thai) I might not have. 
que je n'eusse pas. 
que tu n'eusses pas. 
qu'il or qu'elle n'eut pas. 
que nous n'eussions pas. 
que vous n'eussiez pas. 
qu'ils (elles) n'eussent pas 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

je n'eus pas eu, I had not had. 

tu n'eus pas eu. 

il or elle n'eut pas eu. 

nous n'eumes pas eu. 

vous n'eutes pas eu. 

ils or elles n'eurent pas eu. 

FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

I shall not have had. 
je n'aurai pas eu. 
tu n 'auras pas eu. 
il or elle n'aura pas eu. 
nous n'aurons pas eu. 
vous n'aurez pas eu. 
ils or elles n'auront pas eu. 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

I should not have had. 
je n'aurais pas eu. 
tu n'aurais pas eu. 
il or elle n'aurait pas eu. 
nous n'aurions pas eu. 
vous n'auriez pas eu. 
ils or elles n'auraient pas eu. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 

(that) I may not have had. 
que je n'aie pas eu. 
que tu n'aies pas eu. 
qu'il or qu'elle n'ait pas eu. 
que nous n'ayons pas eu. 
que vous n'ayez pas eu. 
qu'ils (elles) n'aient pas eu. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 

(that) I might not have had. 
que je n'eusse pas eu. 
que tu n'eusses pas eu. 
qu'il or qu'elle n'eut pas eu. 
que nous n'eussions pas eu. 
que vous n'eussiez pas eu. 
qu'ils (elles) n'eussent pas eu 



The Verb Avoir 



295 



IMPERATIVE. 



SINGULAR. 



PLURAL. 



n'ayons pas, let us not have. 
n'aie pas, do not have. n'ayez pas, do not have. 

(qu'il n'ait pas, let him not have.) (qu'ils n'aient pas, let them not have.) 



XIV. Avoir used negatively and interrogatively. 



INDICATIVE PRESENT. 

have I not ? 

n'ai-je pas ? 
n'as-tu pas ? 
n'a-t-il (elle) pas ? 
n'avons-nous pas ? 
n'avez-vous pas ? 
n'ont-ils (elles) pas ? 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

have I not had ? 

n'ai-je pas eu ? 
n'as-tu pas eu ? 
n'a-t-il (elle) pas eu ? 
n'avons-nous pas eu ? 
n'avez-vous pas eu ? 
n'ont-ils (elles) pas eu ? 



IMPERFECT. 

n'avais-je pas ? had I not f 

etc. 



PLUPERFECT. 



n'avais-je pas eu ? had I not had f 

etc. 



PAST DEFINITE. 



n'eus-je pas ? had I not f 

etc. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

n'eus-je pas eu ? had I not had f 
etc. 



FUTURE. 

shall I not have f 

n'aurai-je pas ? 

etc. 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

shall I not have had f 

n'aurai-je pas eu ? 

etc. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

should I not have f 

n'aurais-je pas ? 

etc. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

should I not have had ? 

n'aurais-je pas eu ? 
etc. 



296 



Appendix 



XV. Etre. 



INFINITIVE PRESENT. 

etre, to be. 

PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 

e'tant, being. 

INDICATIVE PRESENT, 

I am. 
je suis. 
tu es. 

il or elle est. 
nous sommes. 
vous etes. 
ils or elles sont. 

IMPERFECT. 

i" ivas, used to be, etc. 
j'etais. 
tu etais. 
il or elle etait. 
nous etions. 
vous etiez. 
ils or elles etaient. 

PAST DEFINITE. 

I was. 
je fus. 
tu fus. 
il or elle fut. 
nous fumes, 
vous futes. 
ils or elles furent. 

FUTURE. 

I shall be, etc. 
je serai, 
tu seras. 
il or elle sera, 
nous serons. 
vous serez. 
ils or elles seront 



INFINITIVE PAST. 

avoir ete, to have been. 

PARTICIPLE PAST. 

ete, been. 

PAST INDEFINITE. 

I have been, I was. 
j'ai ete. 
tu as ete. 
il or elle a ete. 
nous avons ete\ 
vous avez ete. 
ils or elles ont ete. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had been. 
j'avais ete. 
tu avais ete. 
il or elle avait ete. 
nous avions ete\ 
vous aviez 6te. 
ils or elles avaient 6te. 

PAST ANTERIOR. 

I had been. 
j'eus ete. 
tu eus ete. 
il or elle eut ete. 
nous eumes ete. 
vous eutes ete. 
ils or elles eurent ete. 

FUTURE ANTERIOR^ 

/ shall have been. 
j'aurai ete\ 
tu auras ete\ 
il or elle aura ete. 
nous aurons ete. 
vous aurez ete. 
ils or elles auront et§> 



The Verb Eire 



297 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

I should be. 
je serais, 
tu serais, 
il or elle serait. 
nous serions. 
vous seriez. 
ils or elles seraient. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

/ should have been. 
j'aurais ete. 
tu aurais 6te. 
il or elle aurait ete\ 
nous aurions ere", 
vous auriez 6te. 
ils or elles auraient 6te\ 



SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 

(that) I (may) be. 
que je sois. 
que tu sois. 
qu'il or qu'elle soit. 
que nous soyons. 
que vous soyez. 
qu'ils (elles) soient. 

SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 

(that) I (might) be. 
que je fusse. 
que tu fusses, 
qu'il or qu'elle fut. 
que nous fussions. 
que vous fussiez. 
qu'ils or qu' elles fussent. 

SINGULAR. 

sois, be. 

(qu'il soit, let him be.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 

(that) I (may) have been. 
que j'aie e"te. 
que tu aies ete\ 
qu'il or qu'elle ait ete. 
que nous ayons ete. 
que vous ayez ete. 
qu'ils (elles) aient ete. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 

(that) I (might) have been. 
que j'eusse ete. 
que tu eusses ete. 
qu'il or qu'elle eut ete. 
que nous eussions §te. 
que vous eussiez ete. 
qu'ils or qu' elles eussent ete. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PLURAL. . 

soyons, let us be. 

soyez, be. 

(qu'ils soient, let them be.) 



XVI. Etre used interrogatively. 



INDICATIVE. 

am I? 
suis-je ? 
es-tu ? 

est-il? est-elle? 
sommes-nous ? 
etes-vous ? 
sont-ils ? sont-elles ? 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

have I been ? was I f 
ai-je ete ? 
as-tu ete ? 

a-t-il et<§ ? a-t-elle ete ? 
avons-nous ete ? 
avez-vous ete ? 
ont-ils ete ? ont-elles etS ? 



298 



Appendix 



IMPERFECT. 

ivas I ? 

etais-je ? 

6tais-tu ? 

etait-il ? etait-elle ? 

etions-nous ? 

etiez-vous ? 

6taient-ils ? etaient-elles ? 



PLUPERFECT. 

Tmd J been ? 

avais-je ete ? 

avais-tu ete ? 

avait-il ete ? avait-elle ete ? 

avions-nous ete ? 

aviez-vous ete ? 

avaient-ils (elles) ete ? 



PAST DEFINITE. 

was I? 

fus-je ? 

f us-tu ? 

f ut-il ? f ut-elle ? 

fumes-nous ? 

futes-vous ? 

f urent-ils ? f urent-elles ? 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

had I been? 

eus-je ete ? 

eus-tu ete ? 

eut-il 6te ? eut-elle ete ? 

eumes-nous ete ? 

eutes-vous ete ? 

eurent-ils (elles) ete? 



s7m?Z I be ? 

serai-je ? 

seras-tu ? 

sera-t-il ? sera-t-elle ? 

serons-nous ? 

serez-vous ? 

seront-ils ? seront-elles ? 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

shall I have been ? 

aurai-je ete ? 

auras-tu ete ? 

aura-t-il ete ? aura-t-elle ete ? 

aurons-nous ete ? 

aurez-vous ete ?. 

auront-ils (elles) ete ? 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

should I be? 

serais-je ? 

serais-tu ? 

serait-il ? serait-elle ? 

serions-nous ? 

seriez-vous ? 

seraient-ils ? seraient-elles ? 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

should I have been ? 

aurais-je ete ? 

aurais-tu ete ? 

aurait-il ete ? aurait-elle 6te ? 

aurions-nous ete ? 

auriez-vous ete ? 

auraient-ils (elles) 6te ? 



TJie Verb Eire 



299 



XVII. Etre used negatively. 



INDICATIVE PRESENT. 

i" am not. 

je ne suis pas. 

tu n'es pas. 

il or elle n'est pas. 

nous ne sommes pas. 

vous n'etes pas. 

ils or elles ne sont pas. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

I have not been, I was not. 

je n'ai pas 6te. 

tu n'as pas ete. 

il or elle n'a pas ete\ 

nous n'avons pas £te. 

vous n'avez pas 6te. 

ils or elles n'ont pas ete\ 



IMPERFECT. 

I was not. 

je n'etais pas. 

tu n'etais pas. 

il or elle n'etait pas. 

nous n'etions pas. 

vous n'Stiez pas. 

ils or elles n'etaient pas. 



PLUPERFECT. 

I had not been. 

je n'avais pas 6te. 

tu n'avais pas ete. 

il or elle n'avait pas 6te\ 

nous n'avions pas 6te. 

vous n'aviez pas et6. 

ils or elles n'avaient pas ete c 



PAST DEFINITE. 

I was not. 

je ne fus pas. 

tu ne fus pas. 

il or elle ne fut pas. 

nous ne fumes pas. 

vous ne futes pas. 

ils or elles ne furent pas. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

/ had not been. 

je n'eus pas ete. 

tu n'eus pas ete. 

il or elle n'eut pas 6te\ 

nous n'eumes pas ete. 

vous n'eutes pas ete. 

ils or elles n'eurent pas ete\ 



FUTURE. 

i" shall not be. 

je ne serais pas. 

tu ne seras pas. 

il or elle ne sera pas. 

nous ne serons pas. 

vous ne serez pas. 

ils or elles ne seront pas. 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

I shall not have been. 

je n'aurait pas ete. 

tu n'auras pas ete. 

il or elle n'aura pas ete\ 

nous n'aurons pas ete. 

vous n'aurez pas 6te. 

ils or elles n'auront pas eti. 



300 



Appendix 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

I should not be. 

je ne serais pas. 

tu ne serais pas. 

il or elle ne serait pas. 

nous ne serions pas. 

vous ne seriez pas. 

ils or elles ne seraient pas. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

i" should not have been. 

je n'aurais pas ete. 

tu n'aurais pas ete. 

il or elle n'aurait pas ete. 

nous n'aurions pas ete. 

vous n'auriez pas ete. 

ils or elles n'auraient pas ete. 



SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 

(that) I may not be. 

que je ne sois pas. 
que tu ne sois pas. 
qu'il (elle) ne soit pas. 
que nous ne soyons pas. 
que vous ne soyez pas. 
qu'ils (elles) ne soient pas. 



SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 

(that) I might not have been. 

que je n'aie pas 6te. 
que tu n'aies pas ete. 
qu'il (elle) n'ait pas 6t6. 
que nous n'ayons pas ete\ 
que vous n'ayez pas ete. 
qu'ils (elles) n'aient pas ete. 



SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 

(that) I might not be. 

que je ne fusse pas. 
que tu ne fusses pas. 
qu'il or qu'elle ne fut pas. 
que nous ne fussions pas. 
que vous ne fussiez pas. 
qu'ils (elles) ne fussent pas. 



SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 

(that) I might not have been. 

que je n'eusse pas ete. 
que tu n'eusses pas ete. 
qu'il or qu'elle n'eut pas ete. 
que nous n'eussions pas ete. 
que vous n'eussiez pas ete. 
qu'ils (elles) n'eussent pas ete. 



SINGULAR. 



IMPERATIVE. 



ne sois pas, do not be. 

(qu'il ne soit pas, let him not be.) 



ne soyons pas, let us not be. 
ne soyez pas, be not, do not be. 
(qu'ils ne soient pas, let them not be.) 



The Verb Eire 



301 



XVIII. Etre used negatively and interrogatively. 



INDICATIVE PRESENT. 

am I not? 

ne suis-je pas ? 

n'es-tu pas ? 

n'est-il pas ? n'est-elle pas 

ne sommes-nous pas ? 

n'etes-vous pas ? 

ne sont-ils (elles) pas ? 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

have I not been? was I not? 

n'ai-je pas 6te ? 

n'as-tu pas ete ? 

n'a-t-il pas ete ? n'a-t-elle pas eti 

n'avons-nous pas 6te ? 

n'avez-vous pas ete ? 

n'ont-ils (elles) pas 6te ? 



IMPERFECT. 

was I not? 

n'6tais-je pas ? 

etc. 



PLUPERFECT. 

had I not been? 



n'avais-je pas ete ? 

etc. 



PAST DEFINITE. 

was I not? 

ne fus-je pas ? 

etc. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

had I not been? 



n'eus-je pas ete ? 



etc. 



FUTURE. 

shall I not be? 



ne serai-je pas ? 

etc. 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

shall I not have been? 



n'aurai-je pas ete ? 
etc. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

should I not be? 

ne serais-je pas ? 
etc. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

should I not have been? 

n'aurais-je pas et6 ? 

etc. 



302 Appendix 

XIX. Terminations of the Four Regular Conjugations. 



o 

< 
* 

ft 
o 
O 


'1 




1 




1 

1 


* 










e 


ais 


ai 










es 


ais 


as 


1. 


er 


ant 


e 


e 

ons 
ez 
ent * 


ait 
ions 
iez 
aient 


a 

ames 
ates 
erent 










is 


ais 


is 










is 


ais 


is 


2. 


ir 


(iss)ant 


i 


it 

issons 
issez 
issent - 


ait 
ions 
iez 
aient 


it 

imes 
ites 
irent 










s 
s 


ais 
ais 


us 
us 


3. 


oir 


ant 


u 


t 

ons 
ez 
ent 


ait 
ions 
iez 
aient 


ut 

limes 
utes 
urent 










s 


ais 


is 










s 


ais 


is 


4. 


re 


ant 


u 


t 

ons 
ez 
ent 


ait 
ions 
iez 
aient 


it 

imes 
ites 
irent 



Observations on these terminations. 

(1) All verbs in the French language terminate in the same way in 
four of their tenses : — 

The present participle in -ant. 

The imperfect and the conditional in -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 

The future in -ai, -as, -a, -ons, -ez, -ont. 

(2) The endings of the future and of the conditional are always pre- 
ceded by r. 



Terminations of Regular Conjugations 303 



Future. 


g 

s 

a 


OS 

1 


Is 

1* 


* . 

ft 


ai 


ais 




e 


asse 


as 


ais 


e 


es 


asses 


a 


ait 


e 


e 


at 


ons 


ions 


ons 


ions 


assions 


ez 


iez 


ez 


iez 


assiez 


ont 


aient 


ent 


ent 


assent 


ai 


ais 




isse 


isse 


as 


ais 


is 


isses 


isses 


a 


ait 


isse 


isse 


it 


ons 


ions 


issons 


issions 


issions 


ez 


iez 


issez 


issiez 


issiez 


ont 


aient 


issent 


issent 


issent 


ai 


ais 




e 


usse 


as 


ais 


s 


es 


usses 


a 


ait 


e 


e 


at 


ons 


ions 


ons 


ions 


ussions 


ez 


iez 


ez 


iez 


ussiez 


ont 


aient 


ent 


ent 


ussent 


ai 


ais 




e 


isse 


as 


ais 


s 


es 


isses 


a 


ait 


e 


e 


it 


ons 


ions 


ons 


ions 


issions 


ez 


iez 


ez 


iez 


issiez 


ont 


aient 


ent 


ent 


issent 



(3) The termination of the past participle is most important, as all 
compound tenses are formed by that participle preceded by avoir or etre. 

(4) Three forms of the imperative are like the corresponding persons 
of present indicative. It must, however, be remarked that the s of the 
second person singular of the present indicative in verbs of the 1st conju- 
gation does not appear in the imperative. The third person, singular and 
plural, is taken from the present subjunctive. 



304 



Appendix 



XX. The Four Conjugations. 

First. Second. 

Verbs in -er. Verbs in -ir. 



PRESENT INFINITIVE. 



porter, to carry. 



finir, to finish. 



avoir porte\ 



PAST INFINITIVE. 



avoir fini. 



portant. 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 



finissant. 



porte*. 



PAST PARTICIPLE. 



fini. 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



je porte. 
tu portes. 
il porte. 
nous portons. 
vous portfcz. 
ils portent. 



je finis, 
tu finis, 
il finit. 

nous finissons. 
vous finissez. 
ils finissent. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



j'ai porte\ 
tu as porte. 
il a porte\ 
nous avons porte. 
vous avez porte . 
ils ont porte. 



j'ai fini. 
tu as fini. 
il a fini. 
nous avons fini. 
vous avez fini. 
ils ont fini. 



The Four Conjugations 



305 



Third. 
Verbs in -oir. 



Fourth. 
Verbs in -re. 



INFINITIF PRESENT. 

recevoir, to receive. rendre, to give back. 



avoir recu. 



1NFINIT1F PASSE. 



avoir rendu. 



recevant. 



PARTICIPE PRESENT. 

rendant. 



recu. 



PARTICIPE PASSE. 



rendu . 



INDICATIF PRESENT. 



je recois. 
tu recois. 
il recoit. 
nous recevons. 
vous recevez. 
ils re?oivent. 



je rends, 
tu rends, 
il rend, 
nous rendons. 
vous rendez. 
ils rendent. 



PASSE INDEFINI. 



j'ai recu. 
tu as recu. 
il a re$u. 
nous avons recu. 
vous avez recu. 
ils ont recu. 



j'ai rendu. 

tu a rendu. 

il a rendu. 

nous avons rendu. 

vous avez rendu. 

ils ont rendu. 



306 



Appendix 



First. Second. 

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE (Descriptive Past). 



je portais. 
tu portais. 
il portait. 
nous portions, 
vous portiez. 
ils portaient. 



je finissais. 
tu finissais. 
il finissait. 
nous finissions. 
vous finissiez. 
ils finissaient. 



PLUPERFECT. 



j'avais ports, 
tu avais porte. 
il avait porte\ 
nous avions porte\ 
vous aviez porte\ 
ils avaient ports. 



j'avais fini. 
tu avais fini. 
il avait fini. 
nous avions fini. 
vous aviez fini. 
ils avaient fini. 



past definite {Preterite or Narrative Past)- 



je portai. 
tu portas. 
il porta, 
nous portames. 
vous portates. 
ils portSrent. 



je finis, 
tu finis, 
il finit. 
nous finimes. 
vous finites. 
ils nnirent 



PAST ANTERIOK. 



j'eus ports, 
tu eus porte. 
il eut port§. 
nous eumes porte\ 
vous elites ports, 
ils eurent porte\ 



j'eus fini. 
tu eus fini. 
il eut fini. 
nous eumes fini 
vous eutes fini. 
ils eurent fini. 



The Four Conjugations 



307 



Third. 



Fourth. 



IMPARFAIT DE L'lNDICATIF. 



je recevais. 
tu recevais. 
il recevait. 
nous recevions. 
vous receviez. 
ils recevaient. 



je rendais. 
tu rendais. 
il rendait. 
nous rend ions. 
vous rendiez. 
ils rendaient. 



PLUS-QUE-PARFAIT DE L'lNDICATIF. 



j'avais recu. 
tu avais recu. 
il avait recu. 
nous avions recu. 
vous aviez recu. 
ils avaient recu. 



j'avais rendu, 
tu avais rendu, 
il avait rendu, 
nous avions rendu, 
vous aviez rendu, 
ils avaient rendu. 



PASSE DEFINI. 



je recus. 
tu recus. 
il regut. 
nous regumes. 
vous recutes. 
ils recurent. 



je rendis. 
tu rendis. 
il rendit. 
nous rendimes. 
vous rendites. 
ils rendirent. 



PASSE ANTERIEUR. 



j'eus recu. 
tu eus regu. 
il eut recu. 
nous eumes recu. 
vous eutes recu. 
ils eurent recu. 



j'eus rendu, 
tu eus rendu, 
il eut rendu, 
nous eumes rendu, 
vous elites rendu, 
ils eurent rendu. 



308 



Appendix 



First. 



Second. 



FUTURE- 



je porterai. 
tu porteras. 
il portera. 
nous porterons. 
vous porterez. 
ils porteront. 



je finirai. 
tu finiras. 
il finira. 
nous finirons. 
vous finirez. 
ils finiront. 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 



j'aurai porte. 
tu auras porti. 
il aura port 6. 
nous aurons porti. 
vous aurez porte. 
ils auront porte. 



j'aurai fini. 
tu auras fini. 
il aura fini. 
nous aurons fini. 
vous aurez fini. 
ils auront fini. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 



je porterais. 
tu porterais. 
il porterait. 
nous porterions. 
vous porter iez. 
ils porteraient. 



je finirai s. 
tu finirais. 
il finirait. 
nous finirions. 
vous finiriez. 
ils finiraient. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 



j'aurais porte. 
tu aurais porte. 
il aurait porte\ 
nous aurions ports, 
vous auriez porte\ 
ils auraient porte\ 



j'aurais fini. 
tu aurais fini. 
il aurait fini. 
nous aurions fini, 
vous auriez fini. 
ils auraient fini. 



The Four Conjugations 



309 



Third. 



Fourth. 



FUTUR. 



je recevrai. 
tu recevras. 
il recevra. 
nous recevrons. 
vous recevrez. 
ils recevront. 



je rendrai. 
tu rendras. 
il rendra. 
nous rendrons. 
vous rendrez. 
ils rendront. 



FUTUR ANTERIEUR (PASSE), 



j'aurai regu. 
tu auras regu. 
il aura regu. 
nous aurons regu. 
vous aurez recu. 
ils auront recu. 



j-aurai rendu, 
tu auras rendu, 
il aura rendu, 
nous aurons rendu 
vous aurez rendu, 
ils auront rendu. 



CONDITIONNEL PRESENT. 



je recevrais. 
tu recevrais. 
il recevrait. 
nous recevrions. 
vous recevriez. 
ils recevraient. 



je rendrais. 
tu rendrais. 
il rendrait. 
nous rendrionSo 
vous rendriez. 
ils rendraient. 



CONDITIONNEL PASSE. 



j'aurais regu. 
tu aurais recu. 
il aurait regu. 
nous aurions recu. 
vous auriez recu. 
ils auraient regu. 



j'aurais rendu, 
tu aurais rendu, 
il aurait rendu, 
nous aurions rendu 
vous auriez rendu, 
ils auraient rendu. 



310 Appendix 



First. Second. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 

que je porte. que je finisse. 

que tu portes. que tu finisses. 

qu'il porte. qu'il finisse. 

que nous portions. que nous finissions. 

que vous portiez. que vous finissiez. 

qu'ils portent. qu'ils finissent. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 

que j'aie porte. que j'aie fini. 

que tu aies portS. que tu aies fini. 

qu'il ait porte. qu'il ait fini. 

que nous ayons porte\ que nous ayons fini. 

que vous ayez porte\ que vous ayez fini. 

qu'ils aient porte\ qu'ils aient fini. 

SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 

que je portasse. que je finisse. 

que tu portasses. que tu finisses. 

qu'il portat. qu'il finit. 

que nous portassions. que nous finissions. 

que vous portassiez. que vous finissiez. 

qu'ils portassent. qu'ils finissent. 

SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 

que j'eusse porte. que j'eusse fini. 

que tu eusses porte\ que tu eusses fini. 

qu'il eiit porte. qu'il eut fini. 

que nous eussions porte. que nous eussions fini 

que vous eussiez porte. que vous eussiez fini. 

qu'ils eussent porte\ qu'ils eussent fini- 

IMPERATIVE. 

porte. finis. 

(qu'il porte.) (qu'il finisse.) 

portons. finissons. 

portez. finissez. 

(qu'ils portent.) (qu'ils finissent.) 



The Four Conjugations 



311 



Third. 



Fourth. 



SUBJONCTIF PRESENT. 



que je recoive. 
que tu recoives. 
qu'il recoive. 
que nous recevions. 
que vous receviez. 
qu'ils recoivent. 



que je rende. 
que tu rendes. 
qu'il rende. 
que nous rendions. 
que vous rendiez. 
qu'ils rendent. 



SUBJONCTIF PASSE. 



que j'aie recu. 
que tu aies recu. 
qu'il ait recu. 
que nous ayons recu. 
que vous ayez recu. 
qu'ils aient recu. 



que j'aie rendu, 
que tu aies rendu, 
qu'il ait rendu, 
que nous ayons rendUc 
que vous ayez rendu, 
qu'ils aient rendu. 



IMPARFAII DC SUBJONCTIF. 



que je recusse. 
que tu recusses. 
qu'il recut. 
que nous recussions. 
que vous recussiez. 
qu'ils recussent. 



que je rendisse. 
que tu rendisses. 
qu'il rendit. 
que nous rendissions. 
que vous rendissiez. 
qu'ils rendissent. 



PLUS-QUE-PARFAIT DU SUBJONCTIF. 



que j eusse recu. 
que tu eusses recu. 
qu'il eut recu. 
que nous eussions recu. 
que vous eussiez recu. 
qu'ils eussent recu. 



que j 'eusse rendu, 
que tu eusses rendu, 
qu'il eut rendu, 
que nous eussions rendu,, 
que vous eussiez rendu, 
qu'ils eussent rendu. 



IMPERATIF. 



recois. 

(qu'il recoive.) 

recevons. 

recevez. 

(qu'ils recoivent.) 



rends. 

(qu'il rende.) 

rendons. 

rendez. 

(qu'ils rendent.) 



312 Appendix 



XXI. Peculiarities in verbs of the first conjugation. 

All the verbs of the 1st conjugation, but two, are regular, and conse- 
quently conjugated like porter. But a few, besides those which have 
been seen in Lessons 74, 75, present some peculiarities : 

(1) Verbs in -ier, such as prier, crier, oublier, have two consecutive i's 
in the 1st and 2d persons plural of the imperfect indicative and present 
subjunctive : priions, priiez, criions, criiez, oubliions, oubliiez ; the first 
i belongs to the root, the second to the termination. 

(2) In verbs in -yer, after the y of the root, there is an i belonging to 
the termination in the same part?; of the verb : employions, employiez. 



XXII. The Passive Form. 

Verbs have two yoices, namely : 

The Active Voice, when the subject does something, as, — 

mon pere me punit, my father punishes me. 
mon pere m'a puni, my father has punished me. 

The Passive Voice, when the subject has something done to 
it, as, — 

je suis puni par mon pere, I am punished by my father. 
j'ai ete puni par mon pdre, / was punished by my father. , 

Only transitive verbs have a passive voice. The passive is used much 
less frequently than in English, its place being taken by on -with the 
active or by a reflexive construction. See page 212. 



Conjugation of the passive verb etre frappe. 



PRESENT INFINITIVE. PAST INFINITIVE. 

etre frappe, to be struck. avoir ete frappe, to have been struck. 



Conjugation of a Reflexive Verb 313 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

6tant frappS, being struck. 



PAST PARTICIPLE. 

ayant ete frappe, having been struck. 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 

i" am struck, etc. 

je suis frappe (e*e). 

tu es frappe (6e). 

il (elle) est frappe (ee). 

nous sommes frappes (ees). 

vous etes frappes (ees) . 

ils (elles) sont frappSs (Ses) . 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

/ have been struck, I was struck, etc. 

j'ai et§ frappe (eV). 

tu as 6te frappe (ee). 

il (elle) a ete frappe (ee). 

nous avons ete frappes (ees) . 

vous avez e*te frappes (ees). 

ils (elles) ont ete frappes (6es). 



IMPERFECT. 

I was struck. 
j'6tais frappe* (ee). 



PLUPERFECT. 

/ had been struck. 
j'avais 6te frappe (§e). 



XXIII. Conjugation of a reflexive verb. 



PRESENT INFINITIVE. 

se laver, to wash one's self. 



PAST INFINITIVE. 

s'etre lav6, to have washed one's self. 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

se lavant, washing one's self. 



PAST PARTICIPLE. 

s'Stant lav6, having washed one's self 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



I wash myself. 



je me lave, 
tu te laves, 
il se lave, 
nous nous lavons. 
vous vous lavez. 
ils se lavent. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

I have washed myself. 

je me suis lave* (ee). 

tu t'es lave (ee). 

il (elle) s'est lave (ee). 

nous nous sommes lav£s (ees). 

vous vous etes laves (ees). 

ils (elles) se sont lav6s (ees). 



IMPERFECT. 

/ was washing myself. 
je me lavais. 



PLUPERFECT. 

I had washed myself. 
je m'etais lave* (ee). 



314 



Appendix 



IMPERATIVE. 



lave-toi, wash thyself. 
(qu'il se lave, let him wash him- 
self.) 



lavons-nous, let us wash ourselves. 
lavez-vous, wash yourselves (yourself \ 
(qu'ils se lavent, let them wash them 
selves.) 



Observe that the pronoun object is placed after the imperative. Bee 
Lesson 63, (2). If the imperative is negative, the pronoun is placed 
before, according to the general rule, as : 

ne nous lavons pas, let us not wash ourselves. 

ne vous lavez pas, do not wash yourselves (yourself). 



XXIV. Conjugation of a reciprocal verb. 



nous nous flattons 
vous vous flattez 
ils se flattent 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 

Speaking of two 
persons only. 

l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 



Speaking of more 
than two. 

les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 



All through the conjugation, put Tune l'autre if speaking of two 
feminine subjects, and les unes les autres if speaking of more than two. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



nous nous sommes flattes 
vous vous etes flatted 
ils se sont flattes 



l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 



les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 



IMPERFECT. 



nous nous flattions 
vous vous flattiez 
ils se flattaient 

And so on to the 



flattons-nous 
flattez-vous 
qu'ils se flattent 



l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 



IMPERATIVE AFFIRMATIVE. 



l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 
l'un l'autre, 



les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 



les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 



Conjugation of a Reciprocal Verb 315 



IMPERATIVE NEGATIVE. 



ne nous flattons pas 
ne vous flattez pas 
qu'ils ne se flattent pas 



Tun l'autre, 
Tun l'autre, 
Tun l'autre, 



les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 
les uns les autres. 



If the reciprocal verb requires the preposition a before its 
object, it is conjugated in this way : 



nous nous parlons 
vous vous parlez 
ils se parlent 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 

We speak to each other. 

l'un a l'autre, 
l'un a l'autre, 
l'un a l'autre, 



les uns aux autres. 
les uns aux autres. 
les uns aux autres. 



If the reciprocal verb requires any other preposition before 
its object, the preposition is likewise placed between l'un and 
l'autre, or les uns and les autres, as : 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

We fought against each other. 

nous nous sommes battus l'un contre l'autre, les uns contre les autres. 
vous vous etes battus l'un contre l'autre, les uns contre les autres. 

ils se sont battus Tun contre l'autre, les uns contre les autres. 



316 



Irregular Verbs 



INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


Absoudre, 
to absolve 


absolvant 
absous (m.) 
absoute (f.) 


j 'absous 

tu absous 
il absout 


nous absolvons 
vous absolvez 
ils absolvent 


Acquerir, 

to acquire 


acquerant 
acquis, -e 


j'acquiers 

tu acquiers 
il acquiert 


nous acquerons 
vous acqu^rez 
ils acquierent 


Aller, 

to go 


allant 
alle\ -e 


je vais 
tu vas 
il va 


nous allons 
vous allez 
ils vont 


Assaillir, 

to assail 


assaillant 
assailli, -e 


j'assaille 

tu assailles 
il assaille 


nous assaillons 
vous assaillez 
ils assaillent 


Asseoir, 
to seat 


asseyant 
assis, -e 


j'assieds 
tu assieds 
il assied 


nous asseyons 
vous asseyez 
ils asseyent 


Avoir, 
to have 


ayant 
eu, -e 


j'ai 

tu as 
il a 


nous avons 
vous avez 
ils ont 


Battre, 

to beat 


battant 
battu, -e 


je bats 

tu bats 
il bat 


nous battons 
vous battez 
ils battent 


Boire, 

to drink 


buvant 
bu, -e 


je bois 

tu bois 
il boit 


nous buvons 

vous buvez 
ils boivent 


Bouillir, 

to boil 


bouillant 
bouilli, -e 


je bous 
tu bous 
il bout 


nous bouillons 
vous bouillez 
ils bouillent 


Clore, 

to close 


no pres. part. 
clos, -e 


je clos 

tu clos 
il clot 


no plural 


Conclure, 

to conclude 


concluant 
conclu, -e 


je conclus 
tu conclus 
il conclut 


nous concluons 
vous concluez 
ils concluent 


Conduire, 

to conduct 


conduisant 
conduit, -e 


je conduis 

tu conduis 
il conduit 


nous conduisons 
vous conduisez 
ils conduisent 



Irregular Verbs 



317 



PAST DEF. 


IMPF. & FUT. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 


wanting 


j'absolvais 
j'absoudrai 


que j' absolve 


absous 

absolvons 

absolvez 


j 'acquis 


j'acqu^rais 
j'acquerrai 


que j'acquiere 

que nous acqu^rions 

qu'ils acquierent 


acquiers 

acqudrons 

acqudrez 


j'allai 


j'allais 
j'irai 


que j'aille 

que nous allions 

qu'ils aillent 


va 

allons 

allez 


j'assaillis 


j'assaillais 
j'assaillirai 


que j'assaille 


assaille 

assaillons 

assaillez 


j'assis 


j'asseyais 
j'assierai 
(j'asseyerai) 
(j'assoirai) 


que j'asseye 

que nous asseyions 

qu'ils assayent 


assieds 

asseyons 

asseyez 


j'eus 


j'avais 
j'aurai 


que j'aie 

que nous ayons 

qu'ils aient 


aie 

ayons 

ayez 


je battis 


je battais 
je battrai 


que je batte 


bats 

battons 

battez 


je bus 


je buvais 
je boirai 


que je boive 
que nous buvions 
qu'ils boivent 


bois 

buvons 

buvez 


je bouillis 


je bouillais 
je bouillirai 


que je bouille 


bous 

bouillons 

bouillez 


wanting 


wanting 
je clorai 


que je close 


clos 


je conclus 


je concluais 
je conclurai 


que je conclue 


conclus 

concluons 

concluez 


je conduisis 


je conduisais 
je conduirai 


que je conduise 


conduis 

conduisons 

conduisez 



318 



Irregular Verbs 



INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


Confire, 

to preserve 


confisant 
confit, -e 


je confis 
tu confis 
il confit 


nous confisons 
vous confisez 
ils confisent 


Connaitre, 
to know 


connaissant 
connu, -e 


je connais 

tu connais 
il connait 


nous connaissons 
vous connaissez 
ils connaissent 


Conquerir, to conquer, is conjugated 


like acquerir 




Construire, to construct, is conjugated like conduire 


Coudre, 
to sew 


cousant 
cousu, -e 


je couds 

tu couds 
il coud 


nous cousons 
vous cousez 
ils cousent 


Courir, 

to run 


courant 
couru 


je cours 

tu cours 
il court 


nous courons 

vous courez 
ils courent 


Couvrir, 
to cover 


couvrant 
couvert, -e 


je couvre 
tu couvres 
il couvre 


nous couvrons 
vous couvrez 
ils couvrent 


Craindre, 

to fear 


craignant 
craint, -e 


je crains 

tu crains 
ils craint 


nous craignons 
vous craignez 
ils craignent 


Croire. 

to believe 


croyant 
cru, -e 


je crois 

tu crois 

il croit 


nous croyons 
vous croyez 
ils croient 


Croitre, 

to grow 


croissant 
cru, crue 


je crois 

tu crois 
il croit 


nous croissons 
vous croissez 
ils croissent 


Cueillir, 
to gather 


cueillant 
cueilli, -e 


je cueille 

tu cueilles 
il cueille 


nous cueillons 
vous cueillez 
ils cueillent 


Cuire, 

to cook 


cuisant 
cuit, -e 


is conjugated like conduire 


Dechoir, 

to fall, decline 


wanting 
dechu, -e 


je dechois 

tu dechois 
il dechoit 


nous ddchoyons 
vous dechoyez 
ils dechoient 


Devoir, 

to owe, must 


devant 
du\ due 


je dois 
tu dois 
il doit 


nous devons 
vous devez 
ils doivent 



Irregular Verbs 



319 





PAST DEF. 


IMPF. & FUT. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 


je confis 


je confisais 
je confirai 


que je confise 


confis 

confisons 

confisez 


je connus 


je connaissais 
je connaitrai 


que je connaisse 


connais 

connaissons 

connaissez 






je cousis 


je cousais 
je coudrai 


que je cOuse 


couds 

cousons 

cousez 


je courus 


je courais 
je courrai 


que je coure 


cours 
courons 
coure z 


je couvris 


je couvrais 
je couvrirai 


que je couvre 


couvre 

couvrons 

couvrez 


je craignis 


je craignais 
je craindrai 


que je craigne 


crains 

craignons 

craignez 


je crus 


je croyais 
je croirai 


que je croie 

que nous croyions 


crois 

croyons 

croyez 


je criis 


je croissais 
je croitrai 


que je croisse 


crois 

croissons 

croissez 


je cueillis 


je cueillais 
je cueillerai 


que je cueille 


cueille 

cueillons 

cueillez 


Or it may be used in the infinitive with faire as an auxiliary 


je dechus 


je d^choyais 
je ddcherrai 


que je ddchoie 


ddchois 

d^choyons 

de'choyez 


je dus 


je devais 
je devrai 


que je doive 
que nous devions 


dois 

devons 

devez 



320 



Irregular Verbs 



INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


Dire, 

to say 


disant 
dit, -e 


je dis 

tu dis 
il dit 


nous disons 
vous dites 
ils disent 


Dormir, 

to sleep 


dormant 
dormi 


je dors 

tu dors 
il dort 


nous dormons 
vous dormez 
ils dorment 


Echoir, 

to fall due 


echeant 
echu, -e 


il £choit 




Ecrire, 

to write 


6crivant" 
6crit, -e 


j'Scris 

tu ecris 
il £crit 


nous dcrivons 
vous 6crivez 
ils £crivent 


Envoyer, 

to send 


envoyant 
envoye, -e 


j'envoie 
tu envoies 
il envoie 


nous envoyons 
vous envoyez 
ils envoient 


Etre, 
to be 


etant 
6te 


je suis 
tu es 
il est 


nous sommes 
vous etes 
ils sont 


Faillir, to fail, 
to just miss 


wanting 
failli 


il faut 


ils faillent 


Faire, 

to do 


faisant 
fait, -e 


je fais 

tu iais 
il fait 


nous faisons 
vous faites 
ils font 


Falloir, 

to be necessary 


wanting 
fallu 


il faut 




Fleurir, 

to flourish 


florissant 
fleuri 


all regular except pres. part, 
and imperf. ind. 


Frire, 

to fry 


wanting 
frit, -e 


je fris 

tu fris 
il frit 




Fuir, 

to flee 


fuyant 
fui 


i becomes y before a vowel ex- 
cept before -e, -es, -ent 


GSsir, 
to lie 


gisant 


il git 


nous gisons 
vcus gisez 
ils gisent 


Hair, 

to hate 


haissant 
hai 


je hais 

tu hais 
il hait 


nous haissons 
vous hai'ssez 
ils haissent 



Irregular Verbs 



321 



PAST DEF. 


IMPF. & FUT 


PRBS. SUBJUNCTIVE. IMPERATIVE. 


je dis 


je disais 
je dirai 


que je dise 


dis 

disons 

dites 


je dormis 


je dormais 
je dormirai 


que je dor me 


dors 

dormons 

dormez 


il §chut 


All other forms are wanting 




j'Scrivis 


j'e'crivais 
j'e'crirai 


que j'e'crive 


6"cris 
e'crivons 

dcrivez 


j'envoyai 


j'envoyais 
j'eiiverrai 


que j' envoie 


envoie 

envoyons 

envoyez 


je fus 


j'dtais 
je serai 


que je sois 

que nous soyons 

qu'ils soient 


sois 

soyons 
soyez 


je faillis 


je faillais 
je faudrai 






jefis 


je faisais 
je ferai 


que je fasse 


fais 

faisons 

faites 


il f allut 


il f allait 
il faudra, 


qu'il faille 




je florissais 
fleurir, to blossom, is regular throughout 


All other forms are conjugated with faire' 
je frirai 




il gisait 
Barely used except in epitaphs : 
ci-git, 


here lies ; ci-gisent, 


here lie. 


je hais 

All regular 


except singular ofpres. ind, 





322 



Irregular Verbs 



INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


__i 

PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


Inclure, 
to include 


incluant 
inclus, -e 


otherwise 
like conclure 


Introduire, to introduce, is conjugated 


like conduir 


3 


Joindre, to join, 


is conjugated like craindre, substituting oi for ai 


Lire, 

to read 


lisant 
lu, -e, 


je lis 
tu lis 
il lit 


nous lisons 
vous lisez 
ils lisent 


Luire, 

to shine 


luisant 
lui 


is conjugated like conduire ex- 
cept past participle 


Maudire, 
to curse 


maudissant 
maudit, -e 


je maudis 
tu maudis 
il maudit 


nous maudissons 
vous maudissez 
ils maudissent 


Mentir, to lie, is conjugated like dormir 


Mettre, 

to put 


mettant 
mis, -e 


je mets 

tu mets 
il met 


nous mettons 
vous mettez 
ils mettent 


Moudre, 

to grind 


moulant 
moulu, -e 


je mouds 

tu mouds 
il moud 


nous moulons 
vous moulez 
ils moulent 


Mourir, 

to die 


mourant 
mort, -e 


je meurs 
tu meurs 
il meurt 


nous mourons 
vous mourez 
ils meurent 


Mouvoir, 
to move 


mouvant 
mfi, mue 


je meus 

tu meus 
il meut 


nous mouvons 
vous mouvez 
ils meuvent 


Naitre, 
to he horn 


naissant 
ne, -e 


conjugated like connaitre, ex- 
cept past definite 


Nuire, 
to injure 


nuisant 
nui 


like conduire, except past par- 
ticiple 


Offrir, to offer, conjugated like couvrir 


Ouir, 

to hear 


oui, -e 


used only in the infinitive and 
compound tenses 


Ouvrir, to open, 


conjugated like couvrir 




Paraitre, to appear, conjugated like connaitre 




Partir, 

to set out 


partant 
parti, -e 


conjugated like dormir 



Irregular Verbs 



323 



PAST DEF. 


IMPF. & FTJT. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 








je lus 


je lisais 
je lirai 


que je Use 


lis 

lisons 

lisez 


wanting 


je maudis 


je maudissais 
je maudirai 


que je maudisse 


maudis 

maudissons 

maudissez 




je mis 


je mettais 
je mettrai 


que je mette 


mets 

mettons 

mettez 


je moulus 


je moulais 
je moudrai 


que je moule 


mouds 

moulons 

moulez 


je mourus 


je mourais 
je mourrai 


que je meure 

que nous mourions 

qu'ils meurent 


meurs 

mourons 

mourez 


je mus 


je mouvais 
je mouvrai 


que je meuve 

que nous mouvions 

qu'ils meuvent 


meus 

mouvons 

mouvez 


je naquis 















324 



Irregular Verbs 



INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


Peindre, 

to paint 


peignant 
peint, -e 


conjugated like craindre, sub- 
stituting ei for ai 


Plaire, 

to please 


plaisant 
plu 


je plais nous plaisons 
tu plais vous plaisez 
il plait ils plaisent 


Pleuvoir, 

to rain 


pleuvant 
plu 


il pleut 


Pourvoir, 

to provide 


pourvoyant 
pourvu, -e 


je pourvois nous pourvoyons 
tu pourvois vous pourvoyez 
il pourvoit ils pourvoient 


Pouvoir, 

to be able 


pouvant 
pu 


je peux (puis) nous pouvons 
tu peux vous pouvez 
il peut ils peuvent 


Prendre, 

to take 


prenant 
pris, -e 


je prends nous prenons 
tu prends vous prenez 
il prend ils prennent 


Se repentir, 

to repent 


se repentant 
repenti, -e 


conjugated like dormir 


Resoudre, 
to resolve 


resolvant 
resolu, -e 
r£sous 


je resous 

conjugated like absoudre 


Rire, 

to laugh 


riant 
ri 


je ris nous rions 
tu ris vous riez 
il rit ils rient 


Savoir, 
to know 


sachant 
su, -e 


je sais nous savons 
tu sais vous savez 
il sait ils savent 


Sentir, 

to feel 


sentant, 
senti, -e 


je sens 

conjugated like dormir 


Seoir, 

to suit 




il sied ils sieent 


Servir, 

to serve 


servant 

servi, -e 


je sers 

conjugated like dormir 


Sortir, 
to go out 

L 


sortant 
sorti, -e 


je sors 

conjugated like dormir 



Irregular Verbs 



325 



PAST DEF. 


IMPF. & FUT. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


1 

IMPERATIVE. 




je plus 


je plaisais 
je plairai 


que je plaise 


plais 

plaisons 

plaisez 


il plut 


il pleuvait 
il pleuvra 


qu'il pleuve 




je pourvus 


je pourvoyais 
je pourvoirai 


que je pourvoie 


pourvois 

pourvoyons 

pourvoyez 


je pus 


je pouvais 
je pourrai 


que je puisse 


wanting 


je pris 


je prenais 
je prendrai 


que je prenne 

que nous prenions 
qu'ils prennent 


prends 

prenons 

prenez 




je r§solus 


je r^solvais 
je rdsoudrai 


que je resolve 


resous 

r^solvons 

r^solvez 


je ris 


je riais 
je rirai 


que je rie 

que nous riions 

qu'ils rient 


ris 

rions 

riez 


je sus 


je savais 
je saurai 


que je sache 


sache 

sachons 

sachez 


je sentis 


No past def. 


il seyait 
il siera 


qu'il si6e 




je scrvis 


je sortis 









326 



Irregular Verbs 



INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PRESENT 


INDICATIVE. 


Souffrir, 

to suffer 


souffrant 
souffert, -e 


je souffre 

conjugated like couvrir 


Suffire, 
to suffice 


suffisant 
suffi 


je sums 

conjugated like confire 


Suivre, 
to follow 


suivant 
suivi, -e 


je suis 

tu suis 
il suit 


nous suivons 
vous suivez 
ils suivent 


Se taire, 

to be silent 


se taisant 

tu, -e 


je me tais 
tu te tais 
il se tait 


rest like plaire 


Tenir, 

to hold 


tenant 
tenu, -e 


je tiens 

tu tiens 
il tient 


nous tenons 
vous tenez 
ils tiennent 


Tressaillir, 
to start, tremble 


tressaillant 
tressailli, -e 


je tressaille 

conjugated like assaillir 


Vaincre, 

to overcome 


vainquant 
vaincu, -e 


je vaincs 
tu vaincs 
il vainc 


nous vainquons 
vous vainquez 
ils vainquent 


Valoir, 
to be worth 


valant 

valu, -e 


je vaux 
tu vaux 

il vaut 


nous valons 
vous valez 
ils valent 


Venir, 

to come 


venant 
venu, -e 


je viens 

conjugated like tenir 


Vetir, 

to clothe 


vetant 
vetu, -e 


je vets 

tu vets 
il vet 


nous v€tons 
vous vetez 
ils vetent 


Vivre, 

to live 


vivant 
vecu 


je vis 

tu vis 
il vit 


nous vivons 
vous vivez 
ils vivent 


Voir, 

to see 


voyant 
vu, -e 


je vois 

tu vois 
il voit 


nous voyons 
vous voyez 
ils voient 


Vouloir, 

to be willing 


voulant 
voulu, -e 


je veux 

tu veux 
il veut 


nous voulons 
vous voulez 
ils veulent 



Irregular Verbs 



327 





PAST DEF 


IMPF. & FUT. 


PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 


je souffris 


je suffis 


je suivis 


je suivais 
je suivrai 


que je suive 


suis 

suivons 

suivez 


je me tus 


je tins 

nous tinmes 
ils tinrent 


je tenais 
je tiendrai 


que je tienne 
que nous tenions 
que vous teniez 


tiens 

tenons 

tenez 


je tressaillis 


je vainquis 
c becomes qu 


je vainquais que je vainque 
je vaincrai 
before every vowel but u 


vaincs 

vainquons 

vainquez 


je valus 


je valais 
je vaudrai 


que je vaille 
que nous valions 
que vous valiez 


vaux 

valons 

valez 


je vins 


je vetis 


je v§tais 
je vetirai 


que je v§te 


vets 

vetons 

vetez 


je vecus 


je vivais 
je vivrai 


que je vive 


vis 

vivons 

vivez 


je vis 


je voyais 
je verrai 


que je voie 

que nous voyions 

qu'ils voient 


vois 
voyons 

voyez 


je voulus 


je voulais 
je voudrai 


que je veuille 
que nous voulions 
qu'ils veuillent 


veuille 

veuillons 

veuillez 



128 



Appendix 



XXV. List of verbs governing the infinitive without a 
preposition. 



accourir, to hasten. 
affirmer, to affirm. 
aimer mieux, to prefer. 
aller, to go, to be about to. 
apercevoir, to perceive. 
assurer, to assert. 
avoir beau, to be in 

vain. 
avouer, to confess. 
compter, to expect. 
concevoir, to conceive, 

to represent to one's 

self. 
confesser, to confess. 
courir, to run. 
croire, to believe. 
daigner, to deign. 
declarer, to declare. 
deposer, to depose (as 

a witness) . 
d^sirer, to desire. 



devoir, to be to, to have 

to, must. 
£couter, to listen. 
entendre, to hear. 
envoyer, to send. 
esperer, to hope. 
faillir, to come near 

(doing). 
faire, to cause, to get, 

to have. 
falloir, to be necessary. 
s'imaginer, to fancy. 
laisser, to allow, to 

let. 
mener, to take. 
nier, to deny. 
observer, to observe. 
oser, to dare. 
ouir, to hear. 
paraitre, to appear. 
penser, to be near to. 



pouvoir, to be able. 

prefdrer, to prefer. 

prelendre, to pretend. 

rapporter, to relate. 

reconnaitre, to ac- 
knowledge. 

regarder, to look at. 

retourner, to go back. 

revenir, to come back. 

savoir, to know how (to 
be able). 

sembler, to seem. 

sentir, to feel. 

souhaiter, to wish. 

soutenir, to maintain. 

temoigner, to testify. 

valoir mieux, to be bet- 
ter. 

venir, to come. 

voir, to see. 

vouloir, to be willing. 



XXVI. List of verbs requiring de before an infinitive. 



s'abstenir, to abstain. 

accorder, to permit. 

achever, to finish. 

affecter, to affect. 

ambitionner, to be am- 
bitious to. 

s'apercevoir, to per- 
ceive. 

appr^hender, to appre- 
hend, to fear. 

avertir, to vjarn. 

s'aviser, to bethink one's 
self, to think (of). 

blamer, to blame for. 

bruler, to be impatient. 



cesser, to cease. 

charger, to charge. 

se charger, to under- 
take. 

choisir, to choose. 

commander, to com- 
mand. 

conjurer, to entreat. 

conseiller, to advise. 

consoler, to console 
for. 

se contenter, to be sat- 
isfied. 

craindre, to fear. 

crier, to cry out, 



d^daigner, to dis- 
dain. 

d^fendre, to forbid. 

se d^pecher, to hasten. 

ddtester, to detest. 

dire, to tell, to bid. 

discontinuer, to discon- 
tinue. 

£crire, to write. 

s'efforcer, to exert one^s 
self, to try. 

eluder, to elude. 

empecher, to prevent. 

s'ennuyer, to be bored 
with. 



List of Verbs requiring De before an Infinitive 329 



s'enorgueillir, to be 
proud. 

entreprendre, to under- 
take. 

essay er, to try. 

s'^tonner, to ivonder at. 

6viter, to shun, to 
avoid. 

s'excuser, to excuse 
one's self from. 

faire bien, to do well. 

feindre, to pretend. 

feliciter, to congratu- 
late. 

finir, to finish. 

se flatter, to flatter one's 
self to hope. 

fremir, to shudder. 

gager, to wager. 

se garder, to take care 
not to. 

gemir, to groan. 

gener, to trouble. 

gronder, to scold for. 

se h§,ter, to make haste. 

s'imaginer, to take into 
one's head. 

s'indigner, to be indig- 
nant. 

inspirer, to inspire. 

interdire, to forbid. 

jouir, to enjoy. 

jurer, to swear. 



louer, to praise for. 

mander, to bid. 

manquer, to fail to. 

me'diter, to contem- 
plate. 

se meler, to interfere, 
to meddle. 

menacer, to threaten. 

me"riter, to deserve. 

mourir, to die ; to long. 

negliger, to neglect. 

obliger, to oblige, to do 
a service. 

obtenir, to obtain. 

s'occuper, to be intent 
on. 

offrir, to offer. 

omettre, to omit.- 

oublier, to forget. 

ordonner, to prescribe. 

pardonner, to forgive. 

parier, to bet. 

parler, to speak. 

se passer, to do without. 

permettre, to permit. 

persuader, to persuade. 

se piquer, to pride one's 
self on. 

plaindre, to pity. 

se plaindre, to com- 
plain. 

se presser, to hasten. 

prier, to request, to beg. 



projeter, to intend. 

promettre, to promise. 

proposer, to propose. 

se proposer, to pur- 
pose. 

protester, to protest. 

recommander, to recom- 
mend. 

redouter, to fear. 

refuser, to refuse. 

regretter, to regret. 

se re'jouir, to rejoice. 

remercier, to thank. 

se repentir, to repent. 

reprocher, to reproach. 

se re"server, to reserve 
to one's self a right. 

rdsoudre, to resolve. 

rire, to laugh. 

risquer, to risk. 

rougir, to blush. 

somuier, to summon. 

se soucier, to mind, to 
care. 

soupconner, to suspect. 

se souvenir, to remem- 
ber. 

sugge"rer, to suggest. 

tacher, to try. 

tenter, to attempt. 

trembler, to fear. 

se vanter, to boast. 

venir, to have just. 



XXVII. List of verbs requiring a before an infinitive. 



s'abaisser, to stoop to. 

aboutir, to end in. 

s'accorder, to agree in. 

s'accoutumer, to accus- 
tom one's self. 

s'acharner, to be eager, 
to be determined. 



admettre, to admit. 
s'aguerrir, to inure. 
aider, to help. 
aimer, to like. 
s'amuser, to am 

one's self. 
appeler, to call. 



s'appliquer, to apply. 
apprendre, to learn, to 

teach. 
s'appreter, to prepare 

one's self. 
aspirer, to aspire. 
assigner, to summon. 



330 



Appendix 



assujettir, to compel. 

s'assujettir, to submit. 

s'attacher, to be deter- 
mined. 

s'attendre, to expect. 

autoriser, to authorize. 

s'avilir, to stoop. 

avoir, to have. 

balancer, to hesitate. 

se borner, to confine 
one's self. 

chercher, to seek, to 
try. 

commencer, to begin. 

se complaire, to delight 
in. 

concourir, to concur. 

condamner, to con- 
demn. 

condescendre, to con- 
descend. 

consentir, to consent. 

consister, to consist in. 

conspirer, to conspire. 

se consumer, to ruin 
one's health. 

contribuer, to contrib- 
ute. 

convier, to invite. 

couter, to cost. 

decider, to persuade. 

se decider, to decide. 

descendre, to stoop. 

destiner, to destine, to 



determiner, to induce. 

se determiner, to deter- 
mine, to resolve. 

ddvouer, to devote. 

disposer, to prepare, to 
fit. 

se disposer, to prepare. 



dresser, to train. 

employer, to employ, to 
occupy. 

encourager, to encour- 
age. 

engager, to induce. 

s'engager, to bind one's 
self. 

s'enhardir, to make 
bold, to venture. 

enseigner, to teach. 

s'entendre, to know 
how. 

s'dtudier, to apply one's 
self. 

exceller, to excel. 

exciter, to urge. 

s'exercer, to exercise 
one's self. 

exhorter, to exhort. 

s'exposer, to expose 
one's self. 

se fatiguer, to fatigue 
one's self. 

gagner, to gain by. 

habituer, to accustom. 

se hasarder, to venture. 

he"siter, to hesitate. 

instruire, to instruct. 

inviter, to invite, to ask. 

se mettre, to set about, 
to begin. 

s'obstiner, to persist in. 

occuper, to occupy, to 
employ. 

s'occuper, to be en- 
gaged. 

s'offrir, to offer, to stand 
forth. 

s'opiniatrer, to be obsti- 
nate. 

parvenir, to swceed in. 



passer, to spend in. 
pencher, to lean. 
penser, to think of. 
perse>erer, to perse- 
vere. 
persister, to persist. 
se plaire, to delight. 
plier, to bend. 
porter, to induce. 
prendre plaisir, to take 

pleasure in. 
preparer, to prepare. 
se preparer, to prepare 

one's self. 
pre"tendre, to aspire. 
provoquer, to provoke. 
require, to reduce. 
se refuser, to refuse 

one's self, not to ad-r 

mit. 
renoncer, to renounce. 
se r^signer, to resign, 

to submit one's self. 
se r^soudre, to re- 
solve. 
r^ussir, to succeed. 
servir, to serve. 
songer, to think of . 
suffire, to be sufficient. 
tarder, to delay, to be 

long. 
travailler, to work, to 

study, to endeavor. 
se tuer, to kill one's 

self, to take much 

trouble. 
venir, to chance, to 

happen. 
viser, to aim, to aspire. 
vouer, to devote. 
se vouer, to devote, to 

apply one's self. 



Adjectives which change thtcr Signification 331 

XXVIII. Adjectives which change their signification according as 
they are placed before or after the noun. 

Bon. Un homme bon, a good man ; un bon homme, a simple man; un 

bon mot, a pun ; une bonne parole, a good word. 
Brave. Un homme brave, a brave man; un brave homme, a worthy 

man. 
Certain. Une chose certaine, a positive thing ; une certaine chose, a 

particular thing. 
Cher. Mon cher ami, my dear friend; une maison chere, a costly house. 
Commun. Une voix commune, a common voice; d'une commune voix, 

unanimously. 
Dernier. Le mois dernier, last month; le dernier mois, the last month 

(of the year, of my stay in London, etc.). 
Different ; divers. Les diffe"rentes (diverses) choses, various things ; les 

choses differentes (diverses), different things. 
Faux. Une fausse clef, a skeleton key ; une clef fausse, a wrong key; 

une fausse porte, a secret door ; une porte fausse, a false door. 
Fiirieux. Un furieux menteur, a terrible liar; un homme furieux, an 

enraged man. 
Galant. Un galant homme, a well-bred man ; un homme galant, a man 

polite to ladies. 
Gentil. Un gentilhomme, a nobleman; un homme gentil, a delightful, 

polite man. 
Grand. Un grand homme, a great man ; un homme grand, a tall 

man. But if, after grand homme, some other external qualities are 

added, it means tall : Cest un grand homme blond, Men fait. In 

like manner if, after un homme grand, some moral qualification is 

added, grand does not refer to the size : Un homme grand dans des 

desseins. Le grand air, noble manners ; l'air grand, a noble look. 
Haut. Le haut ton, an arrogant manner ; le ton haut, a loud voice. 
Honnete. Un honnete homme, an honest man; un homme honnete, a 

polite man. 
Mauvais. Le mauvais air, vulgar appearance ; l'air mauvais, ill-natured 

look. 
Mlchant. Une me"chante epigramme, a poor epigram ; une epigramme 

me"chante, a wicked epigram. 
Meme. La meme femme, the same woman; les rues memes, even the 

streets, or the very streets. - 



332 Appendix 



Mortel. Uii mortel ennexni, a deadly enemy; Thomme mortel, mortal 
man. 

Neuf. Un habit neuf, a new-made coat ; un habit nouveau, a coat of 
new fashion ; un nouvel habit, another coat. 

Nouveau. Le nouveau vin, wine different from that which was drunk 
before, newly broached wine ; du vin nouveau, wine newly made. 

Pauvre. When placed before the noun, it has the various significations 
which the word poor has in English : assister un pauvre vieillard, une 
pauvre veuve, un pauvre homme, means to assist one in poverty ; le 
pauvre enfant, les pauvres innocents, le pauvre animal, are terms of 
endearment ; un pauvre orateur, de pauvre vin, are terms of contempt. 
When placed after the noun it always signifies poverty : un homme 
pauvre, a needy man. 

Petit. Un petit homme, a little man; un homme petit, a mean man. 
Observe that petit has its natural meaning when placed before the noun, 
its figurative, when placed after. It is the reverse with grand. 

Plaisant. Un plaisant conte, an unlikely, absurd tale ; un conte plaisant, 
an amusing story. Un plaisant homme, a ridiculous man; un homme 
plaisant, a humorous man. 

Propre. Mon propre habit, my own coat ; un habit propre, a clean coat. 

Seul. Un seul homme, a single man; un homme seul, a man alone. 

Triste. Un triste homme, a poor kind of a man; un homme triste, a sor- 
rowful man. 

Vilain. Un vilain homme, a disagreeable man ; un homme fort vilain, 
an ugly man. 

XXIX. THE ADVERB. 
Formation of adverbs from adjectives. 

Most adjectives may be made into adverbs by adding -ment: 

(1) To the masculine, if it ends with a vowel : poll, poliment ; 
sage, sagement. 

Exceptions. — Impuni makes impunement ; prodigue, prodigalement ; 
traitre, traitreusement. Aveugle, conforme, enorme, incommode, opini- 
atre, and uniforme change e mute into 6" : aveuglement, etc. 

(2) To the feminine, if the masculine ends with a consonant : 

Pur, purement ; franc, franchement ; sec, sechement ; complete com- 
plement; heureux, heureusement ; actif, activement. 



The Adverb 333 

Exceptions. — Gentil makes gentiment. Commun, confus, diffus, 
expres, importun, obscur, precis, profond, end in -ement instead of 
-ement : communement, confusement, etc. 

The adjectives beau, nouveau, fou, mou, being derived from bel, nouvel, 
fol, mol, are considered as ending with a consonant, and make bellement, 
nouvellement, follement, mollement. 

^(3) If the masculine ends in -ant or -ent, nt is changed into 
-mment, and the last two syllables are pronounced amant: 
mechant, meehamment ; prudent, prudemment. 

Exceptions. — The three adjectives lent, present, vehement, make 
lentement, presentement, vehementement. 



EXTRACTS FROM AN ORDER REGARDING THE 
CHANGES IN 

FRENCH SYNTAX AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Adopted by the Minister of Public Instruction, February, 1901. 

Le Ministre de 1' Instruction publique et des Beaux-Arts, 

Vu Particle 5 de la loi du 27 f evrier, 1880 ; 

Vu 1' arrete du 31 juillet, 1900 ; 

Le Conseil sup^rieur de 1' Instruction publique entendu, Arrete : 

Article l er . — Dans les examens ou concours dependant du Ministere 
de l'lnstruction publique, qui comportent des e"preuves sp^ciales d'ortho- 
graphe, il ne sera pas compte" de fautes aux candid ats pour avoir use" des 
tolerances indique'es dans la liste annexed au present arrete". 

La meme disposition est applicable au jugement des diverses composi- 
tions r£dig£es en langue francaise, dans les examens ou concours de- 
pendant du Ministere de l'lnstruction publique qui ne comportent pas 
une epreuve sp£ciale d'ortbographe. 

Pluriel des noms propres. — La plus grande obscurite regnant 
dans les regies et les exceptions enseignees dans les gram- 
maires, on tolerera dans tous les cas que les noms propres, 
precedes de Particle pluriel, prennent la marque du pluriel. 
Ex. : les Corneilles comme les Gracques, — des Virgiles (exem- 
plaires) comme des Virgiles (editions). 

II en sera de m§me pour les noms propres de personnes 
designant les oeuvres de ces personnes. Ex. : des Meissoniers. 

Pluriel des noms empruntes a d'autres langues. — Lorsque ces 
mots sont tout a fait entres dans la langue franchise, on 
tolerera que le pluriel soit forme suivant la regie generale. 
Ex. : des exeats comme des deficits. 

Noms composes. — Les memes noms composes se rencontrent 
aujourd'hui tantot avec le trait d'union, tantot sans trait 
d'union. II est inutile de fatiguer les enfants a apprendre 

334 



Modifications in Syntax 335 

des contradictions que rien ne Justine. L'absence de trait 
d'union dans l'expression pomme de terre n'empgche pas cette 
expression de former un veritable mot compose aussi bien que 
chef-d'oeuvre, par exemple. Ces mots pourront toujours s'ecrire 
sans trait d'union. 

Article partitif. — On tolerera du, de, la, des, au lieu de de, 
partitif, devant un substantif precede d'un adjectif. Ex. : de 
ou du bon pain, de bonne viande ou de la bonne viande, de ou 
des bons fruits. 

Adjectif construit avec plusieurs substantif s. — Lorsqu'un adjectif 
qualificatif suit plusieurs substantif s de 'genres differents, on 
tolerera toujours que Padjectif soit construit au masculin 
pluriel, quel que soit le genre du substantif le plus voisin. 
Ex. : appartements et chambres meubles. On tolerera aussi 
Paccord avec le substantif le plus rapproche. Ex. : un courage 
et une foi nouvelle. 

Nu, demi, feu. — On tolerera Paccord de ces adjectif s avec le 
substantif qu'ils precedent. Ex. : nu ou nus pieds, une demi 
ou demie lieure (sans trait d'union entre les mots),/e% oufeue 
la reine. 

Adjectifs numeraux. — Vingt, cent. Le prononciation Justine 
dans certains cas la regie aetuelle, qui donne un pluriel a ces 
deux mots quand ils sont multiplies par un autre nombre. 
On tolerera le pluriel de vingt et de cent, meme lorsque ces 
mots sont suivis d'un autre adjectif numeral. Ex. : quatre- 
vingt ou quatrevingts dix liommes; quatre cent ou quatre cents 
trente hommes. 

Le trait d'union ne sera pas exige entre le mot designant les 
unites et le mot designant les dizaines. Ex. : dix sept. 

Dans la designation du millesime, on tolerera mille au lieu 
de mil, comme dans l'expression d'un nombre. Ex. : Van mil 
huit cent quatre vingt dix ou Van mille huit cents quatre vingts 
dix. 

Tout. — On tolerera Paccord du mot tout aussi bien devant 
les adjectifs feminins commenQant par une voyelle ou par une 



336 Modifications in Syntax 

h nmette que devant les adjectifs feniinins comraencant pai 
une consonne on par une h aspiree. Ex. : des personnes tout 
heureuses ou toutes heureuses; Vassemblee tout entire ou toute 
entire. 

Trait <Tunion. — On tolerera Pabsence de trait d'nnion entre 
le verbe et le prononi sujet place apres le verbe. Ex. : est ilf 

Accord du verbe quand le sujet est un mot collectif . — Tontes les 
fois que le collectif est acconipagne d'un complement an plu- 
riel, on tolerera Paccord dn verbe avec le complement. Ex. : 
unpeu de connaissances suffit on suffisent. 

(Test, ce sont. — Comme il regne nne grande diversite d'usage 
relativement a Pemploi regnlier de &est et de ce sont, et qne 
les meillenrs autenrs ont employe c'est ponr annoncer nn snb- 
stantif an ]3lnriel on nn prononi de la troisieme personne an 
plnriel, on tolerera dans tons les cas Pemploi de c'est an lieu de 
ce sont. Ex. : c'est ou ce sont des montagnes et des precipices. 

Participe passe. — II n'} T a rien a changer a la regie d'apres 
laquelle le participe passe constrnit comme epitliete doit s'ac- 
corder avec le mot qualifie, et constrnit comme attribut avec 
le verbe etre on un verbe intransitif doit s'accorder avec le 
sujet. Ex. : des fruits gdtes; ils sont tombes; elles sont tombees. 

Pour le participe passe constrnit avec Pauxiliaire avoir, 
lorsque le participe passe est suivi soit d'un infinitif, soit d'un 
participe present ou passe, on tolerera qmil reste invariable, 
quels que soient le genre et le nombre des complements qui 
precedent. Ex. : les fruits que je me suis laisse ou laisses 
prendre; — les sauvages que Von a trouve ou trouves errant dans 
les bois. Dans le cas ou le participe passe est precede d'une 
expression collective, on ponrra a volonte le faire accorder 
avec le collectif ou avec son complement. Ex. : la foule 
d'hommes que fai vue ou vus. 

Ne dans les propositions subordonnees. — L'emploi de cette nega- 
tion dans nn tres grand nombre de propositions subordonnees 
donne lieu a des regies compliquees, difficiles, abusives, sou- 



Modifications in Syntax 337 

vent en contradiction avec l'usage des ecrivains les plus 
classiques. 

Sans faire de regies differentes suivant que les propositions 
dont elles dependent sont affirmatives ou negatives ou inter= 
rogatives, on tolerera la suppression de la negation ne dans les 
propositions subordonnees dependant de verbes ou de locutions 
srgninant : 

Empecher, defendre, eviter que, etc. Ex. : defendre qu'on 
vienne ou qu'on ne vienne; 

Graindre, desesperer, avoir peur, de peur que, etc. Ex. : de 
peur quHl aille ou qu'il n'aille, 

Douter, contester, nier que, etc. Ex. : je ne doute pas que la 
chose soit vraie ou ne soit vraie. 

On tolerera de mSnie la suppression de cette negation apres 
les comparatif s et les mots indiquant une comparaison : autre, 
autrement que, etc. Ex. : Vannee a ete meilleure qiion Vesperait 
ou qu'on ne Vesperait; les residtats sont autres qu'on le croyait 
ou qiCon ne le croyait. 

De meme, apres les locutions & moins que, avant que. Ex, 
& moins qiCon accorde le pardon ou qu'on n'accorde le pardon. 



VOCABULARY 



a 



Francais- Anglais 



adj 



a, has. il y a, there is, there are ; 

ago. 
a, to, at, in. 

abandonner, to abandon, 
abeille,/. bee. 
abhorre de, abhorred by. 
abondant, -e, abundant. 
d'abord, at first. 
aboyer, to bark, 
abreuver, to water, to drench, 
absent, -e, absent. 
absolument, entirely, absolutely. 
s'abstenir (de), to abstain (from). 
abstinence, /. abstinence. 
abuser, to abuse, to deceive. 
accepte, -e, accepted. 
accepter, to accept. 
acces, w. fit, attack. 



accident, m. accident. 

accompagner, to accompany. 

accord, m. agreement. 

accoutumer, to accustom. 

accueil, to. reception, welcome. 

accueillir, to receive, to welcome. 

accuser, to accuse. 

achete, -e, bought. 

acheter (a), to buy from. 

acheteur, to. purchaser. 

achever, to finish. 

acier, to. steel. 

acquerir, to acquire. 

s'acquitter, to perform. 

acte, m. act. 

actif, active, active. 

action, /. engagement, action. 

adjectif , to. adjective. 



a 



English-French 



acu 



a, an, un, une. 
to be able, pouvoir. 
about, environ, pres de. 

autour de. 
absent, absent, -e. 
absolutely, absolument. 
to abstain, s'abstenir (de). 
absurd, absurde. 
abundant, abondant, -e. 



to accept, accepter. 
to accompany, accompagner. 
around, according to, selon. 

on account of, a cause de. 
to accuse, accuser. 
to accustom, habituer. 
to act, agir. 
active, actif, active, 
acute, aigu, -e. 
339 



adm 



Francais -Anglais 



ame 



admettre, to admit. 

admirer, to admire. 

adresse, /. address. 

adresser, to send to. s'adresser 
(a), to address. 

adverbe, m. adverb. 

adversity, /. adversity. 

affaire, /. affair, matter. 

affliger, to- afflict, to distress. 

affreux, -se, frightful. 

afin de, in order to (with infin.). 

afin que, so that (with subjunc). 

Afrique, /. Africa. 

age, m. age. moyen age, Middle 
Ages. 

age, -e, old, aged. 

agi, behaved. 

agir, to act, to behave. 

agneau, m. lamb. 

agreable, pleasant, agreeable. 

aide, /. help. 

aieul, -m. grandfather; a'ieuls, m. 
grandfathers ; aieux, m. ances- 
tors. 

aigu, aigue, sharp, acute. 



aiguille, /. needle. 

ailleurs, elsewhere, d'ailleurs, be- 
sides. 

aimable, amiable, kind. 

aimer, to like, to love, aimer 
mieux, to prefer. 

aine, -e, elder, oldest. 

ainsi, thus, so. 

aise, bien aise, glad. 

ajuster, to adjust, to fit. 

alle\ -e, gone. 

allecher, to allure, to attract. 

Allemagne, /. Germany. 

allemand, -e, German. 

aller, to go. 

allons ! come ! 

allumer, to light, to kindle. 

allumette, f. match. 

almanach, m. almanac. 

alors, then, at that time. 

les Alpes, /. the Alps. 

ambition, /. ambition. 

ame, /. soul, spirit. 

amener, to bring (a person). 

americain, -e, American. 



add 



English-French 



address, adresse, /. 

to address, adresser, s'adresser a. 

to admire, admirer, to — one's self 

or each other, s' admirer. 
to admit, admettre. 
adverb, adverbe, m. 
to advise, conseiller. 
affair, affaire, /. 
to affirm, affirmer. 
to be afraid, avoir peur, craindre. 
Africa, P Afrique, /. 
after, apres. 

afternoon, apres-midi, /. 
afterwards, ensuite. 
again, encore, de nouveau, 
against, contre. 
age, age, w. 



ame 



aged, age, -e. 

agitated, emu, -e. 

ago, il y a. 

agreeable, aimable, agre'able. 

ale, biere, /. 

all, tout, -e, tous, toutes. not at 

all, pas du tout, point. 
to allow, permettre. 
almost, presque. 
alone, seul, -e. 
already, d6ja. 
also, aussi. 

although, quoique, bien que. 
always, toujours. 
ambition, ambition, /. 
America, l'Amenque, /. 
American, amencain, -e. 



340 



ame 



Francais-Anglais 



arr 



Amerique, /. America. 

ami, ot., amie, /. friend 

amitie, /. friendship. 

amusant, -e, amusing. 

amusement, to. fun. 

amuser, to amuse, s'amuser, to 

enjoy one's self. 
an, to. year. 
ananas, to. pineapple. 
ancien, ancienne, old, ancient, 
anglais, -e, English. 
Angleterre, /. England. 
animal, to. animal. 
anime, -e, animated, 
annee, /. year, l'annee derni§re, /. 

last year, 
annoncer, to announce. 
aout, w. August. 
apercevoir, to perceive. 
apoplexie, /. apoplexy. 
appareil, w. form, display. 
appartement, to. rooms. 
appartenir, to belong. 
appeler, to call, to summon, s'ap- 

peler, to call one's self, to be 

called. 



appetit, to. appetite. 

applique, -e, diligent. 

s'appliquer, to apply one's self. 

apporte, -e, brought. 

apporter, to bring. 

apportez-moi, bring me. 

apprendre, to learn, to inform. 

appris, -e, learnt. 

approbation, /. approbation. 

s'approcher de, to go up to, to come 
near. 

approuver, to approve. 

appui, to. support. 

appuyer, to support, to rest on. 

apres, after, afterwards {time only). 
apres-demain, the day after to- 
morrow, apres-midi, /. after- 
noon. 

arbre, to. tree. 

architecte, to. architect. 

ardemment, eagerly. 

ardoise, /. slate. 

argent, to. money, silver. 

argument, to. argument. 

Aristote, to. Aristotle. 

arracher, to tear out, to pull up. 



ami 



English-French 



arr 



amiable, aimable. 

among, parmi. 

to amuse, amuser. 

amusing, amusant, -e. 

an, un, une. 

ancestor, aieul, plur. ai'eux. 

ancient, ancien, -ne. 

and, et. 

anecdote,- anecdote, /. 

anger, colere, /. 

angry, fache", rageur, -euse. to get 

angry, se facher. 
animal, animal, to. ; bete, /. 
to announce, annoncer. 
answer, reponse, /. 
to answer, repondre (a). 



any, du, de la, de 1', des ; en. 
any one, quelqu'un. 
anything, quelque chose. 
anywhere, quelque part. 
apiece, la piece. 
to appear, sembler, paraitre. 
appetite, appdtit, to. 
apple, pomme, /. 

to approve, app.ouver, trouver bon 
April, avril, to. 
architect, architecte, to. 
architecture, architecture, /. 
arm, bras, to. 
arm-chair, fauteuil, to. 
army, arm£e, /. 
arrival, arrived, /. 
341 



arr 



Francais- Anglais 



aut 



s'arranger, to settle. 

arreter, to stop. 

arrive, -e, arrived. 

arrivee, /. arrival. 

arriver, to arrive, to happen, 

arroser, to water. 

article, m. article. — defini, defi- 
nite article ; — indSfini, indefinite 
article. 

artillerie, /. artillery. 

Asie, / Asia. 

assemblee, /. assembly, meeting. 

asseoir, to seat, s'asseoir, to sit 
down. 

assez, enough ; rather, somewhat 

assiette, /. plate. 

assigner, to assign. 

assis, -e, seated, sitting. 

assister a, to be present at. 

assurer, to affirm, to maintain. 

atelier, m. workshop, studio. 

attaquer, to attack. 

attendre, to wait (for) ; expect, 
se faire — , to be long in com- 
ing. 

attentif, attentive, attentive. 



attention, /. attention, notice, 
attentivement, attentively. 
attirer, to attract ; to drag. 
attraper, to catch. 
au, to the, at the. au moins, at the 

least. ■ 
aucun, -e, any. 
audace, /. audacity. 
au-devant, before. 
aujourd'hui, to-day. 
auparavant (adv.), before, 
auquel, a laquelle, auxquels, aux- 

quelles, to which, to whom, 
aussi, also, as ; at beginning of a 

clause, therefore, and so. 
aussitot, immediately, at once 
aussitot que, as soon as. 
autant, as much, as many, 
auteui*, m. author, 
automne, m. autumn, 
autour (de), around, 
autre, other, 
autrefois, formerly, 
autrement, otherwise. 
Autriche, /. Austria. 
autrichien, m. -enne, /. an Austrian. 



arr 



English-French 



aut 



to arrive, arriver. 

arrived, arrive", -e. 

article, article, w. 

artist, artiste, m. or/. 

as, comme. as . . . as, aussi . . . 
que. as for, quant a. as many, 
as much, autant. as soon as, 
des que, aussitot que. as usual, 
comme a l'ordinaire. 

ashamed, honteux, -se. to be — , 
avoir honte. 

Asia, l'Asie, /. 

to ask, to ask for, demander. to 
— back, redemander. to — par- 
don, demander pardon a. 

to assassinate, assassiner. 



to assure, assurer. 

astonishing, e^tonnant, -e. 

at, a. at last, enfin. at once, tout 

de suite, at present, a present. 
to be attached to, se tenir a. 
to attack, attaquer. 
to attend to, se meler de ; soigner. 
attention, attention, /. ; (good 

care), bons soins, m. 
attentive, attentif, -ve. 
audacity, audace, /. 
August, aout, m. 
aunt, tante, /. 
Austria, l'Autriche, /. 
Austrian, autrichien, -ne. 
author, £crivain, auteur, m. 



342 



aux 



Ft ancais- Anglais 



bea 



aux, to the, at the. 

il y avait, there was, there were. 

avaler, to swallow. 

plus avance, better off. 

avancement, to. promotion. 

avancer, to advance. 

avant (prep, of time), before, 
avant-hier, the day before yes- 
terday. 

avec, with. 

avenue, /. avenue. 

avertir, to warn, to notify. 

aveugle, blind. 

avocat, to. lawyer. 

avoir, to have. 

avouer, to confess, to admit. 

avril, to. April. 

ayant, having. 



bagage, to. luggage. 

bague, /. ring. 

baisser, to stoop, to lower. 



bal, m. ball, dance, party. 

balai, to. broom. 

balayer, to sweep. 

balbutier, to stammer. 

balie, /. ball, bullet. 

balustrade, /. railing. 

banane, /. banana. 

banc, to. bench. 

bas, basse, low. au bas, at the foot 

bataille, /. battle. 

bataillon, m. battalion. 

bateau, to. boat, bateau a vapeur, 

steamer, 
b&tir, to build, 
baton, to. stick, 
batterie, /. battery. 
battre, to beat ; to flap, se battre, 

to fight. 
battu, -e, beaten. 
beau, bel, belle, beautiful, fine, 

handsome. 
beaucoup, much, many, a great deal, 

plenty. 



aut 

autumn, automne, m. 
avenue, avenue,/. 
to avoid, eviter. 



bad, mauvais, -e, vilain, -e. bad 

boy, mauvais sujet, to. 
badly, mal. 
bag, sac, to. travelling — , sac de 

nuit. 
baggage, bagage, to. 
baker, boulanger, m. 
ball, balle, /. (plaything) ; bal, m. 

(dancing parttj) . 
banana, banane, /. 
barber, coiffeur, to. 
bargain, marche\ to. 
to bargain for, marchander. 
to bark, aboyer. 



English- French 



bea 



barn, grange, /. 

basket, panier, to. ; corbeille, /. 
battle, bataille, /. 

to be, etre. (health), se porter, 
aller. — well, se porter bien. 

— ill, se porter mal. — afraid, 
avoir peur. — ashamed, avoir 
honte. — cold, avoir froid. — 
hungry, avoir faim. — off, 
s'en aller. — right, avoir rai- 
son. — sleepy, avoir sommeil. 

— thirsty, avoir soif. — in 
want, avoir besoin. — warm, 
avoir chaud. — wrong, avoii 
tort. 

bear, ours, m. 

to bear, porter. 

beast, bete,/. 

to beat, battre. 

343 



bea 



Francois- Anglais 



bom 



beau-frlre, m. brother-in-law. 

bee, ra. beak. 

Belgique, /. Belgium. 

belle-soeur, /. sister-in-law. 

benin, -igne, benign, kindly. 

besogne, /. task, job. 

besoin (avoir), to be in need, to 
need. 

bete, /. beast, animal. 

bete (adj.), stupid. 

beurre, m. butter. 

bevue, /. blunder. 

bibliothdque, /. library. 

bien, well, very, a great many, 
most; much, quite; indeed. eh 
bien ! well ! bien aise, glad. 

bientot, soon. 



Mere, /. beer. 

bijou, m. jewel. 

billet, m. note. 

bise, /. north wind. 

blamer, to blame. 

blanc, blanche, white. 

ble, hi. wheat. 

blesse\ -e, wounded. 

blesser, to wound. 

blessure, /. wound. 

bleu, -e, blue. 

boeuf, m. ox. 

boire, to drink. 

bois, m. wood 

boite, /. box. 

boiter, to limp, to walk lame. 

bombe, /. bomb. 



bea 



English-French 



bli 



beautiful, beau, belle. 

because, parce que. because of, a 

cause de. 
to become, devenir. 
become (part.), devenu, -e. 

bed, lit, m. to go to — , se coucher. 

bee, abeille, /. 
been, £te\ 
beer, biere, /. 

before (prep, of time), avant ; 
(prep, of place), devant, en pre- 
sence de ; (adv. of time), aupa- 
ravant ; (couj.), avant que; 
(followed by an infin.), avant de, 
avant que de. 

to begin, commencer, se mettre a. 

beginning, commencement, m. 

to behave, agir. 

behind (prep, of place), derriere. 

to believe, croire. 

Belgium, la Belgique. 

to belong, appartenir, etre a. 

bench, banc, m. 

benign, be"nin, -igne. 

besides, d'ailleurs. 



best (adj.), le meilleur ; (adv.), le 

mieux. 
better (adj.), meilleur; (adv.), 

mieux. 
better off, plus avancC. 
to be better (health), se porter 

mieux, aller mieux. to be worth 

more, valoir mieux. 
to betray, trahir. to — one's self, 

se trahir. 
between, entre. 
to bid, commander, dire, 
big, gros, -se. 
bill, billet, m. 

billion, billion, m ; milliard, m. 
bird, oiseau, m. 

birthday, fete, /., fete de naissance. 
to bite, mordre. 
bitter, amer, -ere. 
black, noir, -e. 
blackboard, tableau noir, m. 
to blame, blamer. — one's self or 

each other, se blamer. 
to bless, be"nir. 
blind (adj.), aveugle. 



344 



bon 



Franc ais- Anglais 



bu 



bon, bonne, good, kind. 

bonheur, to. happiness, pleasure 

bonhomme, to. fellow, "little man." 

bonne, /. maid, servant, nursemaid. 

bonte, /. goodness. 

bord, to. edge, bank, shore, au 

bord de la mer, at the coast. 
borgne, blind. 
bottine, /. boot. 
bouche, /. mouth. 
boucle d'oreille, /. earring, 
boulanger, to. baker. 
bouquet, to. bouquet. 
bourgeois, to. shopkeeper. 
bourse, /. purse, la Bourse, stock 

exchange. 
bout, to. end, extremity. 
bouteille, /. bottle 
bouton, to. button. 



bracelet, m. bracelet. 

bras, to. arm. 

brave, brave ; honest. 

braver, to brave, to defy. 

brebis, /. sheep, ewe. 

bref, breve, short, brief. 

Bresil, to. Brazil. 

Bretagne, /. Brittany. 

bride,/, bridle. 

broche, /. brooch. 

brosse, /. brush. 

brosser, to brush. 

brouillard, to. fog. 

bruit, m. noise, report, rumor. 

bruler, to burn. 

brun, -e, brown. 

brusquement, rudely, bruskly. 

bruyant, -e, noisy, boisterous. 

bu, -e, drunk. 



blu 



English-French 



by 



blue, bleu, -e. 

to blush, rougir. 

boarding-school, pension, /. 

boat, bateau, to. 

body, corps, to. 

boldness, audace, /. 

bonnet, chapeau, m. 

book, livre, to. 

bookseller, libraire, to. 

boot, bottine, /. 

born, ne", -e. 

to borrow, emprunter (a). 

bottle, bouteille, /. 

bought, achet£, -e. 

bouquet, bouquet, to. 

box, boite, /. 

boy, garcon, to. 

bracelet, bracelet, to. 

Brazil, le Bresil. 

bread, pain, m. 

breadth, largeur, /. 

to break, casser. 

to breakfast, dejeuner. 



breast, poitrine, /. ; sein, to. 

bridge, pont, to. 

brief, bref, breve. 

to bring, amener, apporter. bring 

me, apportez-moi. to bring back, 

ramener. 
broad, large. 
brooch, broche,/. 
broom, balai, to. 
brother, frere, to. 
brother-in-law, beau-frere, to. 
brown, brun, -e*. 
to brush, brosser. 
to build, batir. 

building, Edifice, m. ; batiment, to. 
business, affaires, /. plur. 
busy, occupe\ -e. 
but, mais. but for, sans, 
butter, beurre, to. 
button, bouton, to. 
to buy, acheter. 
by, par. by far, de beaucoup. by 

that road, par cette route. 
345 



ca 



Francais- Anglais 



cen 



9a {a familiar contraction for cela), 
that, ga et la, here and there. 

cabaret, m. tavern. 

cache, -e, hidden. 

cacher, to hide, to conceal. 

cadeau, m. present. 

cadet, -te, younger, junior. 

cafe, m. coffee. 

cage, /. cage. 

cahier, m. copy-book, note-book. 

caisse, /. box. 

caisse d'epargne, savings-bank. 

caleche, /. carriage. 

calme, calm. 

camarade, m. comrade. 

campagne, /. country; campaign. 
a la campagne, in the country. 

canadien, -enne, Canadian. 

canif, m. penknife. 

canne,/. cane. 

caparagonne, caparisoned. 

capitaine, m. captain. 

capitale, /. capital. 

captiver, to captivate ; to take up. 

car (conj.), for. 

carafe, /. carafe, decanter. 

cargaison, /. cargo. 

carre, -e, square. 



cas, m. case, circumstance, en tout 

cas, at any rate. 
casque, m. helmet, 
casser, to break, 
cathedrale,/. cathedral, 
cause, /. cause, a — de, on account 

of, because of. 
causer, to talk, to chat. 
causeur, talkative. 
ce, cet, cette, this, that, ce qui, ce 

que, what {ret), ce sont, they 

are, those are. 
ceci, this (thing). 
ceder, to yield, to give way or place. 

— le pas, to give precedence, 
cela, that (thing). 
celebre (adj.), celebrated, famous, 
celebrer, to celebrate, 
celle, /. that, this, celle-ci, this, 

this one. celle-la, that, that one. 
celles, /. those, these, celles-ci, 

these, celles-la, those. 
celui, m. that, this, celui qui, he 

who. celui-ci, the latter, this, 

this one. celui-la, that, that one. 
cent, hundred. 
centime, m. centime, about one-fifth 

of a cent. 



cab 



English-French 



cen 



cabbage, chou, m. 

cage, cage, /. ( 

cake, gateau, m. 

to call, appeler. to — one's self, 

s'appeler. to on, passer chez. 
calm, tranquille. 
can (to be able), pouvoir ; (to know 

how), savoir. 
Canada, le Canada. 
Canadian, canadien, -enne. 
cane, canne, /. 

cannon shot, coup de canon, <m. 
to captivate, captiver. 
carafe, carafe,/. 



care, soin, m. good care, bons soins. 
to care about, se soucier de. 
carpenter, charpentier, m. 
carpet, tapis, m. 
carriage, voiture,/. 
to carry, porter, to carry off, em- 
porter, rem porter. 
case, cas, m. 
cat, chat, m. ; chatte, /. 
to catch cold, s'enrhumer. 
to cease to, cesser de. 
to celebrate, celebrer. 
celebrated, adj. celebre. 
cent, sou, m. 



346 



cep 



Ft ancais- Anglais 



cho 



cependant, however, meanwhile. 

certain, -e, certain. 

certainement, certainly. 

ces (adj.), these, those. 

cesser, to cease. 

c'est, he is, she is, it is. 

cet, cette. See ce. 

ceux, to. those, these, ceux-ci, 
these, the latter, ceux-la, those, 
the former. 

chacun, -e, each, every one. 

chagrin, to. grief, trouble. 

chagrin, -e, sad, vexed, sorry. 

chaine, /. chain. 

chaise, /. chair. 

chaleur, /. warmth, heat. 

chambellan^TO. chamberlain. 

chambre, /. room. 

champ, to. field. — de course, race- 
course. 

changement, to. change. 

changer, to change. 

chanson,/, song. 

chanter, to sing. 

chapeau, to. hat. 

chapelle, /. chapel. 

chaque, each, every. 

charger, to load, to charge. 

Charles, to. Charles. 

charmant, -e, charming. 



charme\ -e, delighted. 

charpentier, to. carpenter. 

chasse, /. hunt. 

chasser, to drive, to hunt. 

chasseur, w. huntsman. 

chat, to. chatte, /. cat. 

chaud, -e, hot, warm, avoir chaud, 
to be warm. 

chauffer, to warm. 

chemin, to. way, road. 

cher, chere, dear. 

cherche, -e, looked for, sought. 

chercher, to look for, to seek, to try 
to find. 

Chersonese,/. Chersonese. 

chetif, -ive, paltry, puny. 

cheval, to. horse; a — , on horse- 
back. 

cheveux, to. pi. the hair. 

chez, at, in, or to, the house of. 

chien, to. dog. 

chiffre, to. number. 

Chili, to. Chili. 

Chine, /. China. 

choisi, -e, chosen. 

choisir, to choose. 

choix, to. choice. 

chose, /. thing, autre — , /. some- 
thing else. 

choucroute, / sauerkraut. 



cer 

certain, certain, -e. 
certainly, certainement. 
chain, chaine, /. 
chair, chaise, /. 
chalk, craie, / 
to change, changer. 
to charge, accuser de. 
Charles, Charles, to. 
charming, charmant, -e. 
chat, causer. 
cheap, & bon marche. 
cheek, joue, /. 



English- French 



chr 



cheer, three cheers ! vive ! 
cheerful , gai, -e. 
cheerfully, gaiement. 
cheese, fromage, to. 
chest, poitrine,/. 
child, enfant, to. or f. 
chin, menton, to. 
China, la Chine, 
choice, choix, to. 
to choose, choisir. 
chosen, choisi, -e. 
Christmas, Noel, to. 
347 



CI 



Francais-A nglais 



com 



ci, here. 

ciel, m. heaven, sky. 

cigale, /. grasshopper. 

cinq, five. 

cinquante, fifty. 

cinquidme, fifth. 

circonstance, /. circumstance. 

cirque, m. circus. 

ciseaux, m. pi. scissors. 

citadin, m. townsman. 

citoyen, m. citizen. 

civil, -e, polite. 

clair, m. light, clair de lune, moon- 
light. 

clair, -e (adj.), clear, obvious. 

clameur,/. noise. 

classe, /. class, salle de — , class- 
room. 

cle\ /. key. 

clef, /. key. 

clerge, m. clergy. 

clou, m. nail. 



cceur, m. heart, courage, de tout 
mon — , with all my heart. 

coiffeur, m. barber. 

coin, m. corner. 

colere,/. anger, passion. 

colonel, m. colonel. 

combattre, to fight. 

combien, how much, how many, 
combien de temps, how long. 

comedien, m. actor. 

comique, comical. 

commandant, m. commander. 

commande, -e, ordered. 

commander, to order, to bid. 

comme, as, like, how. — a l'ordi- 
naire, as u&ual. 

commencer, to begin, to commence. 

comment, how, what. 

commettre, to commit. 

commission, /. errand. 

compagne, /. comrade. 

compagnon, w. companion. 



chu 



English-French 



com 



church, eglise, /. 

circus, cirque, m. 

city, ville,/. 

city hall, hotel de vule, ■». 

to claim, reclamer. 

class, classe, /. 

classroom, salle de classe,/. 

clean, adj. net, nette. 

to cleaxi, nettoyer. 

clever, habile ; malin, maligne. 

to close, fermer. 

closed, ferine', -e. 

cloth, drap, m. 

clothes for the wash, linge, m. 

co'-.st, bord (m.) de la mer. 

coat, habit, ra. 

coffee, cafe', ra. 

cold, froid. to be — ■, avoir froid. 

to have a — , etre enrhume. to 

take — , s'enrhumer. 



to collect, ramasser. 

collection, collection, /. 

color, couleur, /. 

to comb, peigner. 

to come, venir; (part), venu, -e. 
— back, re venir ; ( >>art.), re venu, 
-e. — in, entrer. — down, de- 
scendre ; (part.), descendu, -e. 

come ! voyons ! allons ! 

to command, commander. 

to commence, commencer, se mettre 
a, 

to commit, commettre. 

committee, comity, m. 

common, ordinaire. 

company, compagnie, /. 

to compel, contraindre. 

to complain, se plaindre. 

complete, complet, complete. 

to complete, achever, terminer,. 



348 



com 



Francais- Anglais 



cor 



complet, -plete, complete. 

completement, completely. 

compose, -e, composed. 

comprendre, to understand. 

compte, to. account. 

compter, to count ; to intend. 

comptoir, m. counter. 

concevoir, to conceive, to plan. 

concourir, to take part. 

condition, /. position. 

conducteur, to. driver, guide, con- 
ductor. 

conduire, to take to ; to drive, se 
— , to behave. 

conduite,/. conduct. 

confiance, /. confidence. 

confer, to trust, to intrust. 

se confondre, to be lost in, to be- 
come confused. 

confus, -e, confused. 

congedier, to dismiss. 

connaissance, /. acquaintance, 
knowledge. 

connaitre, to know, to judge. 

conquerir, to conquer. 

conseil, m. advice ; council. 

conseiller, to advise, to recommend. 



consentir, to consent, 
constamment, constantly. 
consulter, to consult. 
content, -e, satisfied, pleased, 
confer, to relate. 
continuellement, continually. 
continuer, to continue, 
contraindre, to compel. 
contraire, contrary, reverse, au — , 

on the contrary. 
contre, against, contrary to. 
convaincre, to convince. 
convaincu, -e, convinced. 
convenable, becoming, proper, 
convenablement, properly. 
convenir, to agree, il convient, it 

is proper. 
convenu, -e, appointed, agreed upon, 
conversation, /. conversation. 
corail, to. coral, 
corbeau, to. crow, 
corbeille, /. basket. 
cordiality, /. cordiality. 
Cordoue, /. Cordova. 
corps, m. body. 

correspondance, /. correspondence. 
corriger, to correct, improve. 



com 



English- French 



cor 



completely, completement. 

comrade, camarade, m. orf. ; ami, m. 

to conceal, cacher. 

to conceive, concevoir. 

to concern, regarder. 

to condemn, condamner. 

condition, condition, /. 

conduct, conduite, /. 

to confess, avouer. 

conscience, conscience, /. 

to consent, consentir (a), vouloir 

bien. 
to consider, trouver. 
Constantinople, Constantinople, to. 
constantly, constamment. 



construction, construction, /. 
contented, content, -e. 
continent, continent, m. 
continually, continuellement. 
to contradict, contredire. 
contrary, contraire, to. on the — 

au contraire. 
conversation, conversation, /. 
cook, cuisiniere, /. 
cool, frais, fraiche. 
copper, cuivre, to. 
copy-book, cahier, to. 
cordiality, cordiality, /. 
corner, coin, to. 
to correct, corriger. 



349 



cor 



Ft ancais- Anglais 



cur 



corrompre, to taint. 

cote, /. coast. 

cote\ to. side, a — , near, on one 

side, de l'autre — , on the other 

side. 
cou, to. neck. 

se coucher, to go to bed, to lie down. 
coude, m. elbow. 
couleur, /. color, 
coup, mi. shot, blow, stroke. — de 

canon, cannon-shot. — de pied, 

kick, tout a — , suddenly. 
coupable, guilty. 
coup 6, -e, cut. 
couper, to cut, to cut off. 
cour, /. court, courtyard, yard, 
courage, to. courage. 
courant, to. current, courant d'air, 

draught, 
courir, to run. 
couronner, to crown. 
cours, mi. course. 
course, /. errand ; race, 
court, -e, short. 
courtisan, m. courtier. 
cousin, mi., -e, /. cousin. 
couteau, mi. knife. 
couter, to cost. 



coutume, /. habit, avoir — , to be 

accustomed. 
couturiSre, /. dressmaker. 
couvert, -e (de), covered (with), 
couvrir, to cover, 
craie, /. chalk. 
craindre, to fear, 
crainte, /. fear, 
crayon, mi. pencil. 
credule, credulous. 
creer, to create, 
creme, /. cream, 
crever, to burst, 
cri, mi. cry. 
crier, to cry, to cry out, to shout. 

s 1 eerier, to exclaim, 
crime, to. crime, 
croire, to believe. 
cruel, -le, cruel, 
cruellement, cruelly, 
cueillir, to gather, to harvest, 
cuiller, /. spoon. 
cuir, mi. leather, 
cuirasse, /. cuirass, 
cuisine, /. kitchen. 
cuisiniere, /. cook, 
cuivre, mi. copper, 
curieux, -se, curious. 



COS 



English- French 



dau 



to cost, couter. 

to cough, tousser. 

to count, compter. 

country, pays, to. ; (in distinc- 
tion from the town), campagne, 
/. in the country, a la cam- 
pagne. 

courage, courage, mi., cceur, to. 

course, cours, m. 

court, cour, f. 

courtier, courtisan, mi. 

cousin, cousin, to., cousine, /, 

cow, vache, /. 

cream, creme, /. 



to crown, couronner. 

cruel, cruel, -le. 

to cry, crier; (to weep), pleurer. 

cunning, malin, maligne. 

cup, tasse, /. 

to cure, guenr. 

to curse, maudire. 

to cut, couper ; cut down, abattre. 



to dance, danser. 
to dare, oser. 
date, date, /. 
daughter, fille, /. 
350 



dam 



Francois- Anglais 



dep 



dame,/, lady. 

Danemark, m. Denmark. 

dans, in. 

danse, /. dance. 

date,/, date. 

davantage, more. 

de, of, from, in, with, by; some, 
any ; than. 

&e,'m. thimble. 

debarrasser, to rid. 

se debattre, to struggle. 

debiter, to recite. 

debout, standing up. 

d^boutonner, to unbutton. 

deceinbre, m. December 

dScevoir, to deceive. 

decider, to decide ; persuade, 

decoration, /. decoration. 

decourager, to discourage. 

decouvert, -e, discovered. 

decouvrir, to uncover, se — , to 
take off one's hat. 

dedire, to contradict. 

defaut, m. fault, defect. 

defendre, to forbid, se — , to de- 
fend one's self or each other ; to 
deny one's self. 

dSfendu, -e, forbidden. 

definitivement, positively. 



degout, m. dislike. 

deja, already. 

dejeuner, m. breakfast 

dejeuner, v. to breakfast. ■ 

de 1', de la, of the ; some, any. 

delicieux, -se, delicious, delightful. 

demain, m. to-morrow. 

demande, /. inquiry. 

demander, to ask (for) . se — , to 
ask one's self, to wonder. 

demarche, / step. 

demenager, to move. 

demeure, /. dwelling. 

demeure, -e, lived. 

demeurer, to remain, to live, to 
dwell. 

demi, -e, a demi, half. demi-dou- 
zaine, /. half-dozen, demi-livre, 
/. half-pound. 

demoiselle, /. young lady, unmar- 
ried lady. 

demontrer, to prove. 

dent, /. tooth. 

dentelle, /. lace. 

dentiste, m. dentist. 

depart, m. departure. 

depeche, /. despatch. 

depecher, to hasten. 

dependre de, to depend upon. 



day 



English-French 



day, jour, m., journee, /., every to decide, se decider 



— , tous les jours, all — , toute 
la journee. — before yesterday, 
avant-hier, m. 

to dazzle, elDiouir. 

dead, mort, -e. 

deaf, sourd, -e. 

a great deal, beauccup, bien. 

dear, cher, chere. 

death, mort, /. 

decanter, carafe, /. 

to deceive, tromper, decevoir. 

December, ddcembre, m. 



decidedly, d^cidement. 
to declare, declarer. 
deep, profond, -e. 
defect, defaut, m. 
to defend, ddfendre. 
definite, defini, -e. 
to delay, tarder. 
delicious, delicieux, -se. 
Denmark, le Danemark. 
dentist, dentiste, m. 
to depart, partir. 
departed, parti, -e. 



dep 



351 



dep 



Francais-Anglais 



dis 



depens, m. pi. expense. 

dSplaire, to displease. 

deposer, to lay down. 

depourvu, -e, unprepared. 

depuis, since, for, from. depuis 

quand, how long. 
deranger, to disturb. 
dernier, derniere, last; utmost, 

worst. 
derriere, behind (of place). 
des, of the, from the ; some, any. 
desagreable, disagreeable. 
descendre, to come down, to let out, 

to get out. 
deserter, to desert. 
deserteur, m* deserter, 
desirer, to wish. 
desob6ir, to disobey. 
d£sole, -e, grieved. 
desormais, in future, henceforth. 
d§s que, as soon as. 
dessin, m. design, drawing. 
dessous, underneath, below. 
dessus, upon, above. 
detail, m. detail, 
detaler, to pack up ; to take to 

one's heels. 
determiner, to determine, 
detester, to detest. 



detruire, to destroy. 

deuil, m. mourning. 

deux, two. 

deuxidme, second. 

devant, in front of, before 

devenir, to become. 

devenu, -e, become. 

deviner, to guess. 

devoir, m. duty. 

devoir, v. to owe, must. 

diable, m. devil. 

diamant, m. diamond. 

dictee, /. dictation. 

dictionnaire, m. dictionary. 

Dieu, God, the Lord ; the heavens. 

different, -e, different. 

difficile, difficult. 

difficulte, /. difficulty. 

digne, worthy. 

dignitaire, m. dignitary. 

dimanche, m. Sunday. 

dimensions, /. dimensions. 

diner, m. dinner. 

diner, v. to' dine. 

dire, to say. 

diriger, to direct. 

discret, discrete, discreet. 

discussion,/, discussion. 

disgrace, /. displeasure. 



dep 



Eng lish- French 



to depend upon, d^pendre de. 
depth, profondeur, /. 
to descend, descendre. 
to deserve, m^riter (de). 
to desire, desirer. 
desk, pupitre, m. 
detail, detail, m. 
to detest, ddtester. 
diamond, diamant, m. 
dictionary, dictionnaire, m. 
did. See do. 
to die, mourir. 
differently, autrement. 



dis 



difficult, difficile, 
difficulty, difficulty /. 
diligent, appliqu6, -e. 
dimensions, dimensions, /. 
to dine, diner. 

dining-room, salle k manger, /. 
dinner, diner, m. 
dirty, sale. 

disapprove, trouver mauvais. 
to discover, d^couvrir. 
discussion, discussion, /. 
to disobey, d^sob^ir (a). 
displeasure, d^plaisir, m., disgrace,/, 
352 



dis 



Francais- Anglais 



due 



disparaitre, to disappear. 
disparu, -e, disappeared. 
dispose, -e, inclined. 
distinguer, to distinguish, to tell 

from. 
dit, -e, said. 
divin, -e, divine. 
dix, ten. 

dix-huit, eighteen. 
dixieme, tenth, 
dix-neuf, nineteen. 
dix-sept, seventeen. 
docteur, m. doctor. 
doigt, m. finger, 
domestique, m. or f. servant. 
dommage, m. harm, injury, c'est 

dommage, that is too bad 
don, m. gift. 

done, then, so, therefore. 
donn£, -e, given. 
donner, to give, to ascribe, donner 

dans, to come into ; to strike. 
donnez, give. 
dont, of which, of whom, whose. 



dormi, slept. 

dormir, to sleep. 

dos, m. back. 

doue, -e, gifted. 

douleur, /. grief, pain. 

douloureux, -se, painful. 

doute, m. doubt, sans — , doubt= 

less, of course, 
douter, to doubt. 
doux, douce, sweet, gentle, 
douzaine, /. dozen. 
douze, twelve. 
douzieine, twelfth. 
drap, m. cloth. 
droit, m. right. 

droit, -e (adj.), right, straight. 
droite, /. right hand, a droite, on 

or to the right. 
droiture, /uprightness. 
drole, m. rogue, scamp. 
drole (adj.), odd, queer. 
du, of the, from the ; some, any. 
du, due, due, must, been obliged. 
duel, m. duel. 



dis 



English- French 



dus 



disposition, caractere, m. 

distance, distance, /. 

to disturb, de" ranger. 

to do, faire (of one's health) se 
porter, —one's hair, se coiffer. 
to do without, se passer de. (As 
an auxiliary.) He knows better 
than I do, II le sait mieux que 
moi. (In urging, rendered by 
done or prier.) Do speak to me ! 
Parlez-moi done ! (In replying.) 
[Did he say so ?] He did. Mais 
oui. [He came yesterday.] Did 
he ? Vraiment ? 

doctor, mddecin, m. 

dog, chien, m. 

doll, poupee, /. 

domestic, domestique, m. or f. 



done, fait, -e. 
door, porte, /. 
to doubt, douter. 
dozen, douzaine, /. 
draught, courant d'air, m. 
drawer, tiroir, m. 
drawing-room, salon, m. 
dress, robe, /. 

dressed, mis, mise ; habille', 
dressmaker, couturiere, /. 
to drink, boire. 
to drive, aller en voiture. 
drunk, bu, -e. 
dry, sec, seche. 
in a duel, en duel. 
dumb, muet, muette 
during, pendant, 
dust, poussiere, /. 
353 



duq 



Francais-A 1 iglais 



emb 



duquel, de laquelle, desquels, des- 

quelles, of which. 
dur, -e, hard. 
durer, to last. 



eau, /. water. 

echapper, to escape. 

echarpe, /. scarf. 

echouer, to fail. 

6clat, m. brightness, lustre. 

eclater, to burst. 

ecole, /. school. 

ecossais, -e, Scotch, Scotchman. 

Ecosse, /. Scotland. 

ecouter, to listen. 

e"cran, m. screen. 

s' eerier, to exclaim. 

ecrire, to write. 

ecrit, -e, written. 

ecriture, /. handwriting. 

Scrivain, m. writer. 

6cu, m. crown, silver coin. 

ecurie,/. stable. 

Edifice, m. building. 



Edimbourg, m. Edinburgh. 

edition,/, edition. 

effet, effect, fact, deed, en — •, truly, 

indeed, 
effrayer, to frighten, s'effrayer, to 

be frightened, 
effrontement, impudently. 
6 gal, -e, equal, cela m'est egal, it 

is all the same to me. 
egarer, to mislay, s'egarer, to lose 

one's way. 
eglise, /. church, 
egorger, to cut the throat of. 
egratignure, /. scratch. 
eh bien ! well ! 
elabore, -e, contrived, 
elephant, m. elephant, 
eldve, m. or f. pupil, 
elle, /. she, her, it. elle-meme, /. 

herself. elles, /. they, them. 

elles-memes, themselves. 
eloigne, -e, distant. 
Eloigner, to move away. 
embarras, m. perplexity. 
embrasser, to embrace. 



Dut 

Dutch, hollandais, -e. 
duty, devoir, m. 
to dwell, demeurer. 
dying, mourant, -e. 



each, chaque, adj., chacun, pron. 

each other, Pun P autre. 

to earn, gagner. 

ear-rings, boucles d'oreilles, /. 

earth, terre, /. 

easily, facilement. 

easy, facile ; (calm), tranquille. 

to eat, manger. 

eaten, mange\ -e. 

edge, bord, m. 

Edinburgh, Edimbourg, m 



English- French 



emp 



effect, effet, m. in — (in reality), 

en effet. 
effort, effort, m. 
egg, ceuf, m. 
eight, huit. 
eighteen, dix-huit. 
eighth, huitieme. 
eighty, quatre-vingts. 
either, Pun ou Pautre ; (after nega* 

tion), non plus. 
elbow, coude, m. 
elephant, elephant, m. 
eleven, onze. 
eleventh, ouzieme. 
elsewhere, ailleurs. 
emperor, empereur, m. 
to employ, employer. 
354 



emm 



Francais- Anglais 



ern 



emmener, to lead away. 
s'emouvoir, to be moved. 
s'emparer de, to take possession of. 
empecher, to hinder, to prevent. 
empereur, m. emperor. 
empire, m. empire. 
emplette, /. purchase. 
employer, to employ. 
emporter, to carry off. 
s'empresser, to hasten. 
emprunter (a), to borrow . (from) . 
emprunteur, m., emprunteuse, /. 

borrower. 
6mu, -e, moved, agitated. 
en (pron.), some, any; of it, of 

him, of her, of them, for it ; 

hence, thence. 
en (prep.), in, while, at. 
enchante, -e, delighted. 
enclume, /. anvil. 
encore, still, as yet, again ; too. — 

un, another. 
encourir, to incur. 
encre, /. ink. 
encrier, m. inkwell. 
enfant, m. or f. child. 
enfermer, to shut up. 
enfin, at last, 
enfler, to swell. 
enlever, to carry off. s'enlever, to 

rise. 
ennemi, m. enemy, 
s'enquerir, to inquire. 



s'enrhumer, to catch cold, etre en- 
rhume\ -e, to have a cold. 

enseigner, to teach. 

ensemble, together. 

ensuite, afterwards, next. 

s'ensuivre, to follow, to result. 

entendre, to hear ; to mean. — dire, 
to hear, to learn, bien entendu, 
of course. 

enthousiasme, carried away. 

entourer, to surround. 

entre, between. 

entre, -e, entered, come in. 

entreprise, /. undertaking. 

entrer (dans), to go in, to enter. 

entretenir, to converse, to enter- 
tain. 

envers, towards. 

envie, /. desire, fancy; envy. 

envier, to envy, to begrudge. 

envieux, -se, envious. 

environs, m. neighborhood. 

envoyer, to send. 

epais, epaisse, thick. 

epaisseur, /. thickness. 

epaule, /. shoulder. 

epee, /. sword. 

Spingle, /. pin. 

epoque, /. period. 

eprouver, to feel, to experience. 

epuisS, -e, exhausted. 

ereinter, to break the back. 

Ernest, m. Ernest. 



enip 



English-French 



empress, imperatrice, /. 

encourage in, encourager a. 

end (conclusion), fin, /. ; (extrem 

ity), bout, m. 
to end, finir, achever. 
enemy, ennemi, m. 
engaged, occupy, -e. 
England, l'Angleterre, /. 
English, anglais, -e. 



engraving, gravure,/. 
to enjoy one's self, s'amuser. 
enough, assez. 
to enter, entrer (dans). 
enterprise, enterprise, /. 
to entreat, prier, supplier. 
equal, egal, -e. 
equality, e'galite', /. 
Ernest, Ernest, m. 
355 



ern 



err 



Framais- Anglais 



exc 



erreur, /. mistake. 

es, art (pres. ind., 2d per. sing, of 
etre) . 

escalier, to. staircase. 

espace, to., space. 

Espagne, /. Spain. 

espagnol, -e, Spanish. 

espece, /. kind, sort. 

esperer, to hope, to expect. 

espion, to. spy. 

esprit, to. spirit, wit. 

essai, to. test, trial. 

essayer, to try, to test. 

essentiel, -le, essential, material. 

est, is ; belongs, n'est-ce pas ? is 
it not ? is it ? il en fut surpris, 
n'est-ce pas ? he was surprised at 
it, wasn't he ? le train n'est pas 
arrive, n'est-ce pas ? the train 
isn't in, is it ? je n'ai rien dit, 
n'est-ce pas ? I didn't say any- 
thing, did I ? 

est, to. east. 

estimer, to esteem, to value highly. 

et, and. 

etablir, to establish, to secure. 

etage, to. story (of a house), floor. 

etant, being. 

etat, to. condition. 

les Etats-Unis, w. the United States. 

ete, to. summer. 

ete (part.), been. 

eteindre, to put out. 



etendard, to. standard. 

etendre, to stretch. 

etinceler, to flash. 

etonner, to astonish. 

etourdi, -e, heedless. 

etrange, strange. 

etranger, to. stranger. 

etre, to. being. 

etre («.), to be. etre a, to belong 
to ; to be busy about, [en etre.] 
Ou en etes vous ? how far have 
you got ? j'en suis pour mes 
peines, I had my trouble for 
nothing, il n'en est rien, it's 
nothing of the sort, [c'est que.] 
venez-vous ? c'est que nous ne 
pouvons pas, are you coming ? 
The fact is we can't. See est. 

etroit, -e, narrow. 

etude, /. study. 

etudier, to study. 

eu, had. 

Europe, /. Europe. 

eux, they, them. 

eux-memes, themselves. 

evenement, to. event. 

eventail, to. fan, 

eventuality, /. contingency. 

evident, -e, evident. 

exactitude, /. punctuality. 

exagerer, to exaggerate. 

examiner, to examine. 

excepte, except. 



err 

error, f ante, /. , erreur, /. 
especially, surtout. 
essential, essentiel, -elle. 
to establish, etablir. 
even, meme. 
evening, soir, to. 
event, 6v6nement, to. 
ever, jamais. 
every, tout, -e, tous, toutes 



English- French 



chaque. 



exc 



everybody, tout le monde. 
every one, chacun ; tout le monde. 
everything, tout, to. 
everywhere, partout. 
evident, evident, -e. 
exactly, pr^cisdment. 
to exaggerate, exagerer. 
example, exemple, to. 
excellent, excellent, -e. 



356 



exc 



Francais-Ang lais 



fam 



excuse, /. excuse. 

excuser, to excuse. 

executer, to execute. 

exemple, w. example, par — , for 

instance ; you don't say so. 
exercice, m. exercise, drill. 
exiger, to demand, to require, to 

insist upon. 
expedition, /. expedition. 
experience, /. experience. 
expliquer, to explain, 
s'exposer, to expose one's self. 
expres, purposely. 
expression, expression. 
exprimer, to express. 
extravagance, /. extravagance. 
extreme, extreme. 



face, /. face, surface, en face de, 

opposite. 
f eicher, to vex. se — , to get angry. 



facile, easy 

facilement, easily. 

facon, /. fashion, way. 

faim, /. hunger, avoir — , to be 
hungry. 

faire, to do, to make. — beau 
(temps), to be fine (weather). — 
le malade, to pretend to be ill. 
— dire, to send word, avoir beau 
— , to be no use trying. — faire, 
to get or have done ; — batir, to 
build. — savoir, to let know. — 
des affaires, to do business. — 
de son mieux, to do one's best, 
ne — rien, to make no difference. 

faisan, m. pheasant. 

fait, m. fact, act. 

fait, v. does, makes. 

fait (part.), done, made, shaped. 

falloir, to be necessary, must, want. 

fameux, -se, famous. 

famille, /. family. 



exc 



English-French 



fea 



to exclaim, s' Verier. 

excuse, excuse,/. 

to excuse, excuser. 

exercise, exercice, m., theme, m. 

to expect (before noun), attendre 

(before infin.), s 'attendre a. 
expense, depens, m. plur. 
experience, experience, /. 
to experience, eprouver. 
to explain, expliquer. 
to express, exprimer. 
to extol, vanter, louer. 
extremity, extr^mite", /. , bout, w. 
eye, ceil, m. ; pi. yeux. 



face, visage, m., figure, /. ; (a wry 
face), grimace, /. 

to fail in respect, manquer de re- 
spect. 



faithful, fidele. 

to fall, tomber ; — in with, ren- 

contrer ; — out, se brouiller. 
fallen, tomb 6, -e. 
false, faux, fausse. 
family, famille, /. 
famous, fameux, -se. 
fan, ^ven tail, m. 
to fancy, s'imaginer. 
far, loin, by far, de beaucoup. 
fast, vite. 
fat, gras, grasse. 
father, pere, m. 
fault (defect), ddfaut, ro.j (error), 

faute, /. 
favor, faveur, /. 
favorite, favori, favorite. 
fear, peur, /. for fear of, de 

crainte de, de peur de. 
to fear, craindre, avoir peur. 



357 



far 



Francais-Anglais 



foi 



farine, /. flour. 

fatigant, -e, tiresome. 

fatigue, -e, tired, fatigued. 

il faut, it is necessary, must. 

faute, /. fault, offence, mistake. 

fauteuil, m. arm-chair. 

faux, fausse, false, artificial, adul- 
terated. 

favori, favorite, favorite. 

feignit, from feindre. 

feindre, to feign, to pretend to. 

feld-marechal, m. field-marshal. 

femme, /. woman, wife. 

fenetre, /. window. 

fer, m. iron, fers, fetters. — a che- 
val, horse-shoe, fer blanc, m. tin. 

ferme, -e, shut. 

fermer, to shut, to close. 

fermier, m. farmer. 

ferrer, to shoe. 

fermete, /. firmness. 

feroce, fierce, ferocious. 

festin, m. feast. 

fete, /. birthday. 

feu, m. fire. 



feuille, /. leaf (of book or tree). 

fevrier, m. February. 

fi! fie ! 

fidele, faithful. 

fier, here, proud. 

figure, /. face. 

se figurer, to fancy. 

fil, m. thread. 

fille, /. daughter, girl. 

fils, m. son. 

fin, /. end. a la — , after all. 

fini, -e, ended, finished. 

finir, to finish. 

fixer, to fix. 

flambeau, m. torch. 

flatter, to flatter, se — , to hope ; 

to flatter one's self, 
flatteur, m. flatterer. 
flegmatiquement, calmly. 
fleur, /. flower, 
fleuve, m. river, 
flocon, m. flake, 
foire, /. fair. 
fois, f, time; bien des — , many a 

time. 



feb 



Fng lish- French 



foo 



February, fevrier, m. 

fellow, garcon, m. 

ferocious, feroce. 

few, peu. a few, quelques (adj.), 

quelques-uns (pron.). 
fewer, moins. 
field, champ, m. 
fifteen, quinze. 
fifth, cinquieme. 
fifty, cinquante. 
to fight, se battre. 
to fill, remplir. 
to find, trouver ; (a thing lost) , 

retrouver. 
fine, beau, belle. 
finger, doigt, m. 
to finish, finir, achever. 



fire, feu, m. 

first, premier, premiere, 
fish, poisson, m. 
to fit, aller. 

fit of anger, acces (m.) de colere. 
five, cinq. 
to flatter, flatter, 
flatterer, flatteur, m., -euse, /. 
flattering, flatteur, -euse. 
flock, troupeau, m. 
floor, plancher, m. 
flour, farine, /. 
flower, fleur, /. 
fly, mouche, /. 
fog, brouillard, m. 
to follow, suivre. 
foolish, fou, folle ; sot, sotte. 
358 



fon 



Ft ancais- Anglais 



fus 



fonction, /. function. 

fondre, to melt. — en larmes, to 

burst into tears. 
font, v. make. 
force,/, strength, power. 
f oret, /. forest. 
forgeron, m. blacksmith. 
fort, -e (adj.), strong, hard ; (adv.), 

much, very, trop — , too much, 

too bad- 
fortune, /. fortune. 
fou, fol, folle, mad, foolish, 
foudre. /. lightning. 
fouiller, to ransack, 
foule, /. crowd, 
fourchette, /. fork, 
fourmi, /. ant. 
fournir, to furnish, 
fourrure, /. fur. 
frais, fraiche, fresh, cool 
f raise, /. strawberry. 



fraisier, m. strawberry plant. 

framboise, /. raspberry. 

franc, m. franc, 20 sous. 

franc, tranche, straightforward, 

frank. 
francaise, -e, French. 
France, /. France. 
f rapper, to strike. 
frequenter, to frequent. 
frere, m. brother. 
fripon, m. rogue. 

froid, -e, cold, avoir — , to be cold, 
froideur, /. coldness. 
fromage, m. cheese. 
fruit, m. fruit. 
fruitier, -ere (adi.), fruit, 
fumee, /. smoke. 
fumer, to smoke. 
fureur, /. fury, en — , wild, 
furieux, -se, furious. 
fusil, m. gun. 



foo 



English-French 



foot, pied, m. 

for, pour ; (during) , pendant ; 

(marking the beginning) , depuis; 

(conj.), car. 
to forbid, defendre. 
forenoon, matin, m. 
to forget, oublier. 
to forgive, pardonner. 
fork, fourchette,/. 
formerly, autrefois. 
fortnight, quinze jours, m., quin- 

zaine, /. 
fortunate, heureux, -se. 
fortune, fortune, /. 
forty, quarante. 
found, trouve, -e. 
four, quatre. 
fourteen, quatorze. 
fourth, quatrieme. a fourth, un 

quart. 



fur 



franc, franc, m. 

frank, franc, tranche. 

free, libre. 

freely, librement. 

to freeze, geler. 

French, francais, -e. 

Frenchman, Francais, m. 

fresh, frais, fraiche. 

Friday, vendredi, m. 

friend, ami, w., amie, /. 

friendship, amitie, /. 

to frighten, effrayer. 

frightful, affreux, -euse. 

from, de. — me, de ma part 

— him, de sa part. 
fruit, fruit, m. 
fruit (adj.), fruitier, -ere. 
to fulfil, remplir. 
full, plein, -e. 
fur, fourrure, /. 
to furnish, fournir. 



359 



gag 



Francais- Anglais 



gra 



gagner, to reach, to gain. 

gai, -e, cheerful, merry. 

gaiement, cheerfully. 

ganache, /. blockhead. 

gant, to. glove. 

garcon, to. boy ; waiter; bachelor. 

garde, to. keeper, guard. — chasse, 

to. gamekeeper. 
garde, /. notice, prendre — , to 

look out, to take care. . 
garder, to keep, to take care of. 
gare, /. railway station. 
gateau, to. cake. 
gater, to spoil. 
gauche (adj.), left. 
gaucb.3, /. left-hand, a — • to or on 

the left. 
geler, to freeze. 
gener, co inconvenience. 
general, m. general. 
gen£reux, -se, generous. 



genou, to. knee, 
gens, to. or f. people, 
gentil, -le, pretty, nice, amiable, 
geographie, /. geography. 
giberne, /. cartridge-pouch. 
gibier, to. game. 
glace, /. ice. 
gloire, /. glory. 
gorge, /. throat. 
gout, to. taste. 
goiiter, to taste; to lunch, 
gouvernante, /. governess. 
grace, /. charm, favor. — a, 
thanks to. de — , pray, I pray you. 
gracieux, -se, graceful. 
grammaire, /. grammar. 
grand, -e, large, tall, great. 
grandir, to grow up. 
grand-pere, to. grandfather. 
grange, /. barn. 
gras, grasse, fat. 



gam 



English-French 



gra 



game, jeu, to. 

garden, jardin, to. 

gardener, jardinier, to., -ere,/. 

general, general, to. 

generous, genereux, -se. 

genius, genie, m. 

gentle, doux, douce; gentil, 

gentille. 
gentleman, monsieur, to. 
geography, geographie, /. 
George, Georges, to. 
German, allemand, -e. 
Germany, l'Allemagne, /. 
to get, avoir, recevoir. — here, 

arriver. — rid, se d^faire. — up, 

se lever. 
ghost, revenant, to. 
gift, cadeau, m. 
girl, fille, /. 
to give, donner. — back, rendre. 

— me, donnez-moi. 



given, donne, -e. — back, "rendu. 

glad, bien aise. 

Glasgow, Glasgow, m. 

glass, verre, m. 

glory, gloire, /. 

glove, gant, m. 

to go, aller. — away, s'en aller, 

partir. — out, sortir. — to bed, 

se coucher. — without, se passer 

de. 
gold, or, to. 
gone, alle\ -e, parti, -e. 
gone out, sorti, -e. 
good, bon, bonne ; (in conduct), 

sage, to be so good as, avoir la 

bonte de. 
governess, gouvernante, /. 
government, gouvernement, to. 
grammar, grammaire,/. 
grand, magnifique. 
grandfather, grand-pere, ai'eul, to. 



gra 



Francais- Anglais 



her 



grave, grave, severe. 

grave ment, gravely. 

gravure, /. engraving. 

grec, grecque, Greek. 

grele, /. hail. 

grelotter, to shiver. 

grenade, /. pomegranate. 

grenadier, w. grenadier. 

grenouille, /. frog. 

gronder, to growl, to scold. 

groom, to. lackey. 

gros, grosse, stout, big, large, rough. 

grosseur, /. size. 

guere (ne before verb), scarcely, 

hardly. 
guerir, to cure. 
guerre, /. war. 
Guillaume, to. William. 



(Aspirate h is indicated 
habile, clever. 



habilement, skilfully. 
habit, to. coat, clothes. 
habitant, to. inhabitant. 
habitation, /. habitation. 
habiter, to dwell in, to live in. 
habitude, /. habit. 
habitue, to. frequenter. 
habituer, to accustom, 
'hair, to hate. 
haleine, /. breath. 
'haricots, to. beans. 
harpagon, to. miser. 
'hasard, to. chance ; par — , 

chance ;. I suppose. 
'hater, to hasten. 
'haut, to. height, top. 
'haut, -e (adj.), high, tall 

loud, 
'hauteur, /. height. 
La 'Haye, The Hague. 
'Henri, w. Henry, 
heriter, to inherit. 



per- 



(adv.), 



gra 



English-French 



hea 



grateful, reconnaissant, -e. 

great, grand, -e. 

greatcoat, paletot, to. 

greatness, grandeur, /. 

Greek, grec, grecque. 

green, vert, -e. 

on what ground, a quel titre. 

to grow up, grandir. 

to guarantee, garantir. 

guardian, tuteur, to. 

to guess, deviner. 

guest, invite - , to. 

to guide, mener. 

guilty, coupable. 



habit, habitude, /. 
had (part.), eu. 
The Hague, La Haye. 
hair, cheveu, to. 



half, demi, -e, la moitie\ 

half -hour, demi-heure, /. 

hand, main, /. 

handkerchief, mouchoir, to. 

handsome, beau, belle. 

to happen, arriver, se passer. 

happy, heureux, -se. 

hard, dur, -e ; fort, -e ; difficile. 

hardly, k peine. 

harmonious, harmonieux, -se. 

hat, chapeau, to. 

to have, avoir, will you — , voulez- 

vous ? 
he, il, lui. he who, celui qui. 
head, tete, /. 
health, sante - ,/. 
to hear, entendre, to hear it said, 

entendre dire. 
heart, coeur, to. with all my heart, 

de tout mon cceur. 

361 



heu 



Francois- Anglais 



ign 



heure, /. hour, o'clock ; tout a 

l'heure, just now. 
heureusement, happily. 
heureux, -se, happy, fortunate, 
'hibou, m. owl. 

hier, yesterday. — soir, last night. 
histoire, /. history, story, 
hiver, m. winter, 
■hollandais, -e, Dutch, 
hommage, m. homage. 
homme, m. man. 

honnete, honest, civil, respectable, 
honnetete, /. kindness, courtesy, 
honoraires, m. pi. fee. 
'honte, /. shame. 



'honteux, -se, ashamed, shameful, 
horreur, /. shocking thing. 
horrible, horrible. 
horriblement, dreadfully, 
note, m. host ; occupant, 
hotel, m. hotel, mansion, 
hotel de ville, city hall. 
'huit, eight. 
'huitieme, eighth. 
humeur, /. temper. 
humide, damp, moist. 



ici, here. 

ignorer, to be ignorant of. 



hea 



English-French 



heaven, ciel, m. 
heavy, lourd, -e. 
heedless, etourdi, -e. 
heedlessness, e'tourderie, /. 
height, hauteur, /. 
to help, aider. 
Henry, Henri, m. 
her (pron.), elle, la 

(adj.), son, sa, ses. 
here, ici. 

here is, or here are, voici. 
herself, se, elle-meme. 
hesitation, hesitation, /. 
to hide, cacher. to — one's self, 

se cacher. 
high, haut, -e. 
him, le, lui. to him, lui. 
himself, se, lui-meme. 
his (adj.), son, sa, ses ; (pron.), le 

sien, la sienne, les siens 

siennes. 
historian, historien, m. 
history, histoire, /. 
hold ! tenez ! 

holiday, conge", m. ; jour de conge", m. 
Holland, la Hollande. 
at home, a la maison ; chez . . . 



ice 



honey, miel, m. 

honor, honneur, m. 

to hope (before a future), espe'rer ; 
(before a pres. or past), aimer a 
croire, aimer a penser. 

horse, cheval, chevaux, m. 

on horseback, a cheval. 
to her, lui. ! horse-shoe, fer a cheval, m. 

hot, chaud, -e. 

hotel, hotel, m. 

hour, heure, /. 

house, maison, /. at the — of, chez. 

how, comment, comme, que. — 
long ? combien de temps ? depuis 



many 



? — much ? 



quand ? 

combien ? 
however, pourtant, cependant. 
humanity, humanity, /. 
hundred, cent, 
les | hundredth, centime. 

hunger, faim, /. to be hungry, 

avoir faim. 
hurry, to be in a, etre presse. 



I, je ; moi. 
ice, glace, /. 
62 



il 



Francais-Ang lais 



int 



il, he, it. 

il y a, there is, there are. 

lie, /. island. 

illustre, famous. 

ils, they. 

s'imaginer, to fancy. 

imiter, to imitate. 

immense, immense. 

impatient, -e, impatient. 

imperatrice, /. empress. 

impertinence, /. impertinence. 

impertinent, m. impertinent fellow. 

impitoyable, pitiless. 

important, -e, important. 

il importe, it is important ; n'im- 

porte, no matter, never mind. 
impossible, impossible. 
impur, -e, impure. 
inattendu, -e, unexpected. 
incliner, to bend, s'incliner, to bow. 
incroyable, incredible. 
indiquer, to indicate. 
indiscretion,/, indiscretion. 



indispensable, indispensable. 

indispose, -e, indisposed. 

infame, infamous, disgraceful. 

inferieur, -e, lower. 

inflniment, infinitely. 

infortune, /. misfortune. 

ingrat, -e, ungrateful. 

injustment, unjustly. 

inquiet, -ete, uneasy, troubled. 

inquidter, to annoy, s'inquieter, 

to trouble one's self, to be uneasy, 
inscription, /. notice, 
inscrire, to write down, 
insecte, m. insect. 
instant, m. moment. 
instruire, to teach, s'instruire, to 

learn. 
instruit, -e, wise. 
insulter, to insult. 
intelligence, /. intelligence. 
intention, /. meaning, 
interdire, to forbid. 
interessant, -e, interesting. 



idl 



English-French 



idle, paresseux, -se. 

if, si. 

ill (adj.), malade; (adv.), mal. to 

be — , etre malade, se porter 

mal. 
illness, maladie, /. 
illustrated, illustre, -e. 
illustrious, illustre. 
imaginary, imaginaire. 
immediately, tout de suite. 
impertinent, impertinent, -e. 
important, important, -e. 
to be important, importer, 
impossible, impossible. 
impudence, impudence, /. 
in, a, dans; en. 
inch, pouce, m. 
incredible, incroyable. 
indeed, bien. 



indefinite, inu^fini, -e. 
indifference, indifference,/. 
indispensable, indispensable. 
indisposed, indispose^ -e. 
indisputable, incontestable. 
to induce, engager (a). 
industrious, laborieux, -se. 
infinite, infini, -e. 
inhabitants, les habitants, m. 
ink, encre, /. 
inkwell, encrier, m. 
innocence, innocence, /. 
insect, insecte, m. 
to insist, exiger. 
insolence, insolence, /. 
instant, instant, on. 
instead of, au lieu de. 
to insult, insulter. 
to intend, compter. 



int 



363 



int 

interesser, to interest, 
interet, ra. interest. 
interpeller, to speak to. 
interprete, ra. interpreter. 
interrompre, to interrupt, 
inutile, useless. 
invalide, ra. veteran, 
invitation, /. invitation. 
invite, to. guest. 
inviter, to invite. 
Irlande, /. Ireland. 
irrdsolu, -e, irresolute. 
Italie, /. Italy. 
italien, -ne, Italian. 



j' stands for je. 

Jacques, to. James. 

jalousie, /. jealousy ; Venetian blind. 

jaloux, -se, jealous. 

jamais, ever. ne . . . jamais, 

never. 
jambe, /. leg. a toutes — , at full 

speed. 
Janvier, to. January. 
Japon, to. Japan, 
jardin, to. garden. — des Plantes, 

public garden. 



Francois- Anglais 



1UI 



jardinier, to. gardener, 
jaune, yellow. 

Jeanam. John. 
Jeanne^/. Jane. 

jeteivto cast, to throw, 
eu, ra. game, play. 
eudi, ra. Thursday, 
eune, young. 
euner, to fast. 
eunesse, /. youth. 
oie, /. joy. 

oindre, to join, to meet, 
oli, -e, pretty. 
oue, /. cheek. 
oue, -e, played, 
ouer, to play. 
ouir de, to enjoy, 
oujou, m. toy. 
our, ra. day. 

ournal, -aux, ra. newspaper, 
ournee, /. day. 
ovial, -e, jovial, 
oyeux, -se, cheerful, 
uillet, ra. July. 
uin, ra. June. 

umeau ra., jumelle,/., twin, 
urer, to swear. 



int 



English- French 



interest, intCret, ra. 

interesting, interessant, e-. 

to interfere, se meler de. 

to intimidate, intimider. 

into, dans. 

to invite, inviter. 

iron, fer, m. 

it, il, le, la, lui, of it, en. to it, y. 
it is the tenth, c'est le dix. it is 
I, c'est moi; it is they, ce sont 
eux. it is said, on dit. that's 
it, c'est 5a. 

Italian, italien, -ne. 

Italy, 1' Italie,/. 



its, son, sa, ses. 



James, Jacques, ra. 
Jane, Jeanne, /. 
January, ianvier, ra. 
Japan, Japon, ra. 
jealous, jaloux, -se. 
jest, plaisanterie, /. 
jewel, bijou, ra. 
John, Jean, ra. 
journey, voyage, ra. 
July, juillet, ra. 
June, juin, ra. 



iun 



364 



JUS 



Francais-Anglais 



le 



jusqu'a, as far as, till. 
juste, just, tout — , exactly. 
justement, just, exactly. 



kilogramme, to. kilogram. 
kilomitre, to. kilometer. 



1' stands for le or la. 
la, the ; her, it. 
la, there. 

laborieux, -se, industrious. 
lache, cowardly. 
laconisme, to. conciseness. 
laid, -e, ugly. 
laine, /. wool. 



laisser, to let, to allow, to leave, to 
let alone. — tranquille, to let 
alone. — tomber, to drop. 

lait, to. milk. 

lampe, /. lamp. 

lancer, to throw. 

langue, /. tongue, language. 

languir, to languish. 

lapin, to. rabbit. 

laquelle, which. 

large, broad. 

largeur, /. breadth. 

larme, /. tear. 

las, lasse, tired. 

latin, -e, Latin. 

laver, to wash. 

le, the ; him, it. 



JUS 

just (adj.), juste; (adv.), juste- 
ment. to have — , venir de. — 
now, tout a Theure. 

justice, justice, /. 



English- French 



lea 



to keep, garder. 

key, clef,/. 

to kill, tuer. 

kilogram, kilogramme, to. 

kind, bon, bonne. 

to kindle, allumer. 

loudness, bontC, /. 

king, roi, m. 

to kiss each other, s'embrasser. 

kitchen, cuisine, /. 

knife, couteau, to. 

to knock, frapper. 

to know, connaitre, savoir. 



to labor, travailler. 
labor, travail, to. 
laborious, laborieux, -se. 
lace, dentelle,/. 



ladder, e'chelle, /. 

lady, dame, /. young lady, jeune 

fille, jeune personne, demoiselle, /. 
lamb, agneau, to. 
lamp, lampe, /. 
land, terre, /. 
landlord, proprietaire, to. 
language, langue, /., langage, w. 
large, grand, -e; gros, -se. 
last, dernier, derniere. — month, 

le mois dernier. — evening, hier 

soir. — night, cette nuit. at 

last, enfin. 
late, tard, -e , to be — in, tarder a. 
Latin, latin, -e. 
to laugh, rire. 
laughed (part.), ri„ 
law, loi, /. 
lawyer, avocat, to. 
laziness, paresse, /. 
lazy, paresseux, -s"e. 
to lead, mener. — to, amener. — 

back, ramener. — away, em- 

mener. 
leaf, feuille, /. 
365 



lee 



Francais-Anglais 



Ion 



lecon, /. lesson. 

lecture, /. reading. 

leger, legere (adj.), light. 

legume, m. vegetable. 

lendemain, m. next day. 

lentement, slowly. 

leopard, m. leopard. 

lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, 

which. 
les, the ; them. 
lest, m. ballast, 
lettre, /. letter. 
leur (pron.), to them. (adj.), 

their. le — , la — , les leurs, 

theirs, their. 
lever, to raise, se — , to rise, to 

get up. 
ldvre, /. lip. 
libraire, m. bookseller, 
libre, free, disengaged, at liberty. 



lieu, m. place, au — de, instead of. 

lieue, /. league. 

lieutenant, m. lieutenant. 

ligne, /. line. 

linge, m. linen. 

lion, m. lion, lionne, /. lioness. 

lire, to read. 
1 lisiere, /. verge, border. 
; lit, m. bed. 

I litre, m. liter = If pints. 
I livre, m. book. 
! livre, /. pound. 

livree, /. livery ; retinue of servants. 

loger, to lodge. 

loi, /. law. 

Ton stands for on, one, people. 

loin, far. — de, far from, de — , 
from afar. 

loisir, m. leisure. 

Londres, m. London. 



lea 



English- French 



Ion 



to learn, apprendre. 

learned, instruit, -e. 

learnt, appris, -e. 

at least, du moins. at the — , au 

moins. 
leather, cuir, m. 
to leave (go away), partir ; (leave 

behind), laisser ; quitter. 
left (adj.), gauche. 
leg, jambe, /. 
to lend, preter. 
length, longueur, /. 
lent, prete", -e. 
leopard, leopard, w. 
less (adj.), moindre ; (adv.), moins. 
lesson, lecon, /. 
lest, de peur que, de crainte que ; 

(after verbs expressing fear) , que. 
to let, laisser ; (a house), louer. 
letter, lettre. /. 

liberty, liberty, /. at — , libre. 
library, bibliotheque, /. 



life, vie, /. 

light (adj.), leger, legere. 

light (noun), lumiere, /. 

to light, allumer. 

like (adj.), pared, -le ; (adv.), comme= 

to like, aimer. 

to be like, ressembler (&). 

likely, probable, vraisemblable. 

lily-of-the-valley, muguet, m. 

linen, linge, m. 

lion, lion, m., lionne, /. 

lip, levre, /. 

to listen, eoouter. 

little (adj.), petit, -e ; (adv.), peu. 

to live, demeurer ; vivre. live in, 

habiter. 
lively, vif, vive. 
living, vie, /. 
to lock, fermer k clef. 



London, Londres, m. 
long, long, longue. 
longtemps. 
366 



time 



Ion 



Francais- Anglais 



man 



long, longue, long. le — de, 
through., along. 

longe, /. loin. 

longtemps, a long time, long. 

longueur,/, length. 

lorsque, when, while. 

louer, to praise. 

louer, to hire, to rent. 

loueur de chevaux, to. stable-keeper. 

Louis, to. Louis. 

louis, — d'or, to. louis, twenty- 
franc piece. 

Louise, /. Louise. 

loup, to. wolf. 

lourd, -e, heavy. 

lu, -e, read. 

lucratif, -ve, lucrative. 

lueur, /. gleam, flash, light. 

lui, he, to him, to her, to it. lui- 
meme, himself, de lui-meme, of 
his own accord. 

luire, to shine, to glitter. 

lumiere, /. light. 

lundi, to. Monday. 

lune, /. moon. 

lunettes, /. spectacles. 

lutte,/. struggle. 

lutter, to struggle, to fight. 



m' stands for me. 

M. stands for Monsieur, Sir, Mr. 

ma, my. 



Madame, /. Madam, Mrs. 

Mademoiselle,/. Miss. 

magasin, m. shop, store. 

magnanime, magnanimous. 

magnifique, magnificent. 

mai, to. May. 

main, / hand; donner la — , to 
shake hands. 

maint, -e, many, many a. 

maintenant, now, by this time. — 
que, now that. 

mais, but ; why ! 

maison, /. house, a la — , at home. 

maitre, to. teacher, master. 

maitresse, /. mistress. 

majeste, /. majesty. 

mal, to. harm, evil. 

mal (adv.), ill, badly, de — en pis, 
from bad to worse, se porter — , 
to be sick. 

malade (adj.), ill, sick ; (n.), patient. 

maladie, /. illness. 

malentendu, to. misunderstanding. 

malgre, in spite of. 

malheur, to. misfortune. 

malheureusement, unfortunately . 

malheureux, -se, unhappy, unfortu- 
nate. 

malin, maligne, cunning, clever, sly. 

malle, /. trunk. 

maman, /. mamma. 

manchon, to. muff. 

mange\ -e, eaten. 



Ion 



English- French 



no longer, ne . . . plus. 

to look, avoir l'air. — at, regarder. 

— for, chercher. 
to lose, perdre. 
lost, perdu, -e. 
Louis, Louis, to. 
to love, aimer. 
low, bas, basse. 
luck, chance, /. 



man 



mad, fou, folle. 

made, fait, -e. 

magnanimity, magnanimite, /. 

magnificent, magnifique. 

maid-servant, bonne, /. 

to make, faire. — haste, se depecher, 

malignant, malin, maligne. 

mamma, maman, /. 

man, homme, to. 



367 



man 



Francais-Anglais 



mex 



manger, to eat. 

manidre, /. way, manner; — de 

voir, point of view. 
manquer, to miss, to fail. — de, 

to lack, to be in need of. 
manteau, ra. cloak, 
marbre, ra. marble. 
marchand, in. dealer, merchant. 
marchander, to bargain for. 
marche, /. step. 
marcher, to walk, to march; to go 

to work. 
mardi, m. Tuesday. 
marechal, ra. marshal, 
le Maroc, Morocco. 
mars, ra. March, 
matin, to. morning. 
mauvais, bad. — sujet, bad boy, 

bad fellow. 
me, me, to me, myself, to myself. 
mediant, -e, naughty, wicked, 
mecontent, -e, displeased. 
m^contenttr, to displease. 
medecin, to. doctor. 
meilleur, -e, better (adj.). 
meler, to mix ; se — de, to meddle 

with. 
meme, same, even, de — , likewise. 



memoire, /. memory, remembrance. 

menace, /. threat. 

menacer, to threaten. 

menager, to save, to spare. 

menagerie, /. menagerie. 

mener, to take to, to lead. 

mensonge, to. deceit, lie. 

mentionner, to mention. 

mentir, to lie, speak falsely. 

menton, to. chin. 

mer, /. sea. 

merci, thank you. 

mercredi, to. Wednesday. 

mdre, /. mother. 

meriter, to merit. 

mes, my. 

Mesdames, /. ladies, Mesdames. 

Mesdemoiselles, /. Misses, the 

Misses. 
message, to. message. 
Messieurs, to. sirs, gentlemen. 
mesure, /. measure. 
metal, to. metal. 
metier, to. trade, profession. 
metre, ra. meter. 
mettre, to put, to put on. se — k, 

to go to, to set about. 
le Mexique, Mexico. 



man 



English-French 



mex 



manners, manieres, /. plur. 

many, beaucoup. as — as, autant 

que. too — , trop. 
many a, maint, -e. 
marble, marbre, m. 
March, mars, to. 
to march, marcher, 
market, marche", to. 
to marry, epouser. 
Mary, Marie, /. 
master, maitre, to. 
match, allumette, /. 
May, mai, to. 
it may be, il se peut, il est possible. 



me, me, moi. 

meadow, pre", to., prairie, /. 

to mean, vouloir dire. 

meaning, intention, /. 

meat, viande, /. 

to meddle with, se meler de. 

to meet, rencontrer. to go to 

aller au devant de. 
to mend, raccommoder. 
merchant, negotiant, to. 
merry, gai, -e. 
metal, metal, w. 
meter, metre, ra. 
Mexico, le Mexique. 



368 



mid 



Francais- Anglais 



mon 



midi, to. noon ; south. 

miel, to. honey. 

le mien, la mienne, les miens, les 
miennes, mine. 

mieux, better (adv.). faire de son 
— , to do one's best. 

mil, one thousand (used in dates 
only). 

milieu, to. middle, au — de, in 
the middle of, among. 

militaire, to. soldier. 

mille, to. thousand ; mile. 

milliard, to. a billion. 

million, to. million. 

Miltiade, to. Miltiades- 

ministre, to. minister. 

minuit, to. midnight. 

minute, /. minute. 

miroir, to. mirror. 

mis, mise, put, dressed 

miserable, miserable; wretch. 

misere, /. misery. 

Mile, stands for Mademoiselle, Miss. 

Miles, stands for Mesdemoiselles, 
Misses, the Misses. 

MM. stands for Messieurs, gentle- 
men, Messrs. 



Mme. stands for Madame, Madam, 
Mrs. 

Mmes. stands for Mesdames, ladies. 

modele, to. model. 

moderne, modern. 

modiste, /. or to., milliner. 

moeurs, /. manners, customs. 

moi, I, me, to me, as for me. a 
moi ! help ! moi-meme, myself. 

moindre, less, le — , least. 

moins, less, fewer, a — que, un- 
less, au — , at the least, at any 
rate, du — , at least. 

mois, to. month. le — dernier, 
last month. 

moitie, a moitie, /. half. 

moment, to. moment. moments 
perdus, spare moments. 

mon, ma, mes, my. 

monde, to. world, beaucoup de — , 
many people. personne au — , 
nobody in the world, tout le 
— , everybody. 

Monsieur, to. Sir, Mr., gentleman. 

mont, to. hill. 

les monts Rocheux, Rocky Moun- 
tains. 



mid 



English-French 



mor 



Middle Ages, moyen age, to. 

midnight, minuit, to. 

mile, mille, to. 

milk, lait, to. 

milliner, modiste, to. or f. 

million, million, to. 

mine, le mien, la mienne, les miens, 

les miennes. 
minister, ministre, to. 
minute, minute, /. 
mirror, miroir, to. 
misery, misere, /. 
misfortune, malheur, to. 
to mislay, ^garer. 
Miss, Mademoiselle or Mile., /. 



mistake, faute, /. 

to be mistaken, se tromper. 

mistress, maitresse, /. 

to mock, se moquer de. 

modern, moderne. 

moment, moment, to. 

Monday, lundi, to. 

money, argent, to. 

monkey, singe, to. 

Mont Blanc, le Mont Blanc. 

month, mois, to. in the — of, au 

mois de. 
moon, lune, /. 
more, plus, davantage. no more, 

ne . . , plus. 



mon 



Framais- Anglais 



neg 



montagne, /. mountain. 

monter, to go up, to carry up ; to 

ride, 
montre, /. watch. 
montrer, to show, to point to. 
se moquer de, to sneer at,'laugh at. 
morceau, to. piece. 
mordre, to bite. 
morsure. /. bite. 
mort, /. death. 
mort, -e {part.), dead, 
mot, in. word. 
mou, (mol), molle, soft. 
mouche, /. fly. 
mouchoir, to. handkerchief. 
mourant, -e, dying, 
mourir, to die. 
mousseline, /. muslin, 
moutarde, /. mustard. 
mouton, to. sheep. 
mouvement, to. movement. 
mouvoir, to move, to stir. 
moyen, to. means, way. — age, m. 

Middle Ages. 
muet, -ette, mute, silent. 



mugir, to bellow, to roar, 
muguet, to. lily-of the-valley. 
mur, to. wall. 
mfir, -e, ripe. 
murir, to ripen, 
musee, m. museum, 
musicien, to. musician, 
musique, /. music. 



to 



naitre, to be born. faire 

produce, to give rise to. 
Napoleon, to. Napoleon. 
nature, /. nature, 
naturel, -le, natural, 
naufrage, to. shipwreck, faire — , 

to be wrecked. 
n'est-ce pas. See etre. 
ne . . . pas, not. 

ne . . . personne, nobody, no one. 
ne . . . plus, no longer. 
ne . . . que, only, nothing but. 
ne, nee, born. 
nScessaire, necessary. 
negociant, to. merchant. 



mor 



English-French 



morning, matin, to. 
mortal, mortel, mortelle. 
the most, plupart, /. 
mother, mere, /. 
mountain, montagne,/. 
mouse, souris, /. 
mouth, bouche, /. 
movement, mouvement, to. 
Mr., Monsieur or M., w. 
Mrs., Madame or Mme., /. 
much, beaucoup ; fort. so 

tant. too — , trop. 
muff, manchon, m. 
museum, mus6"e, m. 
music, musique, /. 
musician, musicien, to. 
muslin, mousseline, /. 



must, il f aut que ; devoir, 
mute, muet, -ette. 
mutton, mouton, to. 
my, mon, ma, mes. 
myself, moi-meme. 
mystery, mystere, to. 



nail, clou, to. 
name, nom, to. 
to name, nommer. 
napkin, servittee, /. 
Napoleon, Napoleon, m. 
naughty, mechant, -e. 
near, pres de. 
nearly, presque. 
necessary, n^cessaire, 
370 



nec 



nei 



Francais- Anglais 



nui 



neige, /. snow. 

nenni, no, no. 

net, nette, clean. 

nettoyer, to clean. 

neuf, nine. 

neuf, neuve, new-made. 

neuvidme, ninth. 

neveu, to. nephew. 

nez, to. nose. 

ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor. 

niece, /. niece. 

noir, -e, black. 

nom, to. name. 

nombre, to. number. 

nombreux, -se, numerous. 

nommer, to name. 

non, no. ni- moi — plus, nor I 

either. 
Normand, w. Norman. 



nord-ouest, northwest. 

nos, our. 

notre (adj.), our. 

le notre, la — , les n6tres (pron.), 

ours, 
se nourrir de, 
nous, we, us, 

ourselves. 

selves. 
nouveau, nouvel, 

de — , again. 
nouvelle,/. report; (plur.), news. 
novembre, to. November. 
nu, nue, bare. 
nuire, to injure, 
nuit, /. night, cette — , last night 

(from 12 till this morning). 
nul, nulle (adj.), no. 
nulle part, nowhere. 



to live on. 

to us ; ourselves, to 
nous-memes, our- 

nouvelle, new. 



nec 



English- French 



num 



to be necessary, falloir. 

neck, cou, to. 

to need, avoir besoin de ; falloir de. 

needle, aiguille, /. 

to neglect, negliger. 

neighbor, voisin, to. ; voisine, /. 

neither . . . nor, ni . . . ni. 

nephew, neveu, to. 

Nero, Neron, to. 

never, ne . . . jamais. 

new (another), nouveau, nouvelle. 

new-made, neuf, neuve. 

news, nouvelles, /. plur. 

newspaper, journal, to. 

next, prochain, -e. 

nice, gentil, gentille. 

niece, niece,/. 

night, nuit, /. at — , le soir. last 

— , cette nuit. 
nine, neuf. 
nineteen, dix-neuf. 
ninety, quatre-vingt-dix. 
ninth, neuvieme. 



no, non, ne . . . pas, ne . . . point. 

— longer, — more, ne . . . plus. 

— one, personne . . . ne. — 
money, pas d'argent. 

no (adj.), nul, nulle. 

nobody, personne . . . ne. 

noise, bruit, to. 

noon, midi, m. 

nor, ni. — I either, ni moi non plus. 

north, nord, to. 

nose, nez, to. 

not, ne . . . pas. — at all, pas du 

tout, point. — yet, pas encore, 
note, billet, to. 
note-book, cahier, to. 
nothing, ne . . . rien. 
to notice, remarquer. 
novel, roman, to. 
November, novembre, to. 
now, a present, maintenant. 
nowhere, nulle part. 
number, chiffre, to. ; nombre, m. 
numerous, nombreux, -se. 



371 



obe 



Ft ancais- Anglais 



ote 



obeir, to obey. 

objet, to. object. 

oblige\ -e, obliged. 

obliger, to oblige. , 

obscur, -e, obscure, dark. 

observer, to observe, to keep. 

obtenir, to obtain. 

occasion, /. opportunity ; bargain. 

occupe, -e, busy, engaged. 

occuper, to occupy. 

octobre, to. October. 

odeur, /. smell. 

ceil, to. (pi. yeux), eye. 

oeuf, to. egg. 

offenser, to offend. 

offert, -e, offered. 

office, to. office, duty, bons offices, 

kind offices. 
officier, to. officer, 
offre, /. offer. 
offrir, to offer. 
oiseau, to. bird, 
ombrelle/. parasol. 
omettre, to omit. 



omnibus, to. omnibus. 
on, one, people, we, you, they, 
oncle, m. uncle, 
ont, bave (third person pi.). 
onze, eleven. 
onzieme, eleventh. 
opera, to. opera. 
operation,/, operation. 
opticien, to. optician, 
s'opposer (a), to object to. 
opprimer, to oppress. 
or, to. gold. 
oracle, to. oracle, 
orageux, -se, stormy, 
orange, /. orange. 

ordinaire, common, a 1' — , as usual, 
ordonner, to order, 
ordre, to. order. 

oreille, /. ear. boucle d'— , /. ear- 
ring. 
orphelin, to. orphan, 
ortolan, to. ortolan, a delicate bird. 
oser, to dare. 
6ter, to take off or away. 



oat 



English-French 



ord 



oath, serment, to. 
to obey, obeir (a). 
to oblige, obliger. 
obstinate, obstine\ -e. 
to obtain, obtenir. 
October, octobre, to. 
of, de ; du ; de la ; des. 
offence, faute, /. 
offer, offre, /. 
offered, offert, -e. 
office, bureau, to. 
officer, officier, to. 
often, souvent. 
old, vieux, vieil, vieille. 
to omit, omettre. 
omnibus, omnibus, to. 
on, sur. on before a day or date is 
not translated. 



once, une fois. at — , tout de suite. 
one (adj.), un, une; (pron.), on, 

l'on. no one, personne . . . ne. 

the one, celui, celle. 
one's self, se, soi. 
only (adj.), seu\ i -e ; (a#v.), seule- 

ment, ne . . . que. 
to open, ouvrir. 
opened, ouvert, -e. 
opera, op6ra, to. 
opportunity, occasion, /. 
to oppose, opposer. 
or, ou. 

orange, orange,/, 
order, ordre, to. 

to order, ordonner, commander, 
ordered, commande, -e. 
in order that, afin que, pour que. 
372 



ou 



Francais-Arglais 



ou, or. 

ou, where, par — , which way ? 
oublier, to forget. 

oui, yes. je crois que — , I think so. 
ours, to. hear. 
out, for aout, to. August. 
outre, beyond, besides. 
ouvert, -e (adj.), open; (part.), 
* opened. 

ouverture, /. opening. 
ouvrage, to. work; book. 
ouvrier, to. workman. 
ouvrir, to open. 



page, /. page. 

p'aille, /. straw. 

pain, to. bread, loaf. 

paire, /. pair. 

paix, /. peace. 

palais, to. palace; palate. 

pale, pale. 

panier, to. basket. 

pantoufle, /. slipper. 



par 

a lettres, note 



papier, to. paper, 
paper. 

paquet, to. parcel, bundle. 

par, by, through ; before words ex- 
pressing time, a or an. — ici, 
this way, in this direction. 

paraitre, to appear, vient de — , 
just published. 

parapluie, to. umbrella. 

parbleu ! upon my word ! 

pare, to. park. 

parce que, because. 

parcourir, to go over, to run through. 

par-dessous, under. 

par-dessus, over 

pardessus, to. overcoat. 

pardon, to. pardon ; excuse me ! 

pardonner, to forgive. 

pareil, -le, like, alike, such. 

parent, to. parent, relative. 

paresseux, -se, lazy, idle. 

parfaitement, perfectly, quite. 

par ici, this way. 

parier, to wager. 



oth 



English- French 



par 



other (different), autre ; (addi- 
tional), encore un(une). 

otherwise, autrement. 

our, notre, nos. 

ours, le n6tre, la notre, les notres. 

ourselves, nous, nous-mem es. 

out, hors. to go — , sortir ; to set 
— , partir. 

to owe (ought), devoir. 

owl, hibou, to. 

own, my own, le mien. 

overcoat, pardessus, to. 

ox, bceuf, to. 



to pack, emballer. 
package, paquet, to. 
pain, douleur, /. 



painful, douleureux, -se. 

paint, couleur, /. — brush, pin- 

ceau, to. 
to paint, peindre. 
painter, peintre, to. 
painting, tableau, to. ; peinture, f 
pair, paire, /. 
palace, palais, to. 
pamphlet, brochure, /. 
paper, papier, to. ; journal, to. 
parasol, ombrelle, /. 
parcel, paquet, to. 
pardon, pardon, to. to ask — , de 

mander pardon. 
to pardon, pardonner. 
parents, parents, to. 
Parisian, parisien, -enne. 
park, pare, to. 



373 



par 



Francais- Anglais 



per 



parisien, -enne, Parisian. 

parle, -e, spoken. 

parlement, m. parliament 

parler, to speak. 

parmi, among. 

parole,/, word. 

part, /. part, share, de ma (ta, sa) 
— , from me (thee, him, her) 
quelque — , somewhere, nulle — , 
nowhere. 

parti, -e, gone away, departed, set 
out, left. 

particularite, /. peculiarity. 

en particulier, privately. 

partie, /. part ; party, excursion. 

partir, to set out, to leave. 

partout, everywhere. 

parvenir, to reach, succeed. 

pas (adv.), not, not any. See ne. 

pas, m. step. 

passage, m. passage. 

passer, to spend ; to hand ; to es- 
cape, to go, to pass, se — , to 
take place, occur, se — de, to 
do without. — chez, to call on. 

pasteur, m. pastor. 

patiner, to skate. 

pauvre, poor. 

payer, to pay (for) . 



pays, m. country. 

paysan, m. peasant. 

pecore, /. silly goose. 

peigne, m. comb. 

peigner, m. to comb. 

peine, /. trouble, labor, grief, a 

— , scarcely, just, donnez-vous 

la — , prenez la — , please. 
peintre, to. painter, 
pendant, during, for. — que. 

during, while, 
penible, painful, 
pensee, /. thought. 
penser, to think, 
pension, /. boarding-school. 
percher, to perch, 
perdre, to lose. 
perdu, -e, lost. 
pere, m. father, 
permettre, to permit, 
permission, /. permission. 
Perses, m. Persians. 
personnage, m. personage. 
personne, /. person, people, any 

one. jeune — , /. young lady. 

ne . . . personne, m. nobody, no 

one. — au monde, nobody in 

the world. 
persuader, to persuade. 



par 



English- French 



per 



parlor, salon, to. 

part, partie, /. 

to part, separer. — from each 

other, se separer. 
to pass, passer, to come to — , se 

passer. 
passage, passage, to. 
patience, patience, /. 
to pay for, payer. 
peace, paix, /. 
pear, poire, /. 
peasant, paysan, m. 
pen, plume, /. 



pencil, crayon, in. 
pen-holder, porte-plume, to. 
pen-knife, canif, to. 
people, gens ; on, Pon. so many 

tant de monde. 
pepper, poivre, to. 
to perceive, apercevoir. 
perfectly, parfaitement. 
perhaps, peut-gtre. 
perishable, penssable. 
permission, permission, /. 
to permit, permettre. 
person, personne, /. 
374 



pes 



Francais-Anglais 



poi 



peser, to weigh. 

petit, -e, little, small, short. 

peu, m. few, a little, avant — , 
before long. 

peu, little, few, not very. — a 
— , by degrees, gradually, a — 
pres, about, nearly. 

peuple, m. people, nation. 

peur, /. fear, avoir — , to be 
afraid, de — de, for fear of. 

peut-etre, perhaps. 

philosophic, /. philosophy. 

phosphorique, phosphorescent. 

photographie, /. photograph. 

phrase, /. sentence. 

piece,/, piece ; (theat.), play. 

pied, m. foot, a — , on foot. 

pierre, /. stone. 

pierreux, -se, stony. 

pidton, m. pedestrian. 

se piquer de, to pride one's self. 

pire, worse. 

pis (adv.), worse. 

pitie, /. pity. 

place, /. place, situation ; seat. 

placer, to place. 

plaie, /. wound. 

plaindre, to pity, se — , to com- 
plain. 



plaire, to please, se =-, to enjoy. 

s'il vous plait, if you please. 

plait-il, what did you say ? 
plaisir, m. pleasure. 
plancher, m. floor, 
plante, /. plant. 
planter, to plant. 
plein, -e, full, open. 
pleure, -e, wept, cried, 
pleurer, to weep, 
pleuvoir, to rain, 
pluie,/. rain, 
plumage, m. plumage. 
plume,/, feather, pen. 
la plupart, most. 
plus, more, ne . . . plus, not 

again, no more, no longer, de 

— en ■*-, more and more. — tot, 

sooner. 
plusieurs, several. 
plutot, rather, 
pluvieux, -se, rainy, 
poche, /. pocket. 
poids, m. weight. 
poignet, m. wrist. 
point, m. point, 
ne . . . point, not, not at all. 
poire, /. pear. 
poisson, m. fish. 



per 



English-French 



poc 



personage, personnage, m. 
to persuade to, decider a. 
philosophy, philosophic, /. 
photograph, photographie, /. 
physician, me"decin, m. 
to pick up, ramasser. 
picture, tableau, m. 
piece, morceau, m. ; piece, / 
pin, epingle, /. 
to pinch, serrer ; blesser. 
pineapple, ananas, m. 
to pity, plaindre. 
place, place, /. ; lieu, m. 



to place, placer, 
plate, assiette, /. 
play, jeu, m. 
to play, jouer. 
plaything, joujou, m. 
pleasant, agreable, aimable. 
please, veuillez (with infin. ) . 
to please, plaire, faire plaisir 

you — , s'il vous plait. 
pleased with, content (-e) de. 
pleasure, plaisir, m. 
plenty, beaucoup. 
pocket, poche, /. 
375 



poi 



Francais-Anglais 



pre 



poitrine,/. chest, breast. 

poivre, m. pepper. 

poli, -e (adj.), polite. 

poliment, politely. 

politesse, /. politeness. 

pomme, /. apple. — de terre, /. 

potato. 
pont, m. bridge, 
bien portant, well. 
porte, /. door, 
porte, -e, carried. 
porte-monnaie, m. purse, 
porte-plume, m. pen-bolder. 
porter, to carry, to bear, to wear, to 

put. — a, to take to. se — , to 

be. 
portiere, /. door, 
portrait, m. portrait, 
poser, to place, to put down, 
posseder, to possess, 
possible, possible. 
poste, m. post, station. 
poste,/. post-office. 
pot, m. pot, jug. — de terre, 

earthen pot. 
pouce, m. thumb, inch. 
poupSe, /. doll, 
pour, for, to, in order to. 
pourquoi, why. 
poursuivre, to pursue. 



pourtant, yet, however. 
pourvoir, to provide, 
pourvu que, provided, 
pousser, to push ; to utter, 
poussiere, /. dust. 
pouvoir, to be able, 
pre, ra. meadow, 
precieux, -se, precious, 
precisement, exactly. 
preferable, preferable. 
preferer, to prefer, 
premier, -ere, first, former, 
prendre, to take, catch. — garde, 

to beware, take care. 
prenez, take. 
preparer, to prepare, 
pres de, near, beside, closely, on 

the point of. 
presence,/, presence. 
present, m. present, a — , now. 
presenter, to show, to present, 
president, m. president. 
presider, to preside over, 
presque, almost, 
pret, prete, ready. 
prete, lent, 
pretendre, to pretend. 
prefer, to lend. 
pretexte, m. pretence. 
preteur, m. preteuse,/. lender. 



poc 

pocket-book, porte-monnaie, m. 

policeman, sergent (m.) de ville. 

polite, poli, -e. 

politely, poliment. 

poor, pauvre ; (bad), mauvais, -e. 

pope, pape, m. 

portrait, portrait, m. 

positively, definitivement. 

to possess, possCder. 

possible, possible. 

post, poste, m. 

posterity, posterite, /. 



English- French 



prt 



post-office, poste, /. 
potato, pomme de terre, /. 
pound, livre, /. 
to praise, louer. 
precious, precieux, -euse. 
to predict, predire. 
to prefer, preferer, aimer mieux. 
preferable, preferable. 
to prepare, preparer, 
present, cadeau, present, m. 
president, president, m. 
to pretend, pretendre. 
376 



pre 



Francois- Anglais 



pui 



pretre, m. priest. 

preuve, /. proof. 

prevenir, to warn. 

prevenu, -e, warned. 

pre voir, to foresee. 

prier, to pray, to beg. 

pri§re, /. prayer, entreaty. 

prince, m. prince. 

princesse, /. princess. 

principal, principaux, principal. 

printemps, m. spring. 

pris, -e, taken. 

prison, /. prison. 

prisonnier, m. prisoner. 

prix, to. prize ; price, value. 

prochain, -e, next, le mois — 

next month. 
prodigieusement, greatly, 
professeur, m. professor. 
profit, to. benefit. 
profond, -e (adj.), deep. 
profondeur, /. depth. 
proie, /. prey. 
promenade, /. walk ; ride. 



promener, to take out to walk. 

— , to take a walk, 
promesse, /. promise, 
promettre, to promise. 
promis, -e, promised. 
promptement, quickly. 
prononcer, to pronounce, utter. 
propos, m. talk, 
proposition, /. proposal, 
propre a, fit for. 
proprietaire, to. landlord, 
propriete, /. property, 
protection, /. patronage. 
proteger, to protect. 
prouver, to prove, 
proverbe, in. proverb. 
provoquer, to provoke. 
prudence, /. prudence. 
la Prusse, Prussia. 
prussien, -ne, Prussian. 
pu, been able. 
public, publique, public. 
puis, then. 
puisque, since, as. 



pre 



English- French 



pup 



pretty (adj.), joli, -e. 
price, prix, to. 
priest, pretre, in. 
prince, prince, m. 
princess, princesse, /. 
principal, principal, -e. 
principle, principe, to. 
prize, prix, to. to gain a 
gagner or remporter un prix. 
probity, probite', /. 
professor, professeur, m. 
to promise, promettre. 
promised, promis, -e. 
to pronounce, prononcer. 
proof, preuve, /. 
proper, convenable. 
to be proper, convenir. 
property, proprie'te', /. 



in proportion as, h, mesure que. 
proposal, proposition, /. 
to propose, proposer. 
to protect, proteger. 
protection, protection, /. 
proud, fier, fiere. 
to prove, prouver. 
proverb, proverbe, m. 
provided that, pourvu que, 
to provide for, pouvoir h,. 
province, province, /. 
Prussia, la Prusse. 
Prussian, prussien, -ne. 
public, public, publique. 
punctuality, exactitude, /. 
to punish, punir. 
punishment, punition, /. 
pupil, eleve, m. or f. 
377 



pui 

puissant, -e, mighty. 
punir, to punish. 
punition, /. punishment. 
pupitre, m. desk. 



qu' stands for que. 

quand, when, depuis — , how long. 

quant a, as for. 

quarante, forty. 

quart, quarter, fourth, — d'heure, 
quarter of an hour. 

quartier, m. quarter. Quartier 
Latin, the Latin Quarter, a part 
of Paris in which many colleges 
and schools are situated. 

quatorze, fourteen. 

quatre, four. 

quatre-vingts, eighty. 

quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. 

quatrieme, fourth. 

que (pron.), whom, which, that; 
(interr.), what. 

que (conj.), than, as, since; how; 
let. 

quel, quels, quelle, quelles, what, 
which ; what a . . . ! 

quelconque {after the noun), what- 
ever. 

quelque (adj.), some, any. — 
chose, something. — part, some- 
where. — temps, sometime. 



Franqais- Anglais 



rap 



quelque (adv.), however, whatever. 

quelqu'un, somebody, quelques- 
uns, a few. 

quelquefois, sometimes. 

se quereller, to quarrel. 

qu'est-ce que . . . ? what ? 

question,/, question. 

queue, /. tail, faire — , to stand in 
line. 

qui, who, which, that; (interr. or 
after prep.), who, whom. 

quinzaine, /. fortnight ; fifteen. 

quinze, fifteen. 

quitter, to leave ; to change. 

quoi, which, what, de quoi, where- 
with. 

quoique, although. 



raconter, to relate, to tell. 

rafraichir, to refresh. 

rageur, -se, passionate. 

raide, stiff. 

raison, /. reason, avoir — , to be 

right. 
raisonnable, reasonable, sensible. 
ramage, m. warbling, 
ramasser, to pick up. 
ramener, to bring back. 
rang, m. rank, 
ranger, to range, to arrange. 
rapidement, quickly. 



pur 



English-French 



raj 



purse, porte-monnaie, m. 
to pursue, poursuivre. 
put, mis, -e, place", -e. 
to put, placer, mettre ; — up (at 
hotel), descendre. 



to quarrel, se quereller. 
quarter (the 4th part), quart, m. 
quarter (district), quartier, m. 



queen, reine, /. 
question, question, /. 
quite, tout k fait, tout. 



rabbit, lapin, m. 
railroad, chemin de fer, m. 
railway-carriage, wagon, i 
railway station, gare, /. 
rain, pluie, /. 
378 



rap 



Francois- Anglais 



ren 



rappeler, to remind, to recall. 

se rapporter, to correspond to. 

rapprocher, to bring near. 

rare, rare. 

rat, m. rat. 

recevoir, to receive. 

recherche, -e, sought after, select. 

reciproquement, reciprocally. 

reclamer, to claim. 

recogner, to draw back. 

recommander, to recommend, to 

order. 
recommencer, to begin again. 
recompense, /. reward. 
recompensed, to reward, 
reconnaissant, -e, grateful. 
reconnaitre, to recognize. 
se recoucher, to go to bed again. 
recu, -e, received. 
recueillir, to harvest. 
reculer, to go back. 
redemander, to ask back or again. 
reduire, to reduce. 
reflechir, to reflect. 
re" forme, /. reform. 
refuser, to refuse. 



regagner, to get back to. 

regal, m. treat, feast. 

regard, m. look; (plur.), glances, 

eyes. 
regarder, to look at ; to concern, 
regiment, m. regiment. 
regie, /. rule. 
regler, to settle, 
regner, to reign, 
regretter, to regret. 
regulier, -dre, regular, 
reine,/. queen. 
rejouir, to rejoice. 
relever, to lift up, to push up. 
reliefs, m. pi. scraps. 
relire, to read again, 
reluire, to shine, glitter. 
remarquable, remarkable, 
remarquer, to notice. 
remercier, to thank, 
remettre, to put on again , to send. 
remords, m. remorse. 
remplir, to fill,. to fulfil. 
remporter, to carry back ; to win. 
remuer, to move, 
renard, m. fox. 



rai 



English-French 



rem 



to rain, pleuvoir. 

rainy, pluvieux, -se. 

rare, rare. 

raspberry, framboise,/. 

rat, rat, m. 

to read, lire. 

read, lu, -e. 

ready, pre~t, pr^te. 

really, vraiment. 

reason, raison, /. 

reasonable, raisonnable. 

to receive, recevoir. 

received, recu, -e. 

reciprocally, reciproquement. 

to reckon, compter. 

to recommend, conseiller. 



red, rouge ; of hair, roux, rousse. 
to reflect, reflechir. 
to refuse, refuser. 
to regret, regretter. 
regular, regulier, reguliere. 
to reign, regner. 
to relate, raconter. 
relative, parent, m. 
to remain, rester. 
remained, reste, -e. 
remarkable, remarquable. 
remedy, remede. m. 
to remember, se souvenir (de) 
remembrance, souvenir, m. 
to remind, rappeler. 
to remit, remettre. 
379 



ren 



Francais-Anglais 



ria 



se rencogner, to get into a corner. 

rencontrer, to meet. 

rendre, to render, to make, to re- 
turn, to restore, to yield. — 
visite, to pay a visit, se — , to 
surrender one's self ; to go. 

rendu, -e, given back ; returned. 

renoncer, to renounce. 

rentes, /. pi. income, property. 

rentrer, to enter, to return ; to come 
home again. 

repandre, to spread. 

repartir, to set off again ; to answer. 

repas, m. meal. 

se repentir, to repent. 

repeter, to repeat. 

replique, /. reply, sans — , with- 
out replying, at once. 

repliquer, to reply, to retort. 

repondre, to answer. 

rSponse, /. answer. 

se reposer, to rest one's self. 

reprendre, to regain, to get back; to 
resume ; to reply. 

representation, /. representation, 
show. 

representee to assure. 

reprimer, to repress, to curb. 

reprocher, to reproach. 

republique, /. republic. 



respect, m. respect, manquer de 
— , to be disrespectful. 

respectueusement, respectfully. 

ressemblant, -e, a good likeness. 

ressembler, to resemble. 

ressortir, to go out again. 

reste, m. remainder, du — , how- 
ever, after all. 

reste, -e, remained, stayed. 

rester, to remain, to stay. 

resulter, to follow. 

r£tabli, -e, recovered. 

se retablir, to be restored to health. 

retenir, to engage, to keep. 

retentir, to resound. 

retirer, to withdraw, draw back. 

retour, m. return, de — , returned, 
back again. 

retourner, to return, to go back. 

retrouver, to find, to find again. 

reussir, to succeed, to be successful. 

reveiller, to awaken. 

revenant, m. ghost. 

revenir, to come back. 

revenu, -e, come back, returned. 

revoir, to see again. 

le Rhin, the Rhine. 

rhume, m. cold. 

ri, laughed. 

riant, -e, laughing. 



ren 



English-French 



to renounce, renoncer (It), 
to repeat, repeter. 
reply, reponse,/. 
to reply, repondre. 
report, bruit, m. 

representation, representation, /. 
to reproach for, reprocher k. 
to resign, se d^mettre. 
resistance, resistance, /. 
respect, respect, m. to fail in - 

manquer de respect k. 
rest (remainder)., reste, m. 



rib 



to rest, se reposer. 

to resume, reprendre. 

to return (to give back), rendre ; (to 

come back), revenir ; (to go back), 

retourner. 
returned (come back), revenu, -e ; 

(given back), rendu, -e. 
revolution, revolution, /. 
reward, recompense, /. 
to reward, reboinpenser. 
Rhine, le Rhin. 
ribbon, ruban, m. 
380 



ric 



Francais-Anglais 



sau 



riche, rich. 

richement, richly. 

rien, nothing. 

rire, to. laughter. 

rire (v.), to laugh. 

rive, /. bank, shore. 

riviere, /. river. 

robe, /. dress, robe. 

roi, to. king. 

role, to. character, part. 

roman, to. novel, romance. 

rompre, to break. 

rond, -e, round. 

rose, /. rose. 

r6t, for roti, to. roast. 

rouge, red. 

rougir, to blush. 

rouler, to roll. 

route, /. road, way. 

roux, rousse, red. 

royal, -e, royal. 

royaume, to. kingdom. 

ruban, to. ribbon. 

rue, /. street. 

mine, /. ruin. 

ruisseau, to. stream. 

ruse, /. cunning, trick. 



russe, Russian, 
la Russie, Russia. 



s' stands for se ; before il or ils. 
for si. 

sa, his, her, its. 

sable, w. sand. 

sac, to. bag. sac de nuit, to. trav- 
elling-bag. 

sacrifier, to sacrifice. 

sage, wise, good. 

saint, -e, holy. 

saisir, to seize. 

saison, /. season. 

sale, dirty. 

salir, to soil. 

salle, /. hall, room. — a manger, 
dining-room. — de classe, /. 
classroom. 

salon, to. drawing-room, parlor. 

samedi, to. Saturday. 

sang, to. blood. 

sanglant, -e, bloody. 

sans, without, but for. 

sante, /. health. 

sauf, except. 



— horseback, 
to go riding, 

juste, to be — , 



ric 

rich, riche. 

to ride, monter. 

monter k cheval 

aller k cheval. 
right, droit, -e 

avoir raison. 
ring, bague, /. 
to ring, sonner. 
ripe, mux, -e. 
to ripen, murir. 
to rise, se lever. 
river, riviere, /. 
road, route, /. ; chemin, to 
roasted, r6ti, -e. 
Rome, Rome, /. 



English-French 



sau 



fleuve, to. 



roof, toit, to. 

room, chambre, /. ; salle, /. 

rose, rose, /. 

round, rond, -e. ■ 

rule, ruler, regie, /. 



to sacrifice, sacrifier. 
sad, triste ; chagrin, - 
safely, sans accident, 
said, dit. 
salad, salade, /. 
salt, sel, to. 
same, merae. 
sand, sable, to. 



381 



sau 



Francais- Anglais 



ser 



sauvage, wild. 

sauver, to save ; se — , to escape. 

savamment, cunningly. 

savant, -e, learned. 

savoir, to know. 

savon, m. soap. 

la Saxe, Saxony. 

scandaleux, -se, scandalous. 

scelerat, m. scoundrel. 

scene, /. scene, incident. 

science,/, science. 

sculpture, /. sculpture. 

se, himself, to himself ; herself, to 

herself ; one's self, to one's self ; 

themselves, to themselves. 
sec, sdche, dry. 
secher, to dry up. 
second, -e {adj.), second. 
seconde, /. second (of time). 
secouer, to shake. 
secourir, to assist. 
secret, m. secret. 
secret, secrete (adj.), secret, hidden. 



secretement, secretly. 

seigneur, m. lord. 

la Seine, the Seine. 

seize, sixteen. 

sel, m. salt. 

selon, according to. 

semaine, /. week. 

semblant, m. appearance. 

sembler, to appear, to seem, ce 

me semble, it seems to me. 
sens, m. sense, meaning, 
sentier, m. path, 
sentiment, m. feeling, 
sentir, to feel ; to smell. 
separer, to separate, se — , to part, 
sept, seven. 

septembre, m. September, 
septieme, seventh. 
sergent, m. sergeant, 
serieux, -se, serious, 
serment, m. oath. 
serpent, m. serpent. 
serrure, /. lock. 



sat 



English- French 



ser 



satisfied, content, -e. 

Saturday, samedi, m. 

savage, sauvage, m. 

Savoy, la Savoie. 

scandal, scandale, m. 

scarcely, a peine, ne . . . guere. 

scarf, £charpe, /. 

scenery, paysage, m. 

school, 6cole, /. at — , a l'e^cole. 

boarding , pension, /. 

science, science, /. 

scissors, ciseaux, m. pi. 

to scold, gronder. 

Scotland, l'Ecosse, /. 

scoundrel, scelerat, m. 

sculpture, sculpture, /. 

sea, mer, /. 

seashore, at the, au bord de la 

mer. 



season, saison,/. 

seated, assis, -e. 

second, second, -e ; deuxieme. 

second (of time), seconde,/. 

secret, secret, m. 

secret (adj.), secret, secrete. 

to see, voir. 

see ! tenez ! 

to seek, chercher. 

to seem, sembler. 

seen, vu, -e. 

to seize, saisir. 

selfish, egoi'ste. 

to sell, vendre. 

to send, envoyer. 

sentence, phrase, /. 

September, septembre, m. 

seriously, serieusement. 

serpent, serpent, m. 



382 



ser 



Francais-Anglais 



SCB 



service, to. service. 

serviette, /. napkin, towel. 

servir, to serve, to be of use. se — 

de, to use. 
ses, his, her, its. 
seul, -e, alone. 
seulement, only. 
seVdre, severe. 
seVerement, severely, 
si, if, so ; yes. si fait, yes, indeed ! 

que si, to be sure, 
siege, to. seat ; siege. 
le sien, les siens, la sienne, les 

siennes, his, hers, its. 



siffler, to whistle. 

sifQet, to. a whistle. 

signe, to. sign, signal. 

signer, to sign. 

sillons, m.plur. plains, fields. 

simple, simple, foolish. 

simplement, simply, merely. 

sincere (adj.), sincere. 

singe, to. monkey. 

sire, to. sire. 

sitot, so soon. 

six, six. 

sixiSme, sixth. 

sceur, /. sister. 



ser 



Eng lish-French 



sla 



servant, bonne, /. ; domestique, to. 

orf. 
to serve, servir. 
service, service, to. 
to set out, partir. 
seven, sept. 
seventeen, dix-sept. 
seventh, septieme. 
seventy, soixante-dix. 
several, plusieurs. 
severely, sdverement. 
shall. I — buy it, je l'acheterai. 

He — do it, je veux qu'il le fasse. 

— I buy some ? faut-il en ache- 

ter ? I — come at once, je vais 

venir tout de suite. 
shame, honte, /. 
sharp, aigu, -e. 
she, elle. she who, celle qui. 
sheep, mouton, to. ; brebis, /. 
to be shipwrecked, faire naufrage. 
shoe, Soulier, to. 
shop, magasin, to. 
to go shopping, faire des em- 

plettes. 
shore, bord, to. 
short, court, -e, petit, -e. 
shoulder, e'paule, /. 



to show, montrer. — me, montrez- 

moi. 
shut, ferme", -e. 
to shut, fermer. 
sick, malade. 
silent, muet, muette. 
silk, soie, /. 
silver, argent, to. 
simple, simple. 
simply, simplement. 
since, depuis ; puisque. 
sincere, sincere, 
to sing, chanter, 
sir, monsieur, to. 
sister, sceur, f. 
sister-in-law, belle-sceur, /. 
to sit, s'asseoir. 
sitting, assis, -e. 
situation, place,/, 
six, six. 
sixteen, seize. 
sixth, sixieme. 
sixty, soixante. 
to skate, patiner. 
sky, ciel, to.. 

to slander, calomnier, me'dire de. 
slate, ardoise, /. 
slave, esclave, to. or f. 



383 



301 



Francais-Anglais 



sou 



soi, one's self, himself, herself. 

soie, /. silk. 

soif, /. thirst, avoir — , to be 
thirsty. 

soigner, to nurse. 

soin, rn. care. 

soir, m. evening, ce — , this even- 
ing, to-night, hier — , last even- 
ing. 

soiree,/, evening; evening party. 

soit, inter'), agreed, all right. 

soixante, sixty. 

soixante-dix, seventy. 

soldat, m. soldier. 

soleil, m. sun. 

somme, /. sum. 

sommeil, m. sleep, avoir — , to be 
sleepy. 

son, m. sound. 

son, sa, ses, his, her, its. 

sonder, to probe. 

songer, to think. 

sonnette, /. bell. 



sont, are, belong, sont a, belong to. 
sort, m. fate. 

sortant, -e, going out, retiring, 
sorti, -e, gone out. 
sortir, to go out, to issue, 
sot, sotte, foolish, stupid. 
sou, m. cent ; sou, five centimes. 
soudain, suddenly. 
souffler, to blow, 
souffrir, to suffer ; to allow, 
souhaiter, to wish ; to hope. 
Soulier, m. shoe, 
soupcon, m. suspicion, 
soupe, /. soup. 
souper (v.), to sup. 
souper, m. supper, 
sourd, -e (adj.), deaf, 
sourire, m. smile. 
sourire (v.), to smile, 
souris, /. mouse. 
sous, under, below, beneath, 
sous-officier, non commissioned offi- 
cer. 



sle 



English-French 



sou 



to sleep, dormir. to be sleepy, 
avoir sommeil. 

sleepless night, une nuit blanche. 

slept, dormi. 

slice, tranche, /. 

slipper, pantoufle, /. 

small, petit, -e. 

to smell, sentir. 

to smoke, fumer. 

snake, serpent, m. 

snow, neige, /. 

so, si ; (after a transitive verb), le ; 
(after an intransitive) , ainsi. — 
many, — much, tant. — soon, 
sitot. — long as, tant que. — 
do I, moi aussi. 

soap, savon, m. 

30ft, mou, molle. 

to soil, salir. 



sold, vendu, -e. 

soldier, soldat, m. 

some, du, de la, de P, des ; en ; 

quelque, quelques-uns. 
somebody, quelqu'un. 
something, quelque chose. — else, 

autre chose. 
sometime, quelque temps, 
sometimes, quelquefois. 
somewhat, un peu, assez. 
somewhere, quelque part, 
son, rils, m. 
song, chanson, /. 
soon, bientot. 
sooner, plus tot. 
sorrowful, chagrin, -e. 
sorry, fache', triste, chagrin, -e. to 

be — . etre fache - de. 
soul, ame, /. 



384 



sou 



Francois- A nglais 



sur 



soutenir, to bear, to maintain, 
se souvenir, to remember, 
souvenir, to. token. 
souvent, often. 
spectacle, to. sight, play, 
splendeur, /. splendor, brightness. 
station, /. station. 
studieux, -se, studious. 
stupide, stupid. 
subitement, suddenly, 
subtilite, /. subtlety, 
succes, to. success. 
sucre, m. sugar. 
sud, w. south. 



suffire, to suffice. 

la Suisse, Switzerland. 

suite, /. train ; what follows, tout 

de — , at once, directly, 
suivant, -e, following, 
suivre, to follow. 
sujet, sujette, subject. 
supercherie, /. deceit, swindle, 
superieur, -e, superior. 
supplier, to implore. 
supporter, to support. 
supposer, to suppose, 
sur, on, upon. 
siir, -e, sure, certain. 



SOU 



English- French 



sup 



wsoup, soupe, /. 

south, midi, to., sud, to. 

Spain, l'Espagne, /. 

Spanish, espagnol, -e. 

to speak, paiier. 

to spend, passer. 

in spite of, malgre\ 

splendid, magnifique, superbe. 

spoken, parte, -e. 

spoon, cuiller, /. 

spring, printemps, to. 

to sprain, de"mettre. 

square (adj.), carr6, -e. 

staircase, escalier, to. 

stake, to be at stake, y aller de. 

to stand still, ne pas bouger. 

standing, debout. 

to start for, partir pour. 

station, gare, /. 

to stay, rester. 

stayed, rest6, -e. 

in his stead, a sa place. 

steamboat, bateau (to.) a vapeur. 

steel, acier, to. 

stick, canne, /. 

still, encore. 

store, magasin, to. 

stormy, orageux, -se. 



story, histoire, /. (of a house), 

6tage, to. 
stout, gros, grosse. 
straight, droit, -e. 
strange, strange. 
stranger, Stranger, w. 
straw, paille, /. 
strawberry, fraise, /. 
stream, ruisseau, to. 
street, rue, /. 
strength, force, /. 
to strike, f rapper, 
strong, fort, -e. 
studious, studieux, -se. 
to study, etudier. 
subject, sujet, to. 
subject (adj.), sujet, sujette. 
to submit, soumettre. 
to succeed, r6ussir. 
such, pareil, -le ; tel, telle. 
to suffer, souffrir. 
suffering, souffrant, -e. 
sugar, sucre, to. 
sum, somme, /. 
summer, 6t6, to. 
sun, soleil, to. 
Sunday, dimanche, to. 
support, appui, to. 
385 



sur 



Franc ais- Anglais 



tes 



surprendre, to surprise. 

surpris, -e, surprised. 

sursaut, m. start, en — , with a 

start. 
surtout, above all. 



ta, thy. 

table, /. table. 

tableau, m. picture. 

tablette,/. tablet. 

tacher, to try. 

taille, /. figure, build. 

taire, to say nothing about, to be 

silent, se — , to hold one's tongue, 

keep quiet. 
talent, m. talent, 
tandis que, while. 
tant, so much, so many. — soit peu, 

however little. 
tante, /. aunt. 

tantot. by and by ; sometimes. ' 
tapis, m. carpet. 
tard, -e, late. 
tarder a, to be late in, to delay. 



tasse, /. cup. 

te, thee, to thee ; thyself, to thyself. 
tel, telle, such, un — , such a. 
tellement, so much so. 
temoigner, to show, to express. 
tempete, /. tempest, storm, 
temps, m. time ; weather, a — , in 

or on time, combien de — , how 

long, de — en — , now and then, 
tendre (v.), to hold out, to stretch, 
tenez ! see here ! I say ! stop a 

moment, 
tenir, to hold, to keep ; — de, to take 

after. — compte, to take into 

consideration, 
tenter, to attempt ; to tempt. 
terme, m. term, expression ; end. 
terminer, to end. 
terrain, m. soil, ground, 
terre, /. land, earth ; par — , on the 

floor. 
terrible, awful; enfant — , plague 

of a child, nuisance. 
territoire, m. territory, 
tes, thy. 



sup 



English-French 



tha 



to support, appuyer. 

to suppose, supposer. 

sure, stir, -e, certain, -e. 

to surprise, surprendre. 

to surrender, se rendre. 

to sweep, balayer. 

sweet, doux, douce ; parfume\ -e. 

Switzerland, la Suisse. 

sword, ep6e, /. 



table, table, /. 

tailor, tailleur, m. 

to take, prendre. — to, mener, con- 
duire. — a walk, se promener. 
— after, tenir de. — away, en- 
lever. — off, oter. 



taken, pris, prise. 

talent, talent, m. 

to talk, paiier. 

talkative, causeur, -euse. 

tall, grand, -e. 

tea, tk£, m. 

to teach, enseigner (a), apprendre. 

teacher, maitre, m. ; maitresse, /. 

to tear, dechirer. 

to tear out, arracher. 

to tell, raconter, dire a. 

temper, humeur,/. 

temple, temple, m. 

ten, dix. 

tender, tendre, delicat, -e. 

tenth, dixieme. 

Thames, the, la Tamise. 



386 



tet 



Francais-Anglais 



tir 



tete, /. head ; tete-beche, upside 

down. 
the, m. tea. 

theatre, to. scene, theatre. 
theme, m. exercise. 
Therdse, /. Theresa. 
le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les 

tiennes, thine. 



tiens ! there ! I say 1 indeed ! 

tiers, to. a third. 

tigre, m. tiger. 

tirnide, timid, modest. 

tire, -e, drawn ; shot. 

tirer, to draw; to fire, se tirer, to 

get out. 
tiroir, to. drawer. 



tha 



English-French 



tip 



than, que; (before a number), de. 
to thank, remercier. thank you, 

merci. thanks to, grace a. 
that (adj.), ce, cet, cette. (demon. 

pron.), celui, celle ; celui-la, 

celle-la ; cela. (rel. pron.), qui 

(nom.), que (ace), (conj.), que. 

that's all, voila tout, 
the, le, la, les. 
theatre, theatre, m. 
thee, te, toi. 
theft, vol, m. 
their, leur, leurs. 
theirs, le leur, la leur, les leurs. 
them, les ; eux, elles. to — , leur. 
themselves, se ; eux-rnemes, elles- 

memes. 
then (afterwards), ensuite, alors, 

puis; (therefore) , done. 
there, la, y. — is, are, il y a, voila. 

— was, were, il y avait. 
therefore, done, 
these (adj.), ces. (pron.), ceux-ci, 

celles-ci. 
they, ils, on. — who, ceux qui, 

celles qui. 
thick, epais, -se. 
thickness, epaisseur, /. 
thimble, de\ to. 
thine, le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les 

tiennes. 
thing, chose, /. 
to think, penser ; trouver. 
third, troisieme. a — , un tiers. 



thirst, soif. to be thirsty, avoir 
soif. 

thirteen, treize. 

thirty, trente. 

this (adj.), ce, cet, cette; (pron.), 
celui-ci, celle-ci ; ceci. 

those (adj.), ces. (pron.), ceux, 
celles ; ceux-la, celles-la. 

thou, tu, toi. 

though, quoique, cependant. 

thousand, mille (mil, in dates). 

thousandth, millieme. 

thread, til, m. 

to threaten, menacer. 

three, trois. 

throat, gorge, /. 

to throw, jeter. 

thumb, pouce, m. 

thunder, tonnerre, m. 

Thursday, jeudi, to. 

thus, ainsi; at the beginning of a 
sentence, aussi. 

thy, ton, ta, tes. 

thyself, te, toi-meme. 

tiger, tigre, to. 

till, jusqu'a ; (conj.), jusqu'a ce que 
(with subj.). 

time, temps, m. ; fois, /. a long 
— , longtemps. by this — , main- 
tenant, from — to — , de temps 
en temps. 

in time, a temps. 

tin, fer-blanc, to. 

tipsy, gris, grise. 



387 



toi 



Francois- Anglais 



tre 



toi, thou, thee, to thee, toi-meme, 
thyself. 

toit, to. roof. 

Tolede, /. Toledo. 

tombe, -e, fallen. 

tomber, to fall. 

ton, ta, tes, thy. 

ton, to. tone. 

tonnerre, to. thunder. 

tort, to. wrong, avoir . — , to be 
wrong. 

tot, soon, early. 

toujours, always, still.. 

tour, to. turn, faire un — , to take 
a turn. 

tour, /. tower. 

tourment, to. torment. 

tourmenter, to tease. 

tourner, to turn round. 

tousser, to cough. 

tout, -e, tous, toutes, all, whole, 
every, everything. 

tout (adv.), quite. — a coup, sud- 
denly. — a fait, quite. — a 
l'heure, a little while ago, just 
now. — au moins, at the very 
least. — de suite, at once. — en, 
while. — juste, exactly. 

traduire, to translate. 



tragSdie, /. tragedy. 

tragique, tragic. 

trahir, to betray. 

trahison, /. treason, treachery. 

train, to. train ; style, etre en — , 

to be in full swing, etre en — de, 

to be in the act of. 
traineau, to. sledge. 
trainer, to drag, se =— 9 to creep 

along, to trudge, 
traiter, to treat, to serve. — de, to 

treat as or like, 
tranche, /. slice, 
tranquille, easy, calm, tranquil, in 

peace, 
transporter, to carry, to take, 
travail, travaux, to. work. 
travaillS, -e, worked, 
travailler, to work, se — , to try 

one's best. 
a travers, through, across, 
traverser, to cross, to go across, 
treize, thirteen. 
tremblant, -e, trembling, 
trembler, to shake, to shiver, 
trente, thirty. 
tres, very ; very much (before a 

past part.). 
tressaillir, to tremble, to start. 



tir 



English- French 



tri 



tired, las, lasse ; fatigue - , e ; 

(bored), ennuye", -e. 
to, a-, jusqu'&. 
to-day, aujourd'hui. 
together, ensemble. 
told, dit, dite, raconte, -e. 
to-morrow, demain. 
tongue, langue, /. 
to-night, ce soir. 
too (also), aussi ; (before adj. or 

adv.), trop. — many, — much, 

trOp. 
tooth, dent, /. 



toward, vers. 

town, ville, /. 

toy, joujou, to. 

trade, mCtier, to. 

train, train, m. 

to transmit, transmettre. 

to travel, voyager. 

treason, trahison, /. 

to treat, traiter. 

tree, arbre, to. 

to tremble, trembler. 

trembling, tremblant, -e. 

trial, proces, to. 



tri 



Francais-Anglais 



vac 



tribune,/, gallery. 

triste, sad, sorry. 

trois, three. 

troisieme, third. 

trompa, -e, mistaken, deceived. 

tromper, to deceive, se — , to be 

mistaken. 
trop, too much, too many, too. de 

trop? in the way. 
troupeau, m. flock, 
trousses, /., a mes — , at my heels. 
trouv£, -e, found. 
trouver, to find ; to think ; to like. 

se — , to be ; to happen. — bon, 

approve, think fit. — mauvais, 

disapprove. 
tu, thou. 
tuer, to kill, se tuer, to kill one's 

self or each other. 



tulipe, /. tulip, 
tumulte, m. uproar, 
turbot, m. turbot. 
turc, turque, Turkish. 
Turquie, /. Turkey. 
tuteur, m. guardian. 



un, une, a, an, one. Tun et l'autre, 

both, l'un l'autre, each other. 
uniforme, m. uniform, 
univers, m. universe, 
urgent, -e, urgent, pressing, 
utile, useful. 
utilement, usefully. 



vaccine,/, vaccination. 
vache, /. cow. 



tri 



English-French 



vat 



trifle, misere,/. ; rien, m. 
to trouble, deranger. 
troubled (adj.), inquiet, -ete. 
troublesome, fatigant, -e; ennuyeux, 

-se. 
true, vrai, -e. 
trunk, inalle,/. 
to trust, se her a. 
truth, verite, / 
to try, essayer, tacher de. 
Tuesday, mardi, m. 
tulip, tulipe, /. 
Turkish, turc, turque. 
turn, tour, m. 
tutor, precepteur, m. 
twelve, douze. 
twenty, vingt. 
twice, deux fois. 
twin, jumeau, w., jumelle, /. 
two, deux. 



ugly, vilain, -e. 



umbrella, parapluie, m. 

uncle, oncle, m. 

under, sous. 

uneasy, inquiet, inquiete. 

unfortunate, inalheureux, -se. 

unfortunately, malheureusement. 

ungrateful, ingrat, -e. 

unhappy, malheureux, -se ; mCcon^ 

tent, -e. 
United States, les Etats-Unis, m 
unjustly, injustement. 
unless, a moins que. 
until, jusqu'a ce que. 
unwell, malade. 
upon, sur. 
us, to us, nous. 
use, usage, m. 
useful, utile, 
useless, inutile. 
as usual, comme a V ordinaire. 



various, divers, -es, diffe'rents, 
389 



vag 



Francois- Anglais 



vol 



vague, /. wave. 

en vain, in vain. 

vaincre, to overcome, to conquer. 

vaincu, -e, vanquished, conquered. 

vainqueur, m. conqueror. 

valet, m. valet. 

valeur, /. bravery ; value. 

valoir, to be worth. — mieux, to 

be better, 
se vanter, to extol one's self or each 

other. 
vaste, vast, 
veau. m. veal. 

veiller, to watch ; to lie awake, 
velours, m. velvet. 
venant, m. comer, a tout — , to all 

comers. 
vendre, to sell, se — , to be sold ; 

to fetch (a price). 
vendredi, m. Friday, 
vendu, -e, sold, 
vengeance. /. vengeance. 
venir, to come. — de, to have 

just, 
vent, m. wind. 

vente, / sale. ■ 

venu, -e, come. *, 

verrti, /. truth. 
vermisseau, m. little worm, 
verre, m. glass. 
vers (prep.), towards. 
vers, m. verse, line. 
vert, -e, green, 
vertu, /. virtue, 
veuve, /. widow. 



I viande, /. meat. 
| victoire, /. victory. 
■ victorieux, -se, victorious, 
vider, to empty, 
vie, /. life, living ; ' good timje. ' de 

ma vie, as long as I live. 
Vienne, /. Vienna. 
vieux, vieil, vieille, old. 
vif, vive, lively, quick, keen, alive, 
vigne, /. vine. 

vilain, -e, ugly, bad, wretched, 
village, m. village. 
ville, /. town, city. 
vin, m. wine. 
vingt, twenty. 
vingtieme, twentieth, 
violer, to violate, 
visage, m. face, look, 
viser, to aim. 
visite, /. visit. 
visite, -e, visited. 
visiter, to visit. 
vite, quickly, quick, 
vivement, sharply, eagerly, keenly, 
vivre, to live. 
•voici, here is, here are. 
voila, there is, there are. 
voir, to see. 

voisin, m., voisine. /. neighbor, 
voisin, -e (adj.), next, near, 
voiture, /. carriage, 
voix,/. voice. 
voler, to fly ; to steal, 
voleur, m. thief, 
volontiers, willingly. 



veg 



English-French 



vegetable, legume, in. 

very, tres, bien. — much, 

coup. — well ! eh bien ! 
to vex, facher. 
victory, victoire, /. 
Vienna, Vienne,/. 
village, village, m. 



voy 



to violate, trahir. 
beau- virtue, vertu, /. 

visit, visite, /. to pay a — , rendre 

visite. 
to visit, visiter, aller chez. 
voice, voix, /. 
voyage, voyage, m. 
390 



vot 



Francais-Anglais 



win 



votre, vos, your. | voyage, m. voyage, journey. 

le votre, la — , les votres, yours. voyager, to travel, 
voulez-vous, will you have ? do you voyageur, m. traveller. 



wish ? 
vouloir, to like, to wish, to will. 

— bien, to consent, to permit. 
en — a, to have a grudge against. 

— dire, to mean. 

vous, you, to you ; yourself, to 
yourself ■ yourselves, to your- 
selves, vous-meme, yourself. 



vrai, -e, true, c'est — , it is true, 
vraiment, truly, really, 
vu, -e, seen. 
vue, /. sight. 



wagon, in. railway carriage, 
whist, m. whist. 



wai 



English-French 



wil 



to wait for, attendre. 

walk, promenade, /. to take a — , 

se promener. to go out for a — , 

aller faire une promenade. 
to walk, aller a pied. — lame, 

boiter. 
want, besoin , ra. to be in — , avoir 

besoin ; falloir. to — , vouloir. 
war, guerre, /. 
warm, chaud, -e. to be — , avoir 

chaud. 
to wash, laver. 
to waste, perdre. 
watch, montre, /. 
to watch, regard er. 
water, eau, /. 
to water, arroser. 
way, chemin, ra. 
we, nous ; on. 
to wear, porter. 
weather, temps, ra. in this cold — , 

par le froid qu'il fait. 
Wednesday, mercredi, ra. 
week, semaine, /. 
to weep, pleurer. 
to welcome, accueillir. 
well, bien. to be — , se porter bien. 
what, quel, quelle ; quels, queries ; 

ce qui, ce que. 
whatever, quelconque {after the 

noun). 



when, quand, lorsque ; (interr.), 
quand. 

where, ou. 

which, rel. pron. (nam.) qui, {ace.) 
que ; (inter, pron. after prep, or 
followed by of), lequel, laquelle ; 
lesquels, lesquelles. from — , of 
— , duquel, de laquelle ; desquels, 
desquelles ; dont. to — , auquel, 
a. laquelle ; auxquels, auxquelles. 
(interr. adj.), quel. 

while, en {with pres. part.), pen- 
dant que, tandis que. 

whist, whist, ra. 

to whistle, siffler. 

whistle, siffler, ra. 

white, blanc, blanche. 

who, qui. 

whoever, qui que. 

whole, tout, -e ; tous, toutes. 

whom, que ; (after prep.), qui. 

why ? pourquoi ? 

why ! mais ! 

wicked, mechant, -e. 

wide, large. 

width, largeur, /. 

wife, femme, /. 

wild, feroce, sauvage. 

William, Guillaume, ra. 

to be willing, vouloir (bien). 

willingly, volontiers. 



391 



Francais-Anglais 



y, there ; to it, to them ; to him, to 

her ; in it, in them. 
yeux, m. (plur. o/ceil), eyes. 



zero, m. zero, nought. 



zei 



wil 



English-French 



lex 



will you have ? voulez-vous ? 

to win, gagner ; remporter. 

wind, vent, m. 

window, fenetre, /. 

wine, vin, w. 

winter, hiver, m. 

wise, sage. 

to wish, d^sirer, souhaiter, vouloir. 

with, avec. 

without, sans. 

wolf, loup, m. 

woman, femme, /. 

wonderful, merveilleux, -se. 

wood, bois, m. 

wooden, de bois. 

wool, laine, /. 

word, mot, m. in a — , en un 

mot. 
work, ouvrage, m. ; travail, m. 
to work, travailler. 
workman, ouvrier. 
world, monde, m. 
worse, plus mauvais, pire. 
to be worth, valoir. 
worthy, digne. 
to wound one's self or each other, 

se blesser. 



wrist, poignet, m. 
to write, ecrire. 
writer, ecrivain. 
written, ecrit, -e. 
to be wrong, avoir tort. 
wrought, travail!^, -e. 



yard, cour, /. 

year, an, m. ; annee /. last — , 
l'ann^e derniere,/. 

yellow, jaune. 

yes, oui ; si. 

yesterday, hier. 

yet (again, still), encore; (how- 
ever), pourtant. 

you, vous ; on. 

young, jeune. — lady, jeune fille, 
demoiselle, /. 

your, votre, vos. 

yours, le vdtre, la v6tre, les votres. 

yourself, vous, vous-meme. 

yourselves, vous, vous-m ernes. 

youth, jeunesse, /. 



zero, zero, m. 



392 



INDEX. 



a, contraction with definite article, 
16; repetition, 12; denoting use, 
231 ; with the infinitive after cer- 
tain verbs, 195 ; with names of 
places, 142. 

accents, xi. 

active voice, 294. 

adjectives, agreement in gender, 4; 
in number, 9; qualifying two or 
more nouns, 11 ; formation of femi- 
nine, 4, 102-106, 287 ; of plural, 9, 
47 ; comparison, 22, 72 ; demonstra- 
tive, 24; numeral, 29, 32; posses- 
sive, 8, 12; interrogative, 84; in- 
definite, 216; position, 28, 66, 71, 
219; list of those which change 
their meaning with their position, 
331 ; verbal, 200. 

adverbs, formation, 220, 332; com- 
parison, 220 ; interrogative, 117 ; 
position, 108, 220; of quantity, 56. 

age, ways of expressing, 91. 

ago, 35, 87. 

aller, conjugation, 87 ; idiomatic uses, 
190, 206. 

s'en aller, conjugation, 206. 

alphabet, xi. 

annee, contrasted with an, 204. 

another, how expressed, 39. 

any, before a noun, 60; exceptional 
uses of, 64, 66 ; without a noun, 60. 

apercevoir and s'apercevoir, 128, 
note. 

apostrophe, use, xii. 

article, 1 ; definite : contraction with 
a, 16; with de, 18; before proper 
names, 141 ; before nouns of weight, 
measure, or number, 144 ; in general, 



Numbers refer to pages. 

statement, 51, 141; omission, 141, 
142 ; plural, 6 ; repetition, 12 ; used 
as possessive adjectives, 111, 144; 
with titles, etc., 145; with adjectives 
used as nouns, 145 ; partitive article, 
60, 64, 66, 145; indefinite, 146. 

as, in a comparison, 39. 

assez, position, 57. 

s'asseoir, conjugation, 221. 

as soon as, with the future, 82. 

aussi, in comparisons, 72. 

aussitdt que, with future, 82. 

autant, usage, 57. 

autre and encore, 39. 

auxiliary verbs, 132; conjugation, 
290, 301. 

avant, distinguished from devant, 37. 

avoir, conjugation in full, 290; idio- 
matic use, 111. 



battre, conjugation, 212. 

beaucoup, usage, 56. 

better, translation, adjective, 22; ad- 
verb, 95, 221. 

bien, used with du or des, 56; posi- 
tion, 220; comparison, 95. 

boire, conjugation, 235. 

bon, comparison, 73; different mean- 
ings, 331. 

bouger, without pas or point, 223. 

brave, different meanings, 331. 

capital letters, use of, xxiv; with 

days and months, 34. 
cardinal, see numbers. 
ce, cet, cette, ces, 24. 
ceci, cela, 28. 
cedilla, xii. 



393 



394 



Index 



Numbers refer to pages. 



celui, celle, ceux, celles, 26, 27. 

cent, use of, 30. 

ce qui, ce que, 100. 

-cer, verbs ending in, 158. 

certain, different meanings, 331. 

cesser, used without pas, 223. 

c'est and ce sont, 74, 75, 100. 

cher, different meanings, 331. 

chez, 37. 

-ci, 27. 

cinq, pronunciation, 14. 

collective nouns, with singular or 
plural verb, 203. 

college examinations, selected sen- 
tences, 243. 

color, adjectives of, 28. 

combien, takes de before a nouu, 
31. 

combien de temps, 148, 149. 

commun, different meanings, 331. 

comparison of adjectives. 22, 72 ; 
of adverbs, 220. 

compound tenses, 132. 

conditional, formation and use, 113, 
114. 

conduire, conjugation, 212. 

conjugation: first, 40: second, 49; 
third, 54; fourth, 62; peculiarities 
in first, 154-158; table of formation 
of tenses, 210; table of termina- 
tions, 302, 303 ; of regular verbs in 
full, 304-311; of irregular verbs, 
316-327. 

conjunctions, used with the sub- 
junctive, 176; maybe changed to a 
preposition to avoid the use of the 
subjunctive, 197. 

conjunctive pronouns, 120. 

connaitre. conjugation, 175; distin- 
guished from savoir, 179. 

consonants, xvii. 

countries, names of, with or without 
the article, 141, 142. 

courir, conjugation, 198. 

craindre. conjugation, 172; with or 



without ne before the subjunctive, 

172. 
de crainte que requires ne with the 

subjunctive, 177. 
croire, conjugation, 167; when used 

with subjunctive, 166. 

dans, with names of places, 142 ; dis 
tinguished from en, 234. 

dates, 34, 86. 

davantage. when to be used, 183. 

days of the week, 34. 

de, repetition, 12; contraction with 
definite article, 18; after words of 
quantity, 52, 56; for "some" or 
''any," 60, 64, 66; after partitive 
expressions, 145, 146; after plus in 
comparisons, 73; with the infinitive 
after certain verbs, 192; meaning 
'•by," 227; meaning "with," 227; 
other uses, 227, 228. 

definite article, see article. 

demi, agreement, 33, 87 (e). 

demonstrative adjectives, 24, 27; 
pronouns, 26, 27. 

depuis, meaning, 148; distinguished 
from pendant, pour, and des, 234, 
235. 

dernier, after the noun, 34: differ- 
ent meanings, 331. 

des, meaning, 235. 

des que, with future, 82. 

devant, distinguished from avant, 
37. 

devoir, translation, 207. 

dieeresis, xii. 

dimensions, 91. 

diphthongs, xiv. 

dire, conjugation, 94. 

disjunctive pronouns, 37, 75, 119. 

dfx, pronunciation, 14. 

do, as an auxiliary, 12. 

dont, use, 97. 

dormir, conjugation, 211. 

du, contraction of de and le, 18. 



Index 



395 



Numbers refer to pages 

ecrire, conjugation of, 196. 

elision, xii. 

emp§cher, used with or without ne, 

172. 
en (pronoun), meaning and position, 

58, 60, 135, 136. 
en (preposition), use with names of 

places, 111 ; with present participle, 

200 ; distinguished from dans, 234. 
encore and autre, 39. 
envers, distinguished from vers, 235. 
et, used with numerals, 29. 
§tre, present indicative, 4, 5, 10, 11; 

conjugation in full, 296; auxiliary 

use, 35, 133. 
exercises for review, 35, 237. 
expressions for classroom use, 

xxv-xxvii. 



faire, conjugation, 89 ; idiomatic uses, 
90, 207, 208; meaning "to get" or 
" to have done," 207. 

falloir, conjugation, 183; used in the 
sense of " must," 198; in the sense 
of "need," 198. 

faux, different meanings, 331. 

fear, verbs expressing, followed by 
the subjunctive, with or without ne, 
172. 

feminine, of adjectives, 4, 102, 105, 
287 ; of nouns, 282. 

first conjugation, peculiarities in, 
154-158. 

formation of tenses, 210. 

fractions, 33. 

from, before names of places, 142. 

furieux, different meanings, 331. 

future tense, formation and conju- 
gation, 80 ; use, 82, 114 ; after quand, 
etc., 82; when not to be used after 
si, 114 ; expressed by aller to indi- 
cate immediate action, 206. 

galant, different meanings, 331. 
gender, 1; rule for determining, 281. 



gentil, different meanings, 331. 
-ger, verbs ending in, 158. 
grand, different meanings, 331. 



haut, different meanings, 331. 
have, when translated by faire, 207 ; 

by devoir, 207 ; by venir de, 195. 
her, as adjective, 8; as pronoun, 37, 

43, 119, 120. 
hers (pronoun) , 20. 
heure, used to express time, 86. 
his, as adjective, 8 ; as pronoun, 20. 
honn§te, different meanings, 331. 
how, how many, how much, when 

rendered by que, 219. 
how long, ways of translating, 148. 
huit, pronunciation of, 14; no elision 

of preceding vowel, xii, 
hyphen, xii; in numbers, 29; in 

verbs, 3. 



i final, elision of, xii. 

il s'en faut, 224. 

il y a, distinguished from voila, 21 ; 
ago, 35, 87 ; duration of time, 224. 

imperative, formation, 42; position 
of personal pronoun with, 43, 120, 
123. 

imperfect indicative, formation 
and conjugation, 68 ; use, 68, 151, 152. 

imperfect subjunctive, formation 
and conjugation, 180, 181; use, 180. 

impersonal verbs, used with the 
subjunctive, 162; with the infini- 
tive, 193. 

in, before names of places or countries, 
142; after a superlative, 73. 

indefinite adjectives, 216. 

indefinite article, see article. 

indefinite pronouns, 216. 

infinitive mood, 189 ; compared with 
the subjunctive, 197 ; compared with 
the present participle, 200; without 
a preposition, 189, 190, 328 ; with the 



396 



Index 



preposition a, 195, 329; with 
preposition de, 192, 193, 328. 

interrogative adjectives, 84. 

interrogative adverbs, order after, 
117. 

interrogative pronouns, 78, 94, 100, 
215. 

interrogative verbs, form of, 41, n. 

irregular verbs, table of conjuga- 
tions, 298. 

it, as subject, 5, 74, 75; as object, 43, 
120, 136. 

jamais, 64; with infinitive, 220. 
jour, distinguished from journee, 204. 



Numbers refer to pages 
the 



know, savoir 
pared, 179. 



and connaitre com- 



-la, 27. 

le, la, les, see article. 

le (pronoun), 43, 119, 120; meaning 

" so," or " it," 125. 
lequel, 94, 97. 
leur, as adjective, 8; as pronoun, 20, 

120. 
liaison, xxiii. 

linking of words, see liaison, 
lire, conjugation, 201. 
Ton, use, 62, note 3. 
lorsque, with future, 82 ; lorsque and 

quand, 82. 
lui, after a preposition, 37, 119; after 

a verb, 120. 
luire, conjugation, 212. 

matin, distinguished from matinee, 

204. 
mauvais, comparison, 73; different 

meanings, 331. 
mechant, different meanings, 331. 
meme, different meanings, 331. 
mettre, conjugation, 193. 
mien, 20. 
mil. :*0. 
mille, use of, 30. 



million, followed by de, 30. 

moi, use, 119. 

a moins que, with the subjunctive, 
177. 

mon, before a feminine word begin- 
ning with a vowel or h mute, 8. 

monsieur, madame, mademoi- 
selle, as mark of respect, 118, 225. 

months, names of, 34. 

more, translation, 183. 

mortel, different meanings, 332. 

mourir, conjugation, 198. 

multiplication tables, 31. 

must, implying supposition, 207; 
meaning necessity or obligation, 
198 ; meaning " must have," 198. 

naitre, conjugation, 212. . 

names of places, with or without 
the article, 141, 142. 

nasal vowels, xv. 

ne, 7 ; without pus or point, 188, 223, 
224; with ni . . . ni, 65; ne . . . que, 
64, 225; after verbs of fearing or 
preventing, 172. 

negation, 64, 223. See ne. 

neither, 64. 

neuf , pronunciation, 14 ; distinguished 
from nouveau, 106, note 2. 

ni . . . ni, 64. 

not, see ne. 

notre, 8. 

notre, 20. 

nouns, collective, 203; formation of 
plural, 6, 47, 285 ; plural of com- 
pound nouns, 286 ; gender of, 281 ; 
nouns of measure or quantity, 52; 
of material, 54; used in a general 
sense, 51, 141. 

nouveau, distinguished from neuf, 
106, note 2; 332. 

nuire, conjugation, 212. 

numbers, cardinal, 29, 31 ; forma- 
tion of ordinal, 15, 32; with et, 29; 
with a hyphen, 29. 



Index 



397 



Numbers refer to pages. 



obeir, object, 51, note, 
offrir, conjugation, 211. 
on, use of, 62, 212; when changed to 

Von, 62, note 3. 
on, omitted in French, 34. 
only, translation, 225. 
onze, no elision before, xii. 
ordinals, see numbers, 
oser, without pas appoint, 223. 
ou, relative use, 97. 
oui and si, 225. 
ouvrir, conjugation, 211. 

participle, past, as adjective, 202; 
agreement after etre, 35, 133, 202; 
agreement after avoir, 45, 202; of 
reflexive verbs, 133. 

participle, present, 40, 200; com- 
pared with infinitive, 200. 

partir, conjugation, 211. 

partitive article, 60, 64, 66. 

pas, omission, 223; precedes the in- 
finitive, 220. 

passive form, translation, 62, 212; 
conjugation, 312. 

past anterior, conjugation, 152, 211 ; 
use, 152. 

past definite, 151 ; use, 152. 

past indefinite, 12; distinguished 
from past definite, 151. 

past participle, see participle. 

pauvre, different meanings, 332. 

pendant, distinguished from depnis 
and pour, 149, 234. 

personal pronouns, see pronouns. 

personne, position, 108; in partitive 
sense, with de, 216. 

petit, comparison, 73; different 
meanings, 332. 

peu s'en faut, 224. 

peur (avoir), followed by the sub- 
junctive with or without ne, 172; 
de peur que, 111 . 

piece, morceau and piece, 52, note. 



places, names of, with or without 
the article, 141, 142. 

plaindre, conjugation, 212. 

plaire, conjugation, 212. 

plaisant, different meanings, 332. 

pleuvoir, conjugation, 183. 

plupart (la), with plural verb, 204; 
followed by des, 52. 

pluperfect indicative, 133 ; subjunc- 
tive, 186. 

plural: nouns, 6, 47, 48, 285; com- 
pound nouns, 286; adjectives, 9, 47, 
48 ; article, 6. 

plus, use in comparison, 183. 

possessive adjectives, 8 ; repeti- 
tion of, 12. 

possessive case, 9. 

possessive pronouns, 20. 

pour, distinguished from depuis and 
pendant, 234; with the infinitive, 
190. 

pouvoir, conjugation, 190; without 
pas, 223; distinguished from suvoir, 
206. 

premier, with names of rulers and 
with dates, 34. 

prendre, conjugation, 211. 

prendre g-arde, followed by the sub- 
junctive with or without ne, 172. 

prepositions, a, de, depuis, des, en, 
dans, pour, etc., 227-232. 

pres de, 37. 

present indicative, first conjuga- 
tion, 40; second conjugation, 49; 
third conjugation, 54 ; fourth conju- 
gation, 62 ; use, 40, 148. 

present participle, see participle. 

present subjunctive, formation, 
164 ; use, 161-188. 

preterite, see past definite. 

primitive tenses, 210. 

pronominal verbs, 127, 130 ; conju- 
gation, 127, 295 ; used with etre in 
compound tenses, 133; used instead 
of English passive, 212. 



398 



Index 



pronoun, conjunctive, 120 ; demon- 
strative, 26-28; disjunctive, 37, 75, 
119, 120; indefinite, 216; interroga- 
tive, 77, 94, 100, 215; order of, 138; 
personal, 37, 43, 119-140 ; possessive, 
20, 289; relative, 23, 77, 97, 100, 215. 

pronunciation, xii-xx; syllables, 
xxi ; words for practice, xxi, xxii ; 
linking of words, xxiii. 

propre, different meanings, 332. 

punctuation, xxiv. 

quand, with the future, 82; quand 
and lorsque, 82. 

quatre-vingt, with or without s, 30. 

que, pronoun object, 101. 

que, elision of e, 22, 23: cannot be 
omitted, 23 ; used to avoid the repe- 
tition of other conjugations, 187; 
with the subjunctive, 187; used for 
" how ! ," " how much ! ," 219 ; used 
for "why !," 224. 

quel, 84. 

question, form of , 3; first singular, 
41, note 1 ; noun subject, 5. 

qui, does not admit elision, 23. See 
pronoun, interrogative and rela- 
tive. 

qui est-ce qui, qu'est-ce qui, 101, 
215. 

quoi, 100. 

quoique, with subjunctive, 176. 

reciprocal verbs, conjugation, 130, 

314. 
reflexive verbs, conjugation, 127, 

130, 313. 
relative pronoun, 23, 77, 94, 97, 215. 
review exercises, 237. 
rien, position of, 108; in partitive 

sense with de, 216. 
rire, conjugation of, 201. 



savoir, conjugation, 92: used nega- 
tively without pas, 223 ; subjunctive 



Numbers refer to pages. 

of softened assertion, 186; distin- 
guished from pouvoir, 206; distin- 
guished from connaitre, 179. 

se, 120, 127. 

seasons, 90. 

sentir, conjugation, 211. 

sept, pronunciation of, 14. 

seul, different meanings, 332 ; with 
the subjunctive, 174. 

si (so), in comparisons, 23; meaning 
"yes," 225. 

si, conjunction, 114, 176; elision of i, 
114. 

sien, 20. 

six, pronunciation of, 14. 

so, translation, 23. 

soi, 217. 

soir, distinguished from soiree, 204. 

some, before a noun, 60 ; exceptional 
uses, 64, 66; without a noun, 60. 

son, before a feminine word beginning 
with a vowel or h mute, 8. 

subject, repeated when of different 
persons, 117; in interrogative sen- 
tences, 5, 117. 

subjunctive mood, 161; formation 
and conjugation of the present, 164 ; 
after impersonal verbs, 162; after 
negative or interrogative verbs, 166 ; 
after verbs of emotion, 169; after 
relative pronouns and after superla- 
tives, 174; after certain conjunc- 
tions, 176; compared with the 
indicative, 161; compared with the 
infinitive, 197; formation and con- 
jugation of the imperfect, 181; se- 
quence of tenses, 180; subjunctive 
in independent clauses, 185 ; with 
ne, 172; with que, 187; used for 
imperative, 185; pluperfect as a 
past conditional, 186. 

suivre, conjugation, 211. 

superlative, formation, 73; with 
c'est or ce sont, 74; when placed 
after its noun requires the article to 



Index 



399 



Numbers refer to -pages. 
with the sub junc 



be repeated, 73 

tive, 174. 
syllables, division of, xxi. 
syntax, modification of, 334. 

t, euphonic, 3 ; pronunciation in num- 
bers, 30. 

tenir, conjugation, 188. 

tenses, formation, 210; compound, 
132; primitive, 210. 

than, 22; when translated by de, 73; 
by que . . . ne, 221; or by que de, 
190. 

that, relative pronoun, 23; demon- 
strative adjective, 24; demonstra- 
tive pronoun, 26-28; conjunction, 
187; must always be expressed, 23. 

them, 37, 43, 120. 

they, 119, 120. 

this, demonstrative adjective, 24; de- 
monstrative pronoun, 26-28. 

tien, 20. 

time, of day, 86; duration of, 148; 
expressions of, 234, 

titles of sovereigns, 34. 

ton, before a feminine word beginning 
with a vowel or h mute, 8. 

tout, position, 39. 108 ; variable as an 
adverb, 217 ; used with en and pres- 
ent participle, 200. 

triste, different meanings, 332. 

trouver, meanings, 41, 170 

union of words, xxiii. 

valoir, conjugation, 235. 

venir, conjugation, 188; idiomatic 

use of, 195. 
verbal adjectives, 200. 
verbs, conjugated with etre, 35 ; 



auxiliary, 290; irregular, 316; re- 
ciprocal, 314; reflexive, 313 ; regu- 
lar, 302; used with the infinitive 
without a preposition, 328; requir- 
ing de before an infinitive, 328; re- 
quiring a before an infinitive, 329. 

vers, distinguished from envers, 235. 

vilain, different meanings, 332. 

vingt, final t, 30. 

vivre, conjugation, 212. 

voila, distinguished from il y a, 21. 

voir, conjugation, 98. 

votre, 8. 

vdtre, 20. 

vouloir, conjugation, 170; with Men, 
170. 

vous, use, 2; agreement of adjective 
and past participle, 6, note 2. 

vowels, simple, xii; compound, xiv, 
xv ; nasal, xv. 

we, used indefinitely, 62. 
weather, ways of expressing, 90, 

208. 
week, days of the, 34. 
what, adjective, 84; interrogative 

pronoun, 100, 215 ; relative pronoun, 

100= 
which, adjective, 84; interrogative 

pronoun, 94; relative pronoun, 23, 

215. 
who, relative pronoun, 23, 77, 215; 

interrogative pronoun, 77, 215. 
whom, 23, 77, 78, 215. 
whose, interrogative, 78; relative 

97. 

y, meaning and position, 135, 136. 
-yer, verbs ending in, 158. 



* 



i 




rail HBBral 
Hi HiH RHH Hi 

liHl 



IIHBUb 

1h Until 



